I
^^^°-
■CLV
0^ :/%A/, '^^o^ :
^% '.^C^i^;.-;^
Mi?-*^ <0' %
T- >■? 'it '. y<>
.v^^^
v^' .^r,^..^
,^ ^ ^ ^iS^. ^^^ ^^
■^^^
>.
0^' .-:.
d>^
5y ^^'^0.^^
%.o''
"'-^-^ '""cp^.^r."'/-^^'"'^ c?\^::*°'.S '" cs
'S.y:ms,\.^ -^fmi^^
\''\ %
r'\>^ :m^n"^^ :>EC,%.*^ ^ll
:<^ <i
-s ^.
-^^
S> ^-^
%> '
<!^
.''O^.
u^ Ox. ' yMM : d- o.
IP VI. No. 6
Price 10 cents
..cuu^ICE HOCKEY
"^ ^ Guide
ilfe
"^^
-r
1915
Containing the
"" OFFICIAL RULES
,
" American Sports Publishing Co
~ ' et, NewYorK i\r%M
A. G. Spalding & Bros.
MAINTAIN THEIR OWN HOUSES
FOR DISTRIBUTING THE '-.
Spalding
^^ COhfPLETE LINE OF v\
Athletic Goods
IN THE FOLLOWING CITIES
NEW YORK
° "124.128 Nassau SI.
(p«>»n 520 Fifth Avenue
\EWARK, N. J.
845 Broad Street
PHILADELPHIA, PA.
1210 Chestnut Street
BOSTON, MASS.
141 Federal Street
PITTSBURGH. PA.
608 Wood Street
BUFFALO, N. Y.
611 Main Street
SYRACUSE. N. Y.
357 So. Warren Street
ROCHESTER, N. Y.
40 Clinton Ave., North
ALBANY, N. Y.
52 State Street
BALTIMORE. MD.
110 E. Baltimore St.
LONDON. ENGLAND
J3I7-318.
iHigh Holbom.W.C.
Mo'r" '*• Cheapside, E. C.
{29.Haymarl(et.S.W.
LIVERPOOL
72. Lord Street
BIRMINGHAM. ENG.
New Street House
INDIANAPOLIS. IND.
136 N. Pennsylvania St.
CINCINNATI. O.
119 East Fifth Avenue
DETROIT, MICH.
2S4 Woodward Ave.
WASHINGTON, D. C.
613 14th Street, N.W.
LOUISVILLE, KY.
328 West Jefferson St.
MANCHESTER, ENG.
4, Oxford St. and
1. Lower Mosley St.
BRISTOL, ENG.
42 High Streft
EDINBURGH. SCOT.
3 So.Charlotte St.cr PrincoSi
SAN FRANCISCO
156-158 Geary Street
SEATTLE, WASH.
711 Second Avenae
LOS ANGELES, CAL.
435 South Spring St.
PORTLAND, ORE.
345 Washington Street
SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH
27 E. 2nd South St.
KANSAS CITY, MO.
1120 Grand Avenue
MILWAUKEE. WIS.
379 East Water Street
DENVER, COL.
I6I6 Arapahoe Street
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.
44 Seventh St., South
TORONTO, ONT.
207 Yonge Street
SYDNEY. AUSTRALIA
204 Clarence Street
THE SPALDING
^Constitute the Solid Foundation of the Spalding BusiNEsf
TRADE - MAR
QUALITY ANl
SELLING polio;
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
& Giving the Titles of all Spalding Athletic Library Books now
:3 in print, grouped for ready reference r-
D
SPALDING OFFICIAL ANNUALS
Spalding's Official Base Ball Guide
Spalding's Official Base Ball Record
Spalding's OfTlclal College Base BallAnniia!
Spalding's Official Foot Ball Guide
Spalding's OfTicial Lawn Tennis Annual
Spalding's OfTicial Ice Hockey Guide
Spalding's Official Basket Ball Guide
7A Spalding's Official Women's Basket Ball Cylc!o
9 Spalding's Official Indoor Base Ball Guide
S2A Spalding's OfTicial Athletic Rules
No.
I
lA
IC
2
4
6
7
Group I.
Base Ball
No. 1
No. lA
No. Ic
No. 202
No. 223
No. 232
No. 230
No. 229
No. 225
No. 226
No. 227
No. 228
No. 224
No.
231
No. 219
Spalding's Official Base Ball
Guide
Official Base Ball Record
College Base Ball Annual
How to Play Base Ball
How to Bat
How to Run Bases
How to Pitch
How to Catch
How to Play First Base
How to Play Second Base
How to Play Third Base
How to Play Shortstop
How to Play the Outfield
How to Organize a Base Ball
League
How to Organize a Base Ball
Club
How to Manage a Base Ball
Club
How toTrain a Base BallTeam
How to Captain a Base Ball
Team
How to Umpire a Game
^Technical Base Ball Terms
Ready Reckoner of Base Ball
Percentages
No. 350 How to Score
BASE BALL AUXILIARIES
No. 355 Minor League Base Ball Guide
No. 356 Official Book National League
of Prof. Base Ball Clubs
Group II.
No. 2 Spalding'
Guide
No. 335 How to Play Rugby.
Foo^ Bali
Official Foot Ball
FOOT BALL AUXILIARIES
No. 351 Official Rugby Fooc 3ai!
Guide
No. 358 Official College Soccer Foot
Ball Guide
v.*
Group IVo Lawn Tennis
No, 4 Spalding's Official Lawn Ten-
nis AnnuaJ
No. 157 How to Play Lawn Tennis
Group VI. Hockey
No. 6 Spalding's Official Ice Hockey
Guide
No. 180 Ring Hockey
Group VII.
No. 7
Basket Bf'!
Spalding's Official Basket Ball
Guide
No, 7a Spalding's Official Women's
Basket Ball Guide
No. 193 How to Play Basket Ball
BASKET BALL AUXILIARY
No. 353 Official Collegiate Basket Bail
Handbook
(Continued on the next page.)
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF 10 CENTS
For additional books on athletic subjects see list of Spalding's "Green Cover"
Primer Series on next page and Spalding's "Red Cover" Series on second
page following. 9-3-4
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group VIII. Lacrosse
No. 201 How to Play Lacrosse
Group IX. Indoor Base Ball
No. 9 Spalding's Official Indoor
Base Ball Guide
Group X.
No. 129 Water Polo
No. 199 Equestrian Polo
Polo
Gre
up XI. Misce
No.
24S
Archery
No.
138
Croquet
No.
271
Roque
No.
VA
Hand Ball
No.
167
Quoits.
No.
14
Curling
No.
170
Push Ball
No.
207
Lawn Bowls
Miscellaneous Games
Group XII. Athletics
No. 12a Spalding's Official Athletic
Rules
No. 27 College Athletics
No. 182 All Around Athletics
No. 156 Athletes' Guide
No. 87 Athletic Primer
No. 259 How to Become a Weight
Thrower
No. 255 How to Run 100 Yards
No. 55 Official Sporting Rules
No. 246 Athletic Training for School-
boys
No. 317 Marathon Running
No. 331 Schoolyard Athletics
No. 342 Walking for Health and Com-
petition
ATHLETIC AUXILIARIES
No. 302 Y. M. C. A. Official Handbook
No. 313 Public Schools Athletic
League Official Handbook
No. 314 Girls' Athletics
Group XIII. Athletic Accomplishments |
No. 23 Canoeing
No. 128 How to Row
No.2U9 How to Become a Skater
No. 178 How to Train for Bicycling
No. 282 Roller Skating Guide
Group XIV. Manly Sports
No. 165 Fencing (By Senac)
No. 102 Ground TumbUng
No. 143 Indian Clubs and Dumb Bells
No. 262 Medicine Ball Exercises
No. 29 Pulley Weight Exercises
No. 191 How to Punch the Bag
No. 289 Tumbling for Amateurs
Group XV. Gymnastics
No. 254 Barnjum Bar Bell Drill
No. 214 Graded Cal sthenics and
Dumb Bell Drills.
No. 124 How to Become a Gymnast
No. 287 Fancy Dumb Bell and March-
ing Drills
GYMNASTIC AUXILIARY
No. 345 Official Handbook I. C. A. A.
Gymnasts of America
Group XVI.
No. 161
No. 149
No. 285
No. 208
No. 185
No. 234
No. 238
No. 288
No. 325
Physical Culture
Ten Minutes' Exercise for
Busy Men.
Scientific Physical Training-
and Care of the Body.
Health by Muscular Gym-
nastics
Physical Education and Hy-
giene
Hints on Health
School Tactics and Maze Run-
ning
Muscle Building
Indigestion Treated by Gym-
nastics
Twenty-Minute Exercises
Spalding "Green Cover" Primer Series
No. IP. How to Play Tennis — For Beginners.
No. 2P. How to Learn Golf
No. 3P. How to Become an Athlete.
By P. A. Vaile. Price 10c.
. . By P. A. Vaile. Price 10c.
By James E. Sullivan. Price 10c.
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF 10 CENTS
For additional books on athletic subjects see list of Spalding's "Red Cover"
Series on next page. 9.3.4
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
"Red Cover" Series
No. IR. Spalding's Official Athletic Almanac* ,,„-„„„ Price 25c.
No. 2R. Strokes and Science of Lawn Tennis. - = , , , » „ Price 25c.
No. 3R. Spalding's Official Golf Guide.*. ,...„<,,,„ Price 25c.
No. 4R. How to Play Golf. ...,..,,..,.. Price 25c.
No. 5R. Spalding's Official Cricket Guide. „ , , , , . o Price 25c,
No. 6R. Cricket, and How to Play It. ,,. .,,.-,, . Price 25c.
No. 7R. Physical Training Simplified. . . . „ » , o . ~ • Price 25c.
No. 8R. The Art of Skating. .....,.„„,.,„. Price 25c.
No. 9R. How to Live 100 Years. .....„„,„„,, Price 25c.
No. lOR. Single Stick Drill. ...... o„„ c .. o Price 25c.
No. IIR. Fencing Foil Work Illustrated. .,.,,„ o , » Price 25c.
No. 12R. Exercises on the Side Horse. ....,., o = „ Price 25c.
No. 13R. Horizontal Bar Exercises. . , . . , , „ o . , . Price 25c.
No. 14R. Trapeze, Long Horse and Rope Exercises. , , „ „ . Price 25c.
No. 15R. Exercises on the Flying Rings. . . » , , o . » , Price 25c.
No, 16R. Team Wand Drill. .......„, o.. = . Price 25c.
Nq. 17R. Olympic Games, Stockholm, 1912. . , . . „ o . » , Price 25c.
No. 18R. Wrestling . , » ., « . „ ~ o Price 25c.
No. 19R. Professional Wrestling „ » . „ , . o . Price 25c.
No. 20R. How to Play Ice Hockey. ........ c c.,. Price 25c.
No. 21R. Jiu Jitsu , , . . . . „ , Price 25c.
No. 22R. How to Swing Indian Clubs. . . . o , c . . . . Price 25c.
No. 23R. Get Well : Keep Well , . , Price 25c.
No. 24R. Dumb Bell Exercises „ . Price 25c.
No. 25R. Boxing Price 25c.
No. 26R. Official Handbook National Squash Tennis Association^'^ Price 25c.
No. 27R.- CalisthenicDrillsandFancyMarchingfortheClassRoom Price 25c.
No. 28R.® Winter Sports . Price 25c.
No. 29R. Children's Games . Price 25c.
No. 30R. Fencing. (By Breck.) o . . . . Price 25c,
No. 31R. Spalding's International Polo Guide.* . Price 25c.
No. 32R. Physical Training for the School and Class Room. , . Price 25c.
No. 33R. Tensing Exercises , . , . , . Price 25c.
No. 34R. Grading of Gymnastic Exercises Price 25c.
No. 35R. Exercises on the Parallel Bars „ . . Price 25c.
No. 36R. Speed Swimming o . Price 25c.
No. 37R. How to Swim o . . Price 25c,
No. 38R. Field Hockey. „..,,. Price 25c.
No. 39R. How to Play Soccer = . . » , Price 25c.
No, 40R, Indoor and Outdoor Gymnastic Games . Price 25c,
No. 41R. Newcomb = . . . Price 25c.
No, 42R, Davis Cup Contests in Australasia. ........ Price 25c.
No. 43R. Lawn Hockey. Parlor Hockey, Lawn Games. .... Price 25c.
No. 44R. How to Wrestle , Price. 25c.
No. 45R. Intercollegiate Official Handbook Price 25c.
No. 46R. Spalding's Official Lacrosse Guide.* Price 25c.
No. 47R. How to Play Foot Ball Price 25c.
No. 48R. Distance and Cross Country Running Price 25c.
No. 49R. How to Bowl. . Price 25c.
No. 50R. Court Games Price 25c.
No. 51R. 285 Health Answers Price 25c.
No. 52R. Pyramid Building Without Apparatus Price 25c.
No. 53R. Pyramid Building With Wands. Chairs and Ladders. . Price 25c.
No. 54R. Manual of Calisthenic Exercises— United States Army, Price 25c.
No. 55R. Spalding's Official Soccer Foot Ball Guide.* Price 25c.
No. 56R. Medical Gymnastics Price 25c.
No, 57R. How to Sprint Price 25c.
* Published annually. 9.3-4
W. C. RUSSELL,
President American Amateur Hockey League.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group VI. No. 6
Official
Ice Hockey Guide
Jre>vvj. ■ 19 1 5
Edited by
FREDERICK R. TOOMBS
c^®;
PUBLISHED BY THE
AMERICAN SPORTS PUBLISHING COMPANY
21 Warren Street, New York
Copyright, 1914, by American Sports Publishing Company, New York,
,&^
Contents
Hints to lee Hockey Players . . . .
American Amateur Hockey League Campaign, 1913-14
Annual Meeting American Amateur Hockey League
All-New York Team Selections
Hockey In and Around Boston
Intercollegiate Ice Hockey Campaign of 1914
Hockey in Central New York
Hockej'^ in Grand Rapids, Mich. .
Cleveland Athletic Club ....
Duluth Amateur Hockey Association
Laws of Hockey and Championship Riiles of the
American Amateur Hockey League .
Amended Sections of the A. A. H. L. Playing Rules for
Six Men Teams .....
Official Rules Governing Play for the Stanley Cup
Ontario Hockey Association Rules
Laws Across Border — Conditions which Govern Play of
the Eastern Canada League
Eastern Canada Rules ....
Laws of Hockey of the Intercollegiate Hockey League
Page
4
7
9
13
15
19
23
27
31
35
37
49
51
53
57
62
64
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Hints to Ice Hockey Players
By Hobart a. H. ("Hobey") Baker^
The Famous Captain of the rrinceton Hockej^ Team
of 1913-14, Intercollegiate Champions.
^^ ^
[Editor's Note. — Mr. Hobart Baker's message to amateur
ice hockey players should be read by every aspirant to
fame on the ice in this great game. The author proved to
be the greatest college hockey player of his time. That he
is lost to followers of intercollegiate sport by graduation
from Princeton, class of 1914, is a source of keen regret,
but the memory of his brilliant dashes through opposing
teams will long live. His comments are brief, but very
much to the point.]
The first essential to learn about playing ice hockey is, in
my mind, the ability to carry and dribble the puck.
Everyone can do this to a certain extent, but it is the
man who can carry and dribble the puck without looking
at it at all ; who can tell by the "feel" of the puck at the
end of his stick just where it is, that is the man who does
really good "stick work."
The ability to carry the puck without looking at it
enables a player to take in the whole field as he comes
down the ice. He can see just where each man is placed
and can insltantly work out his course.
SrALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Many a boautiful and speedy skater spoils his play by
wild passes, which are invariably the result of not looking
aronnd before he passes. Many a man plays individually
because he can't keep the puck with him if he looks up to
see where to pass.
To attain the ability to manage the puck requires much
practice, and practice with no end in view but mastering
the absolute control of the elusive rubber disc at all times.
To get out on the ice and s'lend ten or fifteen minutes
skating around, never looking at the puck at all. but just
feeling it at the end of your stick is the best sort of
practice for those who wish to become hockey players.
My own experiences have taught me the truth of these
statements. Naturally, if you can keep control of the puck
and at the same time spend your eyesight on watching
the actions and position of your own and the opposing
players, you are doubling the efficiency of the individual,
and enabling yourself to make team work more effective
than otherwise would be the c: se.
No one, of course, will deny that team work is the prime
necessity in producing a successful team. The veteran
coaches rightly spend much of their time in teaching the
team members to remember that the co-operative efforts
of each one are necessary to win games. What does it
benefit a team to have a man take the puck down the ice
and miss a goal because, instead of passing it to another
player who was in position to drive it past the goalkeeper
and into the net, he attempted to score himself and miser-
ably failed?
Individual work produces good results when the other
members of the team co-operate with the individual.
The man who tries to win a game all by himself rarely
succeeds.
Developing team work is a matter for constant practice,
and the advice of a veteran player should be sought by
every ambitious team.
The art of passing the puck from one player to another
is of great importance. Players should constantly practice
this while at full speed, and the knack of stopping the
puck and carrying it along with you can be gained after
determined trials.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
The American Amateur Hockey League
Campaign of 1913-14
A. A. H. L. PERCENTAGE TABLE.
Club. Played. W. L. PC. Club. Played.W. L. PC.
St. Nicholas H. C... 8 7 1 .875 Crescent A. C 7 3 5 *.429
Hockey Club of N. Y. 8 5 3 .625 Wanderers 7 fl 7 .143
Irish-American A. C. 8 4 4 .500
* Lost first game of season by forfeit to Wanderers.
t Won first game of season by forfeit from Crescent A. C.
Last season, for the second time since the formation of the American
Amateur Hockey League, the St. Nicholas Skating Club won the
coveted championship title. Pursued determinedly by the Hockey
Club of New York the Santa Claus contingent finally forged safely
to the fore and finished the season with but a single defeat in
the eight games played.
The one team that succeeded in defeating the St. Nicholas team
was the Crescent Athletic Club. This contest occurred February 12
at the St. Nicholas rink, where all the official league games wexe
played, and the Brooklyn ice sharps won, H to 2.
The Hockey Club of New York had to be content with second place.
The Wanderers did not succeed in playing a single winning game of
the eight on their schedule. The one victory credited to them was
obtained by forfeit from the Crescents. Later it was announced that
the Wanderers would not re-enter the league in the season of 1914-15.
The first round of games beginning .January 3 and ending February 4,
was played with seven men on a team. The second round, February
6 to March 11, was, as an experiment, played with six men to a
side. V separate set of rules for six-man team games was prepared
and adopted by the league. These rules will be found on page 49.
Opinions differ as to tlae comparative merits of the seven-man and
six-man games.
FIRST ROUND.
Jan. 3— Crescent Athletic Club vs. Wanderers, forfeit by Crescent A. C.
Jan. 6— Irish- American Athletic Club, 10; Hockey Club, 2.
Jan. 8— Crescent Athletic Club, 2; St. Nicholas Hockey Club, 3.
Jan. 13— Hockey Club, 2; Wanderers, 1.
Jan. 15 — Irish-American Athletic Club, 2; St. Nicholas Hockey Club, 3.
Jan. 20— Irish-American Athletic Club, 8; Wanderers, 5.
Ja^. 23— Hockey Club, 3; Crescent Athletic Club, 1.
Jan. 27— St. Nicholas Hockey Club, 2; Wanderers, 1.
Ja~n. 29— Crescent Athletic Club, 4; Irish-American Athletic Club, 2.
Feb. 4— St. Nicholas Hockey Club, 2; Hockey Club, 1.
SECOND ROUND.
Feb. 6— Crescent Athletic Club, 4; Wanderers, 2.
Feb. 10— Irish-American Athletic Club, 6; Hockey Club, 5.
Feb. 12— Crescent Athletic Club, 3; St. Nicholas Hockey Club, 2.
Feb. 17— Hockey Club, 4; Wanderers. 1.
Feb. 20— Irish-American Athletic Club, 1; St. Nicholas Hockey Club, 2.
PYb. 24— Irish-American Athlet-ic Club. 5; Wanderers, 4.
Feb. 27— Hockey Club, 2; Crescent Athletic Club, 1.
Mar. 3— St. Nicholas Hockey Club, 9; Wanderers, 7.
Rfar. 5— Crescent Athletic Club, 1; Irish-Aniericaa Athletic Club, 4.
Mar. 11— St. Nicholas Hockey Club, 4;. Hockey Club, 3.
/^
-«o.Po;:-ir;;^;^2p='
CLUB OF NEW YORK.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 9
GOALS SCORED FOR AND AGAINST TEAMS.
For. Against.
St. Nicholas Hockey Club 27 20
Hockey Club of New York 22 16
Irish-American Athletic Club 29 26
Crescent Athletic Club 16 18
Wanderers 21 34
Several of the games were loosely played, but as a whole the season's
play was fast and interesting.
The good showing of the Irish-American A. C. team, under the Rh\&
management of James C. O'Brien, was an interesting feature or the
season. Although the club finished third in the race, it was not
until close to the end of the season that the rival ice demons succeeded
in removing the O'Brien "Winged Fist" aggregation as a menace
to the leaders. It was the defeat of 2 to 1 by the St. Nicks. February
20, that proved a severe setback to the Irish-Americans and fore-
shadowed the winning of the title by the Saints. The highest number
of goals scored by any team was registered by the Irish-Americans, 29.
O'Brien, who is a well known member of the American Amateur
League, was coach of the Cutler School team, winners of the Inter-
scholastic championship title and also coach of the Pomfret School
team, which corralled the premiership of the Interscholastic- League
of Connecticut.
CHAMPIONSHIP WINNERS.
The table of championship teams since the founding of the Americaa
Amateur Hockey League is shown in the attached schedule :
1896-97 — New York Athletic Club.
1897-98— New York Athletic Club.
1898-99— Brooklyn Skating Club.
1899-1900— ^Crescent Atheltic Club.
1900-01 — Crescent Athletic Club.
1901-02— ^Crescent Athletic Club.
1902-03— Crescent Athletic Club.
1903-04 — Wanderers Hockey Club.
1904-05 — Crescent Athletic Club.
1905-06 — Crescent Athletic Club.
1906-07 — St. Nicholas Skating Club.
1907-08— Crescent Athletic Club.
1908-09 — New York Athletic Club.
1909-10— New York Athletic Club.
1910-11— Crescent Athletic Club.
1911-12— Crescent Atheltic Club.
1912-13— St. Nicholas Skating Club.
•ANNUAL MEETING OF THE AMERICAN AMATEUR
HOCKEY LEAGUE
With the admission of the Boston A. A. to the Amateur Hockey League-
at a meeting of the executive committee of the organization held in the
St. Nicholas Rink, November 12, 1914, hockey on a broader scope than
has been the case in many years will be furnished followers of the
game this winter. The League will have the aspect of an inter-
city organization as a result of the admission of the Boston club.
The addition of the Boston A. A. will make five clubs in the League,
four of them representing New York, namely, the St. Nicholas Skating
Club, the Hockey Club of New York, the Crescent A.C. and the Irish-
American A.C.
De4sne/;i;^Sn:'"^'^ '"'''' ''^^^
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBBABY.
11
wSln.°??Tu.fen%cKc; au.^jj SxVea^u J^r^. - Von BevnutU.
HOBEV BAKER TO PLA^^^ITH^^^
K. L. VON '^^^Z,y™HocUey League.
secretary-Treasurer Amencan Amateur
1. Ballln; 2, Clyde Martin; 3, Kennedy; 4, Liffiton; 5, Sherriff.
PLATiERS OF THE ORESCENT ATHLETIC CLUB, BROOKLYN, N. Y.
^ O'Nei'll, Photos.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
13
All-New York Team Selections
Br TOxM Howard.
As the membership of a team that is nec-
essarily selected on the basis of past per-
formances or "form'' shown during the
previous season, such selections are there-
fore problematical at the best. From
observation and intimate knowledge of
the various teams and individual players,
the right of the following to a position
on the representative, though mythical,
aggregation can hardly be disputed by
unbiased followers of the game.
As the first half of the schedule of
games arranged to decide the champion-
ship of tbe American Amateur Hockey
League of New York for the season of
1913-14 was played with seven men on a
side and the last half with six men on
a team, a representative team is pre-
sented with seven and six members, re-
spectively.
The champion St. Nicks furnish three
of the seven, the Hockey Club of New
York have two men, while the Irish-
Americans and Crescents each contrib-
ute a man apiece, showing that although
they ma.y not have finished one-two,
they Avere nevertheless to be reckoned
With as formidable foemen.
ALL-NEW YORK TEAMS.
Seven-Man Team. Six-Man Team.
Goal Lewis, Hockey Club of X. Y. Lewis, Hockey Club of N. Y.
Point Browne, Crescent A.C. Browne, Crescent A.C.
Cover-point ....Britton, Hockey Club of N.Y. Hill, St. Nicholas S.C.
Rover Hill, St. Nicholas S.C.
Center Turrell, St. Nictiolas S.C. Turrell, St. Nicholas S.C.
Bight Aving McGrath, Irish-American A.C. McGrath, Irish-American A.C.
Left Aviug Morgan, St. Nicholas S.C. Morgan, St. Nicholas S.C.
Substi
Princerc
ALL-COLLEGIATE TEAM.
Goal Carnochan, Harvard.
Point Willetts, Harvard.
Cover point Gore, Yale.
Rover Baker, Princeton.
Center Wanamaker, Dartmouth.
Right wing Phillips, Harvard.
Left wing Kuhn, Princeton^
tutes — Goal: Schiller, Yale. Defense: Herron. Yale, and Peacock,
11. Forwards: Sweiicy, Yale, and Hopkins, Harvard.
PILGRIM A. A. HOCKEY TEAM, BOSTON, MASS.
Horner, Photo.
1, Whidden; 2, Small, o, Eaton; 4, Tuiber.
THE FOUR FAST FORWARDS OF BATTERY "A" HOCKEY TEAM,
BOSTON, MASS.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 15
Hockey In and Around Boston
By H. L. Scanlon.
Boston is recognized as being the leading liockey city of the country,
and it is needless to say that its records in this great sport show it is
well merited.
The Boston Arena, in which the leading college, school and amateur
teams play, is one of the largest and finest made, having an ice sur-
face of twenty-two thousand square feet.
The marked improvement shown in hockey in late years attests to
the fact that to have a championship team the players must practice
incessantly, and the only way that this can be accomplished is by
having an indoor arena, as weather, like time and tide, is not subject
to man's command, and many teams have been defeated by the uncer-
tainty of outside conditions.
COLLEGE HOCKEY IX AND AROUND BOSTON.
The finest exhibition of hockey and the most exciting game ever
played in Boston took place January 24, between Harvard and Prince-
ton. The much heralded Baker and the champion Harvard team drew
a crowd that packed the Arena to the doors, and many were unable to
gain admittance. The enthusiasm of the crowd was aroused to a
tremendous pitch by the wonderful playing of both teams. Time and
time again the liglilning-like flashes of Baker caused the crowd, which
was a typically fair Boston crowd, to cheer him even though they were
heart and soul for Harvard to win. The game see-sawed back and
forth for the regular two periods and at the end the score was still
tied at two to two. This necessitated a third period, which was the
most exciting one played, as both teams were desperate to get the de-
ciding goal. At the finish of the third period the score was still a
tie and they decided to play a fourth period to "Sudden Death." The
expression was entirely appropriate, as the tremendous effort had told
on the players and they were thoroughly exhausted. Near the end
of the fourth and last period, the Harvard attack by working together
carried the puck through the entire Princeton team and shot the goal
which ended the longest and greatest game ever played by collegiate
teams, the time of play being 65 minutes.
The Harvard- Yale series played in Boston was productive of the in-
tense rivalry which always characterizes the play of these great rivals.
The superior teamwork ' of the Harvard players made the outcome
fairly certain, and the greatest credit should be given to A. W. Wind-
sor, Jr., who is recognized as one of the greatest strategists in the
country, and is directly responsible for the great showing that Harvard
has made in intercollegiate hockey.
The Massachusetts Institute of Technology team had a very success-
ful season, winning the majority of its games and showing a great im-
provement over the previous season. Captain Fletcher informs me
that with the men from the freshman team which he will have next
season, that his lineup will be the strongest that ever represented the
Institute.
The Tufts College team, after a very poor start, was reinforced by
Whittaker. a former Somerville High star, and toward the latter part
of the season they gave promise of having a very fast team for 1915.
1, Dunn, Mgr. ; 2, Waunamaker; 3-, Eoss; 4, Paisley; 5, Scruton; 6, Phillips; 7,
Anderson, Capt, ; 8, Nowell; 9. Leavitt.
MELROSE (MASS.) HIGH SCHOOL HOCKEY TEAM.
ffff
. 1 -^ ^^.
r\
1, Kavel, Mgr.; 2, Willits; 3, Keidel; 4, Cowin; 5, Kerr; 6, Pullen; 7, Ewald;
8, Thompson; 9, Hill, Capt.; 10,, Brook, Ck)ach.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 17
AMATEUR HOCKEY IN AND AROUND BOSTON.
The Boston Athletic Association team, which is thp leading team in
the East and one of the strongest in the United States, is made up of
old Harvard hockey stars and captained by Trafford Hicks, who led
the Harvard team in 1910. The Boston fans were treated to some
great playing by this team, and the support accorded it enabled them
to bring the strwigest hockey teams in Canada to Boston. The result
of these games showed that hockey in this country has made wonderful
progress and that we will soon be able to supersede our Canadian
brothers at their favorite game.
The B.A.A. Hockey Team has joined the American Amateur Hockey-
League of New York City, and these inter-city series are sure to create
a great deal of interest, although the game is in such a flourishing
condition in Boston that it is hardly needed.
Pilgrim A.A. Hockey Team, which represented the Arena, had a
very fast and clever team. Their excellent stick work and fine passing
game made up for their lack of size and weight. There was the great-
est rivalry between this team and the Boston Athletic Association,
and it was greatly regretted by Boston hockey enthusiasts that they
did not meet in a series to decide the championship of the city, al-
though a close scrrutiny of the records would show the Boston Ath-
letic Association Hockey Team to be a slightly better team.
Irish-American Athletic Club Hockey Team, considering that it was
their first year together, played very good hockey. This team was led
by Capt. Skilton, who early in the season played with one of the
strongest Canadian teams. The series played between the I.-A.A.C.
and the Pilgrims was won by the Pilgrims after a very exciting battle.
INTERSCHOLASTIC HOCKEY LEAGUE.
School hockey in Boston has grown greatly in the past season.
The closeness of the race for championship honors in this league held
the interest of the students up to the last game.
Melrose High School, the final winnei*. had a remarkably fast and
well coached team. They displayed tactics and teamwork which were
superior to a great many college teams. They have the same team
available for this season, with but one exception, and this will make
them the strongest contenders of the coming championship. This
school has won the championship of the Interscholastic Hockey League
three out of the last four seasons, and this may readily be accounted
for by their making this game their major sport.
Rindge Manual Training School, which finished second in this league,
put up a hard fight for the lead and were only beaten out after some
remarkable exhibitions of hockey by Melros? High.
Arlington High School will be coached next season by Forrest Os-
good, the star Boston Athletic Association hockey player, and thev
could not secure a better man, as he is very well versed in the finer
points of the game, and is sure to produce a team that will be well
up in the final standing.
The interest in this league has led three new teams to enter, and the
complete list for 1915 will be as follows : Melrose, Arlington, Somer-
ville, Newton. Rindge, Medford and Cambridge Latin.
The enti-ance of these new teams will be watched very carefully by
the older members, as some of them were rated as being very fast,
particularly Newton High, which is looked upon as having an excellent
chance to lead the league.
Melrose High vs. English High : At the end of the interscholastic
league season, English High, which won the city championship, chal-
lenged Melrose and was beaten in the closest kind of a match, 3-2,
thus giving Melrose clear title for the championship.
A QUARTETTE OP PRINCETON UNIVERSITY PLAYERS.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 19
The Intercollegiate Ice Hockey
Campaign of 1914
When the Princeton ice lioclvey team captured the game with th.'
Harvard seven. Saturday night, February 21. 1914, at the St. Nicholas
Rink, New York, there culminated a mightily interesting series of
contests for the Intercollegiate Championship of the United States.
The victory of Princeton by a score of 4 to 1 over the speedy ice
experts of John Harvard's famous college, gave the Jerseymen the
championship title and likewise marked with fitting glory the end of
the collegiate athletic career of "Hobey" Baker, the star of the
Tiger seven, who will go down in Princeton history as one of the
greatest hockey and foot ball players the college has ever produced.
A valuable article on ice hockey by Baker will be found elsewhere
In this book.
Another individual star who shone during the collegiate season
was "Bub" Phillips of Harvard. It was a daring, beautiful dash
through most of the Dartmouth team and practically the entire length
of the Stadium rink at Cambridge, by Phillips, followed by a pretty
pass to "Sid'' Clark, resulting in a goal after ten minutes of play,
that gave Harvard her 2 to 1 victory over the Dartmouth seven.
The deciding game between I'rinceton and Harvard began by the
Tigers getting a lead over the Harvard players, which they held to
the end, in spite of the desperate efforts of the Cambridge seven to
overcome it. Princeton scored 3 goals in the first period and one in
the second. Harvard tallied one in the first period and none in
the second. With the opening of the second period Harvard became
the aggressor and sent several shots close to the Princeton cage, but
the first score, as in the first half, was made by Princeton, when Mac-
Coll scored after Baker had carried the puck down the rink. Soon
after the tally Peacock was sent to the side lines for slashing and
then Harvard forced matters for a few minutes. Doty was then put
in to take Willets' place and Curtis went in for Clark.
Then the playing livened up. and while neither team showed brilliant
hockey form there wasn't a dull minute nor a quiet one either. The
advantage seesawed, but neither team was able to score again. The
line-up :
Princeton. Positions. Harvard.
Winants Goal Carnochan
W. Peacock • Point Willets
Emmons Cover point Claflin
Baker Rover Hopkins
Kuhn Center Phillips
MacColl Left wing Clark
Kilner Right wing Smart
Referees— William Russell, Hockey Club, and R. O. Ellis, St. Nicholas S. C.
Time of halves — 20 minutes.
Herbert Reed ("Right Wing"), the well known hockey expert of
the New York World, makes the following analysis of the Princeton
team of the season :
"I am inclined to think that the Tigers could play the six-man
game even better than the seven, so clever is the individual work
of the Orange-and-Black forwards and so daring their attack. Harvard
played good, orthodox hockey, but the Princetonians were faster
«»^° I
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 21
skaters, better shots for goal, and had an uncanny knack of knowing
where each man would be at the crucial moment.
"Having watched the Tiger team carefully throughout the season,
I had feared that its very individual excellence, in the case of Ilobey
Baker especially, might prove a stumbling block in the path to fina'l
triumph, but in the game that meant so much to Nassau the individual
skill was fairly well blended with team work.
"No further p'roof of this is needed than the fact that Baker,
although carrying the burden of the attack, never failed to pass the
puck to a teammate in better position than he to score.
"Baker's work indeed was the climax to a brilliant career on the
ice as a college player. His stick work against Harvard was the
prettiest I have seen by a college player this year, and it was not due
to weak team-play on the part of his opponents.
"The whole Princeton attack was k(\ved up to Baker's own standard.
As a rule when a team gets a comfortal)le lead in what had bct-n ex-
pected to be a hard fought game, it tightens up. makes the most of
defense and husbands its resources. Not so Princeton. Once in com-
mand over the Crimson the Tigers opened out their attack with some-
thing approaching recklessness, in the light of their knowled^i- that
they were undoubtedly superior, their point and cover point took more
room than is healthy for any but a team of real stars, and th'v liegan
the work of long-distance shooting that is so often demoralizing to
even the best conceived defense.
"There was no sign of that bad early season habit of carrying out
the puck in front of their own cage, and the long assaults' for the
attacking position were carried out with a sweep that proved extremely
effective. The attack had a breadth that was not so much in evidence
earlier in the season, and the fact that the play was remarkably clean
proved no drawback to extreme pace.
"It is, indeed, this extreme pace that made Princeton seven so
conspicuous, and, all else being fairly equal, it is the pace that counts
in every game, especially those games involving physical contact.
"Harvard's play was. as it has been all season, ultra-conservative.
The Crimson played by the book — a game that will yield victory much
of the time, but a style rather too languid for a real champion-
ship match."
■MP X "^
^ " ^™^*"M*^^P^H||i^^^^C^.' if ■^■^-m^-'^fiir- ^J^^ .J0
' ^^BhMbk i^M|BBmj|^^%'^
^^-*-'*— ^^p ^\
^ - 1. ^ Jra-'****^
'iiiliilii '^oMk. IkI *
-%i"
^-^
^->'-
^:^
|:4r>:J
f%L
pl^
IP
y-tjH
*>©:■■: ;^B
^-SJ
--#-«l
^
6- ^;S^£iil
^:^
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Hockey in Central New York
By Birney r. Lynch,
Sporting Editor Post-Standard, Syracuse.
Throughout Central New York the interest in the great Canadian
pastime was intense and grew as the season progressed. Syracuse
being ideally located drew fans from all sections of Central New York,
Auburn, Rome, Utica, Ithaca, Oswego and many of the smaller cities
taking an active interest in the sport.
Any doubt as to the popularity of the game in Syracuse can be dis-
pelled when it is stated that over 2,000 wildly enthusiastic followers
witnessed the closing game of the season.
Although Syracuse was not represented by an exceptionally strong
aggregation, the team went through a schedule of twenty-nine hard
games, winning sixteen, losing eleven and tieing two. From start to
finish of the season the interest in the sport steadily gained, until near
the close of the year crowds of 1,000 and more spectators were the
rule rather than the exception.
The organization of a city league, a schedule of college games during
the holidays, together with the adoption of the sport by a juvenile
league, composed entirely of high school players, gave the sport the
unmistakable stamp of public approval.
Beginning with the first game in December the Salt City team met
the strongest teams in this country, including representative sevens
from New York, Cleveland and Detroit. Interspersed with these con^
tests were games with leading clubs of Canada, Toronto, Brockville,
Niagara Falls and Smith Falls.
Against these strong teams Syracuse scored 107 goals, with their
opponents registering 112. Two defeats in Boston by the Boston Pil-
grims and the Boston A. A. materially added to the points made by
the opposition. The Salt City athletes were able to gather but a scant
two, while the Hul) City team collected nineteen.
One of the features of the season was a series of seven hard games
played in fourteen days, which left the Salt City puck chasers in a
crippled condition from the middle of February to the close of hostilities.
The Syracuse players comprised La Berge, goal; Milloy (captain),
point ; McKone and Cree, coverpoint ; Higgins and Graham, left wing ;
Shea and Ringer, right wing ; Shea, Graham, Weir and Ringer, center;
Cree and Weir, rover.
While the work of the Syracuse team served to keep the game in
the limelight and proved the most potent factor in the development
of the sport, the City League, composed of five teams, also added to
the general prosperity of the game.
At the close of a highly successful season, in which twelve games
were played by the teams in the league, the Pastimes and L. C.
Smith Brothers were tied for the lead and the play-off resulted in a
2 to 1 verdict for the latter team in a sensational game.
The City League games were played as preliminary contests to the
battles between the Syracuse seven and opponents, and the following
teams were represented : Valleys, Battery A, Pastimes, Moose and
Smith Brothers. During mid-season a five team league was found
impracticable and the Valleys disbanded, the players remaining in the
league and being picked up by the four remaining organizations.
In the closing game of the City League schedule the splendid hockey
played by the contesting teams' created a demand that the winner
meet the Syracuse sextet to decide a question of superiority, many fans
1, Lombard; 2. Muckler; 3, Eller; 4, Jones, Mgr.; 5, Thompson; 6, Murphy,
Capt.: 7. Wolka. Gravel, Photo.
CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL HOCKEY TEAM, BUFFALO, N. Y.
1, Caine; 2, Abbott; 3, Turton; 4, Moore, Coach; 5, Conlin; 6, Lewis; 7, Randall,
Mgr.; S, Thompson; 9, Turo, Capt.
MOOSE HOCKEY TEAM. SYRACUSE, N. Y.
Syracuse Amateur Hockey League.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
25
loudly claiming the juvoniles to be superior to the "big" team As
a result of this game, which was won by the Syracuse athletes, the
stigma of doubt was effectually banished.
Four colleges sent teams to Syracuse during the holidays. The
Harvard squad, under the direction of Captain Willets of Skaneateles
spent the entire vacation practicing at the Arena. Harvard lost and
won in a two-game series with Syracuse and dropped two games to
Ottawa. Yale was defeated by Syracuse and won from Cornell.
Circumstances militated against the organization of a hockey team
at Syracuse University and the orange was not represented on the
ice, although hundreds of undergraduates and members of the faculty
and alumni attended the games an'U enthusiastically rooted for the
struggling college teams during the holidays.
Four teams were entered in the Junior League, the games being
played on Saturday mornings during the season. At the close of the
year the Westminsters and Sedgwick Farm Club played a tie game,
leaving the question of titular honors in abeyance as both teams had
valid claims for the championship.
The Syracuse Hockey Team's record for 1913-14 follows :
2— N. Y. Hockey Club 2.
2— N. Y. Hookey Club 2.
1— Yale 0.
2— Harvard 5.
2— -Harvard 1.
5 — Argonauts, Toronto, 4.
2 — Argonauts, Toronto, 6.
7— Detroit A. C. 4.
2— Detroit A. C. 4.
4— Stratford, Ont., 3.
3— Stratford, Ont., 5. 5— Niagara Falls, Ont., 4.
7— Wanderers, N. Y., 2. 5— Niagara Falls, Ont., 4.
6— Wanderers, N. Y., 2. 3— Pilgrims, Boston, 4.
2— Canoe Club, Toronto, 3. 8— IMlgrims, Boston, 1.
6— Canoe Club, Toronto, 3. 6— Brockville, Ont., 2.
3— Cleveland A. C. 5. 4— Brockville. Ont., 0.
7— Kodaks, Toronto, 4. 3— Smith Falls, Ont., 8.
4— Kodaks. Toronto, 15. 2— Smith Falls, Ont., 1.
1— Pilgrims. Boston, 11 2— L. C. Smith Brothers 1.
1— Boston A. A. 6
FELLOWES TROPHY FOR CANADIAN COLLEGES.
Won by Toronto University, 1913-14, O'Neill, Photo.
BAMONA ATHLETES HOCKEY TEAM. GRAx^D RAPIDS. MICH
Champions Grand Rapids Hockey League, 1914.
RAMONA GIRLS HOCKEY TEAM. GRAND RAPIDS. MICH
SPAI.DINCS ATHLETIC LIBRARY. • 27
Hockey in Grand Rapids, Mich.
Br F. B. El:\ier.
Ice hockey ir Grand Rapids liad its inception in that city on an
organized basis four years ago, the rink consisting of an open lake,
which was supplanted the following year by the use of a city play-
ground, which was flooded and lighted at night, play being allowed
three times a week. Interest increased in 1912-13, while last season
was most successful, the ball ground at Kamona Park being the
scene of the contests, although one-fourth of the games were still
continued at the old rink. A constitution and by-laws were adopted.
E. W. Dickerson, sporting editor Evening Press, was elected president ;
C. H. Mills, superintendent of the city playgrounds, vice-president,
and F. B. Elmer, secretary. A board of directors was also formed,
composed of one delegate from each team together with the above
officers. The schedule adopted called for twenty-four games.
The Ramonas easily won the pennant by taking eknt^n and only
losing one of their twelve games, while the other teams played so
nearly even that the Fergusons, who finished second, were only one
game ahead of- the Harley Davidsons and Noblett & Martins, who were
tied for third and last places, respectively.
During the first week of extended play the Ramonas won three
games from the Noblett & Martins and were shut out by the Fergusons,
4 to 0, this being their only defeat of th? season. Also the Harley
Davidsons defeated the Fergusons in one of the best games of the
season by the close score of 4 to 3, .this making their third winning
from the Fergusons, out of four games, by the narrow margin of one
goal and the second by the same score. Up to this time, however,
none of the teams was entirely out of the running and the rest still
had hopes that between them they could pull the Ramonas from the
leadership, which they had held from the start, or at the least to bring
them down to a tie. But their hopes Vv'ere soon shattered for the
Ramonas came right back the next week and defeated each team in
succession by the largest scores of the season, winning two games from
the Harley Davidsons, 13 to 0 and 10 to 1. and from the Fergusons
and Noblett & Martins by scores of 0 to 4 and 7 to 2, respectively.
The Noblett & Martins "also won a closely played game from the
Harley Davidsons, 6 to 3, the winners scoring four of their points
in the last five minutes of play.
The Ramonas scored 61 points to their opponents' 17; Fergusons,
39 to 31 ; Noblett & Martins, 32 to 46 ; Harley Davidsons, 28 to 66.
The results of the games were as follows :
Fer^isons 9, Harley Davidsons 1. Ramonas 4, Harley Davidsons 2.
Harley Dav'ns 4, Noblett «& Martins 2. Ramonas 1, Fergusons 0.
Eamouas 4. Haiiey Davidsons 0. Harloy Davidsons 4, Fergnsons 3.
Fergusons 7, Noblett & Martins 3. Ramonas 4, Noblett & ^lartins 1.
Ramonas 2, Fergusons 1. Ramonas 3, Nnhh-tt & Martins 1.
Noblett & Martins 6, Harley Dav'ns 3. Fergusons 4. Ramonas 0.
Harley Davidsons 2, Fergusons 1. Harley Davidsons 4, Fergusons 3.
Ramonas 2, Harley D's 1. (protested) Ramonas 4, Noblett & Martins 1.
Fergusons 2, Noblett & Martins 0. Ramonas 13. Harley Davidsons 0.
Noblett & Martins 5, Fergusons 4. Noblett & Martins 6. Harley Dav'ns 3.
Noblett & Martins 5, Harley Dav'ns 4. Ramonas 9, Fergusons 4.
(12 min. overtime). Ramonas 10, Harley Davidsons 1.
Fergusons 1, Noblett & Martins 0. Ramonas 7, Noblett & Martins 2.
The personnel of the four teams was as follows :
1, F. Zwaska, All City Cover Point, 1914; 2, Byron Stiller; 3, W. Frick, Cente,,
4, H. Bergman; 5, A. E, Bergman,- Captain, All City Cover Point, 1914. ;
"OUTLAWS" HOCKEY TEAM, MILWAUKEE, WIS.^"'^^^' *^*^'
1, Hamilton; 2, Kubiak; 3, Wurzburg, Capt. ; 4, Riddell; 5, McMahon;
7, Coffey; 8, H. Ferguson, Mgr. ; 9, Middleton.
FERGUSONS HOCKEY TEAM, GRAND RAPIDS, MICH.
Champions Grand Rapids Hockey League, 1913.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 29
Ramonas. Positions. Fergusons.
Elmer Goal Daane
S. Middleton and T. Johnson Point Dr. Dingman (Captain) and Boa
Millar Cover point Rlddell
Miller « Rover Parsons
Tierney and Seyferth Center , Kubiak
Monroe (Captain).. Right wing Coffey and D. Ferguson
Kuyers and O. Johnson Left A'ing Ramsey and Hamilton
John Sayres, Jr Manager Howard Ferguson
Harley Davidsons. Positions. . Noblett & Martins.
Heth (Captain) Goal Hawkins
Dunton Point Vandenberg and Hurd
DePagter Cover point Grotemat and Farias
Foster Rover White (Captain)
vIcNerney Center VanKoevering
Stuart and A. Middleton Right wing Dykhouse
Ganzel and Spears Left Jt'ing Hall
R. E. Heth Manager L. White
The management of the rink at Ramona Park also put a team com-
posed of girls in the field, with Johnny Millar as coach. In a series
)f seven games with a team of girls representing Ferguson's rink, the
'tamonas won five, tied one and lost one. These games were all well
layed and proved to be good drawing cards, the rivalry between the
'o teams and their adherents being almost, if not, as great as that
long the league teams. With these two teams as a nucleus, it is
iready planned to form a girls' league for this season, while the
prospects for the boys' league are better than ever.
^^ t- ^
1 1 1 1
It IWiEiii
1, Kinsella; 2, Stickney; 3, Kavanagh; 4. O'Brien; 5, Smitli; 6,
8, Mitchell; 9, Haiinon, Capt. ; 10, MacDonald; 11, Murphy.
Br van; 7, Garon;
O'Neill, Photo.
IRISH- AMERICAN ATHLETIC CLUB HOCKEY TEAM, NEW YORK.
1, Macpherson; 2, O'Brien, Coach; 3, Lawson; 4, Briimi; 5, Nathan; 6, Van
Heusen; 7, Bowling, Capt. ; 8, Fox; 9, Post. Pach, Photo.
OUTLEiR SCHOOL HOCI^EY TEAM, NEW YORK CITY.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Cleveland Athletic Club
By Leslie J. Scully,
Secretary and Treasurer Cleveland Amateur Hockey Association.
Hockey reached its zenith of popularity in Cleveland dui-ing the
season of 1913-1U14 when the Cleveland Athletic Club seven, cap-
tained by Frank (Coddy) Winters, made a record that probably will
not be beaten by a team on either side of the border for sometime to
come, if at all. So well did the Clevelands play that enthusiastic
crowds filled the Elysium upon many occasions to urge the plucky
home team on to victory, but never overlooking an opportunity to cheer
the visitors for a good play.
Cleveland played forty-six games, a number probably equalled by no
team in the country. Of this large number of contests the Sixth
City seven won thirty-four, was defeated in seven and tied five, a record
that not only gave the C. A. C.'s the amateur championship of the
Ijnited States and the two thousand dollar McNaughton trophy,
emblematic of that honor, but established Cleveland's hockey prowess
deeply in the minds of Canadian rivals.
Starting December 1, 1913, with a game at Detroit, which the
Clevelands lost, the C. A. C.'s battled every week, playing from two
to three games, until April 11, 1914, when they wound up their
glorious season with a victory over Toronto Rugby, champions of the
Ontario Hockey Association and the Province of Ontario.
Cleveland made a trip into the West, where they met American
Soo, champions of the Western section of the United States, and beat
the Western leaders at Sault Ste. Marie 4 to 3 and tied them 2 to 2.
Returning to Cleveland the next week the team clinched the cham-
pionship of the United States by handing the Soo a 3 to 1 and a
4 to 2 defeat, thus gaining a score of 13 goals to 8 in the series.
The East was next invaded, winning at Syracuse 5 to 3, and from
Boston Pilgrims 7 to 2, Boston A. A. 1 to 0, both games being played
at the Boston arena.
Owing to the uncertainty of the New York league the Cleveland
boys did not get an opportunity to play in the metropolis.
Cleveland's Nemesis proved to be the St. Michael's team of Toronto,
which beat the local seven in Toronto 7 to 1, and upon their return
game lost again 2 to 0 in Cleveland. This seems rather queer in
view of the fact that the C. A. C.'s won four games from the Toronto
Rugby team, who were the conquerors of St. Michael's in the Senior
Ontario Hockey Association championship.
Speed was Cleveland's greatest asset. The Cleveland boys won
their way to popularity by playing fast, clean and scientific games.
Handicapped by the injuries to Joe Debernardi, the star of the forward
line, toward the close of the season, the team battled all the harder
and held its position by sheer pluck. Then, too, Center Verner was
forced out of the game toward the close by a sprained ankle, but
fortunately Harry Poland filled this place in good shape. Trimble, at
rover, proved a strong player, while Winters and Jamieson, at defense,
and Odmark, at goal, starred in nearly every contest. The record
of the team is as follows :
Won— From Detroit. 3-1, 4-0; Toronto Rowing Club, 2-1, 7-8;
Toronto Rugby Club. 2-0. .3-1 ; Ottawa College. 6-3, 2-1, 3-1 ; Queens
College, 5-2. 6-1, 5-4; Wanderers, New iork, 1-0; Orilla, 3-2; Mid-
land, 2-1 ; Kodaks, Toronto, 7-3 ; Cornwall. 6-0 ; Argonauts, 3-0, 2-1 ;
Syracuse, 5-3 ; Boston Pilgrims, 7-2 ; Boston A, A., 1-0 ; Irish-American
1, Cleary; 2, Bro. Harold, Mgr. ; 3, Davis; 4, Tierney; 5, Smith; 6 Bertie-
■Lonroy; 8. Buckley,
CRETIN HIGH SCHOOL HOCKEY TEAM, ST. PAUL, MINN.
. CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL HOCKEY TEAM, ST. PAUL, MINN.
Haynes. Photo.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 33
A. C, New York, 5-0, li-O ; Ottawa, G-2, .'M ; Midland, 3-1 ; American
Soo, 4-3, 3-1, 4-2 j Montreal Stars, 4-3, 7-2; Toronto Rugby, 1-0, 3-1.
Lost — To Detroit, 3-4 ; Wanderers, New York, 4-5 ; St. Michael's,
1-7, 0-2 : Midland, 2-3 ; Ontario Stars, 4-5, 3-4.
Tied — With Detroit. 2-2 ; Midland, 3-3 ; Kodaks, Toronto, 1-1 ; Corn-
wall, 2-2 ; American Soo, 2-2.
With the beginning of the 1913-4 campaign, a majority of managers
and those interested in the welfare of the organization thought it best
to go one step higher and have the various teams of the Cleveland
Amateur Hockey Association backed by business houses or individual
men, thus cutting some of the financial burden from the players'
shoulders. This step was very successful, as nearly all the firms ap-
proached were willing. Six teams were given franchises, namely.
Smith Sheriffs, Marrotta A. C. Doan Merchants, Castlewood A. C.,
Breu Bronnell Brothers, Zidd Tailors.
While the membership of the above mentioned teams was a trifle
higher than formerly, it was due to the fact that an initiation fee
of two dollars was charged, and the teams had to be bona fide, so as
to do away with the many floaters that would usually crop in with
no regulation fee. The money derived from this source carried the
Association through from a financial loss, leaving a small balance at
the end of the playing season. If the Association is to grow, money
Avill be needed, and it will l)e necessary for the oflicials of the organi-
zation to perfect plans whereby a working fund can be had at all
times. There are several ways that this money can be raised, but in
my estimation it would be better for the teams to raise the money,
this by a larger initiation fee and in the flnals for the city champion-
ship, the latter game to be played where an admission could be charged
and, after defraying expenses, the rest of the money could by turned
over to a treasury fund. Had this scheme prevailed in the game
between the scholastic league and the amateurs, the association to-day
would have been independently rich.
While the Cleveland Amateur Hockey Association deserves great
credit for the flne showihg during its second year of existence, it must
be remembered that this was only made possible by the support tendered
to the organization by Sport Director M. J. Mc(iinty and our old
reliable friend, Harris Shannon, manager of the Elysium.
The league was composed of six teams, v/hose players were educated
to the game while at college or in their final year in high school.
Quebec rules were adopted, with the exception of the changing of
players, thus making the game faster and keeping out the rough element
that sometimes depends upon strength more than ability. All the
players being anxious to have their names engraved on the beautiful
cup donated by F. W. Sayle, caused each to strive to his utmost.
Owing to the conditions at tlie rink, the schedule could only be car-
ried out after the skating session, which meant that the teams would
go on the ice at 10 :30 P. M., practice ten minutes and then line up
for their game.
The various teams comprising the league were well balanced and
although the Marrotta A. C. a team formed from old hockey stars,
were not defeated, much cre<lit must be given to their defense and
their leader. The Smith Sheriffs, a team backed by William J. Smith,
County Sheriff, furnished the most remarkable exhibition of defense
work and goal tending in the league, and were only scored on three
times during their season. The Zidd Tailors, mostly graduates from
Central High School, maintained their reputation in their aggressive-
ness and individutil starring. The Doan Merchants, runners-up for
the championship in 1913, having the same team, seemed to slow up.
UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA HOCKEY TEAM.
Miller, Photo.
1, Norsted, Mgr. ; 2, DuMoe; 3, Stavrum; 4, Sa^Aiistrom; 5, D. Larsen, Business
Mgr. ; 6, Warner; 7, Richards; 8, Parsons; 9, Nelson; 10, A. Grenner, Capt. ; 11,
McCormick.
NORTHERN HARDWARE HOCKEY TEAM, DULUTH, MINN.
Duluth Amateur Hockey League Champions. 1913-14.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 35
unfortunately on account of the loss of two of their men. The Breu
Bronnell Brothers and the Castlewood A. (\ being pleasure clubs, their
constitutional restrictions acted as a heavy burden on them.
Towards the end of the season, and as there were two leagues.
Manager Shannon permitted the champions of the Scholastic League to
play the Marrottas, champions of the Association, the latter winning.
1-0, also breaking, the Shaw High School record in two branches ;
first, scoring the only goal that passed Goal-tender Franz all season ;
secondly, giving Shaw their first and only defeat during the season
of 1913-1914.
The loving cup given to the Cleveland Amateur Hockey Association,
known better as the Midnight Hockey League, by F. W. Sayle, was
won by the Marrotta A. C, backed by Charles Marrotta. Smith
Sheriffs were second, followed by the Zidd Tailors, the Doan Merchants
fourth, Castlewoods, fifth, and Breu Bronnell Brothers, sixth.
Owing to the graduation of various classes in high school last
summer the Association is figuring on several new men in its ranks, and
with the co-operation of Manager Harris Shannon Clevelanders will
see some exciting play on the ice this winter.
Duluth Amateur Hockey Association
By B. Mac.
The hockey season of 1913-1914 was probably the greatest in the
history of the sport in Duluth, in regard to quality of playing. It
was also the greatest in the point of interest manifested by the general
public and in the closeness of the contests. During the ten years
that amateur league hockey has been played in Duluth it is doubtful
whether ever before the teams comprising the Duluth Amateur Hockey
Association have shown an equality of strength such as featured the
last championship season.
The introduction of hockey to the Duluth public has been very
tedious and at times very discouraging to the pioneer sponsors of the
sport. In this respect, a season such as last is far better for the sport
than one where the quality of the play is better hut the general strength
less uniform.
The pre-season estimates had favored the Lake Hardware and Big
Duluth teams as the real championship contenders, while the Northern
Hardware and the Bagleys were considered as lacking in strength.
The Northern Hardware team were weaR at the start, but made a
great showing the last half of the season, nosing out the champion-
ship from the Lakes by one game. The Bagleys, who ended in last
position, played in very hard luck, winning only one game and losing
all others by a narrow margin of one and two goals.
The Duluth Central High School, the Cathedral High School, the
Young Men's Sodality and the Lakeside Athletic Club had teams
playing amateur hockey and each individual team was better than
any team playing in previous seasons.
Taking things all in all, Duluth witnessed in 1913-1914 its greatest
season as to cleanliness and quality of play.
1, George Harmon; 2, Percy Le Sueur, Ottawa Club; 3, 0. Cleghorn Wander-
ers of Montreal; 4, Boyce, Wanderers of Montreal; 5, S. Cleghorn, Capt.
Wanderers of Montreal; 6, Hyland, Wanderers of Montreal; 7, Frink Nigiibor
Vancouver Hockey Club; 8, Fi-ank Patrick, Captain Vancouver Hockey Club
9, Libby Nichols, Vancouver Hockey Club; 10, Shore, Ottawa Club.
SOME PROMINENT PLAYERS IN CANADA. ^'^^'"' ^^°*''^-
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 37
Laws of Hockey and Championship
Rules of the American Amateur
Hockey League
Copyrighted, 1912, by American Amateur Hockey League.
Section i. The game of Hockey shall be played on ice by two
teams, the players of which shall all be on skates. Its object
shall be the lawful scoring of goals. The team scoring the
greater number of goals during the playing period shall be
declared the winner.
RINK.
Sec. 2. A Hockey rink shall be at least 112 by 58 feet. The
imaginary lines at the two ends of the rink shall be termed
the goal lines. The two sides of the rink shall be known as
the side lines.
GOALS.
Sec. 3. A goal shall be placed midway on each goal line, and
shall consist of a goal net supported by two upright posts 4 feet
in height, placed 6 feet apart, and at least 10 and not more than
15 feet from the edge of the ice. The goal posts must be firmly
fixed to the ice.
Note. — In the event of a goal post or net being broken or
displaced, the referee shall at once stop the game and not allow
play to be resumed until after the damage is repaired.
POSITIONS.
Sec. 4. There shall not be more than seven players on a
Hockey team. These players shall fill the position of goal,
point, cover point, and forwards, respectively. The goal position
shall be the one that is directly in front of the goal. At no
period during the play .shall any player who fills this position,
lie, kneel, or sit upon the ice. He must also always maintain
1, McDonald; 2, Russeii
-"i.-", 4, iTiiLcueii; b, ninsella.
A GROUP OF PLAYERS OF THE WANDERERS HOCKEY TEAM OF
MONTREAL.
O'Neill, Photos.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 39
a standing position. The point position is the one that is directly
in front of the goal position. The cover point position is the
one directly in front of the point position. The four forward
positions shall be known as the left wing, the right wing, the
center and the rover, respectively. The wing positions shall be
at the two ends of the forward line. The center position is the
one midway on the forward line, and it shall be the duty of the
player who fills this position to face the puck. The rover
position is between the cover point and the center positions.
Note. — It is to be understood that the positions herein named
are the ones that the players are supposed to fill when the teams
face off in the center of the ice.
STICKS.
Sec. 5 A Hockey stick shall not be more than three inches
wide at any part and not more than thirteen inches long at the
blade. It shall be made entirely of wood. Tape binding is per-
missible, however. Each player shall carry a Hockey stick
in his hand, and shall be considered out of the play the moment
he violates this rule.
SKATES.
Sec. 6. No player shall wear skates that are pointed or sharp-
ened in such a manner as to be unnecessarily dangerous to other
players. The referee shall be the judge, and shall refuse to
allow a player to use such skates.
puck.
Sec. 7. A puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber one inch
thick throughout. It shall be three inches in diameter, and shall
weigh at least 7 6/16 and not more than 7 9/16 ounces,
OFFICIALS.
Sec. 8. There shall be a referee, an assistant referee, two
goal umpires, two game timekeepers, and two penalty tMnekeepers
for each match.
Should a referee be unable to continue to officiate, his assistant
shall become the referee. The referee shall fill all vacancies in
CORNELIUS FELLOWES. JR ,
Director St. Nicholas Skating Rink. New York City.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 41
Other official positions that may occur during a match; or when
the competing teams have been unable to agree; or when the
selected officials are absent at the advertised starting hour. In
the event of a dispute over the decision of an umpire, the referee
may remove and replace the official.
DUTIES OF THE REFEREE.
Sec. 9. The referee, before starting a match, shall see that
the other officials are in their proper places. He shall see that
the ice is in condition for play and that the goals comply with
the rules. He shall order the puck faced at the commencement
of the game and at such other' times as may be necessary. He
shall have full control over the puck during the match. He shall
call offside plays. He shall have the power to rule off for any
period of the actual playing time that he may see fit any player
who violates the rules. The referee shall, furthermore, perform
all other duties that may be compulsory.
DUTIES OF THE ASSISTANT REFEREE.
Sec. 10. The assistant referee shall see that no player violates
Section 19 of the Laws. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing time that he may see fit
any player who violates the said section. The assistant referee
shall become the referee should the latter be unable to continue
to officiate.
DUTIES OF THE UMPIRES.
Sec. II. An umpire shall be stationed behind each goal. He
shall inform the referee whenever the puck has passed between
the goal posts from the front He shall have no jurisdiction
over the awarding of a goal. He shall stand upon the ice, and
shall retam the same goal throughout the entire game.
DUTIES OF THE GAME TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 12. The game timekeepers shall keep an accurate account
of the time of the match, deducting t'me for stoppages in actual
play.
Tihey shall immediately report to the referee any variance in
time, and the referee shall decide the matter.
42 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
The game timekeepers shall be notified by the referee when a
goal is scored, and shall keep an accurctte record of the tallies.
The final score shall be given by them to the referee at the close
of the match. They shall, at half time, notify the contesting
teams when five and when eight minutes have expired. They
shall at half time notify the referee when ten minutes have
expired. They shall only tell the expired , and unexpired time
to the referee.
DUTIES OF THE PENALTY TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 13. The penalty timekeepers shall keep an accurate
account of penalties imposed, and no penalized player shall
return to the ice without the permission of the penalty time-
keepers. They shall also keep an. accurate account of the time
of any player who has been compelled to withdraw from the
game and inform the referee when the said player is due again
to report. They shall sit midway between the two goals, and
shall be on the opposite side of the rink from the game time-
keepers. They shall give an accurate report of all penalties imposed
to the referee at the close of the match. All players penalized
must sit with the penalty timekeepers.
LENGTH OF GAME.
Sec. 14. There shall be two halves of twenty minutes each,
with an intermission of ten minutes between the two periods of
play. At the end of the forty minutes play, should the score be
tied, the teams shall change goals, and play shall be resumed at
once, and continued until a goal has been scored. Should the
tie remain unbroken at the expiration of twenty minutes of
extra play, the referee shall declare the game a draw. The
referee must start each period on schedule time.
TIME TAKEN OUT.
Sec. 15. Time shall be taken out whenever the game is sus-
pended by either referee, and shall begin again when the puck
is put in play.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 43
SECTION l6 — SUBSTITUTES.
Clause A — Substitutes shall be allowed only in the case of an
injury. The "injured player's ability to continue shall at once be
decided by the referee. Should the referee decide that the in-
jured player cannot finish the game, the opposing side may
either allow a substitute or drop a man to equalize the teams.
Should the opposing side decide to allow a substitute and no
substitute is ready, the opposing side must play its full team.
Once the opposing side has allowed a substitute he may appear
at any time during the balance of the game.
Clause B — Should the referee decide that the injured player
would be able to continue within seven minutes of actual and
not playing time, the opposing team must drop a man until that
time has expired, or until the injured player returns to the
game. Should the injured player be unable to continue at the
expiration of seven minutes of actual and not playing time, the
opposing side may either continue to drop a man or may allow
a substitute. If no substitute is ready, the opposing side must
play its full team. Once the opposing side has resumed its full
strength, the other aggregation at any time thereafter may either
play a substitute or the player who has been injured.
Clause C — Should a player be compelled to leave the game
for any reason other than injury, the opposing side must drop
a man to equalize the teams. Should the player who has first
left the ice be unable to continue at the expiration of seven
minutes of actual and not playing time, the opposing side may
either continue to drop a man or may allow a substitution. If
no substitute is ready, the opposing side must play its full
team. Once the opposing team has resumed its full strength, the
other aggregation at any time thereafter may either play a sub-
stitute or the player who has first withdrawn from the game.
Clause D — All substitutes or other players entering or return-
ing to the game must first report to the penalty timekeepers and
then to the referee. They must obtain the permission of the
referee before they resume play. This clause does not refer to
players who have been penalized.
Clause E — Should it be necessary for the goalkeeper to retire
44 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
from the game, play shall stop until the player is once more able
to return to the contest. If at the end of seven minutes the goal-
keeper is not able to resume play the match must go on with
a substitute being allowed in the position. At any time during
the seven minutes the team that has called for time may elect
to play a substitute until the original goalkeeper is able to resume
the contest.
Clause F — A player other than the goalkeeper who has been
replaced by a substitute cannot return to further participation in
the game.
Clause G — In exhibition or practice games this rule may be
altered by the two captains.
WHAT CONSTITUTES A GOAL.
Sec. 17. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have law-
fully passed between the goal posts. No goal shall be allowed
that is the direct and immediate result of loafing off side, an
offside play, a kick or a throw by the hand. The referee shall
decide upon these points, and may render his decision even after
the puck has passed between the goal posts.
FACE.
Sec. 18. A face shall consist of the referee dropping the puck
to the ice between the sticks of two players, one from each
team. The puck shall not be considered in play until it has
touched the ice. Should a player repeatedly refuse to lawfully
face the puck he shall be penalized by the referee. A face shall
take place in the center of the ice at trie beginning of each period
and after the scoring of each goal. The referee may also order
a face at any time and place he deems necessary. A face shall
be in order whenever play is resumed.
OFFSIDE PLAY.
Sec. 19. Any player nearer to his opponent's goal line than
is an imaginary line running through the center of the puck
and parallel with the two goal lines is offside. A player offside
shall be considered out of the play, and may not touch the puck
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 45
himself or in any manner prevent any other player from doing
so, until the puck has been touched by an opponent in any way
whatsoever, or. until it has been carried nearer than he is him-
self to his opponent's goal line. If a player violates this rule, the
puck shall be faced where it was last played before the offside
play occurred. In the event of the puck rebounding off the body
of the player in the goalkeeper's position, the other players of
his team shall be considered on side.
FOUL PLAYING.
Sec. 20. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall throw his
stick. No player shall trip, hold with his hand or stick, kick,
push or cross-check an opponent. No player shall interfere in
any way with an opponent who is not playing the puck. No
player shall raise his stick above his shoulder, except in lifting
the puck. No player shall use profane or abusive language or
(fonduct himself in an unsportsmanlike manner. A player being
out of the play shall not interfere with an opponent.
PUCK FOULS.
Sec. 21. A player may stop the puck with any part of his
stick or body. He may not, however, hold, bat, throw, kick or
carry the puck with his skate or any part of his body. He may
not close his hand upon the puck. The player in the goal position
may catch the puck, but if he does he must at once drop the
puck to the ice at his own feet.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
Sec. 22. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs
behind the goal line, it shall be brought out by the referee to
a point five yards in front of the goal line, on a line at right
angles thereto, from the point at which it left the ice or where
the foul occurred, and there faced. In the aforementioned cases
the puck shall always be faced at least five yards to the left or
the right of the nearer goal post. When the puck goes off the
ice at the side lines it shall be taken by the referee to a point
46 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
five yards out at right angles with the nearer side Hne and there
faced.
PENALTIES.
Sec. 23. In awarding a penalty the referee or his assistant
shall use discretion in order that his ruling does not work against
the better interests of the non-offending team.
CHAMPIONSHIP RULES.
Section i. All games shall be played under the rules adopted
by the American Amateur Hockey League.
Sec. 2, The playing season shall be from December i to March
31 both days inclusive.
Sec. 3. The championship shall be decided bv a series of
games, a schedule of which shall be drawn by one delegate from
each club to the annual convention. The club winning the
greatest number of matches shall be declared the champion.
Sec. 4. All championship matches shall be played on rinks
arranged for by the Executive Committee of the American Ama-
teur Hockey League.
Sec. 5. The League shall offer a championship trophy, the
winning club to hold same and to be recognized as the champion
of the American Amateur Hockey League. The trophy shall be
delivered to the winning club within seven days after the close
of the season. Any club winning the championship for three
years, not necessarily in succession, shall become the permanent
owner of the trophy.
Sec. 6. Any team making default shall forfeit its right to
compete for the championship and be liable to a fine of $100
unless good reasons can be shown to the Executive Committee
for defaulting. In case of default by any team all matches which
have been scheduled for this team shall be credited as victories
to its opponents. This rule shall also be applied in case of
expulsion.
Sec. 7. In all matches the Governing Committee shall appoint
the referee, assistant referee, two game timekeepers, two penalty
timekeepers and two goal umpires.
Sec. 8. It shall be the duty of the captains of the contesting
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 47
teams to hand to the referee previous to the start of each match
the names of his players written on forms supplied by the Sec-
retary of the League. The referee shall fill in the date of the
match and the names of contesting clubs, substitutes used, if
any, the score af the end of the match, with names of other offi-
cials, the whole to be duly signed by himself and forwarded
immediately to the Secretary of the League.
Sec. 9. "A." A player must have been an actual resident within
fifty miles of the place in which his club is located for at least
six months previous to being eligible to appear in any Amateur
Hockey League Championship match and aiso must have been a
bona fide member of the club he represents for at least thirty
days before he is eligible to compete in any championship game,
with the exception that players, who during the preceding season
represented any recognized school or college in the United States
of America need be an actual resident within fifty miles of the
place in which his club is located for only sixty days previous
to being eligible to appear in any League championship match.
"B." No player shall compete in any Amateur Hockey League
championship match, who, during the then current season has
played with another club, school or college in a recognized hockey
association championship series without the special permission of
the executive committee of the Amateur Hockey League.
"C." Any player who represents a club in a championship game
of the Amateur Hockey League cannot represent another club in
a championship game of the Amateur Hockey League for one
full calendar year from his last championship game unless the
said club that he formerly represented has withdrawn or has been
expelled from the championship series of the Amateur Hockey
League or unless he has been released by the said club that he
formerly represented. A statement signed by the president and
the secretary of the club that the player has left, and filed with
the secretary of the Amateur Hockey League, shall be considered
an official release. A player who believes that his release is being
unjustly withheld may appealto the Executive Committee of the
Amateur Hockey League, The Committee may grant such
release after giving due notice to all parties interested.
48 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. I
Sec. 10. Any new player who desires to take part in a cham- i
pionship game of the Amateur Hockey League must first fill out
a certificate supplied by the Secretary of the organization. The
certificate must state the full name and address of the player.
The club* he desires to represent; where he is employed. His
legal residence for six months prior to the filing of the certificate
and the names of the team or teams with whom he has played
during the three years prior to the filing of the document. The
certificate must be signed by the president and the secretary of
the club with whom the candidate desires to play who also must
attest to its accuracy. The filing of the signed certificate shall
bind the player and the club named in the document for the
period of one year, unless he is regularly released by the organi-
zation. A player can file only one such certificate with the
Secretary of the League.
Sec. II. The Secretary of each club shall file with the Secre-
tary of the American Amateur Hockey League at least thirty
days prior to opening of the charripionship season a list of the
players of his club. The Secretary of each club shall also file
with the Secretary of the American Amateur Hockey League
the names of any additional players immediately upon their being
elected to membership.
Sec. 12. All matches must be started at 8.30 p. m., and if for
any reason there be any delay in the commencement of a match
the club at fault shall pay to the League as a penalty the sum of
$10, unless good reason be given for such delay. The referee is
to see that this rule is observed and to notify the League within
two days should any breach of it occur.
Sec. 13. The puck used in all championship matches must be
the official puck of the League.
Sec. 14. Goal nets must be approved by the Executive Com-
mittee of the League.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 49
Amended Sections of A. A, H. L. Playing
Rules for Six Men Teams
[Editor's Note. — The last half of the American Amateur Hockey
League series of games, 1914, was played! under these special rules.]
POSITIONS.
Section 4. There shall not be more than six players on a hockey
team. These players shall fill the position of goal, point, cover point
and three forwards, respectively. The goal position shall be the
one that is directly in front of the goal. At no period during the
play shall any player who fills this position, lie, kneel or sit upon
the ice. He must also always maintain a standing position. The
point position is the one that is directly in front of the goal position.
The cover point position is the one that is directly in front of the
point position. The three forward positions shall be known as the
left wing, the right wing and the center, respectively. The wing
positions shall be at the two ends of the forward line. The center
position is the one midway on the forward line and it shall be the
duty of the player who fills this position to face the puck.
DUTIES OF THE PENALTY TIMEKEEPERS.
Section 13. The penalty timekeepers shall keep an accurate account
of penalties imposed. No substitute or penalized player shall enter
upon or return to the ice without the permission of the penalty time-
keepers. (Beginning with the second sentence there is no change.)
They shall also keep an accurate account of the time of any player
who has been compelled to withdraw from the game and inform the
referee when the said player is due again to report. They shall sit
midway between the two goals, and shall be on the opposite side of
the rink from the game timekeepers. They shall give an accurate
report of all penalties imposed to the referee at the close of the match.
All players penalized must sit with the penalty timekeepers.
Clause A — Substitution of players shall be allowed at any time until
the beginning of play in the second half. Thereafter, substitutes
shall be allowed only as hereinafter provided. In the case of an injury
at any time in a game the injured player's ability to continue shall
at once be decided by the referee. Should the referee decide that
the injured player cannot finish the game, the opposing side must
allow a substitute. This substitute may appear at any time during
the balance of the game. If no substitute is ready the opposing side
must play its full team.
Clause B — ^Should the referee decide that the injured player would
be able to continue within seven minutes of actual and not playing
time, the opposing team must drop a man until that time has expired,
or until the injured player returns to the game. Should the injured
player be unable to continue at the expiration of seven minutes ofl
actual and not playing time, the opposing side may either continue to
drop a man or may allow a substitute. If no substitute is ready, the
opposing side must play its full team. Once the opposing side has
resumed its full strength, the other aggregation at any time thereafter
may either play a substitute or the player who has been injured.
Clause C — Should a player be compelled to leave the playing Ice
for any reason other than injury or voluntary substitution the oppos-
50 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
ing side must drop a man to equalize the teams. (Beginning with tlie
second sentence tliere is no change.) Should the player who has first
left the ice be unal)le to continue at the expiration of .seven minutes
of actual and not playing time, the opposing side may either continue
to drop a man or may allow a substitution. If no substitute is ready,
the opposing side must play its full team. Once the opposing team
has resumed its full strength, the other aggregation at any time there-
after may either play a substitute or the player who has first with-
drawn from the game.
Clause D — All substitutes or other players entering or returning
to the game must first report to the penalty timekeepers and then to
the referee. They must obtain the permission of the referee before
they resume play. They can only report to the referee when the puck is
dead or out of play. This clause does not refer to "players who have
been penalized.
Clause E — ^Should it be necessary for the goalkeeper to retire from
the game, play shall stop until the player is once more able to return
to the contest. If at the end of seven minutes the goalkeeper is not
able to resume play, the match must go on with a substitute being
allowed in the position. At any time during the seven minutes the
team that has called for time ma.v elect to play a substitute until the
original goalkeeper is able to resume the contest.
Clause F — A player other than the goalkeeper who has been replaced
by a .substitute cannot return to further participation in the game.
Clause G — In exhibition or practice games this rule may be altered
by the two captains.
FOUL PLAYING.
Section 20. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall throw his stick.
No player shall trip, hold with his hand or stick, kick, push or cross-
check an opponent. No player shall interfere in any way with an
opponent who is not playing the puck. No player shall raise his
stick above his shoulder, except in lifting the puck. No player shall
use profane or abusive language or conduct himself in an unsports-
manlike manner. A player being out of the play shall not interfere
with an opponent. No player shall loaf offside.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
OFFICIAL RULES GOVERNING PLAY FOR
THE STANLEY CUP
The cup was given, as Lord Stanley said in his letter, "To be
held by the champion hockey team of the Dominion." The con-
ditions he imposed were :
1. The winners to give bond for the return of the cup in good
order when required by the trustees for the purpose of being
handed over to any other team who may in turn win.
2. Each winning team to have at their own charge engraved
on a silver ring fitted on the cup for the purpose the names of the
team and the year won.
3. The cup shall remain a challenge cup, and will not become
the property of any team, even if won more than once.
4. In case of any doubt as to the title of any club to claim
the position of champions, the cup shall be held or awarded by
the trustees as they may think right, their decision being absolute.
5. Should either trustee resign or otherwise drop out, the
remaining trustee shall nominate a substitute.
In dealing with challenges and matches since 1893, the trustees
have observed the following principles :
1. So far as the A. Hi A. of C. is concerned, the cup goe^
"vvith the championship each year without the necessity of any
special or extra contest. Similarly in any other association.
2. Challengers from outside the A. H. A. of C. are recognized
by the trustees only from champion clubs of senior provincial
associations and in order received.
3. When a challenge is accepted the trustees desire the two
competing clubs to arrange by mutual agreement all terms of
the contest themselves, such as a choice of date, of rink, division
of the gate money, selection of officials, etc. The trustees do not
wish to interfere in any way, shape or form if it can be avoided.
4. Where competing clubs fail to agree, the trustees have
observed and will continue to observe as far as practicable the
following principles :
52 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
(a) The cup is to be awarded by the result of one match or
of best two out of three, as seems fairest as regards other fix-
tures. The trustees would be willing, however, if desired, to allow
the contest to be decided by a majority of goals scored in two
matches only (instead of the best two matches in three).
(b) Contest to take place on ice in the home city, the date
and choice of rink to be made or approved by the trustees.
(c) The net gate money given by the rink to be equally divided
between the competing teams.
(d) If the clubs fail to agree on a referee, the trustees to
appoint one from outside the competing cities, the two clubs to
share the expenses equally.
(e) If the clubs fail to agree on other officials, the trustees to
authorize the referee to appoint them, the expenses, if any, to be
shared equally by the competing clubs.
(f) No second challenge recognized in one season from the
same hockey association.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
ONTARIO H. A. RULES
1. The game is played on ice by teams of seven on each side,
with a puck made of vulcanized rubber, one inch thick all .through
and three inches in diameter.
STICKS.
2. Hockey sticks shall not be more than three inches wide at
any part, and not more than thirteen inches long at the blade.
They shall consist entirely of wood, with tape binding per-
missible.
GOAL.
3. A goal is placed in the middle of each goal line, composed
of official goal nets supported by two upright posts, four feet in
height, placed six feet apart, and at least five feet from the end
of the ice. The goal posts shall be firmly fixed. In the event of
a goal post or net being displaced or broken, the referee shall
blow his whistle, and the game shall not proceed until the post
or net is replaced. It shall be the duty of the referee before each
match to measure the goals.
MATCH.
4. Each side shall have a captain (a member of his team), who,
before the match, shall toss for choice of goals.
5. Each side shall play an equal time from each end, a ten
minutes' rest being allowed at half time. The duration of cham-
pionship matches shall be one hour, exclusive of stoppages. The
team scoring the greater number of goals in that time shall be de-
clared the winner of the match, subject to the qualifications con-
tained in Rules of Competition, No. 15. If at the end of that
time the game is a draw, ends shall be changed and the match
continued for ten minutes, each side playing five minutes from
each end with a rest of five minutes between such five minute
ends, and if neither side has then scored a majority of goals,
similar periods of ten minutes shall be played in the same way
until one side shall have scored a majority of goals.
54: SPALDING'S ATHLETIC TJBRARY.
TIME-KEEPERS.
6. Two time-keepers shall be appointed, one by each captain,
before the commencement of the match, v/hose duty it shall be
to keep an accurate account of the time of each game, deducting
time for stoppages in the actual play. They shall immediately
report to the referee any variance in their time, and the matter
shall be at once decided by him. The referee also shall appoint
a time-keeper, who shall keep the time of penalized players, and
shall direct them to enter the game. The time-keepers shall be
under the control of the referee. A gong shall be kept for their
use.
REFEREE.
7. There shall be only one referee for a match, and in no case
shall he belong to either of the competing clubs, and he may be
an amateur or a professional. He is to enforce the rules; ad-
judicate upon disputes or cases unprovided for by rule; appoint
or remove goal umpires; control the time-keepers; keep the
score, announcing each goal as scored; and at the conclusion of
the match declare the result. The puck shall be considered in
play until the referee stops the game, which he may do at any
time, and which he must do at once when any irregularity of
play occurs, by sounding a whistle. His decision shall be final.
SCORE.
8. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have passed be-
tween the goal posts from in front and below the tops of the
posts.
GOAL UMPIRES.
9. There shall be one umpire at each goal; they shall Inform
the referee when ^h*! puck has been put into the goal from the
front.
FACE.
10. The game shall be started and renewed by the referee
blowing his whistle or calling "Play" after dropping the puck in
the centre of the ice between the sticks of two players, one from
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 55
each team, who are to face it. After a goal has been scored the
puck shall be faced in like manner In the centre of the ice.
OFF-SIDE.
11. A player shall always be on his side of the puck. A player
is off-side when he is in front of the puck, or when the puck
has been hit, touched or is being run with, by any of his own
side behind him (i. e., between himself and the end of the rink
near which his goal is placed).
A player being off-side is put on-side when the puck has been
hit by, or has touched the dress or person of any player of the
opposite side, or when one of his own side has run in front of
him, either with the puck or having played it when behind him.
If a player when off-side plays the puck, or annoys or obstructs
an opponent, the puck shall be faced where it was last played
before the off-side play occurred. A player on the defending side
shall not be off-side when he takes a pass from or plays the
puck as it bounds off his goal-keeper within a space of three
feet out from goal and extending to the side of the rink.
KNOCKING-ON.
12. The puck may be stopped with the hand but not carried or
held or knocked on by any part of the body.
CHARGING, TRIPPING, ETC.
13. No player shall raise his stick above his shoulder. Charging
from behind, tripping, collaring, kicking, cross-checking, or push-
ing shall not be allowed. And the referee must rule off the ice,
for any time in his discretion, a player who, in the opinion of
the referee, has deliberately offended against the above rule. If
a player makes any unfair or rough play, or disputes any de-
cision of the referee or uses any foul or abusivt language, the
referee may rule him off for the remainder of the game or for
such time as he may deem expedient, and no suDstitute shall be
allowed.
56
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
14. When the puck goes off the ice behind the goal line it shall
be brought out by the referee to a point five yards in front of
the goal line, on a line at right angles thereto, from the point
at which it left the ice, and there faced.
When the puck goes off the ice at the sid«, it shall be simi-
larly faced three yards from the side.
GOAL-KEEPER.
15. The goal-keeper must not during play, lie, sit or kneel upon
the ice; he may stop the puck with his hands, but shall not
throw or hold it. He may wear pads, but must not wear a
garment such as would give him undue assistance in keeping goal.
The referee must rule off the ice, for any time in his discretion,
a player, who, in the opinion of the referee, has offended against
this rule.
CHANGE OF PLAYERS.
16. No change of players shall be made after a match has
commenced. Should any player be injured during a match, break
his skate, or from any other accident be compelled to leave the
ice, the opposite side shall immediately drop a man to equalize
the teams and the match proceed, without such players until
such time as the player so compelled to leave the ice is ready to
return. In event of any dispute, the matter shall at once be
decided by the referee.
STOPPAGES.
17. Should any match be stopped by the referee by reason of
any infringement of any of the rules or because of an accident
or change of players, the puck shall be faced again at the spot
where it was last played before such infringement, accident of
change of players shall have occurred.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 57
LAWS ACROSS BORDER
CONDITIONS WHICH GOVERN PLAY OF THE
EASTERN CANADA LEAGUE.
Section i. A team shall be compop'^d of seven players who
shall be bona fide members of the clubs they represent. No
player shall be allowed to play on more than one team in the same
series during a season, except in a case of bona fide change of
residence from one city to another at least fifty miles apart.
Sec. 2. The game shall be commenced and renewed by a face
in the center of the rink.
DEFINITION OF A FACE.
The puck shall be faced by being placed between the sticks of
two opponents, and the referee then calling "play."
The goals shall be placed at least ten feet from the edge of the
ice.
Sec. 3. Two half-hours, with an intermission of ten minutes
between, will be the time allotwed for matches, but no stops of
more than fifteen minutes will be allowed. A match will be de-
cided by the team winning the greatest number of games dur-
ing that time. In case of a tie after playing the specified two
half-hours, play will continue until one side secures a game,
unless otherwise agreed upon between the captains before the
match. Goals shall be changed after each half-hour.
Sec. 4. No change of players shall be made after a match has
commenced, except for reasons of accidents or injury during the
game.
Sec. 5. In the event of a player being injured or compelled to
leave the ice during a match, he may retire from the game for
the period of ten minutes playing time, but play must be con-
tinued immediately without the teams leaving the ice, the op-
posing team dropping a player to equalize. If at the expiration
58 BfALDING'S ATIILETIO LIBRARY.
L>i ten minutes the injured player is unable to resume his position
on the ice, his captain may put on a substitute, providing the
injury occurred during the first half of the match. If, however, |
the player was injured during the second half, the opposing
captain shall have the option of dropping a man for the balance
of the playing time or allowing the injured player's side to put on
a substitute. The man dropped to equalize shall return to the
ice when the injured player does or when substitute is put on.
In the event of a dispute between the captains as to the injured
player's fitness to continue the game, the matter shall at once
be decided by the referee, and his decision shall be final. An !
injured player may not resume play after his place has been
filled by a substitute, without the consent of the opposing team's \
captain.
Seg. 6. Should the game be temporarily stopped by the in-
fringement of any of the rules, the captain of the opposite team
may claim that the puck be taken back and a face take place
where it was last played from before such infringement occurred.
Sec. 7. When a player hits the puck, anyone of the same
side, who at such moment of hitting is nearer the opponent's goal
line is out of play, and may not touch the puck himself or in
any way whatever prevent any other player from doing so. until
the puck has been played. A player should always be on his
own side of the puck. In the event of the puck rebounding off
the goal keeper's body, players of his team touching the puck
are to be considered on side.
Sec. 8. The puck may be stopped but not carried or knocked
on by any part of the body, nor shall any player close his hand
on, or carry the puck to the ice in his hand. No player shall
raise his stick above the shoulder, except in lifting the puck.
Charging from behind, tripping, collaring, kicking or shinning
shall not be allowed, and for any infringement of these rules, the
referee or his assistant may rule the offending player off the ice
for that match, or for such portion of actual playing time as he
may see fit, but it shall not be necessary to stop the game to en-
force this rule.
Sec. 9. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs behind
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 59
the goals it shall be taken by the referee to five yards at rign*
angles from the goal line and there faced. When the puck goes
oft" the ice at the sides it shall be taken by the referee to five
yards at right angles from the boundary line and there faced.
Sec. id. The goal keeper must not during play, lie, kneel or
sit upon the ice, but must maintain a standing position.
Sec. II. Goal shall be scored when the puck shall have passed
between the goal posts from in front below an imaginary line
across the top of posts.
Sec. 12. Hockey sticks shall not be more than three inches
wide at any part.
Sec. 13. The puck must be made of vulcanized rubber, one
inch thick all through and three inches in diameter.
The Spalding hockey puck, the official puck of the League,
must be used in all matches. The home club to furnish the
referee with a new puck previous to the match.
Sec. 14. The captains of the competing teams shall agree upon
two timekeepers, one penalty timekeeper, two umpires (one to
be stationed behind each goal, which position shall not be changed
during a match). In the event of the captains failing to agree
on umpires and timekeepers, the referee shall appoint them.
Sec. 15. All "disputes during the match shall be decided by the
referee, and he shall have full control of all players and of-
cials from the commencement to finish of matches, inclusive of
stops, and his decision shall be final.
Sec. 16. All questions as to games shall be settled by the
umpires, and their decision shall be final.
Sec. 17. In the event of any dispute as to the decision of an
umpire or timekeeper the referee shall have power to remove and
replace him.
Sec. 18. Any player guilty oif using profane or abusive lan-
guage to any officials or other players shall be liable to be ruled
off by the referee or his assistant for the match or for such
portion of actual playing time as he may see fit.
Sec. 19. The referee shall, previous to the commencement of
the match for which he has been duly appointed or agreed upon,
obtain from the captains of each of the competing clubs a full
60 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
list of the players of their respective teams, and, if during the
match a substitute is used by either club, the captain of the club
using such substitute shall give to the referee the name of suchi
substitute player, and same will be inclined in the list of names
of said team.
The referee shall, before starting a match, see that the neces-
sary penalty timekeeper, timekeepers and umpires have been ap-
pointed and are in their respective places. In the event of the \
competing clubs failing to agree upon umpires and timekeepers ?
the referee shall appoint same. The referee shall have full con-
trol of all officials and players during the match (including i
stops), he shall face the puck at the commencement of each
half and at such other times as may be necessary, he shall also
call off-sides or rule offending players off for such period of
playing time as he may see fit, and perform such other duties as
may be provided for hereinafter or in the laws of hockey or
championship rules.
The referee shall order the teams on the ice at the advertised
time, and if for any reason there be more than fifteen minutes
delay in the commencement of the match, the referee shall state in
his report to the Secretary of the Association the cause of the
delay, and name the club or clubs if they be at fault. It will be
the referee's duty to record the time of the starting and finish-
ing of the match, as well as the games scored, mailing to the
Secretary of the Association, within three days of date of match,
on the forms provided for the purpose, a report of the match
in detail, including the names of players penalized, together
with the number and length of penalties imposed (this informa-
tion to be obtained from the penalty timekeeper, who shall also
keep for the referee a record of the games scored, and, if pos-
sible, who by and the time).
Should the assistant appointed or agreed upon be made to
act at the last minute, or through sickness or accident be un-
able to finish the match, the referee shall have power to appoint
another in his stead, if he deems it necessary or if requested to
do so by the captains of one of the competing teams.
Sec. 20. The assistant referee will during the period of a
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 61
match be under the control of the referee; he shall, however,
have full power to stop the game should an offside or foul occur
which has escaped the notice of the referee. He shall also have'
power to rule ofif for such time as he may see fit any player
committing a foul. He shall also perform such other duties as
may be assigned to him by the referee from time to time. If
owing to illness or accident, the referee is unable to continue to
officiate, the assistant shall perform such duties as devolve upon
the referee during the balance of the match, selecting an as-
sistant if he deems it necessary or if requested to do so by the
captain of one of the competing teams.
Sec. 21. The penalty timekeeper shall keep a complete record
of the penalties imposed by the referee or his assistant, and shall
have control of all players while serving the time of their penal-
ities, and any player ruled off shall not return to the ice until
the playing time for which he was penalized has expired and
then only by permission of the penalty timekeeper.
A record of the games scored, who scored by and the time of
each shall be recorded by the penalty timekeeper, and this, to-
gether with a reco»rd of the penalties imposed, shall be handeot
the referee at the close of the match.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY,
EASTERN CANADA RULES
Section i. The season shall be from the first of January to
the tenth of March, both days inclusive.
Sec. 2. The championship shall be decided by a series of
games, a schedule of which shall be drawn up by one delegate
from each club at the annual convention. The club winning the
most matches shall be declared champions.
Sec. 3. Unless President is notified jointly by the competing
clubs at least four clear days before a match, that a referee and
assistant have been agreed upon and have consented to act, the
appointments shall be made at a meeting of a committee com-
posed of one delegate from each club, to be called three days
previous to the date set for each game. In the event of a tie,
the President or his representative to have casting vote.
Sec. 4. All championship matches shall be played in rinks
arranged for by the home club, subject to the approval of the
Association. Rink must be at least one hundred and seventy-five
feet long by sixty-five feet in width. Goals shall be six feet
wide and four feet high, and provided with goal nets, such as
approved by the Association. The goals shall be placed at least
ten feet from the edge of the ice.
Sec. '5. The home club shall furnish the referee with a new
puck for each match. The Spalding Hockey Puck, the official
puck of the league, must be used in all matches.
Sec. 6. All matches shall be started at 8.30 P. M., unless other-
wise agreed upon by the competing clubs, and if, for any reason,
there be more than fifteen minutes' delay in the commencement
of a match, the club at fault shall, unless good reasons be given
to the President for the delay, pay to the Association as a pen-
alty the sum of twenty-five dollars. The referee shall state in
his report to the Secretary of the Association if more than
fifteen minutes' delay occurred in the commencement of the
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 63
match, giving cause of such delay and naming the club at fault.
Upon receipt of this information the President shall decide
whether or not the club be fined.
Sec. 7. Visiting clubs shall be allowed traveling expenses (by
the home club) as follows : Between Montreal and Ottawa^
eighty-five dollars ; between Montreal and Quebec, one hundred',
dollars ; between Ottawa and Quebec, one hundred and twenty-
five dollars.
Sec. 8. — The Association shall offer a championship trophy,
the winning club to hold same, and be recognized as champions.
The trophy shall be delivered to the winning club within seven
days after the close of the season.
Sec. 9. — Any club winning the championship three times shall
become absolute owners of the trophy.
Sec. id. Any team making default shall forfeit the right to
compete for the championship for that season, no matches played
with defaulting clubs shall count. Unless a written notice signed
by the President and Secretary of the club be sent to the Secre-
taries of the opposing team and Association, five days previous
to the match, signifying the club's intention to default, the
defaulting club shall pay to the opposing team within thirty days
a fine of one hundred dollars.
64 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY,
Laws of Hockey of the Intercollediate
Hockey League
(Adopted October 30, 1909.)
Section i. The game of Intercollegiate Hockey shall be
played on ice by two teams, the players of which shall all be on
skates. Its object shall be the lawful scoring of goals. The
•team scoring the greater number of goals during the playing
period shall be declared the winner.
RINK.
Sec. 2. The Hockey rink shall be at least 112 by 58 feet. The
imaginary lines at the two ends of the rink shall be termed the
goal lines. The two sides of the rink shall be known as the side
lines.
GOALS.
Sec. 3. A goal shall be placed midway on each goal line, and
:shall consist of a goal net supported by two upright posts 4 feet
•in height, placed 6 feet apart, and at least 10 and not more than
15 feet from the edge of the ice. The goal posts must be firmly
fixed to the ice.
Note. — In the eveni of a goal post or net being broken or dis-
placed, the referee shall at once stop the game and not allow play
±0 be resumed until after the damage is repaired.
POSITIONS.
Sec. 4. There shall not be more than seven players on a
Hockey team. These players shall fill the position of goal,
point, cover point and forwards, respectively. The goal position
;shall be the one that is directly in front of the goal. At no period
during the play shall any player who fills this position lie, kneel,
or sit upon the ice. He must also always maintain a standing
position. The point position is the one that is directly in front
of the goal position. The cover point position is the one directly
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 65
in front of the point position. The four forward positions shall
be known as the left wing, the right wing, the centre and the
rover, respectively. The wing positions shall be at the two ends
of the forward line. The center position is the one midway on
the forward line, and it shall be the duty of the player who fills
this position to face the puck. The rover position is between
the cover point and the center positions.
Note. — It is to be understood that the positions herein named
are the ones that the players are intended to fill when the teams
face off in the center of the ice.
STICKS.
Sec. 5. A Hockey stick shall not be more than thre« inches
wide at any part and not more than thirteen inches long at the
blade. It shall be made entirely of wood. Tape binding is per-
missible, however. Each player shall carry a Hockey stick in his
hand, and shall be considered out of the play the moment he
violates this rule.
SKATES.
Sec. 6. No player shall wear skates that are pointed or sharp-
ened in such a manner as to be unnecessarily dangerous to other
players. The referee shall be the judge, and shall refuse to allow
a player to use such skates.
PUCK.
Sec. 7. A puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber one inch
thick throughout. It shall be three inches in diameter, and shall
weigh at least 7 6/16 and not more than 7 9/16 ounces.
OFFICIALS.
Sec. 8. There shall be a referee, an assistant referee, two
goal umpires and two timekeepers for each match. Should a
referee be unable to continue to officiate, his assistant shall
become the referee. The referee shall fill all vacancies in other
official positions that may occur during a match; or when the
competing teams have been unable to agree ; or when the selected
66 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
officials are absent at the agreed starting hour. In the event
of a dispute over the decision of an umpire, the referee may
remove and replace the official.
DUTIES OF THE REFEREE.
Sec. 9. The referee, before starting a match, shall see that
the other officials are in their proper places. He shall see that
the ice is in condition for play and that the goals comply with
the rules. He shall order the puck faced at the commencement
of the game and at such other times as may be necessary. He
shall have full control over the puck during the match. He
shall call offside plays. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing time that he may see fit
any player who violates the rules. The referee shall, furthermore,
perform all other duties that may be compulsory. He shall begin
and suspend pla}^ by mieans of a whistle.
DUTIES OF THE ASSISTANT REFEREE.
Sec. 10. The assistant referee shall see that no player violates
Section 19 of the Laws. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing time that he may see fit any
player who violates the said section. The assistant referee shall
become the referee should the latter be unable to continue to
officiate.
DUTIES OF THE UMPIRES.
Sec. II. An umpire shall be stationed behind each goal. He
shall inform the referee whenever the puck has passed between
the goal posts from the front. He shall have no jurisdiction over
the awarding of a goal. He shall stand upon the ice, and shall
retain the same goal throughout the entire game.
DUTIES OF THE TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 12. The timekeepers shall keep an accurate account of
the time of the match, deducting time for stoppages in actual
play. They shall immediately report to the referee any variance
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 67
in time, and the referee shall decide the matter. The timekeepers
shall keep an accurate account of penalties imposed, and no pen-
alized player shall return to the ice without the permission of
the timekeepers. The timiekeepers shall be notified by the
referee when a- goal is scored, and shall keep an accurate record
of the tallies. The final score shall be given by them to the
referee at the close of the match. They shall, at half time,
notify the contesting teams when five and when eight minutes
have expired. They shall, at half time notify the referee when
ten minutes have expired.
LENGTH OF GAME.
Sec. 13. There shall be two halves of twenty minutes each,
with an intermission of ten minues between the two periods of
play. At the end of the forty minutes' play, should the score
be tied, the teams shall change goals, and after an intermission of
five minutes play shall be resumed for a period of ten minutes.
Should the score be tied at the end of this period, play shall be
resumed after an intermission of five minutes and continued
until a goal has been scored. The captains of the contesting
teams with the consent of the referee, after the regular periods
and the first extra period have been played, may agree on another
method of playing off a tie score, but in the absence of such
agreement and consent, the tie must be played off in accordance
with the provisions of this Law.
TIME TAKEN OUT.
Sec. 14. Time shall be taken out whenever the game is sus-
pended by the referees, and shall begin again when the puck is
put in play. No delay of more than five minutes shall be allowed.
SUBSTITUTES.
Sec. 15. Substitutes shall be allowed at any time during a
game, but a player who has been replaced by a substitute shall
not be alWwed to re-enter the game.
68 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
WHAT CONSTITUTES A GOAL.
Sec. i6. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have law-
fully passed between the goal posts. No goal shall be allowed
that is the direct and immediate result of loafing off side, an
offside play, a kick or a throw by the hand. The referee shall
decide upon these points, and may render his decision even after
the puck has passed between the goal posts. A line not more
than one-half an inch wide shall be drawn on the ice from the
center of one goal post to the center of the other. To effect a
score the puck must have completely passed this line.
FACE.
Sec. 17. A face is the placing by the referee of the puck upon
the ice on its largest surface between the sticks of two players,
one from each team. The referee shall then order the play to
begin. Should a player repeatedly refuse to lawfully face the
puck he shall be penalized by the referee. A face shall take place
in the center of the ice at the beginning of each period and after
the scoring of each goal. The referee may also order a face at
any time and place he deems necessary. A face shall be in order
whenever play is resumed.
OFFSIDE PLAY.
Sec 18. Any player nearer to his opponent's goal line than
is an imaginary line running through the center of the puck and
parallel with the two goal lines is offside. A player offside shall
be considered out of the play, and may not touch the puck him-
self or in any manner prevent any other player from doing so,
until the puck has been touched by an opponent in any way
whatsoever, or until it has been carried nearer than he is himself
to his opponent's goal line. If a player violates this rule, the
puck shall be faced where it was last played before the offside
play occurred. In the event of the puck rebounding off the
body of the player in the goalkeeper's position, the other players
of his team shall be considered on side.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 69
FOUL PLAYING.
Sec. 19. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall throw his
stick. No player shall trip, hold with his hand, body or stick,
kick, push or cross-check an opponent. No player shall inter-
fere in any way with an opponent who is not playing the puck.
No player shall raise his stick above his shoulder, except in lift-
ing the puck. A player being out of the play shall not interfere
with an opponent. ^^^^ ^^^^^
Sec. 20. A player may stop the puck with any part of his
stick or body. He may not, however, hold, bat, throw, kick or
carry the puck with his skate or any part of his body. He may
not close his hand upon the puck. The player in the goal
position may catch the puck, but if he does he must at once drop
the puck to the ice at his own feet.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
Sec. 21. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs behind
the goal line, it shall be brought out by the referee to a point
five yards in front of the goal line, on a line at right angles
thereto, from the point at which it left the ice or where the foul
occurred, and there faced. In the aforementioned cases the puck
shall always be faced at least five yards to the left or the right
of the nearer goal post. When the puck goes off the ice at the
side lines it shall be taken by the referee to a point five yards out
at right angles with the nearer side line and there faced.
PENALTIES.
Sec. 22. In awarding a penalty the referee or his assistant
shall use discretion in order that his ruling does not work against
the better interests of the non-offending team.
POWERS OF CAPTAINS.
Sec. 23. The captains of the opposing teams shall have the
power to agree upon any matter not covered in the aforesaid
laws.
LMilds^dMi
SUBSTITUTE
THE SPALDING(a>)TRADEMARKllS^
ARANTE
Spaldiimg'
Tonn Mo^^ard
Model flocliey Sticlis
Mr. Howard is considered to be the most
cessful ice hockey coach in either the Unit
States or Canada. He has furnished his spe-
cial model sticks during the past twenty
years to players whose teams have won
both amateur and professional cham
pionships year after year. Hereafter
all genuine " Tom Howard " ice
hockey sticks will be supplied
by A. G. Spalding & Bros
Supplied for either right or
left handed players. Men-
tion which model required
and whether right or left
handed when
The "Tom
Howard "
Model Ice
hockey sticks
are what is
nown as "flat
ng "sticksand
adapted for
general all around
ay Both models Tom Howard
shaped so that there is more wood at th<i
than in ordinary sticks, and blades are slightly bed
^y for proper shooting of the puck and to give cc
balance. Fairly light in weight and made with p^:|
degree of stiffness, the elm being specially selected hi\v
Howard. Balance is a special feature in these sticks.
Tom Howard " Model A. Long handle, long blade, i
widerthanonModelB. Forplayerswholikeabigstick. £a.,^
Tom Howard" Model B. Same general lines as Model /
horferin handle and blade and smaller model throughout. Ea.,^
palding Players' Auatog2°si|ft
MacKey ^^i,
selected Rock Elm Exact duplicates in
^.^ ^ weight, balant-e and every other particular of the actual
^^ iT" Tl fT* I K^ ^ ^^ supply to the famous pla\ers whose autographs the
No. XH
Model. Autograph (For-
ward) Stick. Each, 75c.
This is a medium weight forward stick, very fat on the
bottom and with a very stiff handle. Strongly endorsed
by the Captain of the famous Kenora Team of Ra
Portage, Ont., former Champions of the World.
I Stick. Each, 75c. ^^^ ^^^ ^__^
Model. Autograph (For-
ward) Stick. Each. 75c.
Very popular forward model
stick, same as we supply to
Pitre. the famous Canadian
player.
Model. Autograph (De-
fence) Stick. Each, 75c.
Long-handled defence stick,
upright model. This player
is very tall and plays the
puck very close to himself.
Model. Autograph CFor-
ird) Stick. Each, 75c.
This is a light weight forward
stick, same as used by a great
many of the most famous play-
ers in Canada.
No. Al
Model. Autograph (
Built Up Stick. Each, .
This is a Built Up goal jc
made after suggestions
great Canadian goal j
Percy Le Sueur.
PROMPT ATTENTION eiVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDBESSEBTOUS
A. G. SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
^bst[tu?e the SPALDING(Q]TRADE-MARK TuALirf
palding Cl^aj3ipi©iisliip Hoclley Sticks
|e of the
tselected
|i a d i a n
elm. Elx-
Mvelyused
endorsed
fl II n \iJ= ^^^.-^^^^^..^ .:—^
^
Regular Forward No 0
■**^
JL .luui \^- - __k^^^^^^
^N
>, Cham- ^t ^ ^^ r
c ^1 No. 0 Defence
s of the
Id, holdeis of the Stanley Cup. bv the Victorias, V^-innipcL-, Champions (Amateurs) Allen
, and the Canadian Hockey Club of Montreal, and many other well known teams. These
cs will not fray at the bottom where they come in contact with the ice and will retain
shape under all conditions. The very important matter of weight and balance has been carefullj
iidered and the Spalding Sticks are much lighter, yet stronger, than any others on the market
No. 0. Championship Stick, Regular Forward Model Each, 50c.
No 0. Championship Stick, Long Blade; Forward Model " 50c.
No. 0. Championship Stick, Defence Model " 60c.
ling
ractice MocSley Sticfc
t). 1. On lines
timb
Very pop
Spaldliag "Fracttice"' HocE©5^ Stick
5.2. Spalding "Practice" Hockey Stick. Regulation size and made of good quality timber. A very serviceable stick. E.a., 25c.
img
No. 13. The Spalding "Official" Trade-Mark Puck has been adopted as
the official puck of "The Canadian Amateur Hockey League, composed
of the following world-famed teams : Montreal, Shamrock. Quebec, Victoria
and Westmount Each, 50c.
No. 15. The Spalding "Practice" Puck is regulation size, and really better
than the so-called official pucks turned out by other manufacturers. Each. 25c
Extract from Official Rules of the Canadian Amateur Hockey League :
Sec. 13. The Spalding Hockey Puck, the Official Puck of the League, must be
used in all match games. ^ __^_______^_^
See the Spalding Trade-Mark on Puck itself before putting into play.
Spalding
Ice Mocliley Goals
J. A. Strong steel frame, with heavy white twine netting. Suitable for
either outdoor or indoor use; quickly removable, leaving no holes in ice. _
Pair, $20.00
PMMPT AmNTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
APDBESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING & BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OFTHISBOOIt
'Prices in effect jidy 5, /9I4 Subject to change viilhoul mliu Foi Canadian firicei see seecial Canadian Catalogue.
^aH^THE SPALDING tgiTRADE-MARK 'ZP
Spalding Leg Guards for Goal and Defense
No. 6G. Special Leather Givered Leg Guard, for goal
keepers. Elxtends from the instep to and above the thigh,
is hinged at the knee, affording perfectly free action and
gives ample protection to the whole leg. Well padded
with reeds, which are covered with soft pads to allow the
puck to fall to the ice at the feet of the goal tender, thus
enabling him to send it out of danger. . Pair, $6.00
No. SG. Canvas Leg Guard, for goal keepers. Spe-
j^j^cially padded Pair, $3.50
AF Spalding Shin Guards for Forward Players
No. AF. Aluminum Molded Shin Guards, with special
feh padding covering the knee, and extra felt piece at
bottom. Gives most thorough protection. Pair, $5.00
No 6X. Fiber Molded Shin Guard.with special felt padding extending
over knee, extra felt piece at bottom to ward off shin bone. Pr., $2.50
No 7. Molded fiber, with leather straps to ward off shin bone, and
bound with felt at ankle. To be worn under stockings. Pr., $1.00 iij<,_ 5^
Spalding Combined Elbow Pad and Elastic Bandage ^""^
No EF. Combined Elbow Pad and Elastic Bandage. Padded with felt strips. The com-
plete elastic bandage furnishes support to the elbow while the special arrangement
of the felt strips provides protection against bruises. Pair, $3.50 -fr S36.00 Doz. prs.
No. KF. Same as No. EF, but for knee instead of elbow.
Pair, $3.50 ir $36.00 Doz. prs.
G>nibined Knee Pad and Elastic Bandage
No. KE. Combined leather covered roll style knee pad,
with elastic reinforcement at either end which holds pad
m place and gives additional support.
Pair, $2.50 -^ $27.00 Doz. prs.
No KC. Combined canvas covered knee pad, lined with felt,
with elastic reinforcement at either end.
Pair, $1.00 * $10.80 Doz. Prs.
Spalding Full Length Tights
' , full fashioned; stock colors and siz
No. KE No 1 A. Worsted,
No 605. Cut worsted; stock colors and sizes.
. No, 3A. Cotton , full quality. White. Black, Flesh
sizes. Pr..$5.00
Pair, $2.50 * $21.00 Doz.
l.OO if /O.SO Doz.
Spalding Eyeglass Protector for Hockey
Pat. Oct. 12. 1909
.Made of strong annealed wire, nicely padded and a thorough pror
tion for eyeglasses or spectacles. .... . . . . Each. $3||>
Spalding Hockey Pants for Forwards
No. SB. Made of heavy brown or white canvas, hips padded ligH
Very loose fitting Pair, $1.00 * J7<?.<ft7i,,
Pat Oct 12, 1909
Spalding Hockey Gloves
Spalding Hockey Pants
Unpadded, Fly Front, Laced Back
No. 1. White or black sateen.
Pair. $1.25 ir $73.50 D03.
No. 2. White or black sateen.
Peiir, $1.00 if $/0.S0 Doz.
No. 3. White or black sateen.
Pair. 75c.* $8.10 Doz.
No. 4. White, black or gray jean.
Pair, 50c.*- $5.40 Doz.
Stripes down sides of any of these pants.
Pair, extra, 25c. * $2. W Doz. prs.
Spalding Score Cards for Ice Hockey
Designed by S. Trafford Hicks, former Captain Harvard
Hockey Team Doz., 24c
The prices printed in italics opposite items marked with i( will be
quoted only on orders for one-half dozen or more. Quantity jyrices
NOT allowed on items NOT vfarked with it
No. A No. HG No. L
No. A. Special horse hide glove, of best quality, easy
ting, and padded palm Pair. $6.
No. HG. Ample protection to bones and joints in playc
hand. Brown leather; soft buckskin palm; gauntlet padd
with rattan reeds. Two sizes, large and medium. Pr., $4.^
No. L. Unpadded drab buckskin gauntlet glove. Ex
long and a very popular style Pair, $3.
PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING &, BROS,
STORES IN ALL LflRGE CITIES
"Pricet in effect futu 5, 1914. Subject to chanie wilhoul nolice. For Canadian ,
?bst[tu?e the SPALDiN6(i3>)TRADE-MARK
GUARANTEES
aiidiin:
InmiHtlfll
IHISI
■^fcBv .**»
L.
Spalding Tubular Steel Hockey Skate
The 1914 model is a big improvement over any Tubular Hockey Skate ever
built previously. Our experience during the past nine years in turning out
properly made tubular ice skates enables us to build skates which, while
extremely light in weight, are at the same time the strongest tubular skates
made, and this means much to the expert hockey player. Runners of extra
quality chrome nickel steel, specially tempered, very tough and absolutely
the best obtainable for the purpose. The model has the endorsement of
actual use by the most famous players in Canada. Sizes 9)4, 10, 10^, 11,
11^, 12 inches foot length.
Spalding Tubular Steel Hockey Skates. Aluminum
Finish Per pair, $6.00
Price, including Spalding No. 339
Shoes, complete, attached.
Per pair, $11.00
Showing
Spalding Tubular Steel
Hockey Skate
attached to Spalding
No. 339 Shoe
PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A. G.SPALDING & BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE WSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BQOI
"PHcu in effecl July 5r 191'* Subject h> chongt Wilhoul notice. For Carutdian priou )ct ipecial Canadian Colalogut.
Smi THE SRftLDINGjgiJTRADE-MARK
GUARANTEE
QUALITY
jpmldln^ "^"^ Intercollegiate ^^ Expert
:©lIeMli
J'ynlcvajfdtq.-oaJjiy
SPECIAL NOTICE-These skates are made to be used on
Spalding Shoes No. 339, or some style of shoe made
similarly. They cannot be used to good advantage on or-
dinary street shoes nor with heavy skating shoes made
with full heels.
No. XH. Built especially for expert hockey-
players. Model and general feature of
construction suggested by most
prominent players on intercol-
legiate hockey teams. Runners of
finest quality chrome nickel steel,
highly tempered and drawn so as
to toughen them and give a razor
cutting edge. Toe and heel plates
of fine quality cold rolled steel.
Sizes 9 K to 1 2 inches. Pair, $5.00
10.00
No. XH Skate fastened to No. 339 Shoe
Highly polished, extra heavy nickel-plated
Price, including Spalding No. 339 Shoes, complete, attached.
.Iim^ '^'^IimterccDMe^mte^^ HocMe^
Sfeates-
No. XHL Skate fastened to No. 370 Shoe
No. XHL. Women's Intercollegiate
Hockey Skates, similar to No. XH
Men's but small heel plates and
narrow toe plates. Sizes 8^ to
10>^ inches. . . . Pair, $5.00
Price, including Spalding No. 370
Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $10.00
PflOMPT ATTENTION GIVEN TO
ANT COMMUNICATIONS
ADDBESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING &. BROS
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
9lrta3 in tfftcl July 5. 1914. Suk/ccl to change wlhoul nolke. For Canadian prioa tee tpeeitd Canadian Catalogue.
s^S^bSe THE SPALDING
B)TRADE-MARKTuAur
CANADIAN PATTERN— IMPROVED MODEL
sS^^<es
Canadian Pattern. No. XS. Men's
No. XS. Men's. Blades of finest
chrome nickel steel, hardened. This
steel is specially noted for its tough-
ness. Extra heavy electro-nickel-
plated, highly polished throughout.
Sizes 9>4 to 12 inches. Pair. $5.00
Price, including Spalding No. 336
Shoes, complete, attached.
Per pair, $10.50
Canadian Pattern. No. XSL. Ladies'
No. XSL. Ladies'. Similar to No. XS
Men's, but small heel plates and
narrow toe plates. Sizes 8'^ to IOV2
inches Per pair, $5.00
Price, including Spalding No. 350
Shoes, complete, attached.
Per pair, $10,50
PROMPT MENTION GIVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICtllONS
UDORESSED TO US
A. G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOl
edrrl lulu 5. 1914 Suhieci Ic chanee wilhoul notice. For Canadian trices see soeual Canadian Calnln,
THE SPALDING(PI)TRADEMARK
Spmldin^ All Cla-tsup Mocll^e^ Slimtei
spurs.
No. XSAC. Men's All Clamp
No. XSAC. Men's All Clamp Hockey Skates-
Blades same model as No. XS Canadian Pat-
tern Hockey Skate, and made of finest quality
chrome nickel steel, hardened. Truss braced
heel plates. Special design wing heel clamps
Back slot for strap. Extra heavy
electro-nickel-plated and highly^
polished throughout. Sizes 9)4
to 12 inches. . . Pair, $5.00
Price, including Spalding No.
336 Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $10,501
No. XSAC Skate fastened to No. 336 She
V
\
No. XSLAC. Women's All Clamp
No. XSLAC. Women's All Clamp Hockey Skates. Similar to No. XSAC
Men's, but small heel plates and narrow toe plates. Sizes 8>^ to 10>2
Price, including Spalding No. 350 Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $5.00
" 10.50
'AHENTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A. G. SPALDING & BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
fOH COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
'Prices m tffecl July 5. 1914. Subjecl lo change wilhoul notice. For Canadian prices see special Canadian Catalogue
XK?JHE SRALDINGigfTRADE-MARK
UARANTEES
CANADIAN PATTERN
No. XP. Men's Canadian Pattern
No. XP Skate
fastened to
No. 332 Shoe
No. XP. Men's. Made with
"Championship" Model blades
of special steel. Heavily nickel-
plated. Sizes 9 >^ to II >^.
Pair, $3.50
Price, including Spalding No. 332
Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $7.00
No. XPL. Women's Canadian Pattern
No. XPL Skate
fastened to
No. 330 Shoe
No. XPL. Women's. . Similar to
Men's No. XP, but with small
heel plates and narrow toe
plates. Sizes 8 >^ to 10^ inches.
Pair, $3.50
Price, including Spalding No.
330 Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $7.00
lOMPTAnENTIONGIVENTOI
ANT COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING &. BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
'Pricta in efecl July 5.1914.. SubjKl to change Without notice For Canadian prias ,a special Canadian Calalogui.
SUBSTITU
reTHE SPALDINGJtJjTRADEMARK
CANADIAN PATTERN
Men's Canadian Pattern
No. YH.
No. YH Skate
fastened to
No. 332 Shoe
Men s. Canadian
Hockey Pattern. Special
steel runners, carefully
hardened and tempered.
Heavily nickel-plated and
finely polished. Sizes 9}^
to II j^ inches. Pair, $3.00
Price, including Spalding No.
332 Shoes, complete, at-
tached. . . . Pair, $6.50 i
No. YHL. Women's Canadian Pattern
No. YHL Skate
fastened to
No. 330 Shoe
No. YHL. Women's. Similar
to Men's No. YH, but with
small heel plates and narrow
toe plates. Sizes 8)^ to 10 V,'
inches. . . . Pair, $3.00
Price, including Spalding No.
330 Shoes, complete at-
tached. . . . Pair, $6.50
PROMPT AnENTION GIVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE IIST Of S
SEE INSIDE FRONT COV
OF THIS BOOK
rff,rl fiilii ^ IQI4. • ^uhirrl In rhn„
Alidl*IJJI.II!l*«
GUARANTEES
QUALITY
CANADIAN PATTERN
No. XW. Men's Canadian Pattern
No. XW Skate
fastened to
No. 332 Shoe
No. XW. Men's. Canadian
Hockey Pattern. Hardened
steel runners. Nickel-plated.
Sizes 9% to Wyz inches.
Pair, $2.00
Price, including Spalding No. 332
Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $5.00
No. XWL. Women's Canadian Pattern
No. XWL Skate
fastened to
No. 330 Shoe
No. XWL. Women's. Canadian
Hockey Pattern. Hardened
steel runners. Nickel-plated.
Sizes 8^ to 10^ inches.
Pair, $2.00
Price, including Spalding No. 330
Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $5.00
iTTENTIONGIVENTOl
OMMUNICATIONS
IBESSEDTOUS
A.G.SPALDING &, BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
E£ INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
•Prfcej in effect /uly 5, 1914. Subject to change without notice. For CanaJim pricet seeipccial Canadian Catalogue.
SPALBING
Furnished in either Brokaw or Spalding Models
No. SR. Two-stanchion
kates, made without rivets
or screws, the special w^eld-
ed construction giving the
absolute rigidity required in
a figure skate for expert
use. Best quality Swedish
steel, specially tempered
Round toes, vs^ith
special teeth.
Sizes 9>^ to 12
inches.
Pair, $15.00
Price, including
Spalding No. 300
Shoes, complete,
Showing Spalding Brokaw Model attached.
Men's Figure Skate No. SR fastened to f-. . ...^_
Spalding Shoe No. 300 Pair, $25.00
re
^
No. SR.
Figure Skate. Men's Brokaw Model
—- — ™_
S PA LDING "-" _____:-— ^"""^^
No. SR.
Figure Skate. Men's Spalding Model
PROMPT AnENTI0N6IVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDHESSEO TO US
FOR COMPUTE LIST?
SEE INSIDE FRON K
OF THIS BC^
'Piius ui tSecl July 5, I9H- Sutjecllo change uithoul aolke. Fit Canadian prica act iutial Canadian Catalogue i
A. G.SPALDING 6c BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
miMJ!lidJJI.II)lrf[?fcn!HiliM!l!Ma
.acin:
■' }
Used by the Champion Speed Skaters in All Their Races
Very light weight, all tubular steel construction. Every joint well reinforced,
making them the strongest tubular racing skates manufactured. Blades
[made of chrome nickel steel, hardened and drawn, tapered from 1-16 inch
at the toe to I -32 inch at the heel. Toe and heel plates made of best partly
hardened steel, left full size, so they can be cut to fit shoe. Furnished in
two lengths of blades, \4}4 and \5)4 inches. Foot plates arranged to fit
small, medium or large size shoes. Specify size of shoe w^orn w^hen order-
jing, also length of blade required. These skates are built for use with light
racing shoes, Spalding No. 337 preferably. Our guarantee will not cover if
heavy hockey or skating shoes are used.
Spalding Tubular Steel Racing Skates, nickel-plated
and polished Per pair, $8.00
Price, including No. 337 Shoes, attached.
Per pair, $13.00
Spalding Tubular Steel Racing Skates,
aluminum finish. . . . Per pair, $6.00
Price, including No. 337 Shoes, attached.
Per pair, $11.00
Showing
Spalding Tubular Racing
Skate, Nickel-plated,
attached to
Spalding No. 337 Shoe
SPECIAL NOTE— On Special Orders we will supply the 145^ inch Tubular Racing
_: "' ..♦^- ...;..u T,^ ^^^ Heel Plates i^r-f^'-'""* »>> fit Women's nr Boys Shoes.
I
PROMPT AHENTiON GIVEN TO I
' ANY COMMUNICATIONS
■ ADDRESSED TO US
A. G.SPALDING &, BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
Spg^Edlimg AU GMmp B.imK SKm^tmm
No. CRAC.
Men's All Clamp
No. CRAC. Men's All Clamp Riii
Skates. Blades same model as N
CR Rink Skate, but without teeth i
toe, and made of finest quality chrort
nickel steel, hardened. Special dc
sign wing heel clamps with spui
Back slot for strap. Extra heai
electro-nickel -plated and polishfi
throughout. Sizes 9/2 to 12 inches
Pair, $5.C!
Price, including Spalding No. 33
Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair. $10.£l
No. CRAC Skate fastened to No. 336 Shoe
k:^
No. CRLAC. Women's All Clamp
No. CRLAC. Women's All Clam
Rink Skates. Similar to Men's N
CRAC, but w^ith small heel plates an
narrow toe plates. Sizes &}4 to 10
inches Pair, $5.0
Price, including Spalding No. 350 Shoe
complete, attached. . Pair, $10.5
No. CRLAC Skate fastened to No. 350 Shoe
PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING &, BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST Of STC
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVE
OF THIS Boot
■Pricu m eftcl /uty 5r 1914. Suhjecl to change without notice For Canadian priua xt tptdal Canadian Catalogue^
lijBSTITUTE
^mme^^
GUARANTEE!
QUALITY
FOR FANCY SKATING
No. CR, Rink Skate. Men's
No. CR Skate
fastened to
No. 336 Shoe
No. CR. Foot plates same as on Canadian
pattern hockey skates, highly polished,
nickel-plated and buffed. The runners
on these skates are special chrome steel,
selected for its peculiar fitness for a skate
of this character, and ground with curved
bottoms, as adopted by national skating
associations. Toes made on ex-
pert curved pattern with teeth
correctly placed for fancy skating.
Sizes 9;4 to 1 2 inches. Pair, $5.00
Price, including SpaldingNo. 336
Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $10.50
No. CRL. Rink Skate. Ladies'
No. CRL Skate
fastened to . . ^nw i t • o nt /^n
350 Shoe No. CRL. Ladies . Same as No. CK,
but with small heel plate and narrow
toe plate. Sizes 8}i to 10^ inches.
Per pair, $5.00
Price, including Spalding No. 350
Shoes, complete, attached.
Per pair, $10.50
PROMPT MENTION GIVEN TO I
ANT COMMUNICATIONS
. ADDBESSED TO US
A.G. SPALDING &, BROS.
--STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES .
IR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
^mm
GUARANI;!
QUAUt
Rink SIkate;
No. HR. Men's Rink Skate
No. HR Skate
fastened to
No. 332 Shoe
No. HR. Men's. Same modi
as No. CR. Runners of harr
ened steel. Nickel-plated. Siz;
9M to II }^ inches. Pair, $3.C
Price, including Spalding No. 33
Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $6.5i
l-T
^Z^._
No. HRL. Women's Rink Skate
No. HRL Skate
fastened to
No. 330 Shoe
No. HRL. Women's. Sam
model as No. CRL. Runnei
of hardened steel. Nicke
plated. Sizes 8>< to \0)4 inche;
Pair, $3.0
Price, including Spalding No. 33
Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $6.5(
PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO I
tNY COMMUNISATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A. G.SPALDING &. BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF ST
"EE INSIDE FRONT COVI
■ OF THIS Boot
'Prices in effecl lulu 5, 1914 Subject to change vlilhoul noUce. Fot Canadian prices see special Canadian Cataloeu
•TNO
iSTITUTE
THE SRALDING(Ji3)TRADE-iyiARK ''Zinl
ding Holder for
>^ Sharpening
ubular Skates
S aid of this arrange-
tubular racing and
ey skates can be
in perfect condition
an oil stone. The holder will fit skates of tubular con-
tion of any length, and is extremely simple to manip-
Each, $1.00
FE — We can supply a very satisfactory quality oilstone,
1 proper oil, for use in sharpening tubular skates. Oil
e and oil complete. . $1.50
cabbards for Blades of Racing Skates
Spalding Patent Buckle Skate Strap
^^
SIMPLE OF ADJUSTMENT AND SECURE
Qyickly and permanently fastened at any point, adjustment
not being restricted as with ordinary skate straps to
distance between holes.
No. S8. Superior quality leather. Russet or Black, 28-inch.
Pair, 35c.
No. SO. Superior quality leather, Russet or Black, ZO-inch.
Pair, 30c.
No. 28. Ordinary quahty. Russet or Black, 28- inch.
Pair, 25c
No. 20. Ordinary quality. Russet or Black, 20-inch.
Pair, 20c.
Spalding Skate Straps
RS. Leather Scabbards to protect blades of various
:s flat blade or tubular skates. Mention the size of
e when ordering and whether tubular or flat blade
tey Pair, 75c.
cabbards for Blades of Hockey Skates
N0.B8. Superior quality leather. Russet or Black, 28-inch«
Pair. 30c.
CS. Leather Scabbards to protect blades of curved N°- ^O- Superior quality leather. Russet or Black, 20.inch.
om hockey or rink skates, similar to Nos. XH, XS, YH, P^'"- 2Sc.
SR. KQ HR. XP, XW and corresponding styles of ^o. ". Ordinary quality. Plain Buckle, Russet or Black,
len's skates. Mention size and style of skate when 20-inch Pair, 15c
. . . . Pair, $1.00
Double Runner Sled Skates
Spalding Toe Attachment for
Rink Racing
When tubular racing skates
are to be used in rinks it is
generally made a rule that
an extra attachment shall
be worn to cover the un-
ected point of the skate. This is made of soft steel,
I screw to attach to blade, and is long enough to permit
istment to various sizes of skates Pair, 25c.
Spalding Skate Bag
No. SAB. Heavy duck, dark slate
color, leather bound, to hold pair
of skates attached to shoes or two
pairs of skates without shoes.
Each, $1.00
No. DR. By using these skates it is possible to take a child
on the ice without fear of injury. The runners are so
wide apart that any child can stand on them easily. They
are. adjustable from 6 to 9^ inches and furnished with
straps complete. Each pair in paper
box... . . ., Pair, ,30c.'. /iP=^iMlP
Spalding Ice Skate Key
No. SK. Nickel-plated, all steel, well
made. Will I fit any of the Spalding
key clamp -ice skates. Each, 5c.
'ROMPTmENTIONGIVENTOl
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A. G.SPALDING &. BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE UST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
•Prices in «#«/ July 5, 1914. Subject to change without notice. For Canadian pricu see special Canadian Catalogue.
lteiBmi!u.-tJji.ii!iJ((ji))naa«
"Expert" Racing and Hockey Shoes
No. 337. Gotten up especially for racing and is also just
the thing for expert and particularly fast hockey players.
Fine quality kangaroo leather, very soft and pliable ;
extremely light weight ; reinforced inside over ankle ;
laces low. Blucher style. Special counter supports foot
without tiring wearer. Very light soles. . Pair, $5.00
We recommend these shoes for use especially with Spalding
Tubular Racing and Hockey Skates, and with No. XH
Spalding "Intercollegiate" Expert Hockey Skates, also with
any style racing skates made to be riveted to shoes.
Spalding " Championship " Hockey SK ;
No. 339. This is a heavier weight shoe than No. 337
quality calf. Reinforced inside over ankle. F 1
tongue. Special counter supports ankle, instep an
of foot. Hard box toe special protection. Lace
Blucher cut. Large brass eyelets. . . . Pair.i
The most popular and universally satisfactory hocke
ever made. Recommended particularly for use »
Spalding "Expert" Hockey Skates No. XH, am
Spalding Tubular Hockey and Racing Skates. Suitai
for use with any Canadian Pattern Hockey Skates.
I
Spalding ," Special " Skating Shoes
No. 336. Best quality calf. Laces low. Blucher cut.
Special lined. Full heels Pair, $5.50
Use No. 336 Shoes with Spalding Nos. XS, XP, YH or XW
Hockey Skates, Nos. KG, CR or HR Rink Skates, and any
style Clamp Fastening Ice Skates.
Spalding Hockey Shoes
No. 333. Good shoes at a moderate price. Made a
design of our No. 339 Shoes, but differing in qu |^
material and construction. Light weight and sill
tially made Pair.lj
Use No. 333 Shoes with Spalding No. XH Hockey
with Spalding Tubular Hockey and Racing Skates, a
any Canadian Pattern Hockey Skates to be riveted o
Spalding Men's Skating Shoes
No. 332. Made of good quality leather, machine
Padded tongue. Full heels. Laces low. Bluch
Well constructed shoes Pair,
Use No. 332 Shoes with Spalding No. XS "Champi
Hookey Skates, Nos. XP, YH or X W Canadian Pattern
Nos. KC. CR or HR Rink Skates, and with regulai
Fastening Ice Skates.
SPECIAL NOTICE-Spalding " Dri-Foot." if u
soles and uppers, will add greatly to wear of skat
hockey shoes "
Ca-lS
PROMPT AmNTION GIVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A. G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
I FOR COMPLETE LIST OF REi
SEE INSIDE FRONT CI
OF THIS BOOK
'Prica in (feci July 5. 1914 Subject lo cha
For Canadian prices iee special Canadian Calaloi
iBsmS^ THESPALDINGdgjTRADE
MARK^rrr^
SPALDING BROKAW MODEL SKATING SHOES
Made Especially for Figure Skating
Many features developed by Mr. Irving Brokaw, through his long
experience on the most famous rinks in the virorld, are incor-
porated in the make-up of these shoes ; the especially high heel
required for assuming gracefully the " bent knee " position essential
for the proper execution of artistic figures ; the shaped top, of genuine
kangaroo leather, lending itself easily to the forward position of the
ankle and lower portion of the leg, are important features, adding
much to the gracefulness of the skater, while the special plain toe,
Uy the neatest form ever incorporated in a skating shoe, rounds
out a combination that makes the Spalding shoe the
only style for the skater anxious to maintain proper
appearance on the rink while giving him at the same
time the confidence required for success in competition.
Spalding shoes, worn from the beginning, guard the
skater from falling into
false or ungraceful posi-
tions while practicing
intricate figures, and are
always comfortable and
neat in appearance.
No. 310. Women's Broka
Pair, $10.00
Spalding
Women's Skating
Shoes
J50. Fine quality leather, nice
d pliable. Special lined. Laces
V. Blucher cut. Full heels.
Pair, $5.50
No. 350.
Women's
Use No. 3S0 Shoes with Spalding
No. XSL "Championship" Hockey Skates,
Nos. XPL, YHL or X WL Canadian Pattern
Hockey Skates, Nos. KC, CRL, HRL Rink
Skates, and with reguIarCanadian Pattern
Hockey or Clamp Fastening Women's
Skates.
370. Special quality leather,
;t. Laces low
sly lined. Blucher
. . . Pair. $5.00
No. 370 Shoes with Spalding No. XHL Women's Expert
Jrcollegiate" Hockey Skates and with Spalding Tubular
eyand Racing Skates. Suitable also for use with any style
len's hockey or racing skates made to be riveted to shoes.
No. 330. Good quality black leather; laces low.
Blucher cut Pair, $3.50
Use No. 330 Shoes with Spalding No. XSL "Championship"
Hockey Skates, Nos. XPL, YHL or XWL Canadian Pattern Hockey
Skates, Nos. KC, CRL or HRL Rink Skates and with regular
Clamp Fastening Women's Ice Skates.
SOMPTmENTIONGIVENTOl
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING &, BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE IIST Of STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS 8001
'Prica in effect July 5^ I9M. Subject to change without notice For Canadian prices see special Canadian Catalogue.
SmETHESPALDINGi»)TRADEMARK
SPALDING SWEATERS
STOCK SIZES: 28 to 46 inche..
We allow four inchea for stretch in all our iweaters and wzet are
marked accordingly. It it suggeBted, however, that for very heavy
people a lize about two inche> larger than coat meaauremenl be
ordered to insure a comfortable HL
SPALDING
REVERSIBLE COLLAR SWEATERS
No. AWJP. Heaviest weight special quality worsted, with
pocket on each side. Each. $10.00 • $108.00 Doz.
No. WJP. Highest quality special heavy weight worsted
with pocket on each side. Carried in stock also in Heathei
Mixture. Brown Mixture and Lovat Mixture.
Each, $8.00 • $81f.00 Doz.
No WJ. Same as No. WJP but without pockets.
Each, $7.50 • $80.00 Doz.
No.WDJP. High reversible collar. Same style as No. AWJP
but lighter weight. Twopockets. Ea.,$6.50*^67.C)ODo2.
No WDJ. Same as No. WDJP but without pockets.
Each. $6.00 • ^6-5.00 Doz.
No. BWDJP. Boys" sweater, with pockets. Sizes 26 to 34
inches. C^jality and style same as No. WDJP man's
sweater . Each, $5.00 • ^5i.00 Doz,
No. 2JP. Good quality all wool, Shaker knit, instead of
fine worsted. Pearl buttons. Supplied in Gray. Navy
Blue, Maroon or Black only No special orders.
Each. $5.00 • $5t.00 Do2.
r R«veraible ColUr Sweater -.
NO.RSP
SPALDING RAGLAN SLEEVE SWEATER
No. RSP. Heaviest weight special quality worsted. Pearl
buttons. Two pockets. Eftch. $10.00 • $108.00 Doz.
SPALDING JUMBO STITCH SWEATER
No. MJP. Good quality extra heavy worsted in the popu-
* lar "Jumbo" stitch. Two pockets. Pearl buttons. Thisi
style sweater is supplied only in Navy Blue, Maroon oi':
Gray. No special orders. Each, $6.50 * $67.00 Doz.
SPALDING WORSTED COAT SWEATERS
No. VGP. Best quality worsted, heavy weight, pearl but.
tons. Two pockets. Particularly convenient and popular
etyle for golf players. . . Each. $6.50 ir $67.00 Doz.
No. MJt
WITHOUT POCKETS)
fSaVG. Same as No. VGP, but without pockets. Each, $6.00 • ^<?5. 00 Doz.
_ _ _ _ Similar otherwise
SteNo.VG..
Ro. DJ. Fine worsted, standard weight, pearf buttons, fine -knit edging.
' - -- Each, $5.00 •^57.00 Doz.
SPALDING NORFOLK JACKET SWEATER
fHo. NFP. Highest quality special heavy weight worsted. Norfolk Jacket style, including heavy
■ knittad detachable belt. Special extra high turn down rack collar with tab and button to
fasten close in front. Pearl buttons. Two pockets. . . • • .- Each, $8.00 • $8i.00 Doz.
SPECIAL NOTICE- Above sweaters (except No. 2JP and No. MJP) with one
striped) collar and cuffs (in any colors) on special order, at i
■ body and another color (bot
STOCK COLORS-AH Sweaters Usted on this page (except No. 2JP and No. MJP) carried in stock in GRAY,
WHITE, NAVY BLUE, MAROON, CARDINAL, PURPLE, OLD GOLD.
SPECIAL ORDERS— In addition to stock colors menUoned we supply these sweaters (except No. 2JP and
fio. MJP) In any other color, on special order, at no extra charge. N. B.— Three different shades are sometimes
• called RED. They are Scarlet, Cardinal, Maroon. Where RED is specified on order we s^ply Cardinal.
t
The pncti printed in ilaha o/>fios:<f items marked with -ft wilt be quoted only on orders (or otu-haU dozerfor mora,
PRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.
I PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO
I ANY COMMUNICATIONS
|l ADDRESSED TO .S
A. G. SPALDING &. BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
i FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STI1
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVE
OF THIS BOOH j
'Prica in effect July 5, 1914 Subject lo change wilhoul notice. For Canadian pricei see special Canadian Catalogue.
?p THE SPALDING
SPALDING SWEATERS
STOCK SIZES, 28 to 46 inches chest. We allow four inches for stretch in all onr sweaters, and size*'
are marked accordingly. It is suggested, however, that for very heavy men, a size about two inchea
larger than coat measurement be ordered to insure a comfortable fit. .
SPALDING SPECIAL TRAINING SWEATERS
No. AA. Heaviest sweater made; 9-inch roll collar; extra long and full. Body, arms and
neck put together by hand, not simply stitched up on a machine, as are the majority of
garments sold as regular made goods, EacK $8-00 ir $86.40 Doz.
No. A. Special weight, lighter than No. AA, but quality and general, make up identical
otherwise;' . • • Each, $6.00 * $66.00 Doz.
No. B. Heavy weight, but lighter than No. A. Identical otherwise. " 5.00^ 5^.00 "
Shaker Knit Roll Collar Sweater
No. 3. Good quality all wool sweater, shaker
knit, well made throughout. Sizes 30 to 46
inches. Standard weight, lighter than No. B.
Roll collar. Carried in stock in Gray, JVavy.
Black, and Maroon. No special orders.
Each, $4.00 • ^.45.00 Doz.
ING VEST COLLAR AND
^G NECK SWEATERS
jr sports and general wear. Worn
ith or without regular coat.
Vest collar style. Best quality
Good weight No buttons.
Each, $5.50 •^60.00 Doz..
Ring neck style. Best quality
Good weight No buttons.
Each. $5.00 ir $5i.00 Doz.
LORS— We carry in slock Nos. AA, A, B, BG and B-OB in Gray, White, Navy, Maroon,
rple, and Old Gold. Supplied in any other color, on special orders, at no extra charge.
■ shaden are sometimes called RED. They are Scarlet, C-rdinal, and Maroon. Where
ified on order, we supply Cardinal.
OTICE— Solid color sweaters, with one color body and another color (not stripedj collar
rnished in<any of the colors uoted. on special order, at no extra charge. j^^ B-OB
SPALDING FANCY TRIM ROUND AND "V" NECK SWEATERS
Attractive for skating and all winter sports
No. FS8. Fine quality standard weight worsted Round neck, with special pattern tnmmingl
around neck, skirt and cuffs. See special note regarding colors supplied. Ea.. $6.00-k$63. 00 Dz,
No FS5. Fine quality standard weight worsted. V-neck, special pattern trimming around neck,
across shoulders and around skirt and cuffs. . Each, $6.00 • ^65.00 Do2.
Two Pockets in either Nos. BG, B-OB, FS8 or FS5 sweaters, if ordered at time sweater is made,
not after, at an extra charge of 50c.
ANGORA WOOL JACKET SNVEATERS
No. NPJ. This soft texture Angora wool which we have had
made into a worsted, enables us to knit in the same stitch we
ise in our regular athletic sweaters, a warmer, easier fitting,
eater looking garment for ladies' wear than it is possible to
I urn out with regular worsted. Wecannot supply this special
Angora wool sweater in any but an exclusive shade of Dark
Gray, quite different from the regular or silver gray supplied
1 n our athletic sweaters. Pearl buttons. Two pockets. Ea.,$7.50
No. BEJ. Although this garment has the brushed effect sur-
ace, the texture and general make up is different. as it is in-
'. nded for an athletic garment and is especially suitable foi
golf wear The special heather rnixtures, of which a range of
five different colorings are furnished, are unusual in sweater
manufacture in this country Pockets are lined Each, $6.00
SPECIAL FRENCH STITCH SWEATER
No HUGP. Fine quality standard weight worsted, knitted
in special French stitch Two pockets. Pearl buttons,
f^urnished in Gray, Green, Brown. Purple Mixture, and
Maroon. . . Each, $7.50 • ^SO. 00 Z)oz.
UPPLIED in either Nos. FS8 or
rs: Gray with Brown and Cardi-
ilh White and Brown; Black with
Cardinal; Green with Cardinal;
White; Black with Orange; Royal
'hite; Black with Light Green and
:n with Cardinal; Black with Scar-
with White; Black with Old Gold
; Brown with Green; Black with
k with Heather Mixture; Cardinal
NO SPECIAL ORDERS
Ie3 «M zinlics oppOiiU ilemi mar
PT ATTENTION GIVEN TO I
Y COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
•Prfcei in tfftct /dy 5,1914 5uiyec/ lo change wilhoiH noUcc For Canadian prices see special Canadian Catalogue.
ACCEPT NO
SUBSTITUTE
THESPALDINGlCwTRADEMARK
Tlie
f>
X
Patent. II -. i.t. rnli. , 12, 1911
^FfM^FH
E
--^*t*ei"<'^c
.■z^- i.
v-> \-
THIS is the Only Official College Foot Ball, and is ua
in every important match played in this coun
Guaranteed absolutely if seal of box is unbroken. Each 1
complete in sealed box, including leather case, guarantt
pure Para rubber bladder (not compounded), lacing nee
and rawhide lace.
No. J5. Each, $5.00
WE GUARANTEE every No. J5 Spalding Foot Ball to be perfect
workmanship and correct in shape and size when inspected at our
defect is discovered during the first game in which it is used, or
day's practice use, and if returned at once, we will replace same
antee. We do not guarantee against ordinary wear nor against
or size that is not discovered immediately after the first day's use.
superb quality of every Spalding Foot Ball, our
customers have grown to expect a secison's use of
one ball, and at times make unreeisonable claims
under our guarantee which we will not allow.
in material
factory. If
during the
under this j
defect in si
^ Owing tc
ii<^J^
1.
'li?
PROMPT ATTENTION 6IVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSEO TO US
A.G.SPALDING &. BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE Li:f I
SEE INSIDE r'^''
'Plica in tSeeX July 5, 1914. . Suhitd to change leilhout notice. Fot Canadian price) tee ipecial Canadian Calalogut
i^lB
yDTRADE-MARK^ai^^
Spalding
:w Athletic Goods Catalogue
The following selection of items from Spalding's latest Catalogue will give
I an idea of the great variety of AIHLETIC GOODS manufactured by
A. G. SPALDING & BROS. .•; . . SEND FOR A FREE COPY.
LIST OF SPALDING STORE ADDRESSES ON INSIDE FRONT COVER OF THIS BOOK
Emblems
Embroideiy
Exerdsera—
Elastic
Home
Felt Letter*
Fencing Stick*
Fightins Dummie* .
Finger ProtectioD, Hockey
Flags-
College
Marking. CoU
Foil*. Fencing
foot Ball<r-^
CoUega
^ Rugby
Foot Ball Clothing
Foot Ball Goal Neu
Foot Ball Timet
Glove*—
Boxing
Fencing
FootBaU
CoU
Hand Ball
Hockey. Field
Hockey. Ice
_ Lacrosse
Coals-
Basket BaD
FootBaU
Hockey. Fielcf
Hockey. Ice
Lacrosse
CoK Club*
CoK Counter*
Golf Sundries
Golfette
Grips-
Athletic
Golf
Gymnasium. Home
Gymnasium Board. Home
Haj3me:-s. Athletic
Hangers for Dumb Bell*
Hangers for Indian Club*
Hats. University
Head Hamesa
Health PuU
Hob Nails
Hockey Puck*
Hockey Stick* Ice
Hockey Sticks. Field
Holder. Basket Ball
Hole Cutter, Golf
Hole Rim. (iolf
Horse. Vaulting
Hurdles. Safety
Hurley Stick*
Indian Qub*
Inflalers-
FootBaU
ScrikiusBas
Jackets-
Fencing
FootBaU
Javelin*
Jersey*
Knee Protector* _ _ ,.
Kniaerbockeo. Foot Ball,
"Lace. Foot Ball
Lacrosse Good*
Fenang Good*
Field Hockey Gqod*
Gymnasium Shoe*
Gymnasium Suit*
Skates. Ice„
Skates. Roller
Skating Shoes
Snow Shoca
Lane* for Sprints
Leg Guards-
f^oot Ball
Ice Hockey
Leoards
Letters-
Embroidered
Felt
"Masks-
Fencmg
Nose
Masseur, Abdominal
Mattresses. Gymnasium
Mattresses. Wrestling
Megaphones
•^iTardBall
Striking Bag
Moccasins
Monogram*
Mouthpiece. Foot Ball
Mufflers
Needle. Lacmg
Nets-
Basket Ball
Golf Driving
Vofley Ball
Newcomb
Numbers, Competitor*'
Pad»-
Foot BaD
Ice Hockey
Wresding
Pamt. Golf
Panu-
Basket BaQ
Boys' Knee
Foot Ball. College
Foot Ball, Rugby
Hockey. Ice
Running
Parachute Golf Ball
Peiuiants, College
Eyeglass
Finger. Field Hockey
Indoor Base Ball
Thumb, Basket Ball
Pucks. Hockey. Ice
Push Ball
.J'ushers, Chamois
Quoits
Racks. Golf Ball
Racquet. Squash
Rapiers. Fencing
Referees' Whii^e
Rings-
Exercising
Swinging
Rowing Machme*
Sacks, for Sack Racing
Sandajs, Snow Shoe
Sandow Dumb Bells
Scabbards. Skate
Score Books-
Basket BaU
Ice Hockey
Shin Cuards-
Associatioa
College
Field Hockey
Ice Hockey
Shirts^
Athletic
Rubber. Reducing
Soccer
Shoes-
Acrobatic
Basket BaU
Bowling
Qog
Fencing
Field Hockey
Foot Ball. CoUege
Foot BaU, Rugby
Foot BaU,.Soccer
Shoes-
Golf
Plate- ^
Teeing. Golf
Platforms. Striking Bag
Pole«-
Ski
Vaitlting
Jumping
Running
Skating
Snow
Squash
Street
Tramping
Walking
Shot-
Athletic
indoor
Massage
Skates—
Ice
RoOcf
Skate Bag
Skate Keys
Skate Rollers
Skate Straps
Skate Sundries
Skis
Snow Shoe*
Sports Coats
Sprint Lanes
Squash Goods
Standards-
Vaulting
VoUeyBaD
For Three-Legged R«c«
Skate
Sticks. RoHer Polo
Stockings
Stop Boards
Striking Bags
Suits-
Base Ball, Indoor
Gymnasium. Ladies'
Soccer
Swimming
Water Polo
Supporters-
AnUe
Wrist
Suspensones
Sweaters
Swivels. Striking Btiir
Swords-
Fencing
Duelling
Tackling Machine
Take-Off Board
Tape. Measuring. Sleet
Tees. Golf
Tennis Posts, Indoof
Tights-
Full
Full. Wrestling
Hockey
Knee
Toboggans
Toboggan Cushion*
Toe Boards
Toques
Trapeze, Adjustable
Trapeze. Single
Trousers—
Y. M. C. A.
FootBaU
Trunks —
Vehret
Worsted
Tug of War ,
Umbrella. Golf
Uniforms. Base BaU Indoof
Waitds, Calisthenic
Washer. GoU BaU
Watches, Stop
Weights, se^ib.
Whistle*
Wresding Equipmeal
Wrist Machines
Women's Sports Shins
fATTENTIQNGIVENTO
COMMUNICATIONS
*DDg[5StDT0US
A.G.SPALDING &. BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPIHE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVU
OF THIS Boot
"Pika in tffttl /uly 5. 1914 Subttci to changt Utheal nobet Fm Canadian price* >
standard Policy
A Standard Qyality must be inseparably linked to a Standard Policy.
Without a definite and Standard Mercantile Policy, it is impossible for a
Manufacturer to long maintain a Standard Qyality.
To market his goods through the jobber, a manufacturer must provide a
profit for the jobber as well as for the retail dealer. To meet these conditions
of Dual Profits, the manufacturer is obliged to set a proportionately high list
price on his goods to the consumer.
To enable the glib salesman, when booking his orders, to figure out
attractive profits to both the jobber and retailer, these high list prices are
absolutely essential; but their real purpose v^ill have been served when the
manufacturer has secured his order from the jobber, and the jobber has secured
his order from the retailer.
However, these deceptive high list prices are not fair to the consumer, who
does not, and, in reality, is not ever expected to pay these fancy list prices.
When the season opens for the sale of such goods, with their misleading
but alluring high list prices, the retailer begins to realize his responsibilities, and
grapples with the situation as best he can, by offering "special discounts,**
which vary with local trade conditions.
Under this system of merchandising, the profits to both the manufacturer
and the jobber are assured ; but as there is no stability maintained in the prices
to the consumer, the keen competition amongst the local dealers invariably
leads to a demoralized cutting of prices by which the profits of the retailer are
practically eliminated.
This demoralization always reacts on the manufacturer. The jobber insists
on lower, and still lower, prices. The manufacturer, in his turn, meets this
demand for the lowering of prices by the only way open to him, viz.: the cheap-
ening and degrading of the quality of his product.
The foregoing conditions became so intolerable that 15 years ago, in 1899,
A. G. Spalding & Bros, determined to rectify this demoralization in the Athletic
Goods Trade, and inaugurated what has since become known as " The Spalding
Policy.**
The "Spalding Policy** eliminates the jobber entirely, so far as Spalding
Goods are concerned, and the retail dealer secures the supply of Spalding
Athletic Goods direct from the manufacturer by which the retail dealer is
assured a fair, legitimate and certain profit on all Spedding Athletic Goods, and
the consumer is assured a Standard Quality and is protected from imposition.
The "Spalding Policy" is decidedly for the interest and protection of the
users of Athletic Goods, and acts in two ways :
First. —The user is assured of genuine Official Standard Athletic Goods.
Second.— As manufacturers, we can proceed with confidence in
purchasing at the proper time, the very best raw materials required
in the meinufacture of our various goods, wrell ahead of their
respective seasons, and this enables us to provide the necessary
quantity and absolutely meiintain the Spalding Standard of Qyality.
All retail dealers handling Spalding Athletic Goods are requested to supply
consumers at our regular printed catalogue prices— neither more nor less-the same
prices that sirnilar goods are sold for in our New York, Chicago and other stores.
All Spalding dealers, as w^ell as users of Spalding Athletic Goods, are treated
exactly alike, and no special rebates or discriminations are allowed to anyone.
This briefly, is the "Spalding Policy," which has already been in successful
operation for the past 1 5 years, and will be indefinitely continued.
In other words, "The Spalding Policy" is a " square deal" for everybody.
A. G. SPALDING & BROS.
By (2AiJ/l^^^^^i^t^^^^
PRESIDENT, t-^
standard Quality
An article that is universally given the appellation "Standsurd" is thereby
conceded to be the criterion, to which are compared all other things of a similar
nature. For instance, the Gold Dollar of the United States is the Standard unit
of currency, because it must legally contcun a specific proportion of pure gold,
and the fact of its being Genuine is guau'anteed by the Government Stamp
thereon. As a protection to the users of this currency against counterfeiting and
other tricks, considerable money is expended in maintaining a Secret Service
Bureau of Experts. Under the law, citizen manufacturers must depend to a
great extent upon Trade-Marks and similar devices to protect themselves against
counterfeit products — vsrithout the aid of "Government Detectives" or "Public
Opinion" to assist them.
Consequently the "Consumer's Protection" against misrepresentation and
"inferior quality" rests entirely upon the integrity and responsibility of the
" Manufacturer."
A. G. Spalding & Bros, have, by their rigorous attention to "Quality," for
thirty-eight years, caused their Trade-Mark to become known throughout
the world as a Guarantee of Qyality as dependable in their field as the
U. S. Currency is in its field.
The necessity of upholding the Guarantee of the Spalding Trade-Mark and
maintaining the Standard Qyality of their Athletic Goods, is, therefore, as obvi-
ous as is the necessity of the Government in maintaining a Standard Currency.
Thus each consumer is not only insuring himself but also protecting other
consumers when he assists a Reliable Manufacturer in upholding his Trade-
Mark and all that it stands for. Therefore, we urge all users of our Athletic
Goods to assist us in maintaining the SpeJding Standard of Excellence, by
insisting that our Trade-Mark be plainly stamped on all athletic goods which
they buy, because without this precaution our best efforts tow^ards maintaining
Standard Qyality and preventing fraudulent substitution will be ineffectual.
Manufacturers of Standard Articles invariably suffer the reputation of being
high-priced, and this sentiment is fostered and emphasized by makers of
'inferior goods," with w^hom low prices are the main consideration.
A manufacturer of recognized Standard Goods, with a reputation to uphold
and a guarantee to protect must necessarily have higher prices than a manufac-
turer of cheap goods, whose idea of and basis of a claim for Standard Qyality
depends principally upon the eloquence of the salesman.
We know from experience that there is no quicksand more unstable than
poverty in qualitjr — and we avoid this quicksand by Standard Qyality.
I/a
ATHLETIC LrlBRARY
I book covers every Athletic Sp)
and is Official and Standard ^
Price 10 cents each I
GRAND PRIZE
PARIS
ST.L0UIS.1904 O JK A. JLy Lll JN VJ PARIS.;
ATHJ.ETIC GOODSj
ARE THE STANDARD OF THE WOP
A.G. Spalding ^ Bros, i
MAINTAIN WH<
and RETAIL STORES /n the FOLLOWING CC
NEW YORK CHICAGO ST. LOUIS
BOSTON MILWAUKEE KANSAS CITY
PHILADELPHIA DETROIT SAN FRANCISCO
NEWARK CINCINNATI LOS ANGE.L-ES
ALBANY CLEVELAND SEATTLE
BUFFALO COLUMBUS SALT LAKE
SYRACUSE INDIANAPOLIS PORTLAN
ROCHESTER PITTSBURGH Mi
BALTIMORE WASHINGTON ATLANTA
LONDON. ENGLAND LOUISVILLE
LIVERPOOL/ENGLAND NEW ORLEAN
BIRMINGHAM. ENGLAND MONTREAl
MANCHESTER, ENGLAND TORON
EDINBURGH. SCOTLAND PAR
GLASGOW, SCOTLAND SYDNEY.-
''--tones Downed and operated hy A.C.Spaldiny & Bros, and wAe
'rode -l-^arked Athletic Goods a.rf made arg located in The fo
NEW YORK CHICAGO SAN FRANCISCO CHICOPEE, MAiJ
RROOKLYN BOSTON PHILADEIJ>HIA LONDON » ENG.
PITTSBURGH MlNNEAPd
ATLANTA ST. PAUJ
LOUISVILLE DENV^
NEW ORLEANS DAL/
MONTREAL. CAN/
TORONTO, CAN<
) PARIS. FRANi
) SYDNEY. AUSTRAk
bVI. No. 6
Price 10 cents
ATHIiBTIC I/IBRARY
Lc.A._,ICE HOCKEY
"^ \ Guide
r?t*
\!^
^^^. '•
1916
- Containing the
OFFICIAL RULES^, ,, ,,,,J
American Sports Publishing Co.:0
,.,, ..„„„„„ 21 Warren Street. NewYorK f .nfti-iiiil;;'''"'
A. Q. Spalding & Bros.:
'.. '^> .r. MAINTAIN THEIR OWN HOUSES
.."'• •'•'- ^ FOR DISTRIBUTING THE '^
Spalding
^^ COMPLETE LINE OF
t Athletic Goods ;
J N THE FOLLOWING CITIES
^J^J^V^.J^^-^#^>%^;.^
s;
NEW YORK
124-128 Nassau St.
Cpion~520 Fifth Avenue
NETWARK, N. J.
589 Broad Street
PHILADELPHIA, PA.
1210 Chestnut Street
BOSTON, MASS.
74 Summer Street.
PITTSBURGH, PA.
608 Wood Street
BUFFALO, N. Y.
611 Main Street
SYRACUSE, N. Y.
357 So. Warren Street
ROCHESTER, N. Y.
40 Clinton Ave., North
ALBANY, N. Y.
52 Slate Street
BALTIMORE, MD.
110 E. Baltimore St.
LONDON, ENGLAND
317-318,
HighHolbom.W.C.
78, Cheapside, E. C.
29.Haymarket.S.W
LIVERPOOL
72, Lord Street
BIRMINGHAM, ENG.
New Street House
INDIANAPOLIS, IND.
136 N. Pennsylvania St.
CINCINNATI, O.
119 East Fifth Avenue
CLEVELAND, O.
741 Euclid Avenue
COLUMBUS, O.
191 South High Street
DETROIT, MICH.
121 Woodward Ave.
WASHINGTON. D. C.
613 14th Street, N.W.
LOUISVILLE, KY.
328 West
ATLANTA, GA.
74 N. Broad Street
NEW ORLEANS, LA.
I40 Carondelet Street
DALLAS, TEX.
1503 Commerce Street
MANCHESTER, ENG.
4. Oxford St. and
1, Lower Mosley S
EDINBURGH, SCOT.
3 So.Charlotte St.(f«r. Priomsi.
GLASGOW, SCOTLAND
68 Buchanan Street
SAN FRANCISCO
156-158 Geary Street
SEATTLE, WASH.
711 Second Avenue
LOS ANGELES. CAL.
435 South Spring St.
PORTLAND. ORE.
345 Washington Street
SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH
27 E. 2nd South St.
ST. LOUIS, MO.
415 North Seventh St.
KANSAS CITY. MO.
1120 Grand Avenue
MILWAUiAe. WIS.
,379 Eit^t Water Street
DENVER. COL.
622 SUtecnth Street
Minneapolis, minn.
.S2 Seventh St., South
MONTREAL, P. Q.
369-71 St-CaUierliuSuW.
TORONTO, ONT.
207 Yonge Street
PARIS, FRANCE
. 35 Boulevard dc C.p
27 Rue Tronchet
;_l^ Communioalions ilirrrlcd lo A. C. SPALDING & BROS., al any ol the abovt addresses, will receive prompt allenllon.
The Spalding Policy
"as rH SPALDING ATHLETIC GOODS
ffii t1 *," °" •*'« '" """" l<K.lcd in pr.c
f'V/iN^lI>C3 O"' Bwdi direct to contumen where
:( (CffiurWUf ""' """»' l* obl^ined or .ill not
^ I UPALDIHI] be (v^i.l,ed by the loci de.le, un-
-..Li ■ PR1CES°0N SPALDING T1L\°DIe'
*|| MARKED GOODS .re b«>ed en-
■^^ H..>l»! /.^51^"* <Ju?'r.i. n.1.1. It'Ai".'.
THE SPAJ.DING TRADE-MARK
IS REGISTERED IN THE
UNITED STATES PATENT
OFFICE. AND WE HAVE ALSO
PROTECTED OUR INTERESTS
BY 39 REGISTRATIONS IN
FOREIGN COUNTRIES. IN-
FRINGERS ARE WARNED.
via/ l.ledon.peciAlguu.nlee 1., .Ifehed Vi.=<S MS.: \PALDIM .
m .o certain .rl..le.).nd.eeon,p.nied by. T^J ?rdVOJP^Iy;
as letter from the u.er tivin, hi> n.m« E^J 'A*\\0"'"y/
ty md tddre.^ «nd e«[.l»ioint the cl«im. RS V^«.5>><_--0<i;
THE SPALDING
TRADE WIAF
QUALITY AN
SELLING POLK
ICONSTITUTE THE Solid Foundation of the Spalding Busine
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
SPALDING OFFICIAL ANNUALS
;;o. 1. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE Price lOc.
No. 2. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL FOOT BALL GUIDE Price 10c.
No. 6. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ICE HOCKEY GUIDE Price 10c.
No. 7. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASKET BAIL GUIDE. . . . Price lOc.
No. 7A. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL WOMEN'S BASKET BALL GUIDE. Price lOc.
No. 9. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL INDOOR BASE BALL GUIDE. . Price 10c.
No. 12A. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ATHLETIC RULES. . . . Price 10c.
No. IR. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ATHLETIC ALMANAC. . . Price 25c.
No. 3R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL GOLF GUIDE Price 25c.
No. 55R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL SOCCER FOOT BALL GUIDE. . Price 25c.
No. 57R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL LAWN TENNIS ANNUAL. . . Price 25c.
No. 59R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL RECORD. . . . Price 25c.
SPALDING'S INTERNATIONAL POLO GUIDE. . . . Price 50c.
Specially Bound Series of Athletic Handbooks
Flexible binding:. Mailed postpaid on receipt of 50 cents each
number.
No. 501L. STROKES AND SCIENCE OF LAWN TENNIS
No. 502L. HOW TO PLAY GOLF
No. 503L. HOW TO PLAY FOOT BALL
No. 504L. ART OF SKATING
No. 505L, GET WELL— KEEP WELL
No. 506L. HOW TO LIVE 100 YEARS
No. 507L. HOW TO WRESTLE; TL3IBLING FOR AMATEURS
No. 508L. PROFESSIONAL WRESTLING; JIU JITSU
No. 509L. BOXING; HOW TO PUNCH THE BAG
No. 510L. DUMB BELL EXERCISES
No. 511L. INDIAN CLUB EXERCISES; TENSING EXERCISES
No. 513L. SCIENTIFIC PHYSICAL TRAINING, CARE OF
BODY; 285 HEALTH ANSWERS
No. 513L. WINTER SPORTS
No. 514L. HOW TO BOWL
No. 515L. HOW TO SWIM
No. 516L. CHILDREN'S GAMES
No. 517L. TEN AND TWENTY ]\nNUTE EXERCISES
No. 518L. HINTS ON HEALTH; HEALTH BY ftlUSCULAR
GYMNASTICS
No. 519L. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE
No. 520L. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL FOOT BALL GUIDE
No. 521L. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASKET BALL GUIDE
No. 522L. HOW TO PLAY ICE HOCKEY; SPALDING'S OF-
FICIAL ICE HOCKEY GUIDE
No. 523L. HOW TO PLAY BASE BALL; HOW TO ORGANIZE
A LEAGUE; HOW TO MANAGE A TEAM. ETC.
No. 524L. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL LAWN TENNIS ANNUAL
In addition to above, any 25 cent "Red Cover" book listed in
Spalding's Athletic Library will be bound in flexible binding for
50 cents each; or any two 10 cent " Green Cover " or *' Blue Cover "
books in one volume for 50 cents.
(Continued on the next page.)
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
8-64f
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group I.
' 'Blue Cover '
No. 1
Base Ball
Series, each number 10c.
Spalding's Official Base Ball
Guide
No. 202 How to Play Base Ball
No. 219 Ready Reckoner of Base Ball
No. 223 How to Bat [Percentages
No. 224 How to Play the Outfield
No. 225 How to Play First Base
No. 226 How to Play Second Base
No. 227 How to Play Third Base
No. 228 How to Play Shortstop
No. 229 How to Catch
No. 230 How to Pitch
No. 232 How to Run Bases
No. 350 How to Score
No. 355 Mi nor League Base Ball Guide
r How to Organize a Base Ball
League [Club
How to Organize a Base Ball
How to Manage a Base Ball
No. i Club
231 HowtoTrainaBaseBallTeam
How to Captain a Base Ball
How to Umpire [Team
^Technical Base Ball Terms
No. 356 Official Book National League
of Prof. Base Ball Clubs
No. 9 Spalding's Official Indoor
Base Ball Guide
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. 59R. Official Base Ball Record
(including College records)
Group II. Foot Ball
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 2 Spalding's Official Foot Ball
No. 335 How to Play Rugby [Guide
No. 351 Official Rugby Guide
No. 358 Official College Soccer Guide
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 39R. How to Play Soccer.
No. 47R. How to Play Foot Ball.
No. 55R. Spalding's Official Soccer
Foot Ball Guide.
Group in. Tennis
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 157 How to Play Lawn Tennis
"Green Cover" Sei-ies, each number 10c.
No. IP. How to Play Tennis— For Be-
ginnars. By P. A. Vaile.
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 2R. Strokes and Science of Lawn
Tennis. [tralasia.
No. 42R. Davis Cup Contests in Aus-
No. 57R. Spalding's Official Lawn
"Tennis Annual.
(Continued on
Group IV. Golf
"Green Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 2P. How to Learn Golf.
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 3R. Spalding's Official Golf
No. 4R. How to Play Golf. [Guide.
Group V. Basket Ball
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 7 Spalding's Official Basket Ball
Guide
No. 7a Spalding's Official Women's
Basket Ball Guide
No. 193 How to Play Basket Ball
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 58R. Official Collegiate Basket
Ball Handbook.
Group VI. Skating and Winter Sports
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 6 Spalding's Official Ice Hockey
No. 14 Curling [Guide
No. 209 How to Become a Skater
"Red Cover " Series, %ach number 25c.
No. 8R. The Art of Skating.
No. 20R. How to Play Ice Hockey.
No. 28R. Winter Sports.
Group VII. Field and Track Athletics
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 12a Spalding's Official Athletic
Rules
No. 27 College Athletics
No. 55 Official Sporting Rules
No. 87 Athletic Primer
No. 156 Athletes' Guide
No. 178 How to Train for Bicycling
No. 182 All Around Athletics
No. 255 How to Run 100 Yards
No 259 How to Become a Weight
Thrower
No. 302 Y. M. C. A. Official Handbook
No. 317 Marathon Running
No. 342 Walking for Health and Com-
petition .
"Green Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 3P. How to Become an Athlete.
By James E. Sullivan.
No. 4P. How to Sprint.
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. IR. Spalding's Official Athletic
Almanac. [1912.
No. 17R. Olympic Games. Stockholm,
No. 45R. Intercollegiate Official Hand-
book. [Running.
No. 48R. Distance and Cross Country
the next page.)
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
8-6.16
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group VIII. School Athletics
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 246 Athletic Training for School-
boys
No. 313 Public Schools Athletic
League Official Handbook
No, 331 Schoolyard Athletics
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. 61R. School Tactics and Maze Run-
ning ; Children's Games.
Group IX. Water Sports
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 13c.
No. 128 How to Row
No. 129 Water Polo
"Red Cover ' ' Series, each number 25c.
No. 36R, Speed Swimming.
No. 37R. How to Swim.
No. 60R. Canoeing and Camping.
TKAiin Y Athletic Games for
uroup A. ^^jjjg^ ^^^ gjj.,^
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 314 Girls' Athletics
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 38R. Field Hockey.
No. 41R. Newcomb.
Group XI. Lawn and Field Games
"Blue Cover " Series, each num,ber 10c.
No. 167 Quoits
No. 170 Push Ball
No. 180 Ring Hockey
No. 199 Equestrian Polo
No. 201 How to Play Lacrosse
No. 207 Lawn Bowls
"Red Cover " Series, each number, 25c.
No. 6R. Cricket, and How to Play It.
Group XII. Miscellaneous Games
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 13 Hand Ball
No. 282 Roller Skating Guide
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 43R. Archery, R o q u e , Croquet,
English Croquet, Lawn Hockey,
Tether Ball, Clock Golf, Golf-Croquet,
Hand Tennis, Hand Polo, Wicket
Polo, Badminton, Drawing Room
Hockey, Garden Hockey, Basket
Goal, Volley Ball and Pin Ball.
No. 49R. How to Bowl.
No. 50R. Court Games.
Group XIII. Manly Sports
"Blue Cover ' ' Series, each number 10c.
No. 191 How to Punch the Bag
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. IIR. Fencing Foil Work Illus-
No. 18R. Wrestling. [trated.
No. 19R. Professional Wrestling.
No. 21R. Jiu Jitsu.
No. 25R. Boxing.
No. 30R. The Art of Fencing.
No. 44R. How to Wrestle.
Group XIV. Calisthenics
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 214 Graded Calisthenics and
Dumb Bell Drills
' 'Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. lOR. Single Stick Drill.
No. 16R. Team Wand Drill.
No. 22R. Indian Clubs and Dumb
Bells and Pulley Weights.
No. 24R. Dumb Bell Exercises.
No. 27R. Calisthenic Drills and Fancy
Marching for Class Room.
Group XV. Gymnastics
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 124 How to Become a Gymnast
No, 254 Barnjum Bar Bell Drill
No. 287 Fancy Dumb Bell and March-
ing Drills
''Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 12R, Exercises on the Side Horse,
No, 13R, Horizontal Bar Exercises.
No. 14R. Trapeze, Long Horse and
Rope Exercises, [Rings.
No. 15R, Exercises on the Flying
No, 34R. Grading of Gym. Exercises.
No, 35R, Exercises on Parallel Bars,
No. 40R, Indoor and Outdoor Gym-
nastic Games.
No. 52R, Pyramid Building, with
Wands, Chairs and Ladders
No. 56R. Tumbling for Amateurs and
Ground Tumbling.
Group XVI. Home Exercising
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 149 Scientific Physical Training
and Care of the Body
No. 161 Ten Minutes' Exercise for
No. 185 Hints on Health [Busy Men
No. 238 Muscle Building [nasties.
No. 285 Health by Muscular Gym-
No. 325 Twenty-Minute Exercises
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 7R. Physical TrainingSimplified.
No. 9R. How to Live 100 Years.
No. 23R, Get Well; Keep Well.
No. 32R. Physical Training for the
School and Class Room.
No, 33R. Tensing Exercises.
No. 51R. 285 Health Answers.
No. 54R. Medicine Ball Exercises,
Indigestion Treated by Gymnastics,
Physical Education and Hygiene.
International Polo Guide. , 50c,
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
8-6-16
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group VI No. 6
Official
Ice Hockey
I916
S^^'
PUBLISHED BY
AMERICAN SPORTS PUBLISHING CO.
21 Warren Street, New York
Copyright, 1915, by American Sports Publisliing Company.
(S)CiA
Gontentsi
i>age
Ice Hockey Prospects for 1916 5
The American Amateur tlockey League of New York 7
Championship Whinners 12
All-League Team 13
Intercollegiate Hockey Season , 13
All-collegiate Team 17
Hockey Records 21
Special Events in New York City 24
Canadian Professional New York Post-Season Series 27
Ice Hockey in the Colleges and Schools 29
Dartmouth College 29
Williams College 29
Massachusetts Agricultural College 29
St. Peter's College 31
Phillips Exeter Acadeni}- 31
Phillips Andover Academy 33
Curtis High School 33
East High School 35
Hartford Puhlic High School 35
Amateur Hockey in Cleveland 37
Ice Hockey to "Come Back" in Pittsburgh 44
Ice Hockey in Alilwaukee 45
■HDckey in St. Paul 47
Ice Hockey in Newark, N. J . . . ; 48
Amateur Hockey in Oregon 49
Laws and Championship Rules of the A. A. H. L 53
Ontario Hockey Association Rules 65
Laws Across Border 69
Eastern Canada Rules 74
Laws of the Intercollegiate Hockey League 76
I -^i. cv^-i:
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Ice Hockey Prospects for 1916
Ice hockey and skating in general will attain unparalleled
favor this season, every indication pointing to a vogue and boom
such as ice sports have not heretofore experienced in the United
States. With new rinks in Pittsburgh, Seattle and other cities,
ice hockey will receive such an impetus that it is hard to restrain
the limit of prediction of what a few years may bring forth
when the full realization of what a speedy, scientific and thrill-
ing exhibition a game of hockey really is.
xA-lthough at present writing plans have not been fully ma-
tured for this season's contests among local players in Boston,
Xew York and Pittsburgh, matches between representatives of
those municipalities are a foregone conclusion and as eagerly
awaited by the local fans as are the premier events in other
branches of sport.
In the college arena, with the recessary changes due to gradu-
ation each year, it is practically impossible to forecast the
strength of any team and such selection at this time would be
presumptuous, but undoubtedly teams of institutions which have
the benefit of en-closed rinks will devote more time than ever
to practice, while those who are obliged to confine their work
to the out of doors are hoping for sufficiently seasonable atmos-
pheric conditions as will enable them to become proficient in
their favorite pastime.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
The American Amateur Hockey League
of New York, Season 1914-13
By Tom Howard.
The fact of the Boston A. A. joining the American Amateur
Hockey League and entering a team in the championship series
greatly increased the interest in amateur hockey circles the
past season. Not since away back in 1900, when the old Phila-
delphia Hockey Team, captained by George Orton, were mem-
bers of the league, had any but Greater New York teams
played in the American Amateur Hockey League championship
series.
Pre-season estimates favored the champion St. Nicholas Club,
now having that sterling player, Hobcy Baker, in their ranks,
to repeat over their success of the previous season. It was
the general opinion, however, that the new entry from Boston
would be a strong contender for first honors. From early
indications it did not appear that any of the three other mem-
bers of the league, Crescents, Irish-Americans and Hockey
Club, would develop the necessary strength to seriously endanger
the St. Nick title.
The championship season opened at the St. Nicholas Rink,
New York, on January 5, when the Irish-American A. C. team
defeated the Hockey Club of New York, 5 to 2, neither team
showing much class. On January 7 the champion St. Nicks took
the ice against the Crescent A. C. of Brookl}^, Hobey Baker
making his first appearance in league hockey. The former
Princetonian playing a brilliant game for St. Nicholas, they had
little trouble winning the game, 5 to 2. On January 14, both
teams playing mediocre hockey, the Crescents won from the
Irish-Americans in an extra period game by the score of 4 to 3.
January 16 brought together Boston A. A. and St. Nicholas
in Boston before what was said to be the largest crowd that
had ever witnessed a hockey match in that city, B. A. A. being
pretty well thought of to win on their own ice. This they
managed to do after a hard fought game that went into an
extra period, the game ending 4 to 3 in favor of B. A. A.
While Carnochan played his usual dependable game in goal,
Baker was the main strength of the New York team, working
8 SPALDING'S ATHLE'iiC LIBRARY.
like a Trojan throughout and scoring all the goals credited to
his side. By winning this game B. A. A, took the lead in the
race.
January 20 saw St. Nicholas take the Hockey Club into
camp, to the tune of 2 to 0. Lewis, in goal for the Hockey Club,
playing an exceptionally strong game, prevented the title holders
from running up a much larger score. The forward line of
the Hockey Club was lamentably weak.
On January 23 B. A. A. made their first appearance in New
York as members of the league, meeting the Crescents. Although
B. A. A. did not get going until well into the second half, they
ran away with the game, 8 to 3. At Boston January 28, B. A. A.
continued their winning pace and put the Irish-Americans further
down the column, beating them 4 to 2.
In a hard fought game on January 29 between Hockey Club
and Crescents that required an extra period to decide. Hockey
Club suffered their third defeat, Crescents taking the game
3 to 2. The St. Nicks then came througli with two easily
earned victories, defeating the. Irish-Americans 5 to 1 on Feb-
ruary 4, and on February 10 shutting out the Crescents 5 to 0,
this being their second victory of the season over the Crescents.
In both of these games it could be seen that St. Nicks were
coming along strong. Baker had the balance of the line working
better with him, Cox and Captain Ellis in particular showing
marked improvement in their play, Carnochan putting up a
remarkably good game in goal, and Mace Tilney, their sub-goal,
showing form that would relieve them of all anxiety should
Carnochan not be able to play at any time.
As the season advanced it looked as if early prognostications
were well founded and that championship honors would rest
between B. A, A. and St. Nick, the Unicorn team holding the
lead with a string of victories, one of them being over St.
Nicholas, their most dangerous opponents. St. Nicholas got
on even terms with the Boston aggregation and B. A. A. cham-
pionship aspirations received a shock when, on February 13, in
New York, to the surprise of all hockey followers, the Hockey
Club — the then tailenders — scored over the team from Boston
by the count of 4 to 1, B. A. A. playing a very disappointing
game, while the Hockey Club played with a dash and skill
entirely unexpected.
The several recent changes in the Hockey Club lineup had
improved the play of this team to a noticeable extent, and they
continued their winning gait and jumped into Ihird place, when
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 9
on February 16 they defeated the Irish-Americans 4 to 1, making
up for the one administered to them by the wearers of the
Winged Fist in the opening game of the season.
B. A. A. nosed through to a victory February 20, when, on
Boston ice, they won from Crescents 3 to 2, and in New York
? week later were lucky to win from the Irish-Americans, 7 to 6,
in overtime play, Hopkins of the Hub team scoring the deciding
goal on a pass from Hicks that looked to be at least six feet
offside. In this game the green-shirted boys certainly played
in hard luck, McCarthy of the Irish seven accidentally scoring
a goal for B. A. A, in the first period.
St. Nicholas had in the meantime stopped the Hockey Club's
recently developed winning spurt by shutting them out 3 to 0
on February 24.
Entering the final stretch of the race and judging from the
respective form shown by St. Nicholas and B. A. A. — the other
teams being no longer in the running — the odds appeared to be
on St. Nicholas to retain the championship.
Hockey Club and Crescents came together in their second
meeting on March 2. The New Mooners started off with a
rush, making the count 2 to 0 in the first ten minutes of play.
Hockey Club then came to life, scoring four in a row before
the bell rang for half time, and in the second period adding one
more, blanking their opponents and taking the game 5 to 2,
thereby retaining third place.
Supporters of St. Nicholas were given a scare on the evening
of March 5, when it looked for a time as if they were going
down to defeat before the Irish-Americans, the Hibernians lead-
ing, 1 to 0, up to the last ten minutes of the game, and St.
Nicholas, all through the game, seeming not to be able to get
their stride. Cree of the Irish-Americans, who had been cover-
ing Baker all evening, got a bad bump and retired from the
game. The accident fo their fast rover put the Irishmen "off
their trolley" as it were, and before they knew it St. Nick had
tied the score. The Irish-Americans tlien lost their grip com-
pletely, and the entire St. Nick line, working together at top
speed, ran in goal after goal, turning what for a time looked like
defeat into a complete rout, the final score flashed on the board
reading St. Nicholas 7, Irish-Americans 1.
B. A. A. held on to its tie with St. Nicholas for first place by
a victory over Hockey Club in the Boston Arena March 6,
shutting out the team from New York in a slow, uninteresting
game, score 3-0.
10 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Crescents and Irish-Americans made their final appearance of
the season in league games when they lined up against one
another on March 9, Crescents taking the game without much
trouble, 5 to 1, and by winning it earning a tie with the Hockey
Club for third place, leaving the Irishmen to occupy the cellar
position by themselves.
Interest centered on the St. Nicholas-B. A. A. game, that
would decide the championship, to be played in New York on
March 11. The night of the game the rink was packed to the
rafters. The New York team went on the ice decided favorites.
For just six minutes it looked as if the dope was to be upset
and that the Beantown aggregation would travel back with the
title. The entire St. Nicholas team appeared nervous and unable
to get going, and in just 5 minutes and 50 seconds the Boston
team had scored twice. Hicks and Clifford being responsible
for the counts. With that 2 to 0 looking down at them from the
score board, St. Nicholas pulled themselves together and for
the rest of the contest the visitors were outplayed in every
department, I'ox putting St. Nick in the score column as the
timer's watch showed seven minutes of play, and two minutes
later Baker, taking the piick the length of the rink through the
whole Boston team, the scoreboard flashed 2-2. Baker put his
team in the lead three minutes before half time when he scored
from a scrimmage in front of the visitors' cage. In the second
period Boston was never in the hunt. In less than five minutes
of play Ellis added another for St. Nicks, and the irresistible
Baker coming through a few minutes later shook the net with
a long shot for the last score of the night, making the final
count 5 to 2 and adding another leg for the St. Nicholas Club
on the championship trophy of the American Amateur Hockey
League. The line-up in the deciding game:
St. Nicholas. * Boston A. A.
Carnochan goal Chadwick
Trimble point Robbins
Willets cover point Huntington
Baker rover Hicks
Ellis center Clifford
Cox left wing Hopkins
Fox right wing Hornblower
Following were the players taking part in championship
games :
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. H
St. Nicholas H. C. — Ellis (captain), Baker, Cox, Turrell, Fox,
Willetts, Trimble, Carnochan, Tilney, Fraser-Campbell. von
Bernuth.
Boston A. A. — Huntington (captain). Chad wick. Robbins,
Hopkins. Osgood, Hutchinson, Hicks, Smart, Clifford, Horn-
blower,
Hockey Ckib of New York — Lewis (captain), White, Britton,
Garon, T. Smith, Mackenzie, Macdonnell, Young, Conway, Mac-
Donald, W. Baton.
Crescent A. C. — Tod Browne (captain), Ballin, B. Smart, Shir-
reff. C. Martin, Hallock, Liffiton, Crovat, Blakeslee, Murray, A.
Smith.
Irish-American A. C. — McGrath (captain). McCarthy, Kelly,
Cree, Claffy, Dufresne, Harmon, Dion, Loucks, Abrahams, Klem-
mer, O'Keefe, Hewitt.
The official record of the championship games of the American
Amateur Hockey League for the season of 1914-15 is as follows,
games being all played at St. Nicholas Rink, New York, unless
otherwise noted :
Jan. 5. Irish- Americans 5, Hockey Club 2.
" 7. St. Nicholas 5. Crescents 2.
** 14. *Crescents 4, Irish-Americans .3.
" 16. *Boston A. A. 4, St. Nicholas 3, at Boston.
" 20. St. Nicholas 2, Hockey Club 0.
" 23. Boston A. A. 8, Crescents 3.
" 28. Boston A. A. 4, Irish-Americans 2, at Boston.
" 29. ^Crescents 3. Hockey Club 2.
Feb. 4. St. Nicholas 5. Irish-Americans 1.
" 10. St. Nicholas 5, Crescents 0.
" 13. Hockey Club 4, Boston A. A. 1.
" 16. Hocke}^ Club 5, Irish-Americans 1.
" 20. Boston A. A. 4, Crescents 3, at Boston.
" 24. St. Nicholas 3. Hockey Club 0.
" 27. *Boston A. A. 7, Irish-Americans 6.
Mrr. 2. Hocke}^ Club 5, Crescents 2.
" 5. St. Nicholas 7, Irish-Americans 1.
" 6. Boston A. A. 3, Hockey Clu1) 0, at Boston.
" 9. Crescents 5, Irish-Americans 1.
•" 11. St. Nicholas 5, Boston A. A. 2.
*Extra period game.
12 SPALDING'S ATDLETIC LIBRARY.
STANDING OF THE TEAMS.
Goals Opponents
Team. Won. Lost. Scored. Scored. PC.
.St. Nicholas 7 1 35 10 .875
Boston A. A 6 2 33 26 .750
Hockey Club 3 5 18 20 .375
Crescents .'. 3 5 22 33 .375
Irish-Americans ' 1 7 20 39 .125
The ten leading scorers of the season were :
Baker, St. Nicholas 18 McGrath, Irish-Americans. 6
Hicks. Boston A. A 10 Elhs, St. Nicholas 6
Cox, St. Nicholas 9 Macdonnell, Hockey Club.. 6
Hallock, Crescents 8 Hutchinson. Boston A. A.. 6
Crovat, Crescents 7 Smart, Boston A. A 6
CHAMPIONSHIP WINNERS.
The table of championship teams since the founding of the
American Amateur Hockey League is shown in the attached
schedule :
1896-97— New York Athletic Club.
1897-98— New York Athletic Club.
1898-99— Brooklyn Skating Club.
1899-1900— Crescent Athletic Club.
1900-01— Crescent Athletic Club.
1901-02— Crescent Athletic Club.
1902-03— Crescent Athletic Club.
1903-04— Wanderers Hockey Club.
1904-05— Crescent Athletic Club.
1905-06— Crescent Athletic Club.
1906-07— St. Nicholas Skating Club.
1907-08— Crescent Athletic Club.
1908-09— New York Athletic Club.
1909-10— New York Athletic Club.
1910-11— Crescent Athletic Club.
1911_12_Crescent Athletic Club.
1912-13— Hockev Club of New York.
1913-14— St. Nicholas Skating Club.
1914-15— St. Nicholas Skating Club,
\
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 13
AMERICAN AMATEUR HOCKEY LEAGUE "ALL
LEAGUE" TEAM, 1914-15.
By Tom Howard.
Drawing a rlistinction between an all-star and choice hockey
team, the following on form and all around playing ability
shown during the 1914-15 season, are without doubt entitled to
first selection for an All League lineup :
Carnochan goal St. Nicholas
Browne . . .^ point Crescent A. C.
Huntington cover point Boston A. A.
Baker rover St. Nicholas
Hicks center Boston
McCarthy right wing Irish-American A. C.
Cree . ., left wing Irish-American A. C.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 15
Intercollegiate Hockey, Season 1914-13
By Tom Howard.
While the caliber of hockey played in intercollegiate circles
during the winter of 1914-15 was not consistently good, never-
theless the best of it was on the whole about on a par with any
of the amateur hockey being played today. The feature events
were the games between Harvard, Princeton, Yale and Dart-
mouth.
Harvard won their series with Yale, taking two games in
succession out of the three scheduled, the first in Boston on
January 30, 4 to 2, and the second in New Haven on February
23, 3 to 1, Harvard also captured two straight games from
Princeton, January 16, in New York, score 4 to 1, and, on Boston
ice, January 23, repeating over old Nassau by the count of 5 to 1.
Darmouth, with the best team yet turned out from Hanover,
defeated Harvard at Boston January 20, the boys in dark green
denting the Harvard goal four times, while the wearers of the
Crimson could only get the puck past the Dartmouth goal guard
twice.
Yale, losing the Harvard series, scored a victory over the
strong Dartmouth team in New Haven on February 8, the
count being 4 to 1 against the boys from New Hampshire. The
Yale-Princeton series went the three games, Yale getting the
first in New York on January 27, 3 to 1. In New Haven, on
February \1, Princeton turned the tables, winning 2 to 1, and
three days later, in New York, Yale captured the deciding game
3 to 1.
Princeton went down before the fast Dartmouth team in
Boston on January 13, 4 to 1..
The McGill Universit}^ team of Montreal, always rated high
in Canadian intercollegiate hockey, defeated Harvard on the
Boston rink, 1 to 0, the evening of February 5. The following
night, in New York, McGill lined up against Yale, the repre-
sentatives of Old Eli going through the Canadians with a score
of 7 to 3.
Hockey now being very generally played by most of the col-
leges in the Northeastern States, has become a recognized winter
sport with them. Every season the quality of play shows an
advance and a number of particularly good players are to be
seen in the ranks of the college men, many of them undoubtedly
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 17
worthy of a place on any high class team. Of the players seen
on the ice last winter the following in particular might be men-
tioned in this respect: Wylde, Phillips, Morgan, Claflin and
Townsend of Harvard; York, Schiller, vSweney, Herron, Bur-
gess and ATacdonald of Yale; Ford, Cohu, J. Humphreys and G.
Peacock of Princeton; Donahue, Wanamaker, Tuck and Murchie
of Dartmouth.
ALL-COLLEGIATE SEVEN.
By Tom Howard.
In picking a lineup for a representative intercollegiate team
the following, in the writer's opinion, should be first choice :
Wylde goal Harvard
Morgan point Harvard
Hill cover point Cornell
Sweney rover Yale
Phillips center Harvard
Wanamaker right wing Dartmouth
Tuck left wing Dartmouth
Wylde of Harvard, at goal, is first choice by a small margin
over several excellent goal-keepers.
Morgan of Harvard, at point, a heady, calculating player,
combined with his speed, stick handling and the ability to score,
was next to Phillips, the most valuable man Harvard had.
Hill of Cornell, at cover-point, was not an easy man to evade,
and while he did not always show the best judgment when on
the offensive, he is very fast, a good stick handler and has a
powerful shot.
Sweney of Yale, at rover, was without doubt the most aggres-
sive player and the best defensive forward in college hockey the
past season ; as an all around player he ranks with the very best
the game has produced in this countr}^
Phillips of Harvard, at center, was a very heady player and
a clever stick handler. He also ranks with the best the game
has produced, and was by far the most valuable man on the
Harvard team.
Wanamaker and Tuck of Dartmouth, on the wings, are fast,
aggressive players and good stick handlers, and with Murchie
and Donahue, the goal guard, v/ere the backbone of the Dart-
mouth team.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIKRARY. 19
COLLEGE HOCKEY SEASON 1914-15.
Dec. 16. Yale 1, New Haven H. C. 4 At New Haven
" 17. Harvard 6, Mass. Tech. 2 At Boston
" 19. Yale 5, Crescent A. C. 6 At New York
" 22. Yale '6, St. Paul Sch., Concord, N. H. 2. .At New York
" 23. Princeton 5, Irish-Arherican A. C. 2 At New York
" 25. Dartmouth 2, Ottawa College 3. At Boston
" 29. Princeton 4, Cornell 1 At New York
" 31. Dartmouth 4, Mass. Aggies 2 At Boston
Jan. 2. Princeton 1, Boston A. A. 4 At Boston
6. Columbia 2, WiUiams 4. At New York
6. Harvard 1, Queens Varsity 2 At Boston
6. Yale 5, Mass. Aggies 2. .At New Haven
" 7. Columbia 0, Mass. Aggies 5. ........ .At New Haven
8. Yale 4, WilHams 2 At New Haven
9. Princeton 3, Williams 1 At New York
9. Harvard 8, Cornell 1 At Boston
9. Mass. Aggies 7, Army 1 At West Point
" 13. Dartmouth 4, Princeton 1 At Boston
" 13. Yale 5, Mass. Tech. 3 At New Haven
" 16. Harvard 4, Princeton 1 At New York
" 16.' Yale 2, Toronto Varsity 3 At Toronto
" 18. Columbia 4, Trinity 3 At New York
" 20. Dartmouth 4, Harvard 2 At Boston
" 23. Yale 4, Cornell 2 At New Haven
" 23. Harvard 5, Princeton 1 At Boston
" 27. Yale 3, Princeton 1 At New York
" 30. Yale 2, Harvard 4. . . .-. At Boston
Feb. 3. Harvard 4, Mass. Aggies 0 At Boston
" 4. Dartmouth 4, Mass. Tech. 1 At Hanover
5. Columbia 1, Cornell 7 At Ithaca
5. Harvard 0, McGill 1 At Boston
6. Yale 7, McGill 3 At New York
8. Yale 4, Dartmouth 1. At New Haven
" 10. Columbia 2, Army 1 At West Point
" 12. Harvard 4. St. Nicholas 3 At Boston
" 13. Yale 3. St. Nicholas 4 At New Haven
" 17. Yale 1, Princeton 2 At New Haven
" 20. WiUiams 3, Mass. Aggies 0 At Williamstown
" 20. Yale 3, Princeton 1 , At New York
" 23. Yale 1, Harvard 3 At New Haven
" 27. Dartmouth 1, St. Nicholas 4 At Boston
1, McLean; 2, Redfield; 3, Ford; 4, Weart, Mgr.; 5, House; 6, Smith; 7, Man-
gan; 8, Brimdred, Capt. 1916; 9, Strong, Capt. 1915; 10, Meneely.
UNITED STATES MILITARY ACADEMY, WEST POINT, N. Y.
White, Photo.
H
tO^MU^f 3
i
pjjl^r? '
^^^
■
^
fi*^^
fm
IP^^kJ
^^CJ
9H
m ''
p^ ^^-^
rPy^^H
■fern '^V
il^
M
- \i^^A
|a
Jm
^^^
^Lr^^^b
m
'- -^. ^
1, Maslen, Mgr.; 2, Shahan, Asst. Mgr.; 3, Craire; 4. Tilly; 5, Kelly; 6, Liv-
ingston; 7, Egge; 8, Bower; S, Mathews, Asst. Mgr.; 10, Dunn; 11, Tryon;
12. Page, Captain: 13, Woodworth; 14, Griswold; 15, Tracy; 16, Huntington;
17, McQuide; IS, Thompson.
RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, TROY, N. Y,
Tonklin, Photo.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
21
Hockey Records, Season 1914^-15
HARVARD.
Dec. 17. Harvard 6, Mass. Tech. 2 At Boston
" 19. Harvard 1, Boston A. A. 3 At Boston
Jan. 6. Harvard 1, Queen's Varsity 2 At Boston
9. Harvard 8, Cornell 1 At Boston
" 16. Harvard 4, Princeton 1 At New York
" 20. Harvard 2, Dartmouth 4 At Boston
" 23. Harvard 5, Princeton 1 At Boston
" 30. Harvard 4, Yale 2 At Boston
Feb. 3. Harvard 4, Mass. Aggies 0 At Boston
5. Harvard 0, McGill Varsity 1 . .At Boston
" 13. Harvard 4, St. Nicholas 3 At Boston
" 23. Harvard 3, Yale 1 At New Haven
YALE.
Dec. 16. Yale 1, New Haven H. C. 4 At New Haven
" 19. Yale, 5, Crescent A. C. 6 At New York
" 22. Yale 6, St. Paul Sch., Concord, N. H., 2. .At New York
Jan. 6. Yale 5, Mass. Aggies 2 At New Haven
8. Yale 4, Williams 2 At New Haven
" 13. Yale 5, Mass. Tech. 3 At New Haven
" 16. Yale 2, Toronto Varsity 3. . . ; x^t Toronto
" 23. Yale 4, Cornell 2 At New Haven
" 27. Yale 3, Princeton 1 At New York
" 30. Yale 2, Harvard 4 At Boston
Feb. 6. Yale 7, McGill 3 At New York
8. Yale 4, Dartmouth 1 At New Haven
" 13. Yale 3, St. Nicholas 4 At New Haven
" 17. Yale 1, Princeton 2 At New Haven
" 20. Yale 3. Princeton 1 At New York
" 23. Yale 1, Harvard 3 At New Haven
DARTMOUTH.
Dec. 25. Dartmouth 2. Ottawa College 3 At Boston
" 31. Dartmouth 4. Mass. Aggies 2 At Boston
Jan. 13. Dartmouth 4, Princeton 1 At Boston
" 20. Dartmouth 4. Harvard 2 At Boston
Feb. 4. Dartmouth 4, Mass. Tech 1 At Hanover
" 8. Dartmouth 1, Yale 4 At New Haven
" 27. Dartmouth 1. St. Nicholas 4 At Boston
^V ^- ^^^^^"^"',.2' H"bboll; 3, Swain; 4, D. Coleman; 5, Rochester; 6, Hedden,
Asst'M r ''''' ^''^'^•' ^' ^^'-^'^"i^e; 10, Cole; 11, Brumbaugh;
WILLIAMS COLLEGE, WILLIAMSTOWN, MASS.
f ''■§
4. .0m,
TECHNICAL HIGH SCHOOL, PROVIDENCE, R. J.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 25
PRINCETON.
Dec. 22). Princeton 5, Irish-American A. C. 2 At New York
" 29. Princeton 4, Cornell 1 At New York
Jan. 2. Princeton 1, Boston A. A. 4 h.\. Boston
9. Princeton 3, Williams 1 At New York
" 13. Princeton 1, Dartmouth 4 At Boston
" 16. Princeton 1, Harvard 4 At New York
" 23. Princeton 1, Harvard 5 At Boston
" 27. Princeton 1, Yale 3 At New York
Feb. 17. Princeton 2, Yale 1 At New Haven
" 20. Princeton 1, Yale 3 ...,At New York
BOSTON A. A.
" 29.
Jan. 2.
" 16.
" 19.
" 23.
" 28.
Feb. 2.
" 13.
" 17.
" 20.
" 24.
" 27.
Mar. 3.
" 6.
" 11.
" 17.
" 20.
" 24.
" 27.
" .30.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Boston A.
Harvard 1.
Ottawa University 8.
Toronto University 1.
Princeton 1.
St. Nicholas 3.
Arena Hockey Club 6.
Crescent A. C. 3.
Irish-American A. C. of N. Y. 3.
Arena Hockey Club 4.
Hockey Club of New York 4.
.A.rena Hockey Club 3.
Crescent A. C, 3.
Hochelaga Hockey Club 4
Irish- American A. C. of N. Y. 6.
Cleveland Hockey Club 4.
Hockey Club of New York 0.
St. Nicholas 5.
Arena Hockey Club 8.
Arena Hockey Club 6.
Arena Hockey Club 4.
Arena Hockey Club 7.
Arena Hocke}' Club 4.
24 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Special Events in New York City
By Tom Howard,
The hockey team of St. Paul's School of Concord, N. H.—
that famous nursery of hockey— made their annual pilgrimage to
New York on December 22, lining up against Yale, the game
attracting the usual large and fashionable audience. The 'varsity
team, although compelled to play at top form, had little trouble
scoring a victory over the school boys, the first half ending 5 to 0
in favor of the college men. In the second half Yale, easing up
to some extent, added one more, while the St. Paul's boys, playing
with more confidence than in the first period, punctured the Yale
goal for two, making the final count 6 to 2 in favor of the col-
legians. The game was fast and cleanly played throughout, the
referees, Hobey Baker of Princeton and x^rcher Harmon of
Yale, not finding it necessary to even warn a player.
The St. Paul team, as always, was composed of a clean-cut lot
of young athletes, out to play for all they were worth, but was
not, however, up to the standard of St. Paul's School teams of
some other years. The lineup of the two teams follows :
Yale 6. St. Paul's School 2.
Schiller goal Stuart
Herron point Schreiber, Capt.
Bierwirth cover-point Marshall
S wcney, Capt rover Henriques
Dickey center Conover
Murray left wing Ingalls
Macdonald right wing Robinson
Substitutes for St. Paul--Walker, Ward, Wortley, Allan.
Goals for Yale— Macdonald 3, Sweney 2, Murray 1. Goals for
St. Paul's — Conover 2.
The St. Nicholas team of New York, in addition to winning
the American Amateur Hockey League championship, played a
number of exhibition games against representative Canadian
amateur teams, in every case scoring a victory over the players
from across the border. Following is the record of St. Nicholas
oyer the Canadians and the Hneups ;
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 25
Dec. 26. St. Nicholas 7, Toronto Varsity 6.
Jan. 2. St. Nicholas 6, Victorias of Montreal 1.
Jan. 30. St. Nicholas 3, Toronto Argonauts 2.
i'eb. 20. St. Nicholas 4. Queen's Varsity 1.
Mar. 16. St. Nicholas 5. St. Michaels, Toronto, 1.
Toronto 'Varsity— Goal, Levesque ; point, Mathers; cover-
point, Sandercock; rover3 Wilson; center, Smith; left wing,
Milne ; right wing, Murray.
Victorias of Montreal — Goal, Law; point, Ekers; cover-point,
Darling; rover, Mowat; center. Slater; left wing, Sargent; right
wing, Magee.
Toronto Argonauts — Goal, Gilbert; point. Davidson; cover-
point, Caldwell; rover, Warwick; center, Webster; left wing,
Hicks ; right wing. Young.
Queen's 'Varsity of Kingston, Ont. — Goal. Smith; point, God-
dard ; cover-point, Whyte ; rover, Rappold ; center. Box ; left
wing, McKinnon ; right wing, Dobson.
St. Michael's of Toronto — Goal, Rricker; point, Murphy;
cover-point, Merrick ; rover, Rankin ; center, LaFlamme ; left
wing, McCamus ; right wing, Richardson.
Against the Canadians the St. Nicholas used the following
players : Carnochan, Trimble, Willetts, Ra-ker, Ellis, Cox, Fox,
von Bernuth, Kelner, Eraser-Campbell.
1, Prodgers; 2, Lefabvre, Trainer; 3, O'Grady: 4, Kussell; 5, Baker; 6, 0. Cleg-
horn; 8, Boyce; 9, Boone; 10, Smith; 11, Hyland; 12, McCarthy; 13, S. Cleghorn;
14, Koberts; 15, "Gene," Mascot. O'Neil, Photo.
WANDERERS, MONTREAL, CAN.
Professionals.
1, Marchand: 2, Fournior; 3, Dorval; 4, Pitre; 5, Dnbeau: (J, Corheau; 7, Scott;
8, Berlanguette; 9, Gardner; 10, Vezina; 11, Laviolette; 12, Bawlf.
LES CANADIENS, MONTREAL, CAN.
Professionals. O'Neil, Photo.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 27
Canadian Professional New York Post-
Season Series
By Tom Howard.
The 1914-15 New York hockey season was brought to a close
with the Canadian professional games between the Wanderers of
Montreal, Quebec and Les Canadiens of Montreal. The games
were only fairly well patronized, not seeming to create the in-
terest of former years, and the hockey shown by the profes-
sionals was not up to the usual standard that is expected from
the exponents of the game from its home across the border.
The series went to the Wanderers. Meeting Les Canadiens
in the opening games, they eliminated the Frenchmen with a
total of 14 goals to 10, the first game, on March 18, going to
Wanderers, 8 to 7, and the second. 6 to 3, two nights later.
Wanderers lined up against Quebec for the first game of the
finals on March 23. and in ^ heavy scoring contest got first blood,
15 to 12. With a lead of three goals for the Montreal represen-
tatives, they faced each other again the following night, and
the Wanderers, never being headed, came through with 12 more
to the Quebecs' 6, making the total count 21 to 18, with first
money going to Wanderers.
Following were the players seen in the professional games:
Wanderers — Goal, McCarthy ; point, Prodgers ; cover-point, S.
Cleghorn ; center, Hyland ; right wing, O. Cleghorn ; left wing,
Roberts. Substitutes : Baker, O'Grady, Boyce.
Quebec — Goal, Moran ; point, Ritchie ; cover-point, McNamara';
center, Malone ; right wing, T. Smith; left wing, McDonald.
Substitutes: Marks, Walsh.
Les Canadiens — Goal, Vezina ; point, Dubeau ; cover-point, Cor-
beau ; center, Laviolette ; right wing, Pitre ; left wing, Fournier,
Substitutes: Berlinquette, Bawlf, Marchand, Dorval.
1 Coll- 2, Brown; 3, O'Connor; 4, Todd; 5, Percy; 6. Niite; 7. Comerford;
Wright, Mgr.; 9, LoWe, Capt.; 10, Martin; 11, Walker; 12, Clough.
PHILLIPS EXETER ACADEMY, EXETER, N. H.
1 Flynn Mgr.; 2, Sandford; 3, Coxe; 4, Neilly: 5, Walthew;
li'ams; 8, Ashley, Capt.; 9, Bishop; 10, Brough.
Crane; 7, Wil-
PHILLIPS ANDOVER ACADEMY, ANDOVER, MASS.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 29
Ice Hockey in the Colleges and Schools
DARTMOUTH COLLEGE.
Three men, Captain Tuck, Wanamaker and Donahue, all found
places on practically every choice of the first All-Collegiate team,
while Murchie, this year's captain, and Holmes were universally
conceded places on the second seven. The regular lineup con-
sisted of Tuck, Tyler, Holmes and Wanamaker. forwards ; Mur-
chie. cover-point; Currier, point; Donahue, goal. Bowler, Liver-
more and Reycroft were carried as substitutes.
Uncertain ice conditions at Hanover and the necessity of long
out-of-town trips for the majority of the games still loom up as
barriers which every Dartmouth hockey team has to cross. Every
year sees an increase in the popularity of the sport at Hanover,
a popularity which the successes of the teams of the past few
seasons has done much to bring about.
The officials for this season are : Richard Parkhurst,
manager; P. L. Melvin. assistant manager; H. F. Murchie, cap-
tain, and J. E, Ingersoll, Graduate manager.
The results of last season's games were as follows:
Dartmouth 2 — Ottawa University 3 (extra period game) ; A —
Massachusetts Aggies 2 ; 4 — Princeton 1 ; 4 — Harvard 2 ; 1 — Yale
4 (extra period game) ; 4 — Massachusetts Institute of Technology
1 ; A — Bishop's College, Lenoxville, P. Q., 2 ; 1 — St. Nicholas 4.
WILLIAMS COLLEGE.
As elsewhere in New England, uncertain weather conditions
played an important part in the hockey schedule. The list of
scores, as furnished by Manager Donald D. Brumbaugh, was as
follows :
Williams 2— M. A. C. 0; 6— Columbia 2: 2— Yale 4; 1— Prince-
ton 3; 1 — Harvard 9; 2 — Springfield 1 ; 3 — Rensselaer Polytechnic
0; 3 — Massachusetts Institute of Technology 0.
MASSACHUSETTS AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE.
The team was greatly handicapped by lack of good ice to prac-
tice on, but in spite of this, developed a fair amount of teamwork.
The captain of this year's team is Raymond L. Chisolm, of
1 n'TnniP- 9 Tohn T. Siillivan Mgr. : 3, Mr. Parsons, S. J., Head Coach; 4,
krHrsfj-^t^n^an'^-e'tufoahyrT. P-' C. Walsh. Capt.; B MeCormaek; 9,
Riley; 10, G. Noonan. Hairison, i-noro.
ST. PETER'S COLLEGE, JERSEY CITY, N. J.
1, Hennessy; 2, Adams; 3, Shanley; 4, Ryan; 5, Stier; 6, Woodward; 7, Buck-
hout; 8, J. Amy, Mgr. ; 9, Keresey, Capt.; 10, Benziger; 11, P. Amy.
LOYOLA SCHOOL, NEW YORK CITY.
Fischl & Hartman, Photo.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 31
Melrose, Mass., and the manager is Chas. A. Huntington Jr., of
Poquonock, Conn. The scores of the season were as follows:
Massachusetts Agricultural College 0 — Williams 2 ; 8 — Rensse-
laer Poly 0; 2— Dartmouth 4; 2— Princeton 3; 2— Yale 5; 5—
Columbia 0; 7— West Point 1; 4— Springfield Y. M. C. A. 3;
2 — Massachusetts Institute of Technology 0; 0 — Harvard 4.
ST. PETER'S COLLEGE.
St. Peter's had a very good hockey team last season, meeting
the fastest teams in "prep" and amateur circles in and about New
York. Eighteen games were played, of which thirteen were vic-
tories, four were lost and one tied. They defeated practically
every good "prep" school team in New Jersey, with the exception
of Stevens School. As Stevens had defeated all other schools,
including Lawrenceville, St. Peter's and Stevens had strong
claims for the State championship. In the first game between
St. Peter's and Stevens the score was a tie, 2-2. St. Peter's
was the first team to give Stevens a hard battle in two years. St.
Peter's lost the second game, 7-0.
Although defeated by Cutler School. St. Peter's was the first
to score on Cutler in the season of 1915. The score was 3-2. The
Yale Freshmen game at the New Haven Arena was a stirring
contest. The latter team was composed of Andover and St. Paul
stars, but nevertheless St. Peter's put up a strong battle, and not
. until the last six minutes was there a certainty of the winner.
The score was 5-2, in the favor of the Freshmen.
St, Peter's defeated many strong teams, including Loyola
School, Carlton Academy, South Side H. S., Dickinson H. S.,
Elizabeth Country Club (composed of Princeton second string
men) and others.
The stars of the team were Noonan and Captain Walsh. These
were the heavy scorers, Noonan being the best scorer and Cap-
tain Walsh his close second. Both men were brilliant players.
Manager John L. Sullivan is arranging a strong schedule and has
no fears for the outcome.
PHILLIPS EXETER ACADEMY.
Phillips Exeter had an unusually successful season last year.
Seven teams were met and defeated, while one game resulted in
a tie. The annual game with Andover resulted in a 5-0 victory
for Exeter.
The 1915 team was one of the best in the history of ice-sport
1 Solomon; 2, Weatherdon; 3, Saacke: 4, Quinlan; 5, Zobel; 6,
Vischer, Mgr.; 8, Wood. Capt.; 9, Brantingham.
CURTIS HIGH SCHOOL. STATEN ISLAND. N. Y.
Begg
1 C H Kedtield, Mgr.: 2, Scovill; 3, Poindexter; 4, Lockwood; 5, Turnbull;
Q, Wilde; 7, Carey, Capt.; 8, J^avis; 9, Hyde. Randall & Blackman, Photo.
HARTFORD (CONN.) PUBLIC giGH SCHOOL.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 33
at the Academy. Captain Lowe, at point, was the individual star
of the seven. He was unusually good on the defense and his
spectacular rushes down the ice featured every game. Martin,
Braun, Coll and Nute were clever in shooting, while Comerford
at cover-point, and Walker at goal could always be relied upon
to play a steady game.
The record of the season is as follows :
Exeter 5 — Boston English High School 0; 3 — Huntington
School 1 : 5 — Cambridge High and Latin School 2 ; 1 — Melrose
High School 1; 4— Harvard. '18 3; 10— Dean Academy 0; 7—
Lowell Textile 1 ; 5 — Andover 0.
Games with Arlington High School, Dartmouth, '18, and Har-
vard 2nd were not played on account of poor ice conditions.
S. F. Martin is captain this year and Arthur J. Connell manager.
PHILLIPS ANDOVER ACADEMY.
Weather conditions last season had a deterrent effect on the
game and prevented many of the scheduled contests. The team,
however, only lost two of the games played. The schedule in-
cluded games with Exeter, Melrose High, Lowell Tech, Stone
School, Harvard Freshman, Harvard 2nd and others.
CURTIS HIGH SCHOOL, STATEN ISLAND. N. Y.
Ice hockey at Curtis High School enjoyed the most successful
year of its existence in 1915. Notwithstanding the very late start
and little practise, due to the scarcity of ice on Staten Island
during the winter, the team proved to be a consistent winner,
losing but one game (and that to the exceptionally strong Cutler
seven) and tieing two, while the remaining four were clean-cut
victories, thus winning the high school hockey championship of
Greater New York as a result of the season's work. Branting-
ham and Saacke proved to be men of unusual caliber, while the
team had a worker in Manager Vischer. Capt. Wood and Solo-
mon rounded out a strong attack, Leng. Weatherdon, Quinlan
and Zobel holding up the defense capably. The scores of the
season were as follows :
Curtis 1— Stuyvesant 0 (forfeit): 0— Clinton 0; 0— Cutler 5;
2— Clinton 1; 5— Horace Mann 0; 9— Staten Island Academy 0;
2 — Manual 2 (forfeited to Curtis).
1 Williams; 2, Hourigan; 3, Erasure; 4, Drew; 5, Straney; 6, Conley; 7. Mal-
lon; 8, Cass'avant; 9, Tibbits.
ALBANY (N. Y.) HIGH SCHOOL.
1, Bowen; 2, French; 3, Doty; 4, Van De Carr; 5, Krieg; 6, Lowry; 7, Peer;
8, Sullivan, Capt.; 9, Oppenhelmer; 10, Cropsey, Mgr.; 11, Warden.
EAST HIGH SCHOOL, ROCHESTER, N. Y
Heberger, Photo.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBKARY. 85
EAST HIGH SCHOOL, ROCHESTER, N. Y.
East High had a very successful season, running up seventy-
five points against opponents' thirteen. The team won the city
championship, but lost the Western New York title to Lafayette
High of Buffalo, 'after a closely played game.
Captain Sullivan was the brilliant man on the forward line,
while the defense by French, Doty and Oppenheimer was difficult
to pierce. The scores were as follows :
East High 1— Alumni 3 ; 1— Cathedral High 1 ; 8— West High
Independents 1; 15 — Albion High 0; 9 — Widewaters Independ-
ents 1; 4— West High 1; 10— Cathedral High 2; 7— Widewaters
Independents 2; 6— West High 0; 14— West High 0; 0— Lafay-
ette High 2.
HARTFORD PUBLIC HIGH SCHOOL.
The 1914-1915 hockey season at Hartford Public High School
was remarkably successful. The game was voted a major sport
for the school and great interest was taken in the series with
New Haven High for the championship of Central New England,
which was won by New Haven, 3-2, 2-3. 2-3. The last game was
the fastest game of interscholastic hockey ever witnessed by
numerous hockey experts. It took two extra periods before New
Haven was enabled to clinch the title.
1, Winters; 2, 1
'nmble; 3, Debernarai; 4, Irving; 5, Jamirsou; G, Odmark; 7
McCormick; 8, Poland.
CLEVELAND (OHIO) ATHLETIC CLUB.
1 Kennedy; 2, E. J. Freer. Pres.; 3. T. MTarrenAsst.Mgr.; 4 Johnson
si Arnold; 6, W. J. McLachlan, Capt. and Mgr.; 7, Rommily; 8, Riddle.
YOUNG MEN'S BUSINESS CLUB, CLEVELAND, 0.
Laurence-Figley, Photc
SPALDINO'S ATHLETIC LIBRARIT. 87
Amateur Hockey in Cleveland
By W. J. McLachlan,
Manager and Captain Young Men's Business Club Hockey Team.
Cleveland is one of the best hockey towns in the country,
being fortunate in having the Elysium, one of the largest and best
artificial ice rinks in the world, in which to stage all league
games. With a "Big League" team playing every Friday and
Saturday night, with skating after the game, a fast amateur
league playing every Tuesday and Thursday evening before the
regular skating session, and a classy high school league playing
before the skating session on Wednesday and Saturday morn-
ings, it was only a question how much excitement a fan could
stand.
The games were all well attended. In fact when the
C. A. C.'s played, the S. R. O. sign was usually out. The high
school games drew good crowds and at the amateur (City
League) games, it was a common occurrence to see from
500 to 1,500 fans. A very noticeable feature is that the games
are witnessed by the best class of people in Cleveland, the
management of the Elysium being noted for their ability to
attract the better element.
The Cleveland Hockey team flying (I used this word ad-
visedly) the colors of the Cleveland Athletic Club, again
demonstrated their ability to cope with all comers. They
finished the season of 1914-15 with a record of 22 games won,
3 lost, and 4 tie games. This fine record was made in spite
of the fact that after January 1st the line-up of the team had
to be changed almost every game on account of injuries to
the players. On top of this, Paddy Sullivan, their clever
rover, decided about this time to cast his lot with the Cana-
dian Professional League. His absence was felt keenly as
he was one of the cleanest, cleverest players that ever played
in Cleveland.
A great deal of the credit for this fine showing is due Man-
ager Harris Shannon, whom I consider the "Miracle Man" of
hockey. Several times he had to make an eleventh hour shift
in his line-up,, but the boys kept on winning just the same.
Of course Manager Shannon was fortunate in having our
old reliable Captain Coddy Winters at the head of the team
again. Every season Coddy does the Sarah Bernhardt act,
1, Virden; 2, nankin; 3, i'.rurh; 4, Dyer; 5, Aui;iistus; 6, Mr. King, Oou^
7, Wiebensou; S, K. Koot, Capt.; 9, Stafford; 10, Curtis; 11, Keiler.
UNIVERSITY SCHOOL, CLEVELAND, OHIO.
Riinnors-np Cleveland (Ohio) Interscholastic League.
H^Bi^M^^^Hp'!^ 'wHJI^^H^HIijj^^^J
^^K?^r^- ^F^^K^i
I^H^J^^H
t*' C3^ 1 ' ^ 4pt^ ASi^^ •BHET flH
p.f^^tt ^^^ ^r^^^^L^^^^^B
. W^-^f^\-^ ii
^9.1^^
1 -*^gi ***i*«t i ■ 109H ^^
^^^
EAST HIGH SCHOOL, CLEVELAND, O.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 39
positively the last appearance, etc., but like Honus Wagner,
he is always back on the job giving the team and the fans
the best he has. Captain Winters is a fine example of an
athlete who takes care of himself. He is always in condition
(unless forced out through injuries), and this counts. There
are a lot of athletes in all lines of sport who think they don't
have to take care of themselves, and they point out some
star who never trains, but they don't realize that this par-
ticular fellow is a star in spite of this, and that he would be
'^, still better performer if he kept in condition.
Hockey is a game that calls for more endurance than any
other game. It is no mollycoddle game, but at the same time
a fellow don't have to be a roughneck. The game is becoming
cleaner, speedier and more scientific every year and the fel-
low who keeps in condition and plays the game fair and
square is the most efficient player and of most value to his
team. Team play and combination work are absolutely essen-
tial for a winning team today. This is where the C. A. C.
team shines. They have practiced it until it has become
natural to them. I would advise the High School and City
League players, and every fellow who wants to learn the
game, to study their method of attack and defense as much
as possible.
The season opened, December 4th, with the Wanderers of
New York here for two games, both of which games were
stowed away in the winning column, 7-0 and 3-1. Detroit
was the next victim, 5-0 and 9-2, the C. A. C.'s playing fast
hockey for so early in the season. Next they took the River-
sides across 10-1, the first game, but an attack of over-
confidence held them to a tie, 2-2. in the second game. On
December 25th and 26th they added tw^o more victories to
their string, 5-2 and 1-0, at the expense of the Frontenacs of
Kingston.
Their next opponents were the Ottawa College seven. The
C. A. C.'s had beaten them three straight games the previous
season, and they came over determined to even matters.
Cleveland won the first game, 2-1, both teams playing hard,
fast hockey. The second game resulted in a tie, 3-3. There
was considerable roughness exhibited and those who saw it
predicted that the third and final game would be a battle
royal, and they were correct. The C. A. C.'s scored the first
goal shortly after the second period, the first half finding
neither side able to score. This tally seemed to inflame the
Ottawa boys. They had been playing wonderful hockey,
40 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAHT.
their back-checking and method of defense being nothing short of
phenomenal. Had they kept it up the result might have been
different, but they seemed to forget all about hockey after
Cleveland had scored. Cleveland finally won 2-0.
On January 8th, owing to injuries to Captain Winters and
Elmer Irving, the best the C. A. C.'s could do was to hold
the Hull, Canada, team to a 1-1 tie the first game, but they
took the second game, 3-0. The Aberdeens of Ottawa came
over next and dropped two games, 3-2 and 5-2. Incidentally,
they said they never received better treatment than was ac-
corded them while here. On January 22d and 23d we saw
two of the best games of the season with the Victorias of
Toronto. It is always a pleasure to watch the Vies play, as
they are fine fellows and wonderful players.
The C. A. C.'s won the first game, 5-2, but the Vies came
back and took the second, 5-4. The Montreal A. A. seven
came next and dropped two games, 7-2 and 2-1. On February
12th and 13th the London "Speed-Boys" broke even here,
winning the first game, 3-1, and losing the second, 4-3. New
York came next, touted as world beaters, but they proved
easy picking for the C. A. C.'s, the latter winning both games
by the lop-sided scores of 9-0 and 11-4.
On February 23d, Hamilton, Ont., sent a team over. They
looked like school boys and overconfidence spilled the beans
for Cleveland, as they soon found that these boys could play
hockey. But the Hamilton boys had gotten a lead in the
meantime and when the C. A. C.'s had wakened to this fact
they had a job on their hands. The best they could do was
to hold the score to 5-4 in favor of Hamilton. This is not
an alibi as I really don't think that these boys are in the same
class with the Victorias, the Ottawas nor the Argonauts, who
came next and dropped two games, 5-2 and 1-0.
March 3d the C. A. C.'s w^ent East and despite the fact
that they didn't have a spare man to take and had to borrow
a player for the trip, they won the Eastern Championship.
They won from the Boston A. A. Club, 4-3, tied the Boston
Arena seven, 4-4, and trimmed New Haven, 1-0.
The season came to an abrupt end here, as the Western
championship was not decided, due to the fact that the con-
testants w^ere not able to agree on arrangements and also
because the C. A. C.'s were shot to pieces through injuries.
Consequently, the MacNaughton Trophy reverted to its orig-
inal owner.
The team on the whole is to be congratulated on the show-
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 41
ing made. In Odmark, Jamieson and Winters they had three
stars who worked together like clock-work on defense.
Debernardi, MacCormick and Irving alternated on the wings.
They are all fast skaters, hard, accurate shooters and clever
stick-handlers and did sterling work during the 1914-15 season.
Mike Trimble, at center, is one of the headiest players in the
business, and always has the opposition worried. Twenty-five
pounds on his spare frame would make him one of the most
dangerous men in the game today. Harry Poland is another
fellow who did a "come back" stunt. Dutch certainly plugged
up a big hole on the team, his playing evidently not having been
affected by his lay-off.
Although no definite information is available at present,
Cleveland will i ■doubt be well represented on the ice during
the 1915-16 season.
The City Amateur Hockey League enjoyed the best season
it has ever had.
There were six teams entered as follows: Smith Sheriffs,
Seibel Drugs, Central Storage, Tabor Ice Cream, Blepp Knits,
and the Entente Club. On paper it looked like a well bal-
anced league, as all the teams had one or more stars — with
Joe Smith on the Smith Sheriffs; N. Riddle and Kennedy on
the Seibels; Cofall and Francis on the Tabor team; Black,
Cody and Kinney Smith on the Blepps, and the Johnson
brothers on the Entente club. The Central Storage looked
like a formidable aggregation with Killaly, Baker, Johns and
McFarland. all former Cleveland players.
The Blepp Knits, in charge of Nelson Davis, the young
Highland Park golf star, started off with a rush, going along
without suffering a defeat until the High School League
started. Davis had corraled the entire Shaw High team
thinking there would be no scholastic hockey. When they
pulled out the Blepps were gone. This left it up to the Smith
Sheriffs, Tabors and Central Storage teams, as the Entente
team, which had changed its name to the Roycrofts, was
unable to break into the winning column, and the Seibel
Drugs were left hopelessly behind as they had lost six
straight games by lop-sided scores.
The Young Men's Business Club, an organization com-
posed of 1,000 live young business men who have earned a
reputation for doing things, took over the Seibel Drug fran-
chise at this time to be in line for 1915-16, as there were only
four more games to play. This team proceeded to upset all
the dope. They lost the first two games, 1-0, but in the next
42 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
game they tied the Tabors, who were in first place, 1-1, and
won their last game. 1-0. This result was accomplished with
only two new men, showing what can be accomplished when
a team has an object in view. The boys were on their toes
all the time fighting for the honor of the Y. M. B. C, Harry
Johnson. N. Riddle and Tom* Kennedy, the old East High
star, shining in every game.
At the end of the season, the Tabors and Central Storage
teams were tied for first place. In the play-off Central
Storage won out, 2-1, before the largest crowd that ever
attended a City League game. The game was hotly con-
tested, Killaly and Baker starring for the winning team.
This league should be a hummer, as there are several firms
seeking representation on account of the interest and enthusiasm
that has been aroused.
There was a hitch somewhere at first in regard to the High
School League and there was some doubt as to whether the
schools could play, but they finally got together and started
play January 23d with four teams, as follows : Shaw, University
School, East and Central. Each team played three games with
the other teams. The result was as follows :
School. Won. Lost. Tied. P.C.
Shaw 8 1 0 .889
University 6 2 1 .750
East 2 6 1 .250
Central 1 8 0 .111
The Shaw team was easily the class of the league. Coach
Ed Binyon has been just as successful with his high school
teams as he was when running the old Clevelands in the City
League. He knows the game from every angle and also
knows how to handle men and get the best results.
His task was easier, as he had Cody, Black, McGuire
and Kinney Smith from the 1913-14 team, and they are all
stars. It looked at first as though University School might
give them a battle. They had the material, but they didn't
seem to be drilled in the fine points of the game, and con-
sequently didn't play as consistently.
The East High team was a disappointment. They should
turn out a good team as they have the material. Captain
Bob Cook was the only man that played a real consistent
game. The Central team won the cellar championship with-
out a struggle.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
43
It is the writer's opinion that hockey should be encouraged
in schools and colleges, as this will put the sport on a higher
plane, the same as in base ball. Cleveland has proven con-
clusively that it appreciates good clean amateur sports of all
kinds.
Cleveland fans had a taste of professional hockey
towards the end of the season, Manager Shannon having
brought the Shamrocks and Torontos over from Toronto for
three exhibition games. They played to capacity houses and
all three games were thrillers. The novelty also appealed to
the fans. The pros play six men a side instead of seven,
whch makes the game much faster. The Torontos won two
of the three games.
1, Ryan: 2. Smeaton: 3, A. J. Kelly, Capt.; 4, Bell; 5, Wall; 6, Hughes; 7,
Samnels; 8, S. D. Hart; 9, E. J. Callahan, President; 10, C. M. Hart, Mgr. ; 11,
Robinson; 12, I. Betts, Trainer; 13, Major; 14, Proudfoot; 15, Roddick; 16,
Sanve; 17, Lahue.
STAR CLUB, MONTREAL, CAN.
Champions Montreal Hockey League; Holders of the "Art Ross" Cup.
44 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Ice Hockey to ''Come Back" in Pittsburgh
(Extract from The Winged Head Maganine.)
Pittsburgh is now able to boast of the honor of having the
largest ice skating rink in the world, as the main hall of the
Pittsburgh Exposition building has been equipped for ice
•skating. The rink is known as the "Winter Garden."
Ice skating was ever popular with Pittsburgh folk and
when the old Duquesne Garden was operated, the very besi
people of the Steel City patronized it. It has been out ol
use for such a long time that Pittsburghers who are fond oj
this form of exercise are sort of hankering for a place tc
disport themselves. It looks, therefore, as though the "Win-
ter Garden" would prove a decided success.
The ice surface in the new rink covers almost 30,000 square
feet. The very newest ice making machine has been installed
and is of gigantic dimensions. Over 90,000 feet of pipe has
been laid for carrying the brine from the machine. The
cement floor, over which the brine pipes are laid, is entirel}'
covered with one and one-half inches of sand before watei
is turned on and frozen. This prevents the ice from cracking
The "Winter Garden" will be the home of the very best
hockey teams in the United States and Canada. It is pro-
posed to enter the local team in the International Hockey
League.
Star hockey players will be imported for the team. Thei
hockey feature is sure to be an attractive one as it is a sport
that has always taken well in Pittsburgh. The time was
when that city developed almost half the hockey stars who
made good on the Eastern college teams. If the sport "comes
back" some very good college matches will be arranged
locally and with the Eastern collegians. Yale, Princeton and
other colleges usually send their teams to Pittsburgh for the
Christmas vacation.
An order was placed for 2,000 pairs of Spalding skates
for the use of patrons, although thousands of gliders naturally
use their own skates. Huge checking and skate rooms are
provided for male and female patrons. There is also a^
smoking room for male patrons and a richly furnished loung-
ing parlor for the use of both men and women. The hockey
players have a private dressing room fitted with shower
baths, etc.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 46
Ice Hockey in Milwaukee
By Rockwell Hinkley.
Hockey is now booming in Milwaukee ! Up to last year the
sport was more or less a minor affair, with an organization
that was anything but stable. With the erection of a permanent
rink in Riverside Park by the Board of PcTrk Commissioners, the
game flourished as never before, and a series of games was
staged by the local boys that was the subject of much favorable
comment by those acquainted with the intricacies of "real"
hockey play.
A. F. Schinner, former newspaper man and all-round athlete,
was the moving spirit in securing the permanent rink, which
promises to revolutionize the game here this coming winter.
Besides acting as president of the Milwaukee Hockey League,
Schinner was a star player of the very first water, and he was
the selection of practically all the critics for the center position
and captaincy on the mythical seven. The Gordon Club, of vs^hich
he was captain, won its first victory in the pennant chase since
the reorganization of the Up-River League a number of years
ago, and along with Edgar Tapping he was instrumental in
bringing the gonfalon to the Canoe Club.
The season was unfortunately prematurely terminated by a
severe blizzard and storm, which rendered the ice unplayable
about the middle of February. The schedule was uncompleted,
but the Gordons were playing in such superior form that the
other three teams would have had little chance to overhaul them.
The standings were :
Won Lost Won Lost
Gordons 5 1 Riversides 2 4
White Squadrons 4 2 Outlaws 1 5
I selected the following all-star team for the Milwaukee
Jourvnal:
Rover, Edgar Tapping; center, Arthur Schinner; right wing,
Chang Carlson; left wing, Arthur Bergman; cover-point, Fred
Zwaska; point, George Stoltz ; goal, Carl Haase.
Cornell Anderson, a former Wanderer star, now located here,
pronounced the character of play as high as any among non-pro-
fessional teams and felt certain that this mythical seven could
hold its own with the best in the country.
^1.
mip^M'f
1, Senft; 2, Plueger; 3, StiibenvoU; 4, Mohr; 5, T. Hennings, Ath. Mgr.; 6,
Diemer; 7, Huber, Capt. ; 8, Kamrath: 9, Zellmer. Erickson, Photo.
LUTHER SEMINARY, ST. PAUL, MINN.
1, Manley; 2, Herrmann, Coach; 3, Sibley; 4, U'Connor; 5, Dwyer; 6, Ziimner-
man, Capt.; 7, Wessel; 8, Johnson. Haynes, Photo.
CENTRAL HIGH ^SCHOOL, ST. PAUL, MINN,
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 47
Hockey in St. Paul
Hockey in the. Northwest, which has been practically dor-
mant for the last few years, is gradually coming to the fore,
as the past season will show. During the season of 1914-15
a team was organized representing the St. Paul Athletic
Club, and under existing conditions made a very creditable
showing.
Heretofore the game has been more or less handicapped on
account of the financial difficulties to be faced in bringing
outside teams in to play, also on account of the scarcity of
local players strong enough to compete with these teams.
This difficulty has been overcome by the new interest taken
in this sport and by the introduction, of enough outside
players to strengthen what local talent there was on hand.
With the number of strong teams increasing and conditions
better, the outlook for the coming season is very encouraging.
The following is an outline in general of the past playing
season of 1914-15:
The Portage Lake team of Houghton, ]\Iich., were the first
team to invade this section. They came from a hotbed of
hockey, the copper country, and were recognized as among
the strongest in their class.
After a disagreement which resulted in canceled dates
with Duluth, they were met and defeated by the local team.
This gave the followers a chance to size up the comparative
strength of the two teams and also greatly encouraged the
management.
The next game was a disappointment. Grand Forks, hav-
ing championship aspirations, came in much touted as the
best in their territory, which was North and South Dakota.
However, owing to lack of facilities and proper coaching,
they made a rather poor showing, being defeated by a large
score.
The management next decided to try a few of the teams
from across the border. Port Arthur came first, followed
shortly by Fort William. Both teams were defeated by very
close scores. These games gave the management some new
ideas and they immediately started to strengthen their line-up
for the harder games to come. The next game was against
Duluth, which was looked forward to with a great deal of
interest. Much rivalry has always existed between St. Paul
48 SPALPING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
and Duluth in all branches oj athletics and the St. Paull
enthusiasts were treated to a good game and a win for their:
own team.
For the next two games the local team went out of their-
class and played the Aberdeens of Ottawa, Canada, who were
touring the West. The only defeats of the season chalked I
up against St. Paul were the result of this series, Ottawa i
taking both. The first, 4 to 1, and the second, 6 to 3.
The close of the season brought forth the desired result,,
namely, that hockey if properly handled is here to stay..
Prospects are very bright for organized amateur hockey ini
this vicinity.
Ice Hockey in Newark, N. J*
Ice hockey in and around Newark has not reached its height
as yet, for the simple reason there are no indoor rinks in the
vicinity on which to play the game, the teams being obliged to
rely on the parks for their hockey games. Part of the time there
is no good ice on which to play hockey. There are any amount
of good teams in Newark, but lack the opportunity to get out
and show their skill upon the blades, as the weather is so
uncertain that they find it impossible to arrange games. Teams
may have games booked, with no ice on the appointed date,
which makes it very inconvenient for the opposing teams. There
is so much interest in every variety of sport that it would not
be surprising if in the near future Newark would have an arena
that would compare with any other in the country.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 49
Amateur Hockey in Oregon
By W. a. Kearns.
In a city where ice and snow is practically unknown, the game
of hockey was brought into reach of the people of Portland in
December, 1914, through the building of the Ice Hippodrome,
considered the largest artificial ice rink in the world.
Owing to the fact that Portland had a team in the professional
Pacific Coast League along with Vancouver and Victoria, the
introduction of the game was made easier. Nevertheless, it was
a difficult matter to work up proper enthusiasm in a sport that
was unfamiliar to most of the public. Amateur hockey, there-
fore, had somewhat of a struggle to obtain recognition, but
towards the latter part of the season the sport-loving people of
Portland realized that they had in their midst the greatest of all
winter games and turned out in numbers to both amateur and
professional contests. Hockey bids fair to reach a great height of
popularity here this season.
The Multnomah Amateur Athletic Club of Portland were the
first in the field with a team, and did most of the missionary
work towards introducing the sport. They were fortunate in
having good material to start with, such as George Gore. ex-Yale
cover-point ; Ran Irvine, ex-goalkeeper for the champion Van-
couver, B. C. Rowing Club team ; Jack Deitz, from the same
club; Charlie Uksila and Jack Herman, from Houghton and
Calumet, Mich.; Kearns and Perry, Eastern Canadians.
With such an aggregation of experienced players it was not
very difficult for the Multnomah Club to win out in the four-
team league series with five wins and no defeats, thereby having
the honor of holding the J. D. Farrell perpetual trophy for one
year. The last game with the Harriman team (runners-up) was
a hard match and ended with the score 2-1. The Rowing Club
and Waverley Club were the other two teams in the league, and
finished in the order named.
The same clubs will be represented in the 1915-16 season, and
with new material and the interest which the public are taking in
this sport, a successful season is looked for, with perhaps a series
of international games between the winners of the Portland Ama-
teur League and British Columbia Amateurs. .The_ credit for
organizing the Portland league and different teams is due in a
considerable degree to such pioneer enthusiasts as H. E. Judge, of
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. gl
Rowing Club; G. W. McMath, Harriman Club; H. G. Beckwith
and Irving Webster of Waverley Club, all players of the game
in the East.
All the players comprising the different teams were either from
Canada or the Eastern States, where they learned the game, very
few Oregonians ever having seen a hockey stick, much less a
hockey match, before, but a year or two will undoubtedly find
some native players as good as the transplanted variety.
Multnomah A. A. C. Team. Harriman Club Team.
Irvine goal Adams
Herman point Shore
Gore cover-point Rilance
Uksila rover Hoods
Perry center Ogilvie
Kearns left wing Stewart
Deitz right wing. Fleming
Emygh spare Parks
■ZoiT L/'rtc (^<^/y/<'« -^/e/d of^y)
3
Zone line Qnt/c/t ■f'^'d o< ^"j)
.^
Zor,9 line ^"^tiit *c/tf 9^ ^/my)
Zone JLjne (otJ^*>^* fi*M a^ ^Ux)
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAET- 53
Laws of Hockey and Championship
Rules of the American Amateur
Hockey League
Copyrighted, 1915, by American Amateur Hockey League.
Section i. The game of Hockey shall be played on ice by two
teams, the players of which shall all be on skates. Its object
shall be the lawful scoring of goals. The team scoring the
greater number of goals during the playing period shall be
declared the winner.
RINK.
Sec. 2. A. A Hockey rink shall be at least 112 by 58 feet and
not more than 250 by 116 feet. The imaginary lines at the two
ends of the rink shall be termed the goal lines. The two sides
of the rink shall be known as the side lines. The ice surface
bounded by the two side lines and the two goal lines shall be
known as the field of play.
B. There shall be an imaginary line twenty feet from each
goal line and drawn inside of the field of play. There shall
also be an imaginary line at least ten and not more than twenty-
five feet from each goal line and drawn outside of the field of
play. These lines shall run parallel with the goal lines. They
shall be known as zone lines and the ice surface between the
two zone lines at each end of the rink shall be known as the
goal zone. The intersection of the zone lines and the side lines,
or the side lines extended, must be plainly marked in a manner
that will last throughout a game. If possible, the zone lines
shall also be marked on the ice.
C. The side lines, the side lines extended, and the zone lines
outside the field of play shall be made of stationary material at
least one foot in height.
GOALS.
Sec. 3. A goal shall be placed midway on each goal line, and
shall consist of a goal net supported by two upright posts 4 feet
54 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
in height, placed 6 feet apart. The goal posts must be firmly
fixed to the ice.
Note.— In the event of a goat post or net being broken or
displaced, the referee shall at once stop the game and not allow
play to be resumed until after the damage is repaired.
POSITIONS.
Sec. 4. There shall not be more than seven players on a
Hockey team. These players shall fill the position of goal,
point, cover point, and forwards, respectively. The goal position
shall be the one that is directly in front of the goal. At no
period during the play shall any player who fills this position,
lie, kneel, or sit upon the ice. He must also always maintain
a standing position. He cannot stop the puck by placing his
stick horizontally on the ice. The point position is the one that^
is directly in front of the goal position. The cover point posi-
tion is the one directly in front of the point position. The four
forward positions shall be known as the left wing, the right
wing, the center, and the rover, respectively. The wing positions
shall be at the two ends of the forward line. The center position
is the one midway on the forward line, and it shall be the duty
of the player who fills this position to face the puck. The rover
position is between the cover point and the center positions.
Note. — It is to be understood that the positions herein named
are the ones that the players are supposed to fill when the teams
face off in the center of the ice.
STICKS.
Sec. 5. A Hockey stick shall not be more than three inches
wide at any part and not more than thirteen inches long at the
blade. It shall be made entirely of wood. Tape binding is per-
missible, however. Each player shall carry a Hockey stick
in his hand, and shall be considered out of the play the moment
he violates this rule.
SKATES.
Sec, 6. No player shall wear skates that are pointed or sharp-
ened in such a manner as to be unnecessarily dangerous to other
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 56
players. The referee shall be the judge, and shall refuse to
allow a player to use such skates.
PUCK.
Sec. 7. A puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber one inch
thick throughout. It shall be three inches in diameter, and shall
weigh at least 7 6/16 and not more than 7 9/16 ounces.
OFFICIALS.
Sec. 8. There shall be a referee, an assistant referee, two
goal umpires, two game timekeepers, and two penalty timekeepers
for each match.
Should a referee be unable to continue to officiate, his assistant
shall become the referee. The referee shall fill all vacancies in
other official positions that may occur during a match; or when
the competing teams have been unable to agree ; or when the
selected officials are absent at the advertised starting hour. In
the event of a dispute over the decision .of an umpire, the referee
may remove and replace the official.
DUTIES OF the REFEREE.
Sec. 9. The referee, before starting a match, shall see that
the other officials are in their proper places. He shall see that
the ice is in condition for play and that the goals comply with
the rules. He shall order the puck faced at the commencement
of the game and at such other times as may be necessary. He
shall have full control over the puck during the match. He shall
call offside plays. He shall have the power to rule off for any
period of the actual playing time that he may see fit any player
who violates the rules. The referee shall, furthermore, perform
all other duties that may be compulsory.
DUTIES OF the ASSISTANT REFEREE. •
Sec. 10. The assistant referee shall see that no player violates
Sections 20, 21 and 22 of the Laws. He shall have the power
to rule off for any period of the actual playing time that he may
see fit any player who violates the said sections. The assistant
66 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY,
referee shall become the referee should the latter be unable tc
continue to officiate.
Note. — In the refereeing of games, it is advised that the|
referee and his assistant divide the field of play in half anc*
each take one end thereof. When the puck is in the territor>
of the referee, he alone shall call ofifside plays, his assistant
helping him according to the laws of hockey. When the puckl
passes the center of the ice into the territory of the assistant'
referee, that official shall assume the duties of the referee andi
he alone shall call offside piays, the reieree helpmg as tli
assistant referee. In this manner, neither official shall be re-
quired to skate more than one-half of the playing surface.'
Changing in this manner does not affect the proper standing of
either official. The referee shall remain the referee throughout
the entire game and shall at all times assume all duties imposed
upon him by Section 9 with the exception of calling offsides
plays and the facing of the puck when the play is in the ter-
ritory of the assistant referee.
DUTIES OF THE UMPIRES.
Sec. II. An umpire shall be stationed behind each goal. He^
shall inform the referee whenever the puck has passed between 1
the goal posts from the front. He shall have no jurisdiction
over the awarding of a goal. He shall stand upon the ice, and:
shall retain the same goal throughout the entire game.
DUTIES OF THE GAME TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 12. The game timekeepers shall keep an accurate account -
of the time of the match, deducting time for stoppages in actual
play.
They shall immediately report to the referee any variance in
time, and the referee shall decide the matter.
The game timekeepers shall be notified by the referee when a
goal is scored, and shall keep an accurate record of the tallies.
The final score shall be given by them to the referee at the close
of the match. Thev shall, at half time, notifv the contestine
teams when nine and when twelve minutes have expired. They
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 57
;hall at half time notify the referee when fifteen minutes have
;xpired. They shall only tell the expired and unexpired time
o the referee.
DUTIES OF THE PENALTY TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 13. The penalty timekeepers shall keep an accurate
iccount of penalties imposed, and no penalized player shall
return to the ice without the permission of the penalty time-
keepers. They shall also keep an accurate account of the time
3f any player who has been compelled to withdraw from the
game and inform the referee when the said player is due again
to report. They shall sit midway between the two goals, and
shall be on the opposite side of the rink from the game time-
keepers. They shall give an accurate report of all penalties im-
posed to the referee at the close of the match. All players
penalized must sit with the penalty timekeepers.
LENGTH OF GAME.
Sec. 14. There shall be two halves of twenty minutes each,
with r^ intermission of fifteen minutes between the two periods
of play. At the end of the forty minutes play, should the score
be tied, the teams shall change goals, and play shall be resumed
at once, and continued until a goal has been scored. Should the
tie remain unbroken at the expirauon of twenty minutes of
extra play, the referee shall declare the game a draw. The
referee must start each period on schedule time. Should either
team be off the ice at the proper starting time of the second
period, that team shall play with one man short for as many
minutes as it has been late. The captain of the offending team
shall decide which member of his team shall be dropped. This
penalty shall be imposed in addition to any other that may be,
or may have been, inflicted. The referee may inflict the same
punishment upon any team that fails to appear at the scheduled
starting hour of a game.
TIME TAKEN OUT.
Sec. 15. Time shall be taken out whenever the game is sus-
58 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
pended by either referee, and shall begin again when the pucl
is put in play.
SECTION l6 — SUBSTITUTES.
Clause A— Substitutes shall be allowed only in the case of ar
injury. The injured player's ability to continue shall at once be
decided by the referee. Should the referee decide that the in-
jured player cannot finish the game, the opposing side maj'
either allow a substitute or drop a man to equalize the teams.
Should the opposing side decide to allow a substitute and no
substitute is ready, the opposing side must play its full teama
Once the opposing side has allowed a substitute he may appear!
at any time during the balance of the game.
■ Clause B — Should the referee decide that the injured playeri
would be able to continue within seven minutes of actual andi
not playing time, the opposing team must drop a man until thatf
time has expired, or until the injured player returns to thea
game. Should the injured player be unable to continue at the'
expiration of seven minutes of actual and not playing time, thej
opposing side may either continue to drop a man or may allow
a substitute. If no substitute is ready, the opposing side must:
play its full team. Once the opposing side has resumed its full
strength, the other aggregation at any time thereafter may either
play a substitute' or the player who has been injured.
Clause C — Should a player be compelled to leave the game
for any reason other than injury, the- opposing side must drop
a man to equalize the teams. Should the player who has first
left the ice be unable to continue at the expiration of seven
minutes of actual and not playing time, the opposing side may
either continue to drop a man or may allow a substitution. If
no substitute is ready, the opposing side must play its full
team. Once the opposing team has resumed its full strength, the
other aggregation at any time thereafter may either play a sub-
stitute or the player who has first withdrawn from the game.
Clause D — All substitutes or other players entering or return-
ing to the gam.e must first report to the penalty timekeepers and
then to the referee. They must obtain the permission of the
referee before they resume play. This clause does not refer to
olayers who have been penalized.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 69
Clause E — Should it be necessary for the goalkeeper to retire
from the game, play shall stop until the player is once more able
to return to the contest. If at the end of seven minutes the goal-
keeper is not able to resume play the match must go on with
a substitute being allowed in the position. At any time during
the seven minutes the team that has called for time may elect
to play a substitute until the original goalkeeper is able to resume
the contest.
Clause F — A player other than the goalkeeper who has been
replaced by a substitute cannot return to further participation in
the game.
Clause G — In exhibition or practice games this rule may be
altered by the two captains.
WHAT CONSTITUTES A GOAL.
Sec. 17. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have law-
fully passed between the goal posts. No goal shall be allowed
that is the direct and immediate result of loafing offside, an
offside play, a kick or a throw by the hand. The referee shall
decide upon these points, and may render his decision even after
the puck has passed between the goal posts.
FACE.
Sec, 18. A face shall consist of the referee dropping the puck
to the ice between the sticks of two players, one from each
team. The puck shall not be considered in play until it has
touched the ice. Should a player repeatedly refuse to lawfully
face the puck he shall be penalized by the referee. A face shall
take place in the center of the ice at tne beginning of each period
and after the scoring of each goal. The referee may also order
a face at any time and place he deems necessary. A face shall
be in order whenever play is resumed. -
OFFSIDE PLAY.
Sec. 19. Any player nearer to his opponent's goal line than
is an imaginary line running through the center of the puck
and parallel with the two goal lines is offside. A player offside
go SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
shall be considered out of the play, and may not touch the pucl<
himself or in any manner prevent any other player from doing;
so, until the puck has been touched by an opponent in any way
whatsoever, or until it has been carried nearer than he is him-i
self to his opponent's goal line. If a player violates this rule, the
puck shall be faced where it was last played before the ofifside
play occurred. In the event of the puck rebounding off the bod>
of the player in the goalkeeper's position, the other players of'
his team shall be considered onside.
LOAFING OFFSIDE.
Sec. 20. No player shall loaf offside. A player is loafing!
offside when, in the opinion of the referee or his assistant, hei
IS not making a bona fide attempt to get or remain onside.
FOUL PLAYING.
Sec. 21. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall violently
check another against the boards. No player shall throw his
stick. No player shall trip, hold with his hand or stick, kick
push or cross-check an opponent. No player shall interfere in-
any way with an opponent who is not playing the puck. A
player is playing the puck within the meaning of these laws
when he has the puck within the control of his stick. Nc
player shall raise his stick above his shoulder, except in liftingi
the puck. No player shall use profane or abusive language or
conduct himself in an unsportsmanlike manner. A player being
out of the play shall not interfere with an opponent.
PLAYING IN THE GOAL ZONE.
Sec. 22. A player on the defending side who is within his
own goal zone shall not be considered as loafing offside. A
player on the defending side may cover up an opponent while
in the goal zone. However, he may not check the stick oi
interfere with the movements of an opponent until the lattei
attempts to play the puck. A player on the defending side while
within his own goal zone may play any puck passed or shot bj
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 61
an opponent without being considered offside. Should it be
necessary to face the puck in a goal zone, all players must be
onside. A player shall be considered on the defending side
when the puck is in the goal zone of the goal that he is
defending.
Note i. — A player on the defending side, who is skating out-
side of his own goal zone, when the puck is within that zone,
shall be considered as loafing offside and shall at once make
every effort to enter his own goal zone.
Note 2. — A player on the defending side, while in his own
goal zone when a puck is shot or passed by an opponent who is
within that goal zone, may legally take possession of the puck
either in the goal zone or in the field of play.
PUCK FOULS.
Sec. 23. A player may stop the puck with any part of his
stick or body. He may not, however, hold, bat, throw, kick or
carry the puck with his skate or any part of his body. He may
not close his hand upon the puck. The player in the goal position
may catch the puck, but if he does he must at once drop the
puck to the ice at his own feet.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
Sec. 24. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs
behind the goal line, it shall be brought out by the referee to
a point five yards in front of the goal line, on a line at right
angles thereto, from the point at which it left the ice or where
the foul occurred, and there faced. In the aforementioned cases
the puck shall always be faced at least five yards to the left or
the right of the nearer goal post. When the puck goes off the
ice at the side lines it shall be taken by the referee to a point
five yards out at right angles with the nearer side line and there
faced.
PENALTIES.
Sec. 25. In awarding a penalty the referee or his assistant
shall use discretion in order that his ruling does not work against
the better interests of the non-offending team.
62 SP.ALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. ]
CHAMPIONSHIP RULES.
Section i. All games shall be played under the rules adoptee
by the American Amateur Hockey League.
Sec. 2. The playing season shall be from December i to Marcl
31 both days inclusive. |
Sec. 3. The championship shall be decided by a series oil
games, a schedule of which shall be drawn by one delegate froni
each club to the annual convention. The club winning the
greatest number of matches shall be declared the champion. Ir|
case of a tie at the end of the regular seiies, an extra series i
of at least one game shall be played at such time or times and
place or places as the Executive Committee shall direct.
Sec. 4. All championship matches shall be played on rinks
arranged for by the Executive Committee of the American Ama-
teur Hockey League.
Sec. 5. The League shall ofifer a championship trophy, the
winning club to hold same and to be recognized as the champior
of the American Amateur Hockey League. The trophy shall be
delivered to the winning club within seven days after the close
of the season. Any club winning the championship for threei
years, not necessarily in succession, shall become the permanent^
owner of the trophy.
Sec. 6. Any team making default shall forfeit its right tc
compete for the championship and be liable to a fine of $ioc
unless good reasons can be sliown to the Executive Committee
for defaulting. In case of default by any team all matches which
have been scheduled for this team shall be credited as victories
to its opponents. This rule shall also be applied in case of
expulsion.
Sec. 7. In all matches the Governing Committee shall appoint
the referee, assistant referee, two game timekeepers, two penalty
timekeepers and two goal umpires.
Sec. 8. It shall be the duty of the captains of the contesting
teams to hand to the referee previous to the start of each match
the names of his players written on forms supplied by the Sec-
retary of the League. The referee shall fill in the date of the
match and the names of contesting clubs, substitutes used, if
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 03
any, the score at the end of the match, with names of other offi-
cials, the whole to be duly signed by himself and forwarded
immediately to the Secretary of the League.
Sec. 9. "A." A player must have been an actual resident within
fifty miles of the place in which his club is .located for at least
three months previous to being eligible to appear in any Amateur
Hockey. League Championship match and also must have been a
bona fide member of the club he represents for at least thirty
days before he is eligible to compete in any championship game,
with the exception that players, who during the preceding season
represented any recognized school or college in the United States
of America or any recognized college in the Dominion of Canada
need be an actual resident within fifty miles of the place in
which his club is located for only sixty days previous to being
eligible to appear in any League championship match.
'"B." No player shall compete in any Amateur Hockey League
championship match, who, during the then current season has
played with another club, school or college in a recognized hockey
association championship series without the special permission of
the Executive Committee of the Amateur Hockey League.
"C." Any player who represents a club in a championship game
of the Amateur Hockey League cannot represent another club in
a championship game of the Amateur Hockey League for one
full calendar year from his last championship game unless the
said club that he formerly represented has withdrawn or has been
expelled from the championship series of the Amateur Hockey
League or unless he has been released by the said club that he
formerly represented. A statement signed by the president and
the secretary of the club that the player has left, and filed with
the secretary of the Amateur Hockey League, shall be considered
an official release. A player who believes that his release is being
unjustly withheld may appeal to the Executive Committee of the
Amateur Hockey League. The Committee may grant such
release after giving due notice to all parties interested.
Sec. 10. Any new player who desires to take part in a cham-
pionship game of the Amateur Hockey League must first fill out
a certificate supplied by the Secretary of the organization. The
64 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
certificate must state the full name and address of the player.
The club he desires to represent ; where he is employed. His
legal residence for three months prior to the filing of the cer-
tificate and the names of the team or teams with whom he has
played during the three years prior to the filing of the document.
The certificate must be signed by the president and the secretary
of the club with whom the candidate desires to play who also must
attest to its accuracy. The filing of the signed certificate shall
bind the player and the club named in the document for the
period of one year, unless he is regularly released ly the organi-
zation. A player can file only one such certificate with the
Secretary of the League.
Sec. II. The Secretary of each club shall file with the Secre-
tary oi the American Amateur Hockey League at least thirty
days prior to opening of the championship season a list of the
players of his club. The Secretary of each club shall also file
with the Secretary of the American Amateur Hockey League
the names of any additional players immediately upon their being
elected to membership.
Sec. 12. All matches must be started at 8.30 p. m., and if for
any reason there be any delay in the commencement of a match
the club at fault shall pay to the League as a penalty thj sum of
$10, unless good reason be given for such delay. The referee is
to see that this rule is observed and to notify the League within
two days should any breach of it occur.
Sec. 13. The puck used in all championship matches must be
the official puck of the League.
Sec. 14. Goal nets must be approved by the Executive Com-
mittee of the League.
Sec. 15. The players of each club shall be numbered, shall
wear their numbers on the back of their jerseys or sweaters, and,
as far as possible, shall retain the same numbers throughout a
championship series.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY 65
ONTARIO H. A. RULES
1. The game is played on ice by teams of seven on each side,
with a puck made of vulcanized rubber, one inch thick all .through
and three inches in diameter.
STICKS.
2. Hockey sticks shall not be more than three inches wide at
any part, and not more than thirteen inches long at the blade.
They shall consist entirely of wood, with tape binding per-
missible.
GOAL.
3. A goal is placed in the middle of each goal line, composed
of official goal nets supported by two upright posts, four feet in
height, placed six feet apart, and at least five feet from the end
of the ice. The goal posts shall be firmly fixed. In the event of
a goal post or net being displaced or broken, the referee shall
blow his whistle, and the game shall not proceed until the post
or net is replaced. It shall be the duty of the referee before each
match to measure the goals.
MATCH.
4. Each side shall have a captain (a member of his team), who,
before the match, shall toss for choice of goals.
5. Each side shall play an equal time from each end, a ten
minutes' rest being allowed at half time. The duration of cham-
pionship matches shall be one hour, exclusive of stoppages. The
team scoring the greater number of goals in that time shall be de-
clared the winner of the match, subject to the qualifications con-
tained in Rules of Competition, No. 15. If at the end of that
time the game is a draw, ends shall be changed and the match
continued for ten minutes, each side playing five minutes from
each end with a rest of five minutes between such five minute
ends, and if neither side has then scored a majority of goals,
similar periods of ten minutes shall be played in the same way
until one side shall have scored a majority of goals.
66 SPALDING -S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
TIME-KEEPERS.
6. Two time-keepers shall be appointed, one by each captain,
before the commencement of the match, whose duty it shall be
to keep an accurate account of the time of each game, deducting
time for stoppages in the actual play. They shall immediately
report to the referee any variance in their time, and the matter
shall be at once decided by him. The referee also shall appoint
a time-keeper, who shall keep the time of penalized players, and
shall direct them to enter the game. The time-keepers shall be
under the control of the referee. A gong shall be kept for their
use.
REFEREE.
7. There shall be only one referee for a match, and in no case
shall he belong to either of the competing clubs, and he may be
an amateur or a professional. He is to enforce the rules; ad-
judicate upon disputes or cases unprovided for by rule; appoint
or remove goal umpires ; control the time-keepers ; keep the
score, announcing each goal as scored ; and at the conclusion of
the match declare the result. The puck shall be considered in
play until the referee stops the game, which he may do at any j
time, and which he must do at once when any irregularity of
play occurs, by sounding a whistle. His decision shall be final.
SCORE.
8. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have passed be-
tween the goal posts from in front and below the tops of the
posts,
GOAL UMPIRES.
9. There shall be one umpire at each goal; they shall Inform
the referee when the puck has been put into the goal from the
front.
FACE.
10. The game shall be started and renewed by the referee
blowing his whistle or calling "Play" after dropping the puck in
the centre of the ice between the sticks of two players, one fron;
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 67
each team, who are to face it. After a goal has been scored th«
puck shall be faced in like manner in the centre of the ice.
OFF-SIDE.
11. A player shall always be on his side of the puck. A player
is off-side when he is in front of the puck, or when the puck
has been hit, touched or is being run with, by any of his own
side behind him (i. e., between himself and the end of the rink
near which his goal is placed).
A player being off-side is put on-side when the puck has been
hit by, or has touched the dress or person of any player of the
opposite side, or when one of his own side has run in front of
him, either with the puck or having played it when behind him.
If a player when off-side plays the puck, or annoys or obstructs
an opponent, the puck shall be faced where it was last played
before the off-side play occurred. A player on the defending side
shall not be off-side when he takes a pass from or plays the
puck as it bounds off his goal-keeper within a space of three
feet out from goal and extending to the side of the rink.
KNOCKING-ON.
12. The puck may be stopped with the hand but not carried or
held or knocked on by any part of the body.
CHARGING. TRIPPING, ETC.
13. No player shall raise his stick above his shoulder. Charging
from behind, tripping, collaring, kicking, cross-checking, or push-
ing shall not be allowed. And the referee must rule off the ice,
for any time in his discretion, a player who, in the opinion of
the referee, has deliberately offended against the above rule. If
a player makes any unfair or rough play, or dicputes any de-
cision of the referee or uses any foul or abusive language, the
referee may rule him off for the remainder of the game or for
such time as he may deem expedient, ind no suDstitute shall be
allowed.
gg SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
14. When the puck goes off the ice behind the goal line it shall
be brought out by the referee to a point five yards in front of
the goal line, on a line at right angles thereto, from the point
at which it left the ice, and there faced.
When the puck goes off the ice at the sid«, it shall be simi-
larly faced three yards from the side.
GOAL-KEEPER.
15. The goal-keeper must not during play, lie, sit or kneel upon
the ice; he may stop the puck with his hands, but shall not
throw or hold it. He may wear pads, but must not wear a
garment such as would give him undue assistance in keeping goal.
The referee must rule off the ice, for any time in his discretion,
a player, who, in the opinion of the referee, has offended against
this rule.
CHANGE OF PLAYERS.
16. No change of players shall be made after a match has
commenced. Should any player be injured during a match, break
his skate, or from any other accident be compelled to leave the
ice, the opposite side shall immediately drop a man to equalize
the teams and the match proceed, without such players until
such time as the player so compelled to leave the ice is ready to
return. In event of any dispute, the matter shall at once be
decided by the referee.
STOPPAGES.
17. Should any match be stopped by the referee by reason of
any infringement of any of the rules or because of an accident
or change of players, the puck shall be faced again at the spot
where it was last played before such infringement, accident ol
change of players shall have occurred.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
LAWS ACROSS BORDER
CONDITIONS WHICH GOVERN PLAY OF THE
EASTERN CANADA LEAGUE.
Section i. A team shall be compos'^d of seven players who
shall be bona fide members of the clubs they represent. No
player shall be allowed to play on more than one team in the same
series during a season, except in a case of bona fide change of
residence from one city to anmher at least fifty miles apart.
Sec. 2. The game shall be commenced and renewed by a face
in the center of the rink.
definition of a FACE.
The puck shall be faced by being placed between the sticks of
two opponents, and the referee then calling "play."
The goals shall be placed at least ten feet from the edge of the
ice.
Sec. 3. Two half-hours, with an intermission of ten minutes
between, will be the time allowed for matches, but no stops of
more than fifteen minutes will be allowed. A match will be de-
cided by the team winning the greatest number of games dur-
ing that time. In case of a tie after playing the specified two
half-hours, play will continue until one side secures a game,
unless otherwise agreed upon between the captains before the
match. Goals shall be changed after each half-hour.
Sec. 4. No change of players shall be made after a match has
commenced, except for reasons of accidents or injury during the
game.
Sec 5, In the event of a player being injured or compelled to
leave the ice during a match, he may retire from the game for
the period of ten minutes playing time, but play must be con-
tinued immediately without the teams leaving the ice, the op-
posing team dropping a player to equalize. If at the expiration
70 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
oi ten minutes the injured player is unable to resume his position
on the ice, his captain may put on a substitute, providing the
injury occurred during the first half of the match. If, however,
the player was injured during the second half, the opposing
captain shall have the option of dropping a man for the balance
of the playing tirhe or allowing the injured player's side to put on
a substitute. The man dropped to equalize shall return to the
ice when the injured player does or when substitute is put on.
In the event of a dispute between the captains as to the injured
player's fitness to continue the game, the matter shall at once
be decided by the referee, and his decision shall be final. An
injured player may not resume play after his place has been
filled by a substitute, without the consent of the opposing team's
captain.
Sec. 6. Should the game be temporarily stopped by the in-
fringement of any of the rules, the captain of the opposite team
may claim that the puck be taken back and a face take place
where it was last played from before such infringement occurred.
Sec. 7. When a player hits the puck, anyone of the same
side, who at such moment of hitting is nearer the opponent's goal
line is out of play, and may not touch the puck himself or in
any way whatever prevent any other player from doing so, until
the puck has been played. A player should always be on his
own side of the puck. In the event of the puck rebooinding off
the goal keeper's body, players of his team touching the puck
are to be considered on side.
Sec. 8. The puck may be stopped but not carried or knocked
on by any part of the body, nor shall any player close his hand
on, or carry the puck to the ice in his hand. No player shall
raise his stick above the shoulder, except in lifting the puck.
Charging from behind, tripping, collaring, kicking or shinning
shall not be allowed, and for any infringement of these rules, the
referee or his assistant may rule the offending player off the ice
for that match, or for such portion of actual playing time as he
may see fit, but it shall not be necessary to stop the game to en-
force this rule.
Sec. 9. M^hen the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs behind
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 71
the goals it shall be taken by the referee to five yards at rign*
angles from the goal line and there faced. When the puck goes
ofi:" the ice at the sides it shall be taken by the referee to five
yards at right angles from the boundary line and there faced.
Sec. 10. The goal keeper must not during play, lie, kneel or
sit upon the ice, but m.ust maintain a standing position.
Sec. II. Goal shall be scored when the puck shall have passed
between the goal posts from in front below an imaginary line
across the top of posts.
Sec. 12. Hockey sticks shall not be more than three inches
wide at any part.
Sec. 13. The puck must be made of vulcanized rubber, one
inch thick all through and three inches in diameter.
The Spalding hockey puck, the official puck of the League,
must be used in all matches. The home club to furnish the
referee with a new puck previous to the match.
Sec. 14. The captains of the competing teams shall agree upon
two timekeepers, one penalty timekeeper, two umpires (one to
be stationed behind each goal, which position shall not be changed
during a match). In the event of the captains failing to agree
on umpires and timekeepers, the referee shall appoint them.
Sec. 15. All disputes during the match shall be decided by the
referee, and he shall have full control of all players and of-
cials from I he commencement to finish of matches, inclusive of
stops, and his decision shall be final.
Sec. 16. All questions as to games shall be settled by the
umpires, and iheir decision shall be final.
Sec. 17. In the event of any dispute as to the decision of an
umpire or timekeeper the referee shall have power to remove and
replace him.
Sec. 18. Any player guilty of using profane or abusive lan-
guage to any officials or other players shall be liable to be ruled
off by the referee or his assistant for the match or for such
portion of actual playing time as he may see fit.
Sec. 19. The referee shall, previous to the commencement of
the match for which he has been duly appointed or agreed upon,
obtain from the captains of each of the competing clubs a full
72 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAR-T.
list of the players of their respective teams, and, if during the
match a substitute is used by either club, the captain of the club
using such substitute shall give to the referee the name of such
substitute player, and same will be inclined in the list of names j
of said team.
The referee shall, before starting a match, see that the neces-
sary penalty timekeeper, timekeepers and umpires have been ap-
pointed and are in their respective places. In the event of the
competing clubs failing to agree upon umpires and timekeepers
the referee shall appoint same. The referee shall have full con-
trol of all officials and players during the match ( including r,
stops), he shall face the puck at the commencement of eachi
half and at such other times as may be necessary, he shall also
call off-sides or rule offending players off for such period oil
playing time as he may see fit, and perform such other duties as
may be provided for hereinafter or in the laws of hockey ori
championship rules.
The referee shall order the teams on the ice at the advertised
time, and if for any reason there be more than fifteen minutes
delay in the commencement of the match, the referee shall state in
his report to the Secretary of the Association the cause of thei
delay, and name the club or clubs if they be at fault. It will be
the referee's duty to record the time of the starting and finish-
ing of the match, as well as the games scored, mailing to the
Secretary of the Association, within three days of date of match,
on the forms provided for the purpose, a report of the match i
in detail, including the names of players penalized, together i
with the number and length of penalties imposed (this informa
tion to be obtained from the penalty timekeeper, who shall also
keep for the referee a record of the games scored, and, if pos-
sible, who by and the time).
Should the assistant appointed or agreed upon be made to
act at the last minute, or through sickness or accident be un-
able to finish the match, the referee shall have power to appoint
another in his stead, if he deems it necessary or if requested to
do so by the captains of one of the competing teams.
Sec. 20. The assistant referee will during the period of a
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 73
match be under the control of the referee; he shall, however,
have full power to stop the game should an offside or foul occur
which has escaped the notice of the referee. He shall also have
power to rule off for such time as he may see fit any player
committing a foul. He shall also perform such other duties as
may be assigned to him by the referee from time to time. If
owing to illness or 'accident, the referee is unable to continue to
officiate, the assistant shall perform such duties as devolve upon
the referee during the balance of the match, selecting an as-
sistant if he deems it necessary or if requested to do so by the
captain of one of the competing teams.
Sec. 21. The penalty timekeeper shall keep a complete record
of the penalties imposed by the referee or his assistant, and shall
have control of all players while serving the time of their penal-
ties, and any player ruled off shall not return to the ice until
the playing time for which he was penalized has expired and
then only by permission of the penalty timekeeper.
A record of the games scored, who scored by and the time of
each shall be recorded by the penalty timekeeper, and this, to-
gether with a recoird of the penalties imposed, shall be handed!
the referee at the close of the match.
74 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
EASTERN CANADA RULES
Section i. The season shall be from the first of January to
the tenth of March, both days inclusive.
Sec. 2. The championship shall be decided by a series of
games, a schedule of which shall be drawn up by one delegate
from each club at the annual convention. The club winning the
most matches shall be declared champions.
Sec. 3. Unless President is notified jointly by the competing
clubs at least four clear days before a match, that a referee and
assistant have been agreed upon and have consented to act, the
appointments shall be made at a meeting of a committee com-
posed of one delegate from each club, to be called three days
previous to the date set for each game. In the event of a tie,
the President or his representative to have casting vote.
Sec. 4. All championship matches shall be played in rinks
arranged for by the home club, subject to the approval of the
Association. Rink must be at least one hundred and seventy-five
feet long by sixty-five feet in width. Goals shall be six feet
wide and four feet high, and provided with goal nets, such as
approved by the Association. The goals shall be placed at least
ten feet from the edge of the ice.
Sec. 5. The home club shall furnish the referee with a new
puck for each match. The Spalding Hockey Puck, the official
puck of the league, must be used in all matches.
Sec. 6. All matches shall be started at 8.30 P. M., unless other-
wise agreed upon by the competing clubs, and if, for any reason,
there be more than fifteen minutes' delay in the commencement
of a match, the club at fault shall, unless good reasons be given
to the President for the delay, pay to the Association as a pen-
alty the sum of twenty-five dollars. The referee shall state in
his report to the Secretary of the Association if more than
fifteen minutes' delay occurred in the commencement of the
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 75
match, giving cause of such delay and naming the club at fault.
Upon receipt of this information the President shall decide
whether or not the club be fined.
Sec. 7. Visiting' clubs shall be allowed traveling expenses (by
the home club) as follows: Between Montreal and Ottawa,
eighty-five dollars ; between Montreal and Quebec, one hundred
dollars ; between Ottawa and Quebec, one hundred and twenty-
five dollars.
Sec. 8. — The Association shall offer a championship trophy,
the winning club to hold same, and be recognized as champions.
The trophy shall be delivered to the winning club within seven
days after the close of the season.
Sec. 9. — Any club winning the championship three times shall
become absolute owners of the trophy.
Sec. id. Any team making default shall forfeit the right to
compete for the championship for that season, no matches played
with defaulting clubs shall count. Unless a written notice signed
by the President and Secretary of the club be sent to the Secre-
taries of the opposing team and Association, five days previous
to the match, signifying the club's intention to default, the
defaulting club shall pay to the opposing team within thirty days
a fine of one hundred dollars.
76 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Laws of Hockey of the Intercollegiate
Hockey League
(Adopted October 30, 1909.)
Section i. The game of Intercollegiate Hockey shall be
played on ice by two teams, the players of which shall all be on
skates. Its object shall be the lawful scoring of goals. The
team scoring the greater number of goals during the playing
period shall be declared the winner.
RINK.
Sec. 2. The Hockey rink shall be at least 112 by 58 feet. The
imaginary lines at the two ends of the rink shall be termed the
goal lines. The two sides of the rink shall be known as the side
lines.
GOALS.
Sec. 3. A goal shall be placed midway on each goal line, and
shall consist of a goal net supported by two upright posts 4 feet
in height, placed 6 feet apart, and at least 10 and not more than
15 feet from the edge of the ice. The goal posts must be firmly
fixed to the ice.
Note. — In the event of a goal post or net being broken or dis-
placed, the referee shall at once stop the game and not allow play
to be resumed until after the damage is repaired.
POSITIONS.
Sec. 4. There shall not be more than seven players on a
Hockey team. These players shall fill the position of goal,
point, cover point and forwards, respectively. The goal position
shall be the one that is directly in front of the goal. At no period
during the play shall any player who fills this position He, kneel,
or sit upon the ice. He must also always maintain a standing
position. The point position is the one that is directly in front
of the goal position. The cover point position is the one directly
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. T^
in front of the point position. The four forward positions shall
be known as the left wing, the right wing, the centre and the
rover, respectively. The wing positions shall be at the two ends
of the forward line. The center position is the one midway on
the forward line, and it shall be the duty of the player who fills
this position to face the puck. The rover position is between
the cover point and the center positions.
Note. — It is to be understood that the positions herein named
are the ones that the players are intended to fill when the teams
face off in the center of the ice.
STICKS.
Sec. 5. A Hockey stick shall not be more than thre^ inches
wide at any part and not more than thirteen inches long at the
blade. It shall be made entirely of wood. Tape binding is per-
missible, however. Each player shall carry a Hockey stick in his
hand, and shall be considered out of the play the moment he
violates this rule.
SKATES.
Sec. 6. No player shall wear skates that are pointed or sharp-
ened in such a manner as to be unnecessarily dangerous to other
players. The referee shall be the judge, and shall refuse to allow
a player to use such skates.
PUCK.
Sec. 7. A puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber one inch
thick throughout. It shall be three inches in diameter, and shall
weigh at least 7 6/16 and not more than 7 9/16 ounces.
OFFICIALS.
Sec. 8. There shall be a referee, an assistant referee, two
goal umpires and two timekeepers for each match. Should a
referee be unable to continue to officiate, his assistant shall
become the referee. The referee shall fill all vacancies in other
official positions that may occur during a match; or when the
competing teams have been unable to agree ; or when the selected
'^^ SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
officials are absent at the agreed starting hour. In the event
of a dispute over the decision of an umpire, the referee may
remove and replace the official.
DUTIES OF THE REFEREE.
Sec. 9. The referee, before starting a match, shall see that
the other officials are in their proper places. He shall see that
the ice is in condition for play and that the goals comply with
the rules. He shall order the puck faced at the commencement
of the game and at such other times as may be necessary. He
shall have full control over the puck during the match. He
shall call offside plays. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing time that he may see fit
any player who violates the rules. The referee shall, furthermore,
perform all other duties that may be compulsory. He shall begin
and suspend play by means of a whistle.
DUTIES OF THE ASSISTANT REFEREE.
Sec. 10. The assistant referee shall see that no player violates
Section 19 of the Laws. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing timte that he may see fit any
player who violates the said section. The assistant referee shall
become the referee should the latter be unable to continue to
officiate.
DUTIES OF THE UMPIRES.
Sec. II. An umpire shall be stationed behind each goal. He
shall inform the referee whenever the puck has passed between
the goal posts from the front. He shall have no jurisdiction over
the awarding of a goal. He shall stand upon the ice, and shall
retain the same goal throughout the entire game.
DUTIES OF THE TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 12. The timekeepers shall keep an accurate account of
the time of the match, deducting time for stoppages in actual
play. They shall immediately report to the referee any variance
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 79
n time, and the referee shall decide the matter. The timekeepers
hall keep an accurate account of penalties imposed, and no pen-
ilized player shall return to the ice without the permission of
he timekeepers. The tinuekeepers shall be notified by the
eferee when a goal is scored, and shall keep an accurate record
)f the tallies. The final score shall be given by them to the
•eferee at the close of the match. They shall, at half time,
lotify the contesting teams when five and when eight minutes
lave expired. They shall, at half time notify the referee when
en minutes have expired.
LENGTH OF GAME.
Sec. 13. There shall be two halves of twenty minutes each,
ivith an intermission of ten minues between the two periods of
play. At the end of the forty minutes' play, should the score
je tied, the teams shall change goals, and after an intermission of
ive minutes play shall be resumed for a period of ten minutes.
Should the score be tied at the end of this period, play shall be
resumed after an intermission of five minutes and continued
until a goal has been scored. The captains of the contesting
teams with the consent of the referee, after the regular periods
and the first extra period have been played, may agree on another
method of playing off a tie score, but in the absence of such
agreement and consent, the tie must be played off in accordance
with the provisions of this Law.
TIME TAKEN OUT.
Sec. 14. Time shall be taken out whenever the game is sus-
pended by the referees, and shall begin again when the puck is
put in play. No delay of more than five minutes shall be allowed.
SUBSTITUTES.
Sec. 15. Substitutes shall be allowed at any time during a
game, but a player who has been replaced by a substitute shall
not be allowed to re-enter the game.
80 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. |
WHAT CONSTITUTES A GOAL.
Sec. i6. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have law
fully passed between the goal posts. No goal shall be allowc'
that is the direct and immediate result of loafing off side, a:
offside play, a kick or a throw by the hand. The referee shal;
decide upon these points, and may render his decision even afte:
the puck has passed between the goal posts. A line not mon
than one-half an inch wide shall be drawn on the ice from th
center of one goal post to the center of the other. To effect ;
score the puck must have completely passed this line.
I
FACE.
Sec. 17. A face is the placing by the referee of the puck upor
the ice on its largest surface between the sticks of two players
one from each team. The referee shall then order^ the play tc
begin. Should a player repeatedly refuse to lawfully face thejgl
puck he shall be penalized by the referee. A face shall take placcj
in the center of the ice at the beginning of each period and after
the scoring of each goal. The referee may also order a face a
any time and place he deems necessary., A face shall be in order,
whenever play is resumed.
OFFSIDE PLAY.
Sec 18. Any player nearer to his opponent's goal line than
is an imaginary line running through the center of the puck and
parallel with the two goal lines is offside. A player offside shall
be considered out of the play, and may not touch the puck him
self or in any manner prevent any other player from doing so,
until the puck has been touched by an opponent in any way
whatsoever, or until it has been carried nearer than he is himself
to his opponent's goal line. If a player violates this rule, the
puck shall be faced where it was last played before thg offside
play occurred. In the event of the puck rebounding off the
body of the player in the goalkeeper's position, the other players
of his team shall be considered on side.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. '81
FOUL PLAYING.
Sec 19. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall throw his
stick. No player shall trip, hold with his hand, b'ody or stick,
kick, push or cross-check an opponent. No player shall inter-
fere in any way with an opponent who is not playing the puck,
No player shall raise his stick above his shoulder, except in lift-
ing the puck. A player being out of the play shall not interfere
with an opponent. -t^^t^t^ ^^^t^ r.
^ PUCK FOULS.
Sec. 20. A player may stop the puck with any part of his
stick or body. He may not, however, hold, bat, throw, kick or
carry the puck with his skate or any part of his body. He may
not close his hand upon the puck. The player in the goal
position may catch the puck, but if he does he must at once drop
the puck to the ice at his own feet.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
Sec. 21. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs behind
the goal line, it shall be brought out by the referee to a point
five yards in front of the goal line, on a line at right angles
thereto, from the point at which it left the ice or where the foul
occurred, and there faced. In the aforementioned cases the puck
shall always be faced at least five yards to the left or the right
of the nearer goal post. When the puck goes off the ice at the
side lines it shall be taken by the referee to a point five yards out
at right angles with the nearer side line and there faced.
PENALTIES.
Sec. 22. In awarding a penalty the referee or his assistant
shall use discretion in order that his ruling does not work against
the better interests of the non-offending team.
POWERS OF CAPTAINS.
Sec. 23. The captains of the opposing teams shall have the
power to agree upon any matter not covered in the aforesaid
laws.
Stu?e THE SPALDING
TRADEMARK
SPALDING OFFICIAL HOCKEY PUCK,
^ee the Spalding Trade-Mark on Puck itself before putting into play.
Mo. "13. The Spalding " Official" Trade-Mark Puck has
been adopted as official puck of The Canadian
Amateur Hockey League, composed of these world-famed
teams: Montreal, Shamrock, Quebec, Victoria and
Westmount Each, 50c.
No. 15. The Spalding "Practice" Puck is reguFation size,
and really better than the so-called official pucks turned
out by other makers Each, 25c.
Extract from Official Rules of the Canadian Amateur Hockey League
Sec. 13. The Spalding Hockey Puck, the Official Puck of the League,
must be used in all match games.
SPALDING "TOM HOWARD" MODEL HOCKEY STICKS
The "Tom Howard" Model ice hockey sticks have
lying" blade, properly trimmed to give correct balan
for shooting the puck, and are adopted for general all i
style of play. Fairly light in weight and with the
degree of stiffness, the
elm being specially
selected by Mr.
Howard,
Mr. Howard, who was for many
years a hockey player of inter-
national reputation, and now gen-
erally considered the most success-
ful ice hockey coach in either the
United States or Canada, has dur-
ing the past twenty years fur-
nished his special model sticks
to many of the most famou
players the game has ever
produced. Hereafter all
"Tom Howard" ice
hockey sticks will be
supplied by A. G.
Spalding & Bros
Tom Howard " Model A
' Tom Howard '
Supplied for either r
or left handed plal
Mention which im
required and whether :j
or left handed when ordeij
Tom Howard " Model A. 1 1
handle and long blade. The Ij
is wider than on Model B- For pli
who like a big stick. . . Each, $
Tom Howard " Model B. Same
eral lines as Model A, but shorte
handle and blade and smaller m
throughout Each, $
PROMn ATTENTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STOI
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
'Pikalntfftcl /idi/5,l9f5 Stiiitcl lo thangc uohcul i
THE SPALDING
TRADE-MARK '^Kf
SPALDING
iRS' AUTOGRAPH HOCKEY STICKS
selected rock elm. Exact duplicates in
/eight, balance and every other particular
|actual sticks we suppjy to the famous
vhose autographs they bear and wh
exclusively in all their games.
Model. Autograph
(Defence) Stick.
eight defence stick, blade of stick
n ice, is very light and stiff in the
Cleghorn is considered by many
perts as the nriost valuable and
player in the game to day.
Each. 75c
No. AH
No. AH.
k.utograph (Forward)
• Each. 75c. ^^E:smm^
This is a light weight forward stick
fj ^s='-^:rf,<;^ same as used by a great many of
„ ti'^-Z' 3?'^'...J_j^ '^^ most famous players in Canad^
lodel. Autograph
[jl) Stick. Each. 75c.
No. AHG. This is a Built Up goal stick, and
^t^^ m made after suggestions of the great
y^^Sr&^yi.i^^y'^ Canadian goal player. Percy Le Su
kutograph (Goal)
Stick. Ea.,$1.00
■4
,mENTION GIVEN TO
COMMUNICATIONS
JDIIESSEDTOUS
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS Boot
•PWro fa tStci July 5. 191/5 Subject to change uiithoiri i
For Canadian prioa ae tpetial Cana^an i
THE SPALDING
SPALDING
CHAMPIONSHIP HOCKEY STICKS
Macle of the finest selected Canadian rock elm. Exclu
eively used and endorsed by the Qyebec Hockey Club,
Champions of the World, holders of the Stanley Cup
by the Victorias, Winnipeg, Champions (Amateurb)
Allen Cup, and the Canadian Hockey Club of
Montreal, and many other well known teams
These sticks will not fray at the bottom where
they come in contact with the ice and will
retain their shape under all conditions. Tht
very important matter of weight and bal-
ance has been carefully considered and
the Spalding Sticks are much lighter,
yet stronger, than any others on the / /
market. /
No,0. Championship Stick, Regu
' lar Forward Model. ELach, 50c.
No. 0. Championship Stick.
Long Blade, Forward Model,
fach, 50c
No. 0. Championship
i Stick, Defence Model
Each, 60c.
TRADEMARK
SPALDINC
REGULATIOl
AND PRACTICE
HOCKEY STICKS
No. 0 Defence
SPALDING
ICE HOCKEY GOALS
No. A. Strong steel frame, with heavy white twine
netting. Suitable for outdoors or indoors; quickly
removable, leaving no hole
Pair. $20.00
PROMPT AnENTION GIVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST
SEE INSIDE FRONT
OF THIS 80
"Prtcei in ejfec/ July 5. /9/5 Subject /o change wilhoul notice. For Canadian t
THE SPALDING
TRADEMARK "^rrrl^^
QUALITY
5PALDING ICE HOCKEY GLOVES
CORRECT STYLES. COMPLETE ASSORTMENT
No.LG
This is the model of the glove
Dy the most successful Goal
f playing in Canada, and in-
all the special Spalding features
have put our gloves, the same
skates, shoes and sticks, in a
7 themselves wherever the game
, key is played. Notice especially
itfitented "centre break" finger
protect the back bone of the
also the "broken in "leather
I, palm of special treated leather,
|. 3 the special designed wrist ex
I palm, triple thumb padding;
lined, well padded 7-inch cuff;
knuckles. Gloves of special
brown glove leather. Pr.,$6.00
No. G No. HIG
No. G. This glove was made by us on
a special cail from one of the greatest
Forwards who ever played the game.
Perfectly flexible except for the cuff,
which is 5 inches long and reed pad-
ded. No extra weight in this glove but
thorough protection where really
needed. Tufted padding. Durable
brown glove leather. . Pair, $5.00
No. HIG. A really wonderful all around
glove. Has patented "center-break"
finger pad, " broken-tn " leather ven-
tilated palm, and special design wrist
extension palm with special cross pads
to protect w^rist. Cuff reed padded 5 Vi
inch, leather lined, white knuckles.
Glove of special tanned brown glove
No HI leather Pair, $4.50
No. HL Including patented "center-break" finger pad,
triple thumb padding and white knuckles as in our higher
priced gloves, and in every respect a first class all around
Hockey glove. Ventilated leather palm, 5 '/2-inch reed
padded leather lined cuff. Glove of brown glove leather.
Pair, $4.00
No. HG. Gives ample protectioi? to all bones and joints in
the player's hand. Brown leather, with white buckskin
palm, and gauntlet padded with rattan reeds. Pair, $3.50
No. H2. Correct model well made Hockey glove. Properly
padded, 5/<-inch reed padded cuff, leather lined. Venti-
lated leather palm. Glove of brown glove leather.
Pair. $2.50
HOW TO PLAY ICE HOCKEY
By S. Trafford Hicks
No. 20R. Spalding's Athletic Library. Price 25 cents.
No.HS
AnENTIONGIVENTOl
COMMUNICATIONS
IBBESSEDTOUS
A. G.SPALDING &, BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
I FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
^J^ For Canadian prim ta sfiedal Canadian Colabgut.
Leg Guards for Goal Keepen
No. 7G. Exclusive Spalding design. (Patent
for.) Special tanned brown leather covered
heavy roll knee pads. Wing pads to give ex
tection to the calf and shin. Ankle pads gr
plete protection and thigh pads are especia
padded Paii
No, CG. Similar design and make up to No.
wrhite canvas instead of leather covered. Pai
No. 7G
Ice Hockey Goal Keepers*
Leg Guards
Patent applied for.
Note Special "Wing" Padding
No.KH
Shin Guards for Forward Playi
No. 16X. Fiber
Molded Shin Guard,
w^ith felt knee pad.
Steel band re-
inforcements to
keep fiber firm
and webbing
shinwards. To
be worn under
stockings.
Pair, $2.50
No. KH. Canvas Reed Padded Shin Guard, with
felt knee pad. Very light, but gives complete pro- No. 16X
tection. To be worn under stockings. Pair, $1.50
No. K. All- Felt Shin* Guard, with elastic band to hold in place. To b(
under stockings Pa
Spalding Ice Hockey Knee and Elbow Pads, with
Elastic Bandage Supports
No. EF. Combined Elbow - — ^- ^ —
Pad and woven Elastic * /
Bandage. Padded with felt
strips. Elastic bandage No. EF
furnishes support to elbow
while special arrangement
of the felt strips provides j
protection against bruises. m irp
No. KF. Same as No.EF,but for knee instead of elbow. Pair, %2SiQ-k$21 .60 D.
No. KE. Combined leather covered roll style Knee Pad, with elastic reinforce!
either end which holds pad in place ^sSx,%1.SQ-^ $21 M Dc
No. KG. Combined canvas covered Knee Pad lined with felt and with elasti
forcement at either end Pair, $1.00-^ ^^/^.<5'(^ Z>a
The prices printed in italics opposite items marked with if will be quoted only on orders,
half dozen or more at one time. Quantity prices NOT allowed on items NOT marked v.
N.
PROMPT AmNTION GIVEN TO I
,ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
I FOR COMPLETE UST OF
SEE INSIDE FRONT C
OFTHISBflOl
'Pficalntjffed luk)S.I9f5 S>Ahd lo <httngt uUheul t
I IK tpedal ■Canadian Colidotm.
Se THE SPALDING
TRADEMARK '^rr^
QUALITY
Body Protectors for Hockey Goal Keepers
No. 4H. Heavy felt, with elastic belt to go around
body, and specially padded leather protection over
stomach Each, $3.50
Also following regular base ball catchers' body pro-
tectors, equally suitable for ice hockey goal keepers.
No. 5P. Leather padded style, not inflated. Patented
June 22, 1909; August 24, 1909. . . Each, $10.00
No. 4-0. Inflated style. Patented November 24, 1903.
Each, $10.00
No. 2-0. Inflated. Full size " 7.50
No. 0. Inflated. Slightly narrower than No. 2-0. 5.00
No. M. Inflated Each, 3.50
.^^^^M No. 2. Inflated. Youths'. Good size. " 3.00
^^^■B . Spalding
HHS9^H Eyeglass Protector
^M ^^H for Hockey
^H ^^^^H Made of strong annealed w^ire,
^H ^^^H nicely padded, and a thorough
^^No 411^^^^ protection for eyeglasses or
^eepers'BodyProtector spectacles. . . Each, $2.00
Spalding Ice Hockey Pants
PADDED
B. Heavy brown or white canvas, hips padded
tly. Very loose fitting. Pair, $1,00 if $70.80 Boz.
UNPADDED-FLY FRONT. LACED
White or black sateen. Pair, $1.25 if $23. SO Doz.
White or black sateen. " 1.00* 10.80 Doz,
White or black sateen. " .75 # 8.10 Doz.
White, black or gray jean. .50-^ 5 .40 Doz .
Stripes down sides of any of these pants,
Pair, extra, 25c. * $2.70 Doz.
Spalding Full Length Tights
,A. Best worsted, full fashioned. . Pair, $5.00
505. Cut worsted. . . Paxx, %Z.OO if $33.00 Doz.
lA. Cotton, full quality. White, black or flesh.
Pair, $1.00-* $10. SO Doz .
Spalding Score Cards for Ice Hockey
jned by S. Trafford Hicks, former Captain Harvard Hockey Team. Dozen, 24c.
ricea printed in italics opposite items marked with if will be quoted only on orders for one-
lozen or m-ore at one time. Quantity prices NOT allowed on items NOT marked with if
Eyeglatss Protector
No. 5B
ATTENTION GIVEN TO
Y COMMUNICATIONS
UDDRESSEOTOUS
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
I FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
"Prtca^n tSecS luly 5, 19 f 5. Subled lo change w'/Aouf notice. For Canadian firicea lee spectal Canadian Catalogue.
SUHE SPALDING
TRADEMARK
SPALDING ^^xEEL ^ HOCKEY SKATES ?*'
Spalding Tubular Steel Hockey Skate
Showing Spalding Tubular Hockey Skate at-
tached to Spalding No. 339 Shoe
obtainable for the purpose.
We have been manufact
Tubular Hockey Skates no
ten years,' each year putti:
some new improvement to
benefit of the hockey p]
The 1915 Spalding model ha
endorsement of actual
most famous players
in addition to many
in this country, who prefe
tubular construction. Ruif
of special treated Synthloy
hardened and tempered,
tough and absolutely the i
Sizes 91/2, 10, 101/2, 11, 111/2, 12 in. foot le^i
)aei na
1 usebf
in Cal
of thel
'!
Spalding Tubular Steel Hockey Skates. Aluminum finish Pair. P
Price, including Spalding No. 339 Shoes, complete, attached... "
COMPARATIVE ICE SKATE AND SHOE SIZES
1, IK. 2
2/2, 3. 3K
4, 4/„ 5
B<A, 6, 6>/i
Skates to be
attached with
Screws or Rivets
SIZES
8 /a
9
10
9'A
10
lO'A
7. 7 'A. i
6'A, 9. i
10, 10/,, 11
ll'A, 12
Skates to be
attached with
Screws or RiveU
SIZES
10>^
11
11/,
12
SIZt
11
11;
12
12
PROMPT ATTENTION GIVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
AODBESSEOTOUS
A. G. SPALDING &. BROS,
STORES IN ALL LAR(3E CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF S|
SEE INSIDE FRONT CO
OF THIS BOO!
^Prt^l^'^^jS^yTlT&ii^ccnoJiai^^SuntoU^F^
ItDte THE SPALDING
TRADEMARK
ALDING
./WS56<«i^^<«'<!2<-
HOCKEY SKATES
No. XHN. Spalding "Intercollegiate" Narrow Blade (3-32 in.) Expert
Hockey Skate. Pair, $5.00
No. XHW is similar to above but with wide (5-32 in.) Blade.
Blades are of Synthloy steel,
hardened and tempered, very
special polished, plated and
buffed. Plates extra fine pol-
ished, plated and buffed.
Sizes, 9, 91/2, 10, 10^, 11, lli^,
12 inches.
No. XHN. Spalding "Intercol-
legiate" Expert Hockey Skates.
Narrow blade, 3-32 in.
Pair, $5.00
No. XHW. Same as No. XHN,
except wide blade, 5-32 in.
Pair, $5.00
a's Tuxedo Combination, including "Inter-
egiate" Hockey Skates, either No. XHN
No. XHW, fastened to Spalding Shoes No.
Complete, Pair, $10.00
s Tuxedo Combination. Price
' either No. XHN or No. XHW
ates, including Spalding No.
9 Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $10.00
len's Tuxedo Combination,
ice for XHW Skates, including
\. 370 Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $10.00
3IAL NOTICE. The skates list-
a this pag-e are built to toe used
palding- Men's Shoes No. 339, or
ling" Women's Shoes No. 370, or
other style made similarly,
cannot toe used to good advant-
^n ordinary street shoes, nor with
y skating- shoes made with full
Women's Tuxedo Combination, including "In-
tercollegiate" Hockey Skates No. XHW fas-
tened to Spalding Shoes No. 370, for Women
or Girls. Complete, Pair, $10.00
[TAnENTIONGIVENTOl
COMMUNICATIONS
RDORESSEDTO US
A. G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPUTE LIST OF ST3RES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
BOOK
OF THIS
fhicei in effect July 5. 19 fi Subjecl to change without i
For Canadian prices set special Canadian Calalaguc
ACCEPT NO
SUBSTITUTE
THE SPALDING
TRADEMARK
bPALDlNG COKKECTLY DESIGNED SKATING SH<
No. 339 . ^
"Expert" Racing and Hockey Shoes
No. 337. For racing and expert
hockey players. Fine quality
kangaroo leather, very soft and
pliable, extremely light weight;
reinforced inside over ankle,
laces low. Blucher style. Spe-
cial counter supports foot. Very
light soles Pair $5.00
We recommend these shoes for use especially
with Spalding Tubular Racing Skates, also
with any style racing skates made to be
riveted to shoes.
"Championship" Hockey SE
No. 339. A heavier weight
than No. 337. Fine qualit;
Reinforced inside over
Padded tongue. Special c<
supports ankle, instep and
of foot. Hard box toe s
protection. Laces low. B
cut. Large brass eyelets. Pri
The most popular and universally satisi,
hockey shoes ever made. Recommend
ticularly for use with Spalding
Skates, regular and Tubular styles. I
also for use with any Canadian
Hockey Skate,
Spalding "Special" Skating Shoes
No. 336. Best quality calf. Laces
low. Blucher cut. Special lined.
Full heels Pair, $6.00
Recommended particularly for use with any
Spalding high grade skates requiring full
heel shoes. It is the proper style also to
iTT^ar with any high grade Clamn Skatn.
Spalding Hockey Shoes ^
No. 333. Made after the desi
our No. 339 Shoes, but difl.
in quality of material and
struction. Pair,
No. 333 Shoes can be used with any
dian Pattern Hockey or Racing Ska
be riveted on.
PROMPTAnENTIONeiVENTOl
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSEO TO US
A.G.SPALDING & BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
iFORCOMPlErEllSTOFS
SEE INSIDE FRONT CO'
OF THIS BOOr
'PrieaJaJifftcl Iidu.S, I9t5 Sutiut to changt withoul noUc*. For Canadian pricei tt tptdal CanaJian Calokgut.
STANDARD QUALITY
that is universally given the appellation "Standard" is thereby conceded to be the Criterion, to which are
II other thihgs of a similar nature. For instance, the Gold Dollar of the United States is the Standard unit
because it must legally contain a specific proportion of pure gold, and the fact of its being Genuine 13
' the Government Stamp thereon. As a protection to the users of this currency against counterfeiting and
considerable money is expended in maintaining a Secret Service Bureau of Experts. Under the law, citizen
rs must depend to a great extent upon Trade-Marks and similar devices to protect themselves against coun»
jcts — without the aid of "Government Detectives" or "Public Opinion" to assist them.
ently the "Consumer's Protection" against misrepresentation and "inferior quality" rests entirely upon the
1 responsibility of the "Manufacturer."
aiding & Bros, have, by their rigorous attention to "Quality," for thirty-nine years, caused their Trade-Mark to
wn throughout the world as a Guarantee of Quality as dependable in their field as the U. S. Currency is in its field.
;ssity of upholding the guarantee of the Spalding Trade-Mark and maintaining the Standard Quality of their
ods, is. therefore, as obvious as is the necessity of the Government in maintaining a Standard Currency.
;h consumer is not only insuring himself but also protecting other consumers when he assists a Reliable
;r in upholding his Trade-Mark and all that it stands for. Therefore, we urge all users of our Athletic
ist U3 in maintaining the Spalding Standard of Excellence, by insisting that our Trade-Mark be plainly
11 athletic goods which they buy, because without this precaution our best efforts towards maintaining
jality and preventing fraudulent substitution will be ineffectual.
turers of Standard Articles invariably suffer the reputation of being high-priced, and this sentiment is fosterct]
ized by makers of "inferior goods," with whom low prices are the main consideration.
facturer of recognized Standard Goods, with a reputation to uphold and a guarantee to protect, must neces.
higher prices than a manufacturer of cheap goods, whose idea of and basis of a claim for Standard Quality
incipally upon the eloquence of the salesman. ^y^ .^
•n from experience that there is no quicksand more unstable .^i^^\^^^ •^ * ^y^
y in quality— and we avoid this quicksand by Standard Quality. Kg^AT, t^^^'^^^v^^^/^^^i^S^
STANDARD POLICY
ard Quality must be inseparably linked to a Standard Policy. y \ r\ v
a definite and Standard Mercantile Policy, it is impossible for a Manufacturer to long maintain a Standard Quality.
2t his goods through the jobber, a manufacturer must provide a profit for the jobber as well as for the retail
meet these conditions of Dual Profits, the manufacturer is obliged to set a proportionately high list price Ol»
lie the ghb salesman, when booking his orders, to figure out attractive profits to both the jobber and fetailef,
ist prices are absolutely essential; but their real purpose will have been served when the manufacturer HM
order from the jobber, and the jobber has secured his order from the retailer. i- •
•, these deceptive high list prices are not fair to the consumer, who does not, and, in reality, 13 not tVCT
pay these fancy list prices. 111 . 1 -i
he season opens for the sale of such goods, with their misleading but alluring high list prices, thejetailer
alize his responsibilities, and grapples with the situation as best he can, by offering "special discounts," which
1 trade conditions. , .
system of merchandising, the profits to both the manufacturer and the jobber are assured'; but as there is
iintained in the prices to the consumer, the keen competition amongst the local dealers invariably leads to a
1 cutting of prices by which the profits of the retailer are practically eliminated. , .„ , . <t-L
noralization always reacts on the manufacturer. The jobber insists on lower, and still lower, prices. The
;r, in his turn, meets this demand for the lowering of prices by the only way open to him, viz.: the cheapening
ng of the quality of his product. r. > • 1 -t
going conditions became so intolerable that, 16 years ago, in 1899, A. C. Spalding & Bros, determined to rectify
-lization in the Athletic Goods Trade, and inaugurated what has since become known as "The Spalding Policy.
raiding Policy" eliminates the jobber entirely, so far as Spalding Goods are concerried, and the retail dealer
supply of Spalding Athletic Goods direct from the manufacturer by which the retail dealer is assured a lair.
ind certain profit on all Spalding Athletic Goods, and the consumer is assured a Standard Quality and js
rom imposition. /^ j j
palding Policy" is decidedly for the interest and protection of the users of Athletic Goods, and acts m two way»»
The user is assured of genuine Official Standard Athletic Goods.
ID. -As manufacturers, we can proceed with confidence in purchasing at the proper time, the very best raw
rials required in the manufacture of our various goods, well ahead of their respective seasons, and this en«bl«> U« tO prO>
the necessary quantity and absolutely maintain the Spalding Standard of Quality.
il dealers handling Spalding Athletic Goods are requested to supply consumers at our regular printed catalogue
ther more nor less-the same prices that similar goods are sold for in our New York. Chicago and other stores.
Iding dealers, as well as users of Spalding Athletic Goods, are treated exactly alike, and no special rebates Of
lions are allowed to anyone. . ,, , .,.
iefly. is the "Spalding Policy." which has already been in successful operation for the past lb years, and VlU
tely continued,
words. "The Spalding Policy" is a "square deal" (or everybody.
A. C. SPALDING & BROS.
By /^jL^^^^Z^S^^JW".
ATHLETIC LrlBRARY
rate book covers every Athletic Sp
and is Official and Standard
Price 10 cents each
GRAND PRIZE
mmmm
ST. LOUIS. \90^
ATHLETIC GOODS
^m liil^l I Ja^ t^ tMI]
A.G. Spalding ® Bros.
MAINTAIN WH<
and RETAIL STORES
'he FOLLOWING Gl
NEW YORK CHICAGO ST.LOULS
BOSTON MILWAUKEE KANSAS CITY
PHILADELPHIA DETROIT SAN FRANCISCO
NEWARK CINCINNATI LOS ANGELES
ALBANY CLEVELAND SEATTLE
BUFFALO COLUMBUS SALT LAKE Ct
SYRACUSE ROCHESTER INDIANAPOLIS PORTLANT
BALTIMORE WASHINGTON PITTSBURGH MlNNEAP'
LONDON, ENGLAND ATLANTA ST PALL
LIVERPOOL. ENGLAND LOUISVILLE DENV.
BIRMINGHAM. ENGLAND ^ EW ORLEANS DAI
MANCHESTER, ENGLAND ^^^^^^'i/;;^^^^.
BRISTOL. ENGLAND » ^""^^^Tf i^.'^
EDINBURGH. SCOTLAND PARIS, FRA
f GLASGOW. SCOTLAND SYDNEY. AUSTR^
tonei: Downed and operated by AG. Spalding & Bros, and v^herc ell of Sp
^. •>*--L„^ ,.»./.♦,. f I,: ^r-* mr,nn n ft, Inrntrti in thr follov/ina Cii
NEW YORK CHICAGO SAH FBANCrSCO CHICOPEE. Mi
BROOKLYN BOSTON PHILADELPHIA JX>NDON> ENG|
ATM let;s
CIAL'
GfEt)
IDE
6-17
}^
EDITED BY
TOM HOWARD
SPALDING
COMPLETE LINE OF
ATHLETIC GOODS
IN THE FOLLOWING CITIES;
NEW YORK
CHICAGO
SAN FRANCISCO
1S6.1S8 Geary Street
124-128 NassaD St.
SEATTLE. WASH.
CINCINNATI. O.
711 Second Avenue
119 East Fifth Avenue
LOS ANGELES, CAL.
PHILADELPHIA, PA.
CLEVELAND. O.
435 South Spring St.
1210 Chestnut Street
741 Euclid Avenue
PORTLAND. ORE.
Broadway at Alder
BOSTON. MASS.
COLUMBUS. O.
SALT LAKE CITY. UTAH
74 Summer Street
IS7 South High Street
27 E. 2nd South St.
PITTSBURGH, PA.
DETROIT, MICH.
ST. LOUIS, MO.
eos Wood street
121 Woodward Ave.
416 North Seventh St
BUFFALO, N. Y.
WASHINGTON. D. C.
KANSAS CITY. UO.
611 Mala Street
613 14th Street, N.W.
1120 Grand Avenu
SYRACUSE. N. Y.
LOUISVILLE. KY.
MILWAUKEE, WIS.
3S7 So. Warren Street
328 West JefTcrMn St.
379 East Water Street
ROCHESTER, N. Y.
ATLANTA. GA.
DENVER, COL.
40 Clinton Ave., North
74 N. Broad Street
622 SUteenth Street
ALBANY. N. Y.
NEW ORLEANS. LA.
MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.
52 Slate Street
140 Carondclet Street
S2 Seventh St., South
BALTIMORE, MD.
DALLAS. TEX.
ST. PAUL. MINN.
110 E. Baltimore St.
1S03 Commerce Street
386 MInnesoU Street
LONDON. ENGLAND
MANCHESTER. ENG.
MONTREAL. CANADA
&ijh'ao^Bo™;w.c.
78, Cheapeide E. C.
4, Oxford St. and
360-71 Si.C*ib<riiKSi,W.
TJ.,„
1, Lower Moslcy St.
TORONTO. CANADA
W«l E«tf BrMM*
BRISTOL. ENG.
207 Yonge Street
29,Ha}ip&rkct.S.W.
42, HiEh Street
SYDNEY. AUSTRALIA
LIVERPOOL •
EDINRURGH, SCOT.
204 Clarence Street
72, Lord Street
PARIS. FRANCE
BIRMINGHAM, ENG.
GLASGOW. SCOTLAND
35 B..I,v.rdde.Co>CiM
New Street House
68 Buchanan Street
27 Rue Tronchet
> iinOti U ^. C. Sr AltMC I UK.. U uy d Ikt (b*vc addrcuts. wiU rtnivt pranpl illnUM.
FOR OUR CUSTOMERS
THIS ORDER BLANK
IS FOR YOUR CONVENIENCE
YOU PURCHASED THIS BOOK AT
We also sell a complete line of Spalding
Athletic Goods as well as all the
books of the Spalding Athletic Library.
CONSULT THE FULL LIST
FOR OTHER BOOKS ON ATHLETICS
When ordering Athletic Goods use this
sheet. Simply tear it out along dotted
line, fill in your wants on the reverse
side, and mail it with the price as noted.
SEE THE OTHER SIDE
Gentlemen :
Enclosed please find $.
for which send me the articles listed below:
List
Number
Quantity
Description of Article
Pri
"":. \
1
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
SPALDING OFFICIAL ANNUALS
No. 1. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE Price 10c.
No. IS. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE. (fsS) . Price 10c.
No. 2. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL FOOT BALL GUIDE Price 10c.
No. 6. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ICE HOCKEY GUIDE Price 10c.
No. 7. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASKET BALL GUIDE. . . . Price lOc.
No. 7A. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL WOMEN'S BASKET BALL GUIDE. Price 10c.
No. 9. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL INDOOR BASE BALL GUIDE. . Price 10c.
No. 12A. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ATHLETIC RULES. . . Price lOc.
No. IR. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ATHLETIC ALMANAC. . . Price 25c.
N0.3R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL GOLF GUIDE. . . . Price 25c.
No. 55R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL SOCCER FOOT BALL GUIDE. . Price 25c.
No. 57R. SPALDING'S LAWN TENNIS ANNUAL Price 25c.
No. 59R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL RECORD. . . . Price 25c.
Specially Bound Series of Athletic Handbooks
Flexible binding:. Mailed postpaid on receipt of 50 cents each
number.
No. SOIL. STROKES AND SCIENCE OF I.AWN TENNIS
No. 5021.. HOW TO PLAY GOI.F
No. 5031.. HOW TO PI.AY FOOT BALL
No. 504L. ART OF SKATING
No. 505L. GET WELL— KEEP WELL
No. 506L. HOW TO LIVE 100 YEARS
No. 507L. HOW TO WRESTLE
No. 508L. HOW TO PLAY LAWN TENNIS; HOW TO PLAY
TENNIS FOR BEGINNERS
No. 509L. BOXING
No. 510L. DUMB BELL EXERCISES
No. 511L. JIU JITSU
No. 512L. SPEED SWIMMING
No. 513L. WINTER SPORTS
No. 51 4L. HOW TO BOWL
No. 515L. HOW TO SWIM AND COMPETITIVE DIVING.
No. 516L. SCHOOL TACTICS AND MAZE RUNNING; CHIL-
DREN'S GAMES.
No. 517L. TEN AND TWENTY MINUT^ EXERCISES
No. 518L. INDOOR AND OUTDOOR GYMNASTIC GAMES
No. 519L. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BAS^, 0ALL GUIDE
No. 520L. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL FOOT BALL GUIDE
No. 521L. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASKET BALL GUIDE
No. 522L. GOLF FOR GIRLS
No. 523L. HOW TO PLAY BASE BALL; HOW TO UMPIRE;
HOW TO MANAGE A TEAM, ETC.
No. 524L. SPALDING'S LAWN TENNIS ANNUAL
No. 525L. HOW TO PITCH; READY RECKONER OF BASE
BALL PERCENTAGES
No. 526L. HOW TO CATCH; HOW TO BAT
In addition to above, any 25 cent "Red Cover" book listed in
Spalding's Athletic Library will be bound in flexible binding for
50 cents each; or any two 10 cent *' Green Cover " or " Blue Cover "
books in one volume for 50 cents.
(Continued on the next page.)
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
11-30-16
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRART
Group I. Base Ball
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 1 Spalding's Official Base Ball
Guide
Spalding's Official Base Ball
Guide. Spanish Edition.
How to Play Base Ball
Ready Reckoner of Base Ball
How to Bat [Percentages
How to Play the Outfield
How to Play First Base
How to Play Second Base
How to Play Third Base
How to Play Shortstop
How to Catch
How to Pitch
^How to Organize a Base Ball
League [Club
How to Organize a Base Ball
How to Manage a Base Ball
Club
How toTrain a Base BallTeam
How to Captain a Base Ball
How to Umpire [Team
^Technical Base Ball Terms
How to Run Bases
How to Score
Minor League Base Ball Guide
Official Book National League
of Prof. Base Ball Clubs
Spalding's Official Indoor
Base Ball Guide
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. 59R. Official Base Ball Record
(including College records)
Group II. Foot Ball
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 2 Spalding's Official Foot Ball
Guide
No. 358 Official College Soccer Guide
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 39R. How to Play Soccer
No. 47R. How to Play Foot Ball
No. 55R. Spalding's Official Soccer
Foot Ball Guide .
Group III. ..Tennis
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 157 How to Play Lawn Tennis
No. 363 Tennis Errors and Remedies
"Green Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. IP. How to Play Tennis— For Be-
ginners. By P. A. Vaile
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 2R. Strokes and Science of Lawn
Tennis [tralasia
No. 42R. Davis Cup Contests in Aus-
No. 57R. Spalding's Lawn Tennis
Annual
No. IS
No. 202
No. 219
No. 223
No. 224
No. 225
No. 226
No. 227
No. 228
No. 229
No. 230
No.
231
No. 232
No. 350
No. 355
No. 356
No. 9
Group IV. Goll
"Green Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 2P. How to Learn Golf
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 3R. Spalding's Official Golf
No. 4R. How to Play Golf [Guide
No. 63R. Golf for Girls
Group V. Basket Ball
"Blue Cover" Series, each mim,ber 10c.
No. 7 Spalding's Official Basket Ball
Guide
No. 7a Spalding's Official Women's
Basket Ball Guide
No. 193 How to Play Basket Ball
Group VI. Skating and Winter Sports
"Blue Cover " Series, each num,ber 10c.
No. 6 Spalding's Official Ice Hockey
No. 14 Curling [Guide
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 8R. The Art of Skating
No. 20R. How to Play Ice Hockey
No. 28R. Winter Sports
No. 72R. Figure Skating for Women
Group VII. Field and Track Athletics
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 12a Spalding's Official Athletic
Rules
No. 27 College Athletics
No. 55 Official Sporting Rules
No. 87 Athletic Primer
No. 156 Athletes' Guide
No. 178 How to Train for Bicycling
No. 182 All Around Athletics
No. 255 How to Run 100 Yards
No. 302 Y. M. C. A. Official Handbook
No. 317 Marathon Running
No. 342 Walking for Health and Com-
petition
No. 362 Track, Relay and Cross Coun-
try Rules of the National
Collegiate Athletic Ass'n,
"Green Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 3P. How to Become an Athlete
By James E. Sullivan
No. 4P. How to Sprint
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. IR. Spalding's Official Athletic
Almanac
No. 17R. Olympic Games. Stockholm.
1912 [book
No. 45R. Intercollegiate Official Hand-
No. 48R. Distance and Cross Country
Running
No. 70R. How to Become a Weight
Thrower
(Continued on the next page.)
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
ll-SO-16
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group VIII. School Athletics
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 246 Athletic Training for School-
No. 331 Schoolyard Athletics [boys
" Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. 61R. School Tactics and Maze Run-
ning ; Children's Games
No. 66R. Calisthenic Drills and Fancy
Marching and Physical
Training for the School
and Class Room
No. 71R. Public Schools Athletic
League Official Handbook
Group IX. Water Sports
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 128 How to Row
No. 129 Water Polo [Guide
No. 361 Intercollegiate Swimming
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 36R. Speed Swimming
No. 37R. How to Swim and Competi-
tive Diving * "^
No. 60R. Canoeing and Camping
rrnnn Y Athlctlc Gamcs for
uroup \. ^^j^gjj ^j g.j.j^
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 7a Spalding's Official Women's
Basket Ball Guide
No, 314 Girls' Athletics
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 38R. Field Hockey
No. 41R. Newcomb
No. 63R. Golf for Girls
No, 69R. Girls and Athletics
Group XI. Lawn and Field Games
"Blue Cover " Series, 'each number 10c.
No. 167 Quoits
No. 170 Push Ball
No. 180 Ring Hockey
No. 199 Equestrian Polo
No. 201 How to Play Lacrosse
No. 207 Lawn Bowls
"Red Cover" Series, each number, 25c.
No. 6R. Cricket, and How to Play It
Group XII. Miscellaneous Games
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 13 American Game of Hand Ball
No, 364 Volley Ball
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 43R, Archery, R o q u e , Croquet,
English Croquet, Lawn Hockey.
Tether Ball, Clock Golf, Golf-Croquet,
Hand Tennis. Hand Polo, Wicket
Polo, Badminton, Drawing Room
Hockey, Garden Hockey, Basket
Goal, Volley Ball Rules and Pin Ball
No. 49R, How to Bowl
No. 50R. Court Games
Group XIII. Manly Sports
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 191 How to Punch the Bag
No. 282 Roller Skating Guide
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
•No. IIR. Fencing Foil Work Illustrat-
No. 19R, Professional Wrestling [ed
No. 21R. Jiu Jitsu
No. 25R, Boxing
No. 30R. The Art of Fencing
No. 65R. How to Wrestle
Group XIV. Calisthenics
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25e.
No. lOR. Single Stick Drill
No. 16R. Team Wand Drill
No. 22R. Indian Clubs and Dumb
Bells and Pulley Weights
No. 24R. Dumb Bell Exercises
No. 73R. Graded Calisthenics and
Dumb Bell Drills
Group XV. Gymnastics
"Blue Cover" Series, each number lOc,
No. 124 How to Become a Gymnast
No, 254 Barnjum Bar Bell Drill
No. 287 Fancy Dumb Bell and March-
ing Drills
"jRed Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 14R. Trapeze. Long Horse and
Rope Exercises
No. 34R. Grading of Gym. Exercises
No. 40R. Indoor and Outdoor Gym-
nastic Games
No. 52R. Pyramid Building
No. 56R. Tumbling for Amateurs and
Ground Tumbling
No. 67R. Exercises on the Side Horses
Exercises on the Flying
Rings.
No. 68R. Horizontal Bar Exercises ;
Exercises on Parallel Bars
Group ^Vf«> Home Exercising
"Blue CoJer" Series, each num,ber 10c.
No. 161 Tell Minutes' Exercise for
No. 185 Hints on Health [Busy Men
No. 325 Twenty-Minute Exercises
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 7R. Physical Training Simplified
No. 9R. How to Live 100 Years
No. 23R. Get Well; Keep Well
No. 33R. Tensing Exercises
No. 51R. 285 Health Answers
No. 54R, Medicine Ball Exercises.
Indigestion Treated by Gymnastics,
Physical Education and Hygiene
No. 62R. The Care of the Body
No. 64R. Muscle Building ; Health by
Muscular Gymnastics
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
'11-30-16
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group VI. No. 6
Official rj.
Ice Hockey Guide
1917
/):
EDITED BY
THOMAS A. HOWARD
PUBLISHED BY
AMERICAN SPORTS PUBLISHING CO.
21 Warren Street, New York
Copyright, 19X6, by American Sports Publishing Company.
^^0'^'
Copyright, 1916
BY
American Spobts Publishing Company
Nbw York
JAN -8 1917
©CI.A455042
Contents
I PAGE
t0rial Comment 5
lerican Amateur Hockey League Annual Meeting 7
A. H. L. and Intercollegiate Selections 7
s Popularity of Hockey. 9
lerican Amateur Hockey League Season 13
Nicholas vs. Boston A.A. Play-off Series 20
cial Events in New York . ...:....... 25
ercollegiate Hockey , .> 27
llegiate and Scholastic Records .% 29
liege and School Notes /. , 33
; Hockey in Greater Boston ; ; 43
I Hockey in Brooklyn v. . .,.^, 47
i Hockey in Philadelphia ....!.... 50
I Hockey in Pittsburgh .• 55
Hockey in Cleveland ,.... 59
t Hockey in Chicago •-;•••. 63
Hockey in Milwaukee 67
Hockey in Minnesota. . . , 71
icific Coast Hockey Association 73
e Hockey in the Pacific Northwest .1. 77
e Hockey in San Francisco * 79
Hockey in San Diego ..il ., 85
ational Hockey Association's Season ^. 87
anadian Cup Competitions —
Stanley Cup Winners ....'. 94
J Allan Cup Winners 94
"Ontario Hockey Association Champion? 95
:e~Hockey in Montreal 99
;e Hockey for Women Ill
a^ and Championship Rules of the A:'. A. H. L 115
aWs of the Intercollegiate Hockey League 127
aws of National Hockey Association of Canada 133
•ntario Hockey Association Rules 137
aws Across Border 141
Eastern Canada Rules , 146
" ' ' :' '''liil
THOMAS A. HOWARD.
Editor Spalding's Official Ice Hockey Guide.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Editorial Comment
The climate of California was never by the wildest stretch of imag-
ition associated with ice. Twentieth century science, however, over-
mes climatic condition and we read elsewhere in this book of an ice
ating rink at San Diego, California, only fourteen miles from the
exican border.
While the rink at San Diego was looked upon as more or less of
, exposition novelty, the opening of two ice rinks at San Francisco
rly in the present year, and with the reports we have of the ardor
ith which the Coast metropolis has taken to skating, ice skating
id hockey undoubtedly are going to be recognized sports in the land
sunshine and flowers from now on, and if past performances in
her branches of sport are to be taken as a criterion, it may not be
ng before there is another invasion of the East by California athletes,
is time by the hockey players of the Coast.
Hockey, both professional and amateur, has apparently taken a firm
Did in Seattle and Portland, the Portland professional team, popu-
rly called the "Rosebuds," carrying off the Pacific Coast champion-
lip last season and then journeying across the continent to play Les
anadiens of Montreal, the Eastern champions, for the Stanley Cup,
nblematic of the world's championship. Although the Portland team
as defeated three out of five games the scores were very close.
Ice hockey as a popular sport has apparently come into its own
iroughout the northern United States from coast to coast. Organized
:agues are in existence in many sections of the country and the caliber
f play shown by the exponents of the great Canadian game in the
Jnited States today is on the whole on a par with the best hockey
layed in Canada.
The remarkable impetus ice skating received last season quickly
(aimed the attention of promoters and Greater New York now boasts
f three new rinks in addition to the long estabHshed St. Nicholas
^ink, including one in the Borough of Brooklyn, while others are con-
emplated or in course of erection at several of the larger inland cities.
?he large number of rinks now in operation in the United States,
uch as the St. Nicholas Rink, the Ice Palace and Iceland in New
^ork, the Arena in Boston, the Arena in New Haven, Winter Garden
nd Duquesne Garden in Pittsburgh, Elysium in Cleveland, Jai-alai
ink in St. Louis, and the Techau Palace and Winter Garden, San
'rancisco, with still others in Portland, Oregon; Seattle, St. Paul,
Duluth and Detroit, emphasize the growth of ice skating which can-
lot help but be reflected in more clubs and increased interest in ice
lockey, and with the better opportunity for the American youth to
earn to play the greatest of all winter games.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
A. A. H. L. Annual Meeting
Dur teams from New York and three from Boston will be engaged
lay for the amateur hockey championship of the East as a result
he annual meeting of the American Amateur Hockey League, held
he St. Nicholas Rink, November 17, 1916. The New York clubs
be the Crescent A.C., Hockey Club of New York, St. Nicholas
and Irish-American A.C. The Boston representatives will be
ton A. A., Boston Arena Hockey Club and Boston Hockey Club.
last named organization entered the field to take the place of the
vard Club of Boston, which resigned as an active member of the
ue.
he election of officers resulted as follows: President, George G,
lock. Crescent A.C; vice-president, F. D. Huntington, Bostos
. ; secretary-treasurer, R. L. von Bernuth, St. Nicholas S.C. ; execu-
committee, W. Clafflin, Jr., Boston Hockey Club; W. Carleton,
ton Arena Hockey Club; E. J. O'Donnell, New York A.C; Thomas
vard. Hockey Club of New York; James C O'Brien, Irish-Ameri-
A.C; F. D. Huntington, Boston A.A., and George G. Hallock,
scent A.C
was decided that a new method of determining the championship
ild be tried, and that the Boston and New York ends should con-
their preliminary battles in their respective districts and the lead-
in each district come together in the final battles at St. Nicholas
Ic. The schedule committee appointed to draft a schedule of games
the season was comprised as follows : R. L. von Bernuth, St. Nich-
chairman; W. Carleton, Boston Arena Hockey Club; F. D.
itington, Boston A.A. ; W. B. Claflin, Jr., Boston Hockey Club ;
>mas Howard, Hockey Club of New York; Frank Ellison, Irish-
erican A.C; W. Dobby, Crescent A.C
Ithough the Brooklyn Ice Palace — which is hereafter to be the
le of the Crescent Athletic Club — is 200 feet long, it is only 56 feet
ches wide, instead of 58 feet, as required by the hockey rules. The
ue has waived this requirement for this season, as the rink will be
rged to a width of 85 feet in time for the season of 1918.
A.A.H.L. AND INTERCOLLEGIATE SELECTIONS, 1916.
By Thomas A. Howard.
11-Amateur League. Position. All-Collegiate.
nochan, St. Nicholas '. . .Goal York, Yale
[ton, Boston A.A Point Murray, Yale
f ernan. Crescents Cover-point J. Morgan, Harvard
:er, St. Nicholas Rover Percy, Harvard
Tarthy, Crescents Center Curtis, Harvard
Hips, Harvard Club Right wing Tyler, Dartmouth
ood, Boston A.A Left wing Burgess, Yale
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRART.
The Popularity of Hockey
By J. V. FitzGerald, New York.
th the big boom skating enjoyed throughout the country last sea-
vi^as only natural that more interest than ever before was aroused
ice hockey matches in New York, Boston and the many other
in this country where the Canadian game has gained great
arity. In fact, hockey has really come into its own in this
:ry and it is fast becoming one of the most popular of the winter
s,
d this is as it should be, in the opinion of many American lovers
orts. Combining as it does speed, skill and endurance, it is only
al that hockey is making a bigger and bigger appeal each year
e thousands who enjoy real competition. There is not a game,
ly devotees assert, which can compare with the Canadian sport,
mbines the speed of sprint races, the skill of base ball, the spec-
ir features of foot ball and the endurance needed by a Marathon
r.
ded to these things is the appeal it makes to the individual spec-
who can see every play clearly, can follow the rush of the puck,
weep of the skaters and the dexterity with which the skilled
ey player wields his stick. The game is played on such a small
ice, compared to base ball and foot ball, that the onlooker can
ly overlook a play. As a spectator, he is really in the position
referee, umpire or linesman in a foot ball game, so close is he
le zone of play.
at hockey is looking up greatly in this country and is on its way
ven greater popularity than it now enjoys is shown by the fact
hundreds of schools throughout the country are taking up the
t and making it a part of the athletic curriculum. In other words,
ey players are now being developed in the preparatory schools of
United States, which serve as "feeders" for the many colleges of
country. And, in turn, the colleges turn out players for the
eur club teams.
St year there were many players in the Amateur Hockey League
had learned the game in preparatory schools, been developed into
on college combinations, and been seasoned and veteran players
n they were graduated and stepped into the ranks of the Amateur
key League. This condition held true almost to a man on the
Nicholas team, which lost the championship to the Boston A.A.
Hub combination was also made up largely of former preparatory
college hockey players, and the same applied to the Harvard Club
the Crescent A.C.
I
CORNELIUS FELLOWES,
Director St. Nicholas Rink, New York City.
Rembrandt, Photo.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. U
All the clubs in the Amateur Hockey League will be strengthened
is year by the addition of recruits who were playing on college teams
St season. Each year now sees an influx of college men in the league,
id with a steady increase in the number of experienced hockey
ayers in league circles it is only natural that the grade of hockey
sing played by the league combinations is getting better and better
ich year.
The prospects for this season are particularly bright. With new
nks in New York and other cities throughout the country there will
e more and better hockey played from the beginning to the end of
le season. It is too early to get a line on the probable winner of
le Amateur Hockey League championship, of course, but at the
resent writing it looks as if the Boston A. A. and the St. Nicks will
ght it out again for the title. Nor can the Harvard Club of Boston
e overlooked in making any calculations. The Crescent A.C. and
lockey Club promise to put stronger teams than they had last year
n the ice and if this proves to be the case the race for the 1916-1917
hampionship will be one of the closest in the history of the organ-
sation.
College hockey also gives promise of enjoying a more successful
eason than usual. The undergraduate puck chasers are already begin-
ing to make their plans, which call for more games than heretofore,
fale, Harvard and Princeton should all be stronger than last year
nd the struggle for intercollegiate honors should be close.
1, Alfred Winsor, Coach Harvard University team. 2, Fred Huntington, Cap-
tain Boston A.A., Champions American Amateur Hockey League, 1915,lt).
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Lmerican Amateur Hockey League Season
By J. V. FiTZ Gerald, New York.
Seldom in the history of hockey has there been such a close fight
3r honors as marked the race for the American Amateur Hockey
eague championship last season. When the regular schedule of games
ad been played out the Boston A.A. and the St. Nicholas Club were
ed for the championship and in a play-off of two out of three games
le Hub team won and carried off the championship for the 1915-1916
ason.
The victory of the Hub contingent — a club which was only in its
econd year in the league—was a big surprise to New York followers
f the game. Almost to a man they looked to see the St. Nicholas
am retain the championship which it had successfully defended the
revious year. With Hobey Baker, Russell Ellis and more than half
dozen other veterans on the roster of the club, the St. Nicks, early
ti the season, were looked on as sure winners.
Even after the playing schedule was well under way the New York
eam ruled favorite for hockey honors. But as the season drew
oward its close, hockey experts who followed the St. Nicks closely
egan to detect signs of a loss of driving power in the hockey machine
f that organization. Slumping at the critical stage of the race, while
he Boston A.A. was showing an improved all around game, the St.
^icks struck a snag or two on their path toward another hoped-for
lockey championship and lost the title.
Too much credit cannot be given the Boston A.A. for its sensational
/ictory. Apparently at a decided disadvantage when compared with
he St. Nicks, early in the season, the Hub seven came from behind,
ATon the last regularly scheduled game of the league series, thereby
;ieing the title-holding St. Nicholas seven, and then won two out of
:he three games in the play-off, capturing the championship as a result.
The Boston combination was noted for its splendid team offense and
defense throughout the season, but this must not be construed to mean
that the team was lacking in individual stars. Osgood, Skilton and
Jones all showed flashes of brilliancy that earned them rank with the
stars of the game.
The Race for the Championship.
The complete schedule consisted of a series of twenty games, the
first one of which was played on January 6, at Boston, between the
Crescent Athletic Club of Brooklyn and the Harvard Club of Boston.
The latter team was composed principally of players who had for-
merly represented the Boston Athletic Association and Harvard Uni-
versity, the game ending in favor of the home team, 6 — 2.
1, Hobey Baker, and, 2, Russell Ellis, Captain, 1915-16, St. Nicholas team, New
York City. O'Neil, Photos.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 15
he second contest called for St. Nicholas versus Hockey Club at
St. Nicholas Rink, January 11, and in a rather one-sided contest,
champions won, 6—2.
he following night, January 12, marked the first appearance of the
ton teams in opposition, and although the score stood 1 — 1 at the
of the first half, the B.A.A. representatives made it another story
the last period, winnng, 5 — 1.
'he first inter-city contest of the season took place at New York
January 15 between the Boston Athletic Association and the Crescent
iletic Club, and the spectators had all the excitement they could
e wished for, the contest being in doubt up to half a minute of
e, with the score 3-all, when Hutchinson, the Boston rover, shot
puck from a scrimmage in front of the Crescent net; score, 4—3.
The Hockey Club suffered another reverse on January 18, in the
h game of the series, the Harvard Club coming to New York and
posing of the local team, 6 — 2.
5ix thousand spectators, the largest crowd that had up to that time
nessed a contest in Boston, were present in the Arena, January 22,
the occasion of the first appearance of the season in Boston of the
impion St. Nicks against the B.A.A. The New York team gave a
endid exhibition. Baker and Ellis repeatedly earning the applause
even- the most rabid partisans of the home team by their brilliant
rk. The final score was 5 — 2 in favor of St. Nicholas.
The seventh game of the schedule, on January 26, called for Crescent
versus the Hockey Club. The latter seven, stung by their two
ivious defeats, strove desperately to achieve a victory, while the
ooklynites were just as earnest in their efforts to keep out of last
ce, their fate should they lose. The end of the second period found
score a tie at 2 — 2, the winning point being gained by the Crescents
er three minutes of extra play. Score, 3 — 2.
5t. Nicholas and Harvard Club were the opponents on January 29,
New York, in a contest that was a model and interesting exhibition,
; teams being very evenly matched. At the end of the second period,
count was 2-all. The extra period was not long in progress when
»x, by a pass to Ellis, dashed the hopes of the Bostonians, and the
me was over. Score, 3 — 2.
St. Nicholas and Crescents clashed on February 3 and it looked as
the former were due for a setback when the first period ended with
e score 2—0 against them. Penalties, however, were responsible for
e tied score that ended the second period, 2 — 2, and were further
sponsible for the loss of the game by the Crescents after five and
half minutes of the extra period had passed. Score, St. Nicholas 3,
escents 2.
While neither team played championship hockey, the B.A.A.-Hockey
lub contest at Boston, on February 5, was sufficiently close to call
tr an extra period, which consumed almost seven minutes, but the
ew Yorkers' jinx was still going strong and another victory was
lalked up for the home team. Score, 4—3.
1, Osgood, and, 2, Raymie Skiltou of tlie Bostou A.A., Champious Americai
Amateur Hockey League, 1915-16.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 17
Vfidseaison found the St. Nicholas Club leading the league with four
tories and no defeats, B.A.A., Harvard Club, Crescents and the
fortunate Hockey Club following in the order named.
The Harvard Club and the Crescents were the next to meet, in the
me of February 12, at St. Nicholas Rink. The Harvards speedily
Dk the lead and were never headed, the final score being 6 — 2.
With Hobey Baker at his best, St. Nicholas had no trouble in heap-
l indignity upon the Hockey Club, on February 15, the final score
inding 9 — 2.
The three following games on the schedule were contested on the
J of the Boston Arena, the first, on February 16, being between the
me teams, the Boston A. A. finally defeating the Harvard Club by
to 1 and clinching their hold on second place.
Journeying to Boston, on February 19, the Crescents humbled the
pirations of the Boston A. A. in a speedy game, the score being 6—3.
Washington's Birthday had the Harvard Club and the Hockey Club
New York as the holiday attraction at the Arena. The visitors
rived in their usual cloak of misfortune, a railroad accident keeping
em eleven hours on the trip and although they put up a good game,
e fates were against them. Score, 4 — 2.
With three-quarters of the season past the hitherto triumphant St.
icks at last went down to defeat at the hands of the Crescents, on
ibruary 25, before a large crowd. Despite their efforts to ward off
jfeat, the Brooklyn team outplayed the champions in a 2 — 1 contest.
The seventeenth contest of the schedule brought the Boston A.A.
d the Hockey Club together at the St. Nicholas Rink, on February 29.
he game was a rough affair, with the New Yorkers as the chief
Tenders, they likewise consistently retiring with the short end of
e score, 9 — 2.
Boston was the scene of the next conflict, on March 4, when the
arvard Club essayed to do what the Crescents had done — defeat the
t. Nicks. They had to succumb, however, the New Yorkers display-
g a brand of hockey that was unbeatable, 4 to 1 being the final result.
The season was now drawing to a close and the Hockey Club made
desperate effort to win at least one contest, but although they held
1 advantage during a portion of the game with the Crescents, on
[arch 9, they kept up their record and finished without a victory to
leir credit for the season. Final score, 4 — 2. By winning this game
le Crescents tied the Harvard Club for third place in the league.
The final game of the schedule found the St. Nicholas Club con-
;nding with the Boston Athletic Association for premier honors. If
le latter team won, the race would be a tie for first place and a play-
ff series would be necessary to decide the chamipionship.
And that is exactly what happened. Before a crowd that jammed
be St. Nicholas Rink, in one of the best played contests of the season,
le Boston A.A. defeated the St. Nicholas Club. The latter team, how-
ver, was without the services of their star player, Hobey Baker. The
!:nd of the second period found both teams tied, 2 — 2. In the extra
18
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
period, after twenty-one seconds of play, Jones scored from a diffii
angle for the B.A.A., winning the contest, 3 — 2, and necessitatini
play-oflf series to decide the championship.
Following were the players taking part in championship games
Boston A. A. — Donohue, Skilton, Huntington (captain), Sands, Osgood,- Hutchi
son, Jones, Wendell.
St. Nicholas — Carnochan, Von Bernuth, Trimble, Baker, Ellis (captain), O
Fox, Cole, Willetts, Kuhn, Turrell.
Harvard Club of Boston — Sager, Claflin (captain), Cutler, Wanamaker, Philli]
Hicks, Saltonstall, Wigglesworth, Clifford, (5orham, Chadwick, Sortwell.
Crescents — Smart, Ballin, Browne (captain), Conway, Castleman, Hefferni
Klemmer, McCarthy; Hallock, Liffeton, Smith, White.
Hockey Club of New York — Lewis, Howard, Fredericks, Britton (captai
Crovat, MacDonnell, King, Smith, O'KeeflFe, Dufresne, Gordon, Harmon, Pat
Young.
The official record of the championship games of the Americ
Amateur Hockey League for the season 1915-1916 is as follows :
Crescent A.C 2
Hockey Club 2
Harvard Club 1
Crescent A.C 3
Hockey Club 2
Boston A. A 2
Hockey Club 2
Harvard Club 2
Crescent A.C 2
Hockey Club 3
Ian,
Fan.
Fan.
Fan.
Fan.
Can.
Fan.
Jan.
Feb.
Feb.
6 — Harvard Club 6
11— St. Nicholas 6
12— Boston A.A 5
15— Boston A.A 4
18— Harvard Club 6
Jan. 22 — St. Nicholas 5
Jan. 26 — Crescent A.C 3
29— St. Nicholas 3
3 — St. Nicholas 3
5— Bogton A.A 4
Feb. 12— Harvard Club 6
Feb. 15— St. Nicholas 9
Feb. 16 — Boston A.A 2
Feb. 19 — Crescent A.C 6
Feb. 22— Harvard Club 4
Feb. 25— Crescent A.C 2
Feb. 29— Boston A.A 9
Mar. 4 — St. Nicholas 4
Mar. 9— Crescent A.C 4
Mar. 11— Boston A.A 3
*Extra period games.
:oiP
Crescent A.C 2
Hockey Club 2
Harvard Club 1
Boston A.A 3
Hockey Club 2
St. Nicholas 1
Hockey Club 2
Harvard Club 1
Hockey Club 2
St. Nicholas 2*
PLAY-OFF GAMES.
Mar. 18— Boston A.A A St. Nicholas.
Mar. 25— St. Nicholas 2 Boston A.A.
Apr. 1 — Boston A.A 7 St. Nicholas.
At Boston
At New Yoi
At Boston
At New YoiSi
At New Yorl-'C-
At Boston
At New Yorl
At New Yorl
At New Yorl
At Boston
At New Yorli u
At New YorfclC;
At Boston IF
At Boston
At Boston
At New Yorl
At New Yorkl'
At Boston
At New Yorl'
At New Yorl
At New Yort H
At Boston
At Boston
RECORDS OF PLAYERS.
Fifty-nine players figured in the games of the Amateur Hockey,]!
League during the season of 1915-1916. Of that number 35 made'il
one or more goals, indicating that the scoring was not done by ajji
comparative few. Phillips of the Harvard Club, who had been show
.u. „„u:.„ .. .„:.„:... .u..„ „„ ...... ^
\
\
ing the way in the making of winning shots all season, was forced
to yield the honor of being the greatest scorer to Captain Russ Ellis
of the St. Nicholas seven, who led him at the finish.
The Boston A.A. used only two extra men throughout the season
and all of the players figured in scoring. The St. Nicholas team had
eleven players representing it, while the Crescent A.C. and the Har-
vard Club each had twelve men, and the Hockey Club fifteen player
SPAIJ)ING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
STANDING AT CLOSE OF REGULAR SEASON.
r Goals. ^ ^ — Games. — ■
Club. For. Against. Won. Lost.
t. Nicholas 33 16 6 2
ioston A.A 32 23 6 2
larvard Club 27 22 4 4
descent A.C 24 27 4 4
iockey Club *17 45 0 8
•Donahue, Boston A. A., scored one goal.
PLAY-OFF.
Boston A.A 12 3 2 1
t. Nicholas 3 12 1 2
w
PC.
.750
.750
.500
.500
.000
,667
,333
INDIVIDUAL SCORING.!
Name and Club.
Games. Goals.
Ellis, St. Nicholas 8
Phillips, Harvard Club 8
Hutchinson, Boston A.A... 8
Dsgood, Boston A.A 8
Baker, St. Nicholas 7
onway. Crescent A.C 7
McCarthy, Crescent A.C,
Heffernan, Crescent A.C.
Hicks, Harvard Club 8
ones, Boston A.A 5
MacDonnell, Hockey Club.. 8
Cox, St. Nicholas 7
liflford, Harvard Club 5
Fox, St. Nicholas 8
Britton, Hockey Club 8
Kuhn, St. Nicholas 1
[Crovat, Hockey Club 6
'• tDoes not include play-off series
Name and Club.
Games. Goals.
16
15
10
9
8
7
5
6
5
6
6
4
3
3
4
2
2
between
Wanamaker, Harvard Club. 8
Huntington, Boston A.A... 8
Howard, Hockey Club 3
Skilton, Boston A.A 8
Paton, Hockey Club 1
Peabody, Boston A.A 1
Saltonstall, Harvard Club.. 1
Hallock, Crescent A.C 2
White, Crescent A.C 2
Wendell, Boston A.A 3
Sortwell, Harvard Club..,. 4
Dufresne, Hockey Club.... 5
Klemmer, Crescent A.C... 6
Sands, Boston A.A 7
Browne, Crescent A.C 8
Liffton, Crescent A.C 1
A. Smith, Crescent A.C 5
St. Nicholas and Boston A.A.
CHAMPIONSHIP WINNERS.
The table of championship teams since the founding of the American
Hockey League is shown in the attached schedule:
1896-97~New York Athletic Club.
1897-98— New York Athletic Club.
1898-99— Brooklyn Skating Club.
1899-1900— Crescent Athletic Club.
1900-01— Crescent Athletic Club.
1901-02— Crescent Athletic Club.
1902-03— Crescent Athletic Club.
1903-04— Wanderers Hockey Club.
1904-05— Crescent Athletic Club.
1905-06— Crescent Athletic Club.
1906-07— St. Nicholas Skating Club.
1907-08— Crescent Athletic Club.
1908-09— New York Athletic Club.
1909-10— New York Athletic Club.
1910-11— Crescent Athletic Club.
1911-12— Crescent Athletic Club.
1912-13— Hockey Club of New York.
1913_14_St. Nicholas Skating Club.
1914_15_St. Nicholas Skating Club.
1915-16— Boston A.A.
20 SPALDING'S ■ ATHLlTIO LIBRABT.
St. Nicholas vs. Boston A. A. Flay-off Series
By John J. Hallahan.
FIRST GAME— AT NEW YORK.^
St. Nicholas Rink, New York, on March 18 was the scene of the^
first contest to decide the play-off in the tie for the^ Amateur Hockey '
League title between the Boston Athletic Association team and the:
New York representatives, the St. Nicholas Skating Club, the rneni
from the Hub capturing the game by a score of 4 to 1. The showing;
of the St. Nicholas team, with Hobey Baker in the line-up, was not up >
to its standard. Baker was unable to handle his stick with his usual I
skill on account of the injury to his hands a week previous. He had I
plenty of speed, but his spectacular runs were continually checked by
the fine defensive play of Raymie Skilton, the Boston point. Skiltoni
was the star performer and showed some of the best hockey work of"
the season. All efforts of the St. Nicholas team at team play, which i
had been so successful in the previous games, were fruitless, and the
best plays were broken up by the sturdy Boston defense.
In the first half Skilton captured the puck behind his own net and '
after a zigzag journey down the rink at top speed he slammed the disk
past Carnochan for the first score. Hutchinson got the next tally for
Boston, taking a pass-out from Huntington and making a straight, ,
speedy drive into the net. Huntington scored the third goal for Bos-
ton, getting the rubber from scrimmage on a rebound off Carnochan's
shin guards. The first period ended with the score 3 to 0 in Boston's
favor.
Skilton played brilliantly in both periods. In the first half he made
a shot which went the length of the rink, but it was blocked at the St.
Nicholas cage. He made another long shot in the second half which
missed the mark by inches.
Baker raced all over the ice in a desperate effort to pull his team
out of its despondency, but his intentions were thwarted successfully
by the Boston skaters.
The St. Nicholas club's only goal was made in the second half by
Cox, who made a pretty shot from a difficult angle at the side of the
rink. Hutchinson scored the last goal for Boston on a rebound shot
which caromed off the inside board.
Boston A. A. (4). Position. St. Nicholas (1).
Donahue Guard Carnochan
Skilton Point Trimble
Huntington Cover point Willetts
Osgood Rover Baker
Hutchinson Center Ellis
Sands Right wing Cox
Jones Left wing Turrell
First half — First goal for Boston A. A. by Skilton in 7m. 6s.; second goal for
Boston A. A. by Hutchinson in 10m, 7s.; third goal for Boston A.A. by Hunting-
ton in 13m. 25s. Second half — Fourth goal for St. Nicholas by Cox in 7m. 46s.;
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 21
'fifth goal for Boston A.A. by Hutchinson in 18m. Penalties— Cox, 2m., tripping;
Jones, 2m., tripping; Willetts, 2m., tripping (2). Referee— William Russell.
Assistant Referee — H.. Foster, Jr. Goal Umpires — R. Young and S. Paton. Timer —
W. J. Croker. Time-«'-Twenty-minute periods.
Carnochan^s control and judgment in stopping the fusillade of shots
poured on his post was the big factor in the victory that tied up the
series.
SECOND GAME— AT BOSTON.
The Arena was the scene of the second game, March 25, the New
York team being the victors by 2 to 1, in the presence of a large crowd.
As was expected, the contest was filled with action and, while all of
the scoring was done in the first half, it was the final period that fur-
nished the greatest excitement. Boston A.A. scored first when Hutch-
inson whipped home a pass from Skilton; but less than five minutes
later Fox took a pass from Captain Ellis and, having no opposition
from Sands, drove the puck with great force by Donahue. The sec-
ond and deciding goal was made after a pass to Baker.
Where Carnochan won the game for the St. Nicks was in stopping
thirty-seven shots in all. The bombardment of the Boston A.A. team
in the second half was almost continuous. Donahue had a compara-
tively easy time with twelve stops. Carnochan's judgment was rare.
He rushed out many times and stopped what looked like winning
rushes by leaving the net to meet the attacks and throwing his body
at the shots.
The wonderful defensive work of Huntington and Skilton stopped
the visitors from making many shots at the net. Huntington gave one
of the greatest exhibitions of defense work, while Skilton was suf-
fering a penalty in the second half, ever seen in Boston.
The Boston team was the aggressor, but it could not get home the
tieing shot, as Carnochan presented a stubborn front. He stopped
everything fired at him.
The St. Nicks were on the defensive nearly all of the time. They
made one or two dashes toward the BA.A. fort but could not count.
The failure of the Boston men to pass cost dearly. Their individual
eflforts proved to be of little use. Just before the half ended, Hutchin-
son missed a fine chance to score. Carnochan rushed out and met the
drive. A little later the bell rang for the close of the match.
St. Nicholas. (2). Position. Boston A.A. (1).
Cox Left wing Sands
Ellis Center Hutchinson
Baker Rover Osgood
Fox Right wing Jones
Von Bernuth Cover point Huntington
Trimble Point ^^^^'*°"
Carnochan Guard Donahue
SPALDING'S ATHL«TIC LIBRARY.
I
FIRST HALF.
Time
Goal. Won by Made by. m. s.
1 Boston A. A Hutchinson 0 5 58
2 St. Nicholas ...Fox 9 17
3 St. Nicholas Baker 19 32
SECOND HALF.
No score. ^
Penalties — First half: Hutchinson 2m., interference; Osgood 2m., interference;
Sands 2m., loafing. Second half: Ellis 2m., illegal check; Skilton 2m., roughing;
Trimble 2m., tripping; Skilton 2m., roughing against sideboards; Fox 2m., illegal
check; Skilton 3m., roughing on sideboards. Referee — W. E. Russell. Assistant
Referee — H. Foster. Goal Umpires — Carleton and Carnochan. Timers — G. V.
Brown, Dr. E. J. Murphy, B. J. Woods, O. Kelly. Time — Twenty-minute halves.
THIRD GAME— AT BOSTON.
Boston was the field of battle for the deciding game of the play-ofT
series, April 1, and it ended by a crushing defeat of 7 to 0 for the St.
Nicholas team. Raymie Skilton was the star of the occasion and put
up a game that is popularly termed "gilt-edged." When he was not
making marches into the enemy's territory, he was back throwing oflf
shots at the B.A.A.. net. Whenever Skilton essayed to carry the puck
the crowd arose to cheer. He was on the go throughout, and after
Jones had electrified the crowd by a remarkiile lift from the side of
the rink that sent the rubber past Carnochan for the first goal it was
only a question of how large the score would be.
Boston A.A. (7). Position. St. Nicholas (0).
Sands Left wing Cox
Osgood Center Ellis
Hutchinson Rover Baker
Jones Right wing Fox
Huntington Cover point Von Bernuth
Skilton Point Trimble
Donahue Guard Carnochan
FIRST HALF.
Time.
Goal. Won by. Made by. m. 5. ;
1 Boston A.A Jones 6 03 !
2 Boston A.A Sands 9 41,1
3 Boston A.A Osgood 10 41 ' [
4 Boston A.A Skilton 13 3S ' j
SECOND HALF.
5 Boston A.A Osgood 7 07
6 Boston A.A .Jones 8 54 « 1
7 Boston A.A Hutchinson 12 40 ^ I
Substitutions— Willetts for Baker in second half. J "
Penalties — None. Stops — First half: Donahue 9, Carnochan 16; second half: ||
Donahue 2, Carnochan 22; total, Donahue 11, Carnochan 38. Referee — H. Foster,
Jr. Assistant Referee — W. E. Russell. Goal Umpires — Carleton and Carnochan.
Timers— G. V. Brown, Dr. E. J. Murphy, B. J. Woods, O. Kelly. Time— Twenty- j
minute halves.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 28
BOSTON ATHLETIC ASSOCIATION RECORD.
The Boston A.A. record since Ralph Winsor organized and took
charge of it is impressive.
1911-12.
6— M.I.T. 2
11— St. Nicholas 0
10 — Massachusetts "Aggies'
3 — Intercolonials 3
9 — Westmount, Montreal 1
5— New York A.C. 2
3 — McGill University 6
4 — Ottawa University 3
6 — Montreal A.A. 0
1 — Intercolonials 0
4 — Grand Mere 5
3 — Victorias, Montreal 4
4 — Toronto University 2
1 — Sherbrook 3
1 — Intercolonials 0
1 — Intercolonials 4
15 — Ramblers, Amherst, N. S. 1
1 — Intercolonials 2
1 — Cleveland A.C. 3
2 — Intercolonials 4
8 — Victorias, Winnipeg 6
1912-13.
7 — Harvard University S
7 — Technology 1
3— St. Nicholas 2
8 — Irish-American A.C. 0
6 — Toronto University 2
7— St. Nicholas 3
7 — McGill University 4
6— Montreal A.A.A. 0
4 — Toronto University 9
10— St. Nicholas H.C. 1
1913-14.
3 — Harvard University 1
11— St. Nicholas 1
6 — Toronto University 1
3 — Princeton University 4
3 — Victorias 2
5 — Irish-American A.C. and Wanderers,
New York S
1914-15
3 — Harvard University 1
2 — Ottawa University 8
4 — Toronto University 1
4 — Princeton University 1
4— St. Nicholas 3
5 — Arena Hockey Club 6
8 — Crescent A.C. 3
4 — Irish-American A. C, N.
6 — Arena Hockey Club 1
5 — Arena Hockey Club 3
4 — Crescent A.C. 3
Y. 3
1915-16.
3 — Harvard University 1
4 — Dartmouth 0
3 — Arena Hockey Club 2
S — Harvard Club 1
4 — Crescent A.C. 3
4 — Arena Hockey Club 1
2— St. Nicholas 5
3 — Harvard Club 1
4— Hockey Club of New York 3
1 — Arena Hockey Club 3
11 — St, Jacques 1
3 — Princeton University 6
3 — Victorias, Montreal 2
4 — Three'Rivers, Canada 3
6 — McGill University 3
4 — Stewartons of Canada C
3 — Frontenacs 0
5 — Winnipeg All Stars 0
1 — Winnipeg All Stars 2
0— Cleveland A.C. 1
6 — Syracuse Hockey Club
4 — Ottawa University 1
4 — Pilgrim A.A. 2
4— Pilgrim A.A. 3
2 — Montreal A.A.A. 2
7— Hochelaga Hockey Club 4
7 — Irish-American A.C, N. Y. 6
3— Cleveland A.C. 4
3— Hockey Club of New York 0
2— St. Nicholas Hockey Club S
5 — Arena Hockey Club 8
2— Hockey Club of New York 3
6 — Arena Hockey Club 5
3 — Arena Hockey Club 4
2 — Arena Hockey Club 7
2 — Arena Hockey Club 4
3— Crescent A.C. 6
4 — Arena Hockey Club 3
9— Hockey Club of New York 2
6— Harvard Club 5
3 — St. Nicholas 2
5 — Harvard Club 6
4 — St. Nicholas 1
l_St. Nicholas 2
7 — St. Nicholas 0
2 — ^Arena Hockey Club 4
V;=ri'-t>
o
a »'
o
^* '3,
^ a
o ^
^..V^ Hie' (^ i-r ,
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAET, 25
Special Events in New York
By J. V. FitzGerald.
Plenty of good hockey other than the games in the American
Amateur Hockey League was played in New York during the past
season. International, college and scholastic hockey furnished New
York followers of the sport with plenty of excitement and the final
games of the season between the Canadian professionals resulted in
the best hockey ever witnessed in the metropolis.
Harvard opened the collegiate season in New York with Princeton
on January 15 and trounced the latter by a score of 3 to 0, thereby
showing championship caliber. On January 19 Princeton and Yale met
in the St. Nicholas Rink and the Jerseymen were returned the win-
ners, scoring 2 goals to 1 for the Elis. Harvard won the series with
Princeton by defeating them in the second game, played on January 22,
by a score of 2 to 0. Princeton defeated Dartmouth on January 12
by 3 to 1.
The New York hockey season opened on December 11 with the
St. Nicks beginning a challenge series for the Art Ross Canadian
Trophy with the Montreal Stars, holders of the emblem. The then
American champions got off to a good start, winning the opening game
by 6 goals to 2, but in the second contest the Canadians held the New
Yorkers to a 2 — 2 tie. The Dominion team won the third, and what
was the deciding game under the rules governing competition for the
trophy, by a tally of 2 to 1, and so kept possession of it.
Princeton was victor over St. Paul's School in the annual game in
New York on December 22. The collegians got 6 goals to 2 for the
schoolboys. St. Paul's had its usual good team, but the youngsters were
handicapped by having had little practice on the ice up to that time.
The most sensational hockey ever played in New York were the
two games played on the evenings of April 4 and 5 at the St. Nicholas
Rink, when Les Canadiens and the Portland Rosebuds of Portland,
Oregon, met. The winner was decided on the aggregate score for the
two nights and Les Canadiens, known as the "Flying Frenchmen,"
squeezed through to an 8 to 7 victory.
In the opening game Les Canadiens scored 6 goals to the 3 for Port-
land and seemed to have the honors clinched. But in the second game
the Oregon combination by a wonderful display of hockey skill came
from behind, tied the score and made an extra period necessary to
decide the winner. The team scoring the first goal was to be returned
the winner and this honor fell to Les Canadiens.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 27
Intercollegiate Hockey
These reports cover the most important contests in intercollegiate
i)ckey and are generally considered the games that decide the inter-
iillegiate championship.
The results last season would iplace the teams as follows : Harvard,
ale, Princeton, Dartmouth.
The first game of the final championship series between Harvard
id Yale took place on February 12, at Boston, and resulted in a vic-
ry for Harvard; score, 2 — 0,
The second game was played at New Haven on February 26, Har-
ird again being victorious by 4 goals to 2.
In the Harvard-Princeton series the first contest took place at Bos-
n, January 15. That Princeton did not score was due to the remark-
tly fine defense work of Wylde at goal for Harvard and Doty, cover-
)int; score. Harvard 3, Princeton 0.
The second contest took place at St. Nicholas Rink, New York, on
inuary 23, and although Harvard was a decided favorite, the showing
: the Princeton team was a big surprise. Neither team scored during
e regulation two periods, necessitating two extra periods of five
inutes each — as provided by the intercollegiate rules — in each of
hich Harvard scored a goal, the result being 2-y-O.
The series between Yale and Princeton required three games to
jcide the winner. Princeton won the first, at St. Nicholas Rink,
inuary 19, by 2 goals to 1.
The second game was played at New Haven, on February 19, and
as a keenly contested affair, York at goal for Yale being especially
live in stopping the Princeton bombardment. The final score was :
ale 3, Princeton 1.
New Haven was the scene of the third and deciding contest, which
as exceedingly rough; score, Yale 6, Princeton 3.
Dartmouth figured in one contest each with Yale, Princeton and
arvard. That with Princeton took place at St. Nicholas jRink, New
ork, on January 12. Toward the end of the second period it appeared
; if Dartmouth might win, but by effective team work the New Eng-
nd players were held at bay, the final score being 3 — 1.
Harvard had no trouble in defeating Dartmouth in the game played
1 February 4 at Boston, the latter team being unable to score on the
rimson ; score. Harvard 6, Dartmouth 0.
The Yale-Harvard match, at New Haven on February 7, was a sen-
itional one. At the end of the regular periods the score was^ 2-alI.
either side scored in the first extra five-minute period, and in the
:cond each acquired a goal. Both teams then agreed that the first
>al scored in the third period would end the contest. After four
inutes had passed Washburn drove a diagonal goal more than half
le length of the rink, ending the game in Yale's favor; score, A — 3.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Collegiate and Scholastic Records
MASS.
0— Newton H.S. 1
1 — Melrose H.S. 2
.INGTON SIGH SCHOOI., ABI^INGTON,
Mumni 4 ^ 7 — Stoneham H.S. 0
Cambridge Latin 1 5 — Rindge Tech 1
Jomerville H.S. 1 2— Medford H.S. 1
SSEIi^ JUNIORS, CHASSELL, MICH.
iipley 0 9 — Houghton 5
"equaming 0 1 — Tamarack 0
amarack 0 7 — Houghton 3
Volverine 2
VEB MII.ITAR7 ACADEMY, CVIiVER, IND.
Varsaw 2 6 — Warsaw 0 40 — Plymouth 0
lyde Park 1 42— Lane Tech 0 9— Culver H.S. 0
sTorthwestern U. 4
ITMOUTB COIiXiEGi:, HANOVER^ N. B.
/[ass. Tech 0 2— Mass. Tech 0
^rena H.C. 2* 1 — Princeton 3
/[ass. "Aggies" 0 0 — Harvard 6
Joston A.A. 4 3— Yale 4*
xtra period games.
hlilSH HIGH SCH001L, BOSTON, MASS.
;tone Sch. 0 3— Yale '19 5
toston Coll, H.S. 0 1— Stoneham 0
It. Mark's 3
ITFORD HIGH SCHOOL, HARTFORD, CONN.
lotchkiss Sch. 6 3— Yale '19 4
Jerkshire I 2— Kent Sch. 2
IVARD UNIVERSITY, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.
1— Ripley 4
7— Hubbell 5
8 — Pequaming 3
9— West Point 0
3 — Bishops 2*
8— St. Paul's Sch. 6
I— Boston Coll. H.S. 0
2— Melrose H.S. 3
4— Taft Sch. 1
8 — Aetna Ins. Co. 0
4— McGill 1
2 — Princeton 0
6 — Dartmouth 0
Boston A.A. 3
Queens ColJ. 4
:ornell 0
'rinceton 0
OLA SCHOOL, NEW YORE CITY.
>t. Peter's 0 0 — Irving 0 3—
Berkeley 0 3 — Carlton 0 4—
Jtevens 0 2 — All-Stars 1 4—
Browning 2 2 — Berkeley 0
3SACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY,
Vinchester H.C. 0 0— Dartmouth 2 2—
Dartmouth 6 1 — Cornell 2 2 —
/[ass. "Aggies" 0 2 — Yale 5
DFORD HIGH SCHOOL, MEDFORD, MASS.
klelroseH.S. 2 4— Somerville H.S. 0 4—;
"ambridge Latin 0 1 — Arlington H.S. 2 9
Hindge Tech 2 1— Newton H.S. 2
i.TON ACADEMY, MILTON, MASS.
iJoston Coll. H.S. 0 4— St. Mark's 1 8
jlomerville H.S. 1 10— St. George's 0 1
rlarvard'19 5 ^—Brookline H.S. 1 1—
idiltonH.S. 0
2— Yale 0
4— St. Nicholas S.C. 2
4— Yale 2
-Browning 1
-Stevens 0
-St. Peter's 0
BOSTON,
Williams 7
Exeter 7
Stoneham H.S. 0
Maiden H.S. 1
Stone Sch. 0
Huntington 0
Melrose H.S. 9
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAHY.
31
XLBOSE BZGE SCHOOL, MELBOSE, MASS.
—Alumni 1
-Medford H.S. 1
Wakefield H.S.
Rindge Tech 2
Wakefield H.S.
Maiden H.S. 0
13— Stoneham H.S. 0
17 — Cambridge Latin 0
2 — Dartmouth '19 1
18— Stearns Sch. 0
4 — Somerville H.S. 0
2— Newton H.S. 0
2— Arlington H.S. 1
9— Milton Acad. 1
4 — Newton H.S. 0
3— English H.S. 2
Melrose's total of 89 goals scored is a record for the season by any school team
Greater Boston.
BW BOCHELLE HIGH SCHOOi;, NEW BOCHEI^I^E, N. T.
-St. Peter's 0 14— Berkeley 0 6— Cutler 1
•Taft 2 6 — Kent 7 2— Pawling 1
BWTON EIGK SCHOOI^, NEWTON, MASS.
■Rindge Tech 0 6— Somerville H.S. 0
■Stone Sch. 0 5 — Cambridge Latin 1
-St. Mark's 1 10— Needham H.S. 0
Maiden H.S. 0 0— Harvard '19, 1
Brookline H.S. 2 2 — Huntington 0
[1XZ.IPS ANDOVEB ACADEMY, ANDOVEB, MASS.
Lowell Tex. Sch. 4 4— Wakefield H.S. 2 1— Harvard Freshmen 4
■Merrim'k Vail. C.C. 2 4— Yale Freshmen 3 0— Exeter 3
IINCETON UNIVEBSITT, FBINCETON, N. J.
St. Paul's Sch. 3 3 — Dartmouth 1
•Yale 2* 0— Harvard 3
■Yale 0* 2— Yale 1
-Yale 3*
Exhibition games at Pittsburgh.
NDOE TECHNICAZ. SCEOOZ^, CAMBBIDGE,
Newton H.S. 1 2— Medford H.S. 4
Melrose H.S. 1 2— St. John's Prep 2
Arlington H.S. 5
5— Boston Cell. H.S.
2— Medford H.S. 1
1 — Arlington H.S. 0
0— Melrose H.S. 2
0— Melrose H.S. 4
0 — Harvard 2
1— Yale 8
3— Yale 6
MASS. .
2— Cambridge Latin
0— Somerville H.S. 1
JOHN'S MIZ.ZTABT ACADEMT,
-Milwaukee H.S. 8 1— Neoqua 2
DEIkAFZEZiD, WIS.
0 — Wisconsin Univ. 3
. MABK'S SCHOOi;, SOUTHBOBO, MASS.
-Newton H.S. 2 3— English H.S. 4
-Cambridge Latin 1 10— Stone Sch. 0
-Huntington 3 7 — Hudson H.S. 2
PAUIi'S SCHOOZ.,
-Princeton 6
-Harvard Fresh. 0
CONCOBD, N. H.
10 — Exeter 3
5 — Harvard 2d team 0
4 — Middlesex 3
3 — Pomfret 0
1 — Milton Acad. 4
6 — Dartmouth 8
J.
FETEB'S COZ^ZiEOE, JEBSEY CITT, N.
-Loyola 3 1 — Berkeley 0
-Berkeley 1 6 — Morristown 2
-New Rochelle 5 4 — Irving 2
rZTED STATES MII^ITABY ACADEMY, WEST FOINT, N. Y.
2— Cutler 3
7 — Stevens 0
-Stevens Inst. 1
-Newburgh A.C. 1
I.LE VNITTEBSITY,
|f-New Haven 1
5-Mass. "Aggies" 1
' M.I.T. 2
Princeton 2
Crescent A.C. 3
0 — Dartmouth 9
NEW HAVEN, CONN.
1 — Boston A.A. 6
4 — Dartmouth 3
0— Harvard 2
5- Williams 0
3 — Princeton 1
0 — Rensselaer Poly 0
6 — Princeton 3
2— Harvard 4
2 — Princeton 4*
0 — Princeton 2*
3 — Princeton 1*
Exhibition games at Pittsburgh.
UN
im
m
^l^.iP#
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 3^
College and School Notes
Poor iCe conditions in Hanover again seriously retarded the development of the
irtmouth team. For ten days previous to the most important trip of the season
i men were unable to get on the ice. More men tried out for both 'varsity and
jshmen teams than in any previous season. The popularity of the sport is con-
intly increasing. Holmes of Somerville, Mass., a member of the team for the
st three years, was the universal choice for left wing on the first All-Collegiate
/en. The regular line-up was as follows: Left wing, Holmes; right wing, Rey-
)ft; center, Tyler; rover, Geran; cover-point, Murchie (captain); point. Gale;
al, Morse.
Harvard, by its defeat of Yale last season, proved conclusively its right to the
ampionship. The previous year there was some question as to which college
s the winner of the title, but last winter the Crimson settled the problem by
aning up all of its opponents. Yale was the only seven to find its way through
irvard's defense and score. Cornell, Princeton and Dartmouth could not do it.
iither could Yale do it in the first game. With practically a veteran defensive
tm to begin with, Coach Winsor was forced to spend his time developing a for-
.rd line. He had several substitutes and a clever squad of freshmen. His
orts resulted in the building of the best and smoothest charging forces in the
itory of the sport at Cambridge. George Percy, the strong man, and Laurie
irtis were selected for the middle combination. Both had previously played as
ngs, Percy as a freshman and Curtis for two years as a second string player,
ith are wonderful skaters and good stick handlers. The call for soldiers in
ance was answered by Curtis and Baker was shifted to center as mate to Percy,
ce and Thacher earned the wing positions by their energetic work, and Taylor,
lo was ineligible at the start of the season, with Morgan, proved valuable second
ing men. A review of Harvard's hockey season shows the team came along
ry slowly at first, a defeat by Boston Athletic Association in the opening game
ing due to lack of experience more than to anything else. Another defeat was
stained in the game with Quten's College of Canada. This setback was caused
the failure of the men to co-operate and it is not an injustice to Queens to
/ that had Harvard played Queen's again a different story would have to be
d. The season's records show that Harvard won eight games and lost two, a
:tory over St. Nicholas S.C. being one of the achievements, in the scoring of 31
als as against 12 for opponents. '
The season of the 1915-1916 Princeton hockey team can hardly be called a great
bcess. The team, composed largely of veterans, started the season auspiciously,
t failed to keep pace with their rivals in later season development. The season
ened with the defeat of St. Paul's School, 6—3. In a practice series held in
ttsburgh Yale was defeated two games out of three. After defeating Dartmouth,
-1, and Yale, 2—1, the team met with two reverses at the hands of Harvard,
-0 and 2 — 0, the second game being carried to two extra periods. Following
! loss of J. S. Humphreys and H. W. Ford, through, ineligibility, the team lost
two remaining contests to Yale. The individual stars of the team were Cap-
n Peacock, a brilliant player and a capable leader; J. S. Humphreys and H. W.
rd. The team was coached by Jimmie Mallen, an old Canadian star. Ihe Ime-up
s as follows: Left wing, P. W. Hills; center, W. H. Schoen, Jr ; rover, G. A.
acock (captain); right wing, H. B. Cushman; cover-point, J S. Humphreys;
int, J. T. Scully; goal, H. W. Ford; substitutes, H. W. Cohu, F. J. Rue, W F.
irkson, H. D. Comey. The prospects for the 1916-1917 season are fair The
im will have to overcome the heavy handicap imposed through the lack of skat-
r facilities by the natural ability of the players. Although only two rffilars,
acock and J. S. Humphreys, aie lost to the team, it will be difficult to fill theit
ices adequately. One of thess nositions will probable be taken by W. Y.
imphreys, who was injured early in the season last year. The forward line,
lit around Captain W. H. Schoen at center, should offer a strong attack, while
rd should be a mainstay on the defense. Cushman and Hills on the wings and
ally on the defense should show improved form as a result of last year s experi-
ce. The lack of scoring power and endurance, which characterized last year •
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 35
^?!"' y^}^ have to be overcome to insure a successful season. This year the series
fith Yale at Pittsburgh has been eliminated. The schedule follows- Tuesday
)ecember 19, St Paul's School at New York; Wednesday, December 20, Williams
* ^^^. X?\^'' Wednesday January 10, Dartmouth at New York; Saturday Tan-
lary 13, Yale at New \ ork ; Saturday, January 20, Harvard at New York; Satur-
day, January 27, Yale at New Haven; Friday, February 2, Harvard at Boston-
,aturday, February 24, Harvard at Boston (in case of tie) ; Wednesday Feb-
uary 29, Yale at New York (in case of tie).
Cornell played only two games last season, suffering a defeat at the hands of
larvard, 2 — 0, on January 11, and defeating Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
lology, 2 — 1, the following day, both games being played at Boston. Many other
fames scheduled had to be canceled on account of lack of ice, and owing to lack
>f proper facilities and the uncertainty of climate, the sport has been temporarily
liscontinued.
Yale, after a somewhat weak beginning, can call its season successful, because
f a win in the series over Princeton. Early in the season, at Pittsburgh, the
Tigers won two out of three games in an exhibition series, and it looked as though
he Blue was doomed to defeat in the real games. The Tigers won the first con-
est, but Yale captured the next two. The members of the team were: Left wing,
jould; rover, Burgess (captain); center, Dickey; right wing, Bierwirth; cover-
mint, Murray; point, Washburn; goal, York. Substitutes, Armour, Van Nostrand,
Mdrich. H. H. Landon is manager for this season and F. M. Thayer assistant
nanager. The candidates for the 1917 team, sixty-eight in number, reported on
December 7, and took a cross-country run as the opening day's conditioning exer-
cise. Manager Landon announced that a Christmas trip to Pittsburgh had
)een arranged. Three games will be played with the Pittsburgh Athletic Club.
rhe_ remaining games on the schedule, with the exception of the dates for the
phristmas trip, which had not been decided at time of going to press, are as
bllows (unless otherwise noted games will be at New Haven): January 10,
tVilliams; 13, Princeton at New York; 20, Boston A. A.; 24, >Iassachusetts Agri-
cultural College; February 3, Massachusetts Institute of Technology; 5, Dart-
nouth; 10, McGill University; 17, Harvard; 27, Princeton; 28, Princeton (in case
)f tie) at New York; March 3, Harvard at Boston; 10, Harvard (in case of tie)
It New Haven.
The Andover hockey team was handicapped by the ineligibility of star players
md consequently the season was, on the whole, unsuccessful, as only two of the
six games played resulted in victories.
After getting off with a bad start, St. Peter's College, Jersey City, found its
)ace about mid-January and swept everything before it. Manager Edward J.
3'Mara had arranged a schedule of eighteen games, listing among them the strong-
;st scholastic teams in the Metropolitan and New England districts. Unfavorable
veather, however, shot the schedule to pieces and only eight games could be
jlayed. Of these the Jersey City boys won five and lost three. St. Peter's took a
irm grip on the New Jersey interscholastic championship by defeating the strong
VIorristown team, 6 — 2. Irving was defeated, 4 — 2, and on February 4 came the
Sutler game, which, from the standpoint of speed and skill, was easily the best
jame of the season. Its unsatisfactory ending (it was protested, as it was claimed
hat the winning tally was made fully one minute after time was up) was a great
lisappointment to players and spectators alike. Lincoln's Birthday was the date of
he Stevens contest, the big game of the vear. St. Peter's surprised and delighted
ts admirers by walking away from the Hoboken players, easily winning, 7 — 0.
Loyola School, New York, had a splendid season. Twelve games were played,
)f which ten were won, one lost and one tied. Much credit is due to Captain
Jenziger and Manager Ryan. It was one of the best teams the school put out.
iVith the exception of C. Ryan, the cover-point, the team will be the same this
fear. Loyola was the first school team to adopt numbers. Loyola makes a special
"eature of ice sports, and the annual ice carnival, held at St. Nicholas Rink, has
low become a distinct feature of the Loyola hockey team's schedule. The exclu-
live use of the rink is given to the school and an elaborate programme of events
s prepared, admission to which is confined to the friends of the student body and
he alumni. The programme for 1916 was as follows: Hockey game, alniuni vs.
ichool team; races, including half mile, quarter mile, three lap and special senior
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 37
ind junior events; exhibition skating by Maurice Wood; special puck carrying
•ace; general skating. Silver trophy cups were presented by Holy Cross College
md friends of the school. The silver and bronze watch fobs were donated by
jeorgetown University. Loyola School is the only organization that has attempted
:o hold an ice carnival and that it has succeeded was proved by the fact that
friends of the school want it to be a semi-annual event instead of an annual aiTair.
rhe committee of students in charge was: Gerard Benziger, Carlos Ryan, Jamet
Buckhoutfc, Kenneth Stier, Edward Burke and Thomas Keresey.
Hockey, as played at the United States Military Academy, West Point, is sub-
ect to more uncertainty than any other sport at the academy. The weather, while
ipparently unusually severe, is often so variable that good ice seldom lasted more
:han a few days at a time, and the construction of the temporary rink was impos-
sible. Under such conditions little progress could be made toward a systematic
levelopment of a team. Practice started some time before Christmas, with Lieut.
Purdon as coach, Cadet Brundred, captain, and Cadet Walsh, manager. Stevens
vas defeated, 4 — 1, as was also Newburgh A.C., but Dartmouth was victorious,
} — 0, and a scoreless tie was played with Rensselaer Poly. The squad comprised
Brundred (captain), McLean, Mumma, J. M. Tully, Mangan, Walsh (manager),
Merrell, Armstrong, Ford, Redfield, Harmon, Ridgway, Slaughter (assistant man-
iger). Day, Durfee, Hawkins, House Murray, Riley, Sarcka, Wardrop, Knight,
Matthews, Molitor, Shattuck and P. W. Smith. Cadet Ford has been elected cap-
:ain for this season. The team lost by graduation Brundred, Mangan, McLean,
Merrell and Mumma, but a strong nucleus remains.
New Rochelle (N. Y.) High School haa a crackajack team last season, the sched-
ule arranged by Manager Dwyer calling for some of the best prep schools in the
netropolitan district. The team defeated St. Peter's College, Berkeley, Cutler and
Pawling Schools. The latter two victories were especially pleasing, as Cutler had
intil the meeting with New Rochelle gone three years undefeated, during which
;ime they had won twenty-three consecutive games, while Pawling in previous
l^ears had triumphed over the high school representatives in every line of sport,
raft School defeated New Rochelle, 2—0, as did Kent School, 7—6, the latter
:ontest, however, requiring an extra period. The New Rochelle boys were so
:lated over their showing on the season's work that they challenged the_ Melrose
CMass.) High School seven, who were conceded to be the "class" in their sphere
n New England, but the Melrose boys did not accept. The members of the team
ivere Crowell, goal; Furey, point; Love joy, cover-point; Miller, center; Bacon (cap-
ain) ; Carey, left wing; Sparkman, right wing.
St. John's Military Academy, Delafield, Wis., erected a very nice rink on the
:ampus last season, of which the boys made extremely good use. They were over-
ioyed with the showing they made, considering that it was their first year. They
played quite a number of inter-class games of which no record was kept and,
iside from this, scheduled three outside games, one with Wisconsin University,
the score being 3 — 0 in favor of the university. They also scheduled a game with
the champion Neequa team of Milwaukee, which won the championship in the
local ice hockey league, the score of this game being 2 — 1 in favor of the cham-
pions. The Milwaukee hockey team was the only team to defeat it by any con-
siderable amount, 8—2. With practically all of these men back, St. Johns will
endeavor to make even a more creditable showing.
During the season of 1916 the St. Mark's School hockey team played nine
games, several on the original schedule having been postponed on account of unfa-
vorable weather conditions. Of these nine, St. Mark's won five and lost four.
The total score made by St. Mark's during the season was 31, as against its oppo-
nents' 19.
Ice hockey at the Hartford Public High School enjoyed the most successful year
&f its existence in 1916. The team was handicapped by lack of ice for practice,
but nevertheless proved to be a consistent winner, losing but one game (and
that to the strong Yale freshman team), which required two overtime periods
to decide the contest. The team claims the high school championship of Con-
necticut, stating that New Haven canceled the games scheduled to be played witli
Hartford.
^^^^^K^^^l
dCm* 3 '-•'*' -'^
^^f ;^ /;-'
1 ^ . jmr
.^ ^ ^ ^. kZ.
1, Anderton; 2. L>ike; 3, Nowell; 4, Tirrell; 5, Ross; 6, Calley; 7, Pendleton;
8, Boy Ian; 9, Spinney.
MELROSE (MASS.) HIGH SCHOOL.
# =
fM'' I,
N'Lif
-^/'^>i
1, O'Connell; 2, Worcester; 3, H. Mills, Capt.; 4, Blackman; 5, O'Connor; 6,
W. Mills; 7, Johnson; 8, Lahiff.
CAMBRIDGE (MASS.) mOB AND LATIN SCHOOL.
1, Eaton r 2, Barkbardt, Capt.; 3, Buntin; 4. Hughes; 5. Stubbs; 6. La Croix;
7, Fiske. NEWTON (MASS.) HIGU SCHOOL.
1 Peckham; 2. Overton; 3. Laird; 4, Sanford; 5 Lombard; 6. Parnell; 7, Don-
nellan; 8, Prendergast; 9, Ballou; 10, Ellis; 11, Turr.
MEDFORD (MASS.) HIGH SCHOOL.
1, Hubbard; 2, Burgess; 3, Metivier; 4, Sylvester; 5, Kelley, Capt.; 6, Mulrey;
7, Davis.
BINDGE TECHNICAL SCHOOL, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.
1, Eugene Lentilhon; 2, Edward Hersey; 3, Graham Nadal; 4, Nelson Shepard;
5, I. M. Ash, 3d.; 6, L. S. Taller; 7, I. S. Conover, Jr., Capt.; 8, M. O. Nadal;
9, N. Pierson. White, Photo.
KENT SCHOOL, KENT, CONN.
i
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Hockey in Greater Boston
By John J. Hallahan.
Hockey in Greater Boston has reached a stage where it is the most
jntertaining as well as the best attraction of winter indoor sports.
Nearly all of the colleges have seen the wisdom of learning the game,
and there were only a few schools that were not represented by sevens
last winter. Harvard University was the champion of the colleges,
and the Boston Athletic Association won the greatest honors in the
American Hockey League, although it took the Unicorn a play-off
series of three games to overcome the St. Nicholas team of New
York, which the winter before won the title. The Arena Hockey Club
won the championship of the Boston Hockey League, which had such
teams as the Boston Athletic Association and the Harvard Club in its
membership.
School hockey in Greater Boston has developed to a remarkable
degree. When schoolboys can be picked for a club team and help to
send Canadian teams back across the border with a defeat it indicates
the healthy situation of school hockey around the Hub.
Melrose High won the championship of Greater Boston, but the
race for the title was one filled with uncertainties. For a team that
started the season with a setback, Melrose, by close appHcation to team
work, finally showed the hockey public that combination play, sup-
ported with a fair amount of speed and hockey intelligence, will win
in the end.
Melrose found some stiff rivals in its path. In its own body, the
Interscholastic League, there were Newton High, Medford High and
Arlington High — all formidable opponents to dispose of before meet-
ing English High for the championship of the eastern part of the
State. The best two teams in the Interscholastic League were Melrose
and Medford and, curiously enough, neither had a coach. There have
been many good teams spoiled by coaches whose knowledge of the
game was limited to a thermometer.
ARENA HOCKEY CLUB.
Not since ice hockey was introduced in the East, twenty years ago,
has a team displayed more all around power and efficiency than the
Arena Hockey Club of Boston. Made up for most part of Canadians,
this team was the lightest that ever gained hockey prominence in
this country, the heaviest man in the forward line weighing 138 pounds.
That skill and speed could combine to triumph over sheer weight
and ordinary hockey ability was emphasized throughout the season,
when the Arena team won the championship of the East and also
disposed of two of the best teams that ever visited Boston from across
the border.
1, Sortwell, Harvard Club, Boston. 2, Phillips, Harvard Club, Boston. 3, W.
H. Claflin, Captain, 1915-16, Harvard Club, Boston. 4, J. E. D. Morgan, Har-
vard University team Captain, 1915-16, and for the coming season
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 45
While there was a tendency throughout to lean to individual effort,
t did not prevent the Arena team from registering victory after victory
)ver strong opponents. Their speed was marvelous and players from
.he Wanderers and Quebec teams of the National Hockey Association
)f Canada who saw them in action remarked that the Boston boys
could whip any amateur team in the Dominion,
When the season started, the Arena lost Raymie Skilton, the big
:over point, who went over to the Boston Athletic Association.
Gaudette, who had played point, went South and the task that con-
fronted the team was to develop an outer defense to support Norman
Small in goal. The first step in this direction was taken in signing
up Fred Rocque, former Dartmouth coach.
Rocque's first move was to take Irving Small, who had played in the
forward line all his career, and endeavor to develop him into a cover
point. Small adapted himself to his new position with such all around
abihty that he was rated as one of the best defense men in the country.
Jack Lajiion, a former Winnipeg intermediate, was shoved into point
and made good from the start.
In the forward line the team was fortunate in having four little
lads who knew all the tricks of the game. Captain Patsey Sequin
was at rover and this little whirlwind was the sensation of the season.
Pop" Conley at center was the most spectacular player on the Arena
team. Conley is a wonderful stick handler and a deadly shot. On
the wings the team had two more flashy men in "Mickey" Roach, the
schoolboy, and "Red" Synnott. While this quartette carried the bulk
of attack for the team they were ably supported by second-string men
in "Buck" Cloutier, Leon Tuck of Dartmouth, Emile Desjardins and
Ralph Whitten. George Myra and Norman Mackay were the defense
reinforcements.
That the Arena Hockey Club would win the championship of Boston
was generally conceded, but the remarkable form displayed by the
Boston Athletic Association worried the followers of the rink team.
The Harvard Club, the other member of the Boston League, was not
in a class with the Arena team, and finished a poor last. For two years
the Arena Hockey Club made every effort and inducement to have the
St. Nicholas team of New York meet it, but they never got together.
While the Boston League competition provided keen hockey, the best
brand ever seen at the Boston Arena was displayed by the Victorias
of Montreal, an organization made up of clean young fellows. In the
first game the Victorias and Arenas battled for ninety-six minutes, a
, record for a game in the East, the score standing at 2 — 2. The play-off
on the following Saturday found the Arena outclassing the "Vies" at
all stages, winning, 3 to 1, notwithstanding that Russell Bowie had come
down. from Montreal for this particular game. ^
1. Hutchinson; 2, White; 3, Nichols; 4, Nute; 5. Connel, Mgr.; 6, Martin.
Capt.; 7, Lund; 8, Davis.
PHILLIPS EXETER ACADEMY, EXETER, N. H.
1 Miner, Mgr.; 2, Waters; 3, Hubbard; 4, Boltwood; 5 Thurlow; 6. Jones; 7,
Mitchell; 8, Gowans; 9, Crane, Capt.; 10, Wanamaker; 11, Allen.
PHILLIPS ANDOVER ACADEMY, ANDOVER, MASS.
SPALDING'S ATHLBTIO LIBRARY. 47
Ice Hockey In Brooklyn
As one of the leaders in a movement to revive hockey playing in
Brooklyn and to insure an interscholastic hockey championship contest
his winter, "William H. Kemble, a former hockey expert, who is head
f the Triangle Theater, has donated a cup as the first prize for teams
epresenting local institutions of learning, both public and private.
Brooklyn at one time was a hockey center, but the lack of ice skat-
ig facihties interfered with the advancement of the sport and it grad-
ally died out until only the Crescent Athletic Club maintained a first
lass team.
Talk of the revival of hockey in Brooklyn began with the announce-
ment that the historic Bedford Riding Academy, at Bedford and
Ulantic Avenues, was being reconstructed at a cost of $50,000 into an
ze skating rink, which will be the home ice of the Crescents.
The Kemble Cup will be massive in size and ornamented in a way to
ypify the game for which it was presented. Mr. Kemble will leave
he question of the conditions under which the cup should be awarded
o a committee or to officers of any interscholastic association which
nay be formed as the result of the installation of facilities for the
laying of the game in Brooklyn. He rnakes the gift chiefly to get the
novement under way.
NEW INTERSCHOLASTIC LEAGUE IN BROOKLYN.
With six teams entered and a strong possibility that at least one
nore will be added before the opening game of the season, the new
-,ong Island Interscholastic Hockey League was formed on November
7, under the auspices of the Brooklyn Eagle.
Gregory F. Demonet, captain of the Manual Training team, who was
elected as temporary president at a previous meeting, was made per-
nanent head. Richard Kirkham of Commercial was chosen vice-
>resident and Arthur Maass of Poly Prep secretary-treasurer.
Boys' High, Erasmus, Commercial, Poly Prep, St. John's Prep and
Vlanual sent delegates to the meeting, and in all probability these six
chools will have teams on the ice. It was decided to limit the league
o Brooklyn and Long Island schools. Curtis High of Staten Island
lad made application for admission. Flushing High also was anxious
o play and probably will be accepted. Any other Brooklyn or Long
[sland school may join.
The teams will play under the rules of the American Amateur
Hockey League, as modified by the Public Schools Athletic League
uid Private Schools Athletic Association regulations. The association
will be conducted along the lines of the old Long Island Interscholastic
League. Each school will be represented by two student delegates and
1, C. Ryan. Mgr.; 2, Adams; 3. Shanley; 4. Buckhout; 5 Keresey; 6 Hennessy;
?! Ben/iger, Capt.; 8, Stier; 9, Harrington. Fischl & Hartman, l:'tioto.
LOYOLA SCHOOL. NEW YORK CITY.
1 Reilly; 2, John Tumulty; 3, isfulcahy; 4, McCormack; 5.
Ferris, Capt.; 7, O'Toole; 8, James Tumulty.
O'Mara, Mgr.; 6,
Harrison, Pboto,
ST. PETER'S COLLEGE, JERSEY CITY, N. J.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 49
ne faculty advisor, the active management of the organization- being
the hands of the schoolboys themselves.
Harris M. Crist, managing editor of the Eagle, welcomed the dele-
:ates and assured them that the Eagle would be just as hearty a sup-
orter of schoolboy hockey as it is of other scholastic sports. Another
fuest at the meeting was R. W. Dodd of San Francisco, president of
he Pacific Coast Division of the Amateur Athletic Union. Mr. Dodd
tated that hockey had taken a big boom on the Coast. He had just
ompleted the organization of a league for club teams, and upon his
eturn to the Coast plans to start a schoolboy competition along the
>ame lines as the Long Island Association. Mr. Dodd was in the East
attend the Amateur Athletic Union convention, which was held
November 20.
In addition to the new officers, the delegates present were William
Deevy, Paul Martin and William Murphy, St. John's Prep; George
Curnow, Manual; Horace Sanford and George Barrett, Boys' High;
James Frugone, Commercial; George Greene, Poly Prep; Paul Ballot
and Charles Whiton, Erasmus.
60
SPALDING'S ATHlJi3TIC LIBRARY.
RANDOLPH FARIES, 2(1,
Coach Germantown (Pa.) High
School Hockey Team.
Ice Hockey in Philadelphia
By Randolph Faries, 2d.
For the past ten years or more id
hockey has been a popular sport in thf
vicinity of Philadelphia whenever th
weather conditions permitted. Since th"
artificial rink which formerly existed iii
the city was destroyed by fire there ha;
usually been no place where good ic(
could be depended upon for the entire
season. Even during our coldest win-
ters there are certain to be sudden anc
unexpected thaws. However, as a rultl
enough good skating is to be had t(t
keep a team in condition and afford
fair amount of practice.
Although the past winter was a verr
mild one, about three or four days i
week could be utilized for play on tb
large ponds in the suburbs of the city
the fi,rst cold snap came about the sixtl
of December and the last about the middle of March. Hence it wil
be seen that the enjoyment of the sport and the developing of a teanr
are largely matters which depend upon taking every possible oppor
tunity for play and practice.
There always have been a large number of devotees of the sport and
as is natural, the largest number of these comes from the ranks ot
the schoolboys. Nearly all the large preparatory schools in or neai
the city have teams, some of them of considerable ability. Amonj
those which played ice hockey last season were Chestnut Hill Academy
Germantown High School, St. Luke's School, Haverford Grammai
School and Episcopal Academy. In past years the teams of Chestnu"
Hill Academy, Haverford Grammar School and St. Luke's Schoo
have developed the cleverest players. Each of these schools has access
to a large natural pond, and this fact has materially helped theii
development.
ST. LUKE'S SCHOOL.
St. Luke's School had the most successful team during the pasi
season, to judge by comparative scores. The first game was with Epis«
copal Academy and St. Luke's won, 2 — 1, although it was the firsi
time the team had been lined up together. The next victory wa*
over the strong team of the Haverford Grammar School, which was
1, Foltz; 2. Hansen; 3, Hassold; 4, Zimmerling ; 5, Fades, Coach; 6 Hiibbell,
Mgr.; 7, Rodgers, Capt.; 8. Yeomans; 9, Ager. Paul. Fhoto.
GERMANTOWN (PA.) HIGH SCHOOL.
1. Ross; 2, Dent; 3, Cheston; 4. Cramp; 5, Faires; 6, L^-^^gPf = /^' Baylor.
Capt.; 8, Billiard; 9, Barclay. Kicnaras, pnoto.
CHESTNUT HILL (PA.) ACADEMY.
52 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
defeated by 2 to 0. Chestnut Hill Academy, old rivals, next fell
before St. Luke's attack by a score of 1 to 0, the small score being due
to clever goal tending by the Chestnut Hill goal tender.
The lineup was as follows: Goal, Hunter; point, Coit; cover point,
Gaffney; right wing, Wood; left wing, Gardner; center, Alexander;
j-over, Thornton, captain.
GERMANTOWN HIGH SCHOOL.
Taking everything into consideration, Germantown High had a profit-
able season, although the team was not organized until late. It was
coached by Prof. Randolph Faries, 2d, a member of the faculty of
the school and a former University of Pennsylvania and semi-profes-
sional player. The team developed rapidly, although it was made up of
the younger boys of the school, and made a very creditable showing.
Both its games were played with the strong Chestnut Hill Academy-
team. Although both games were lost by Germantown, they were
fast and well played contests, the scores being 1 — 0 and 2 — 0. *»•
The lineup was as follows: Goal, C. Zimmerling; point, J. Hubbell,
manager; cover point, V. Hassold; right wing, W. Brown (S. Ager) ;
left wing, R. Foltz (J. Hansell) ; center, G. Yeomans; rover, .W.^
Rodgers, captain.
CHESTNUT HILL ACADEMY.
Chestnut Hill Academy was represented by strong players and had
a successful season, winning three out of four games. Their first
game was with Germantown High School, which they defeated, Z-^-O.
They next won from Episcopal Academy, 6 — 2. After again defeating
Germantown, 1 — 0, they met St. Luke's School, to which they lost,
1—0, their only defeat.
The Hneup was as follows: Goal, Hilliard ; point, Lovering (Dent) ;
cover point, Cheston (Savage); rover, Taylor, captain; center. Wads-
worth; right wing, Faries (Ross) ; left wing, Barclay (Woodward).
EPISCOPAL ACADEMY.
Episcopal Academy was handicapped by a lack of ice and so obtained
little practice. Two games were played, one with St. Luke's, 2 — 1 and
the other with Chestnut Hill. In each case their opponents won after
a hard contest.
Haverford Grammar School also had a short season, losing its
only game to St. Luke's School, 2—0.
The University of Pennsylvania did not have a team last season,
owing to a lack of opportunity to practice, but great interest was shown
by the students in the plan for an artificial ice rink when it was pro-
posed to them. As it is known that there are a number of capable
players enrolled there, the University should be able to turn out a
representative team, as has been done in the past.
11, Miller; 2, Furey; 3, Sparkmuui 4. l>Wjer, Mgr.; 5, CiuweUj o, .Sacwui ?,
Lovejoy; 8, Carey, Capt. ,!• 'Xv
NEW ROCHELLB (N. Y.) HIGH SCHOOL.
1. Santoro; 2. Griswold. Mgr.; 3. ScoviUe; 4. I>ewing;^5.^Hy^ae;^«.^Wilde. Capt.;
I, Cowles; 8, B. WiWe.
HARTFORD (CONN.) HIGH SCHOOI*
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 65
Ice Hockey in Pittsburgh
By W. B. McVicker.
Pittsburgh saw a big revival of hockey last season when, with the
opening of Duquesne Garden and the Winter Garden, two huge indoor
rinks, fast teams were installed in each place. The life of the latter
team was short, however, as, after playing four games, the team was
disbanded. This was brought about through the opposition of the
management to the game.
On the other hand, the Duquesne Garden team, which held forth
at the rink of the same name, proved to be one of the strongest teams
organized last season in either the United States or Canada, the home
of the sport. Under the management of Roy D. Schooley, and with
Thomas H. Ross as assistant manager, the team played twenty-three
games, winning twenty of them. The hockey championship of the
world was claimed by the Duquesne Garden team after trouncing the
crack St. Paul team three games straight, the latter having defeated
the crack Lachine Club of Canada, holders of the Art Ross Cup.
The Duquesne Garden team opened its season on January 10 and
played its final game April 1. No opposing team was able to win
more than one game in a series. The Aberdeens of Ottawa proved
to be the most formidable team, dividing honors with the locals in the
opening and closing series of the season. The Duquesne Garden team
met and vanquished the best teams in Canada and topped off the sea-
son's work with a clean sweep in a three-games series with the St.
Paul team, champions of the United States and holders of the
McNaughton Cup.
During the season the Duquesne Garden players scored 85 goals,
while their opponents tallied but 40. Dinny Manners, who is now
"somewhere in France" as a member of a Canadian Overseas Battery,
headed the list with 15 goals, while Captain Larry McCormick and
Parker tied for second place, with 14 goals each. Parker failed to
finish the season with the local team. Following is the complete record
of the Duquesne Garden team for last season :
Jan. 10 — Duq. Garden 6, Aberdeen 5. Feb. 25 — Duq. Garden 2, Montreal 1.
Jan 11 — Aberdeen 3, Duq. Garden 2. Feb. 26 — Duq. Garden 2, Montreal 1.
Jan 17 — Duq. Garden 1, Hull 0. Mar. 6 — Duq. Garden 5, New Edinb'g 1.
Jan. 22— Duq. Garden 8, Hull 0. Mar. 7— Duq. Garden 3, New Edinb'g 2.
Jan. 24 — Duq. Garden 5, Britannia 2. Mar. 17 — Duq. Garden 3, Shamrock 2.
"an! 25 — Duq. Garden 3, Britannia 1. Mar. 18 — Duq. Garden 3, Shamrock 2.
Jan. 31 — Duq. Garden 2, Cornwall 1. Mar. 24 — Duq. Garden 1, St. Paul 0.
Feb 1 Duq. Garden 7, Cornwall 1. Mar. 25 — Duq. Garden 10, St. Paul 4.
Feb! 7— Duq. Garden 4, Nationals 3. Mar. 27— Duq. Garden 4, St. Paul 2.
Feb. 8 — Nationals 4, Duq. Garden 3. Mar. 31 — Duq. Garden 4, Aberdeen 2.
Feb. 14— Duq. Garden 4, Renfrew 1. Apr. 1— Aberdeen 2, Duq. Garden 1.
Feb. 15— Duq. Garden 2, Renfrew 0.
Total goals— Duquesne Garden, 85; opponents, 40.
56
SPALDING'S ATHLEffIC LIBRARY.
Following Is a record of the goals scored by each player on the
Duquesne Garden septet:
[Manners 15 Gorman 9 Bawlf 3
L. McCormick 14 J. McCormick 6 O'Connor 2
Parker 14 Cooper 5 Mackay 1
McCrimmon 11 Wellington 4 Reisfar 1
Duquesne Garden was also the home of the Young Business Men's
League, the championship of which was won by the Young Men's Busi-
ness Club. In a series with the Cleveland club, of the same name,
holders of the Forest City title, the local team was victorious.
1, Weigand; 2, Barbour; 3, Nyehart; 4, Herron; 5, Haggerty; 6, Fester; 7,
De Puy; 8, Anderson; 9, Buchanan.
YOUNG MEN'S BUSINESS CLUB, PITTSBURGH, PA.
The Duquesne Garden team has now gone out of existence and the
representative team of Pittsburgh for the season of 1916-17 is the
Pittsburgh Athletic Association seven. This team is scheduled to play
all its games at Duquesne Garden, however, and is booked with the
leading teams in Canada and the United States. It is under the man-|
agement of Thomas H. Ross, who starred as a goal tender on the Pitts-
burgh Athletic Club team in 1903.
Before the Winter Garden team dibanded last season it lost two
games to Detroit and broke even in a two-game series with Sudbury.
On the Winter Garden team were several players who were Pittsburgh's
leading hockey stars of bygone years. Among these were Joe Don-
nelly, one of the best goal tenders who has ever played here; Ray
Robinson, a forward, and Jimmy McKay,
A three-game series was played also at the Winter Garden rink by
the Yale and Princeton hockey teams, the latter winning two.
1, H. Roney; 2, Ladley; 3, Pringle; 4, Robinson; 5, W. Scheadle; 6, Haverty;
7, L, Scheadle; 8, M. Roney; 9, Lafferty; 10, Wuerthele; U, Beschel,
GREENFIELD TEAM,
J7IENEE BROTHERS' TEAM.
1, Winters; 2, Poland; ;;, Jaiiiisuu; 1 li^jn;^, ■",, Trimble; C, Debernardi.
CLEVELAND HOCKEY CLUB.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRART4 gg
Ice Hockey in Cleveland
By C. C. Kemp.
leveland had all kinds and varietiefs of ice hockey last winter^ for
Sixth City is a great ice hockey center, and from the first of
ember until the first of April ice hockey enthusiasm runs high,
mateur hockey, professional hockey, ladies' hockey and a touch
high school hockey; Canadian champions, American champions,
ific Coast champions and City League champions were all very
h in evidence, and if there had been any more champions to be
ined Manager Shannon of the Elysium could be counted on to
them.
he only possible fault that could be found was that no games could
scheduled with teams of the Ontario Hockey Association, that
inization deciding that under its rules the Cleveland Hockey Club
lid be an undesirable opponent. However, this did not put a damper
hockey enthusiasm, as other teams fully as strong were scheduled
the brand of hockey was better than that of seasons before. The
ndance at the games was fully fifty per cent, greater for the season
1 that of any previous year.
leveland won 20, lost 4 and tied 1, for a percentage of .833, scoring
tal of 87 points to 37 for its opponents. That tells the story. Not
ingle series was lost and not a team appearing on the Cleveland
looked as good as the home boys did.
leveland played but two American teams, the Detroits and New
k Stars. Detroit, by the way, defeated the Monarchs and other
ng teams of Ontario, while the New York Stars were represented
the best amateur hockey players in the East, so that victories over
>e two teams were particularly sweet.
fext came the Montreal Stars, who had previously defeated the St.
holas team of New York. Cleveland took the first game from this
n, lost the second, but scored 6 goals to its opponent's 4,
,ater in the season Grand Mere, Interprovincial Champions of Can-
, came for a three-game series, losing two of the three and scoring
3 goals to Cleveland's 10.
Jext came the Renfrews, champions of Ottawa Valley. They were
vned in two straight games. The New Edinburghs, Ottawa cham-
ns, managed to stick out a tie score in the first game, but lost the
ond game, 4 to 3.
The last opponents of the season were the Laval University Stars,
!o came to Cleveland with a great reputation and perhaps made the
It showing of the season. They lost the first game, 4 to 3, and won
I second game, 2 to 1, each team thus totaling 5 points,
rhe big star of Cleveland hockey was Jimmy Cree, the Indian rover,
se proved to be a wizard in skating and handling the stick, and had
60 SPALDING'S ATftLBTIO LIBRABTr
the crowd with him from the first game of the season until the
bell rang.
Vernon Turner, a new goal tender, was also in the limelight throi
out the season. The Cleveland fans claim that no better cage tq
has ever shown on Cleveland ice.
When the amateur season was over there was ladies' hockey,
Cornwall Stars and the Ottawa. Stars putting on a three-game exl
tion but, of course, not as scientific a one as the regular brand. C\{
land fans enjoyed the novelty of these battles.
Then, that no stones might be left unturned, the Torontos and
N.H.A. All-Stars, two professional teams, put on as thrilling a se
battles as Clevelanders have even seen. Not being used to the rot
ness of professional hockey though, many of the fans thought
engagements were to determine the "survival of the fittest."
Last on the programme came the professional Portland team, cK
pions of the Pacific Coast, against Les Canadiens, who later won
world's hockey championship. They put up a sterling exhibiti
great climax to a great hockey season.
In the city amateur race there were seven teams and they were
good ones. When the season's smoke had blown over, however, it
found that the Smith Sheriffs were on top, their margin over the j
Bakers being just one game.
The following is the record for 1915-16:
Cleveland 9, Detroit 3.
Cleveland 7, Detroit 2.
Cleveland 1, New York Stars 0.
Cleveland 5, New York Stars 3.
Cleveland 1, Montreal Nationals 2.
Cleveland 5, Montreal Nationals 0.
Cleveland 5, Montreal Stars 1.
Cleveland 1, Montreal Stars 3.
Cleveland 4, Ottawa Aberdeens 2.
Cleveland 2, Ottawa Aberdeens 1.
Cleveland 4, Cornwall 1.
Cleveland 3, Cornwall 2.
Cleveland 3, Sudbury 0.
Cleveland 1, Sudbury 0.
Cleveland 2, Grand Mere 3.
Cleveland 3, Grand Mere 0.
Cleveland 5, Grand Mere 0.
Cleveland 5, Renfrew 1.
Cleveland 2, Renfrew 0.
Cleveland 3, Ottawa A. A. 2.
Cleveland 5, Ottawa A. A, 1.
Cleveland 2, New Edinburghs
Cleveland 4, New Edinburghs 3
Cleveland 1, Laval 2,
Cleveland 4, Laval 3.
1
1, Ballard, Cai.i.: 2, Layng, Mgr. ; 3, Cole; 4, Rooks; 5, Kozlow; 6, McArthur
i, Gunnarson; 8, Wright; 9, Snyder.
northwestern dental school canadian club team,
Chicago, ill.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Ice Hockey in Chicago
By Hoyt Leach.
^hat about ice hockey in Chicago? Do you have any hockey teams
!i? These are questions so often asked during the winter months
he past few years, coming from the lips of visitors who hail
ci hockey towns. Heretofore we have found it necessary to answer
tt questions in the negative, but always adding, "perhaps things
1 be different by next year," but next year, like tomorrow, never
e ed to come.
])w all is changed — that promise of next year was fulfilled to an
(mous extent during the past season. The hockey spirit, which
;been at a low temperature since the days of the old Ice Palace,
i^revived and is stronger now than it ever was. Last year there
: no less than a dozen regular hockey teams in Chicago, and some
lese played a brand of hockey which was exceptional, considering
the game has not been played here for many years. The novices
started well and give promise of quick development. Many local
:eur athletic clubs have contributed teams to the cause and high
ols have formed a league. With such a foundation there must
tcellent results.
. to the happenings of the past year. Early in January a number
nthusiasts and oldtime players got together and formed what is
m as the Illinois-Indiana Hockey League. Officers were chosen
a schedule was drawn up, those teams which were admitted to
bership in the league were as follows : Northwest Skating Club,
hwestern University Canadian Club, Hinsdale Hockey Club, Swed-
imerican A.C., Aurora Skating Club, Opal A.C., Western Electric
cey Club, Culver (Ind.) Military Academy, Warsaw (Ind.)
<ey Club, Hyde Park High School and Optimates Canoe Club.
le schedule was carried out as far as was possible under the
rtain weather conditions. Much credit must be given to the city
commissioners, who did a great deal for the game by allowing
eague the use of the park lagoons. On these rinks most of the
hes were played and most of the training was done.
lOut the middle of February the championship of the league was
d to lie between the Northwest Skating Club, represented for the
part by players who had performed at the Ice Palace in the old
and the Northwestern University Canadian Club. The latter
was composed of men who ha€ won their spurs north of the
.dian boundary. Up to this time each had won a tight game from
either, and aside from this both teams had clean slates.
liar the last of February, the ice being in fair condition, the cham-
Jhip match was played before a large and enthusiastic crowd of
64 SPAUDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. ]
fans. The game was fast and snappy, full of thrills and mix-ups, t
breathless fans being unable to pick the winner until the final whist
The Northwest Skating Club finally emerged triumphant with a sec
of 3 to 2. The crowd was well pleased with the exciting exhibiti
and all regretted that it was the last game of the season.
Chicago will do nothing short of wonders in ice hockey this seas
if even a few of the predictions hold good. Many more teams hi
already applied for memberships in the "Double I" Hockey League, a
this in itself is a sign of prosperity for the game, since it showsv
growing interest. The crowning feature of all, however, is the f-
that Chicago will have several artificial ice rinks this year. Provisic
will be made for the local hockey teams, so that they will be a
to play out their matches in enclosed rinks. The arrival of artific
ice will make it possible for games to be played in any kind of weatl
and will be the greatest boost that ice hockey and skating have ci!
known in the Windy City.
Watch US in 1917!
I!
Reed; 2, Brown; 3, Madden, Mgr.; 4, Hazzard; 5, O'Connell; 6, McGuire; 7,
each, Capt.; 8, Kerr.
HYDE PARK HIGH SCHOOL, CHICAGO. ILL.
Lieut. Kassmal, Coach: 2, Gregg; 3, Brown; 4, Frost, Mgr.: 5, Barnes; 6,
aine; 7, Lieut. Sickles, Coach; 8, Officer; 9, James; 10, MacCallum, Capt.; 11,
Cyers; 12. Cushing; 13. Wadsworth. Moflfett. Photo.
CULVER (lTT0:y 'MlLll'ART? aSADEMYT
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. e?
Ice Hockey in Milwaukee
By a. J. SCHINNER,
President of Milwaukee Hockey League.
rhe increasing popularity of hockey as a winter sport in the States
s felt even in Milwaukee during the short season which is usually
perienced in Wisconsin. Bigger crowds, a better understanding of
; ice game and a keener appreciation of the individual work of the
yers tended to arouse more interest in the Milwaukee Hockey
ague play last season than ever before.
rhe Noequa hockey team won the championship in the four-team
gue playing on the upper Milwaukee River, going through the sea-
i with six victories and one defeat. The lone defeat registered against
; 1916 champs came in the closing game of the season and was
ninistered by the seven at the bottom of the league, the Gordons,
ich in a measure exemplified the closeness of the play in all of
games,
rhe Gordon hockey team, which went through the previous season
:h a similar record, got away to a bad start and was considerably
idicapped by injuries and slow ice, and as a result failed to repeat
1915 triumph. Second honors went to the White Squadron seven,
t of the most consistent performers in the play, while the Outlaws,
ich seven played spasmodic hockey, tied with the Gordons for third
ce.
rhe league, due to the absence of an indoor rink in Milwaukee, was
ced to play on the open river on a rink erected by the Milwaukee
rk Board. As a result the play hinged entirely on the weather, as
surface was not subject to any great care, and from this it can
understood under what great handicap ice hockey is played in
Iwaukee.
}iven an indoor rink, Milwaukee players can easily be brought up
the standard of the Eastern and Northern sevens. Most of the
;k wielders have either been developed in Milwaukee after almost
years of play or are the product of Eastern and Northern leagues,
a result the standard is considerably above the average and still not
at might be attained if the puck chasers could subject themselves
more practice and training.
^mong the players known to outside fans who performed with
Iwaukee teams last winter were Edgar Tapping, a former Harvard
yer, and Pierson, formerly of the St. Nicholas team. Both served
the Gordon septet.
rhe other stars were mostly local boys, and those deserving of
cial mention for their work during the season are Haupt and Art
»ltz of the Noequa team; Art Bergman, Robert Wrobleski and Fred
^;^ ^-f-'^
!iJ
1, Taylor; 2. Strotz; 3, T. Goodwin; 4 Behr; 5. Gruhn
A. Goodwin; 8, Cusson; 9, Grace; 10. Gregg.
ST. JOHN'S MILITARY COLLEGE, DELAFIELD, WIS.
netciier, Coach; 7,
ifm ^- r
0^
1. W. Earnst. Mgr.; 2. N. Stolz; 3. Lur..cn; 4. R. Stolz; 5. T. Stolz; 6. Haupt;
7| Wilke; 8, A. Stolz, Oapt.
NEOQUA TEAM, MILWAUKEE. WIS.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 69
kaska of the Outlaw team, and Carlson, Vorrell and Thomson of the
'hite Squadrons.
The finer points of the game are thoroughly understood by all these
lyers and a picked seven from the league, given good coaching and
little time to practice, would, without a doubt, make it interesting
r any of the country's teams.
Outside of the Milwaukee Hockey League, St. John's Military
:ademy at Delafield developed a team which played a fair game,
:hough in the two contests with pick-up sevens from Milwaukee
igues they were defeated. However, the cadets have promised to put
rth a stronger aggregation in 1917. There is also a possibility this
nter of the organization of a high school league among the Mil-
lukee prep schools,
1, Keller, Mgr.; 2, Monroe; 3, Langford; 4, Garret; 5, Herman, Coach; 6, Eob-
1 erts; 7, Dwyer, Capt. ; 8, Zimmerman; 9, Manley.
CENTRAL HIGH SCHOOL, ST. PAUL, MINN.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 71
Hockey in Minnesota
By Yale H. Squire.
The representation of the St. Paul A.C. senior team, managed by
.y C. John, in the American Amateur Hockey Association perhaps
d as much as anything to do with the revival in interest in the
me in the Twin Cities. The greatest showing made by the Saints,
ID won the McNaughton Trophy, prompted Minneapolis to get busy
d before the season was ended a senior team was organized by
rl F. Struck. It will fly the colors of the Minneapolis A.C.
Duluth was out of the senior league last year, but the organization
a four-team amateur league gave fans their fill of the game. The
ims in the league were the Northerns, Bagleys, Universals and Big
iluths.
By the time another season rolls around it is more than probable
it a new league will be formed in this section. It is proposed to
ve Minneapolis, St. Paul, Duluth and Chicago represented, with
ssibly teams from Cleveland and Detroit.
High school hockey had a big boom in Minneapolis. Rinks provided
the Minneapolis Park Board made excellent places for the teams
play. The championship was won by East, with West as runner-up.
. Paul also had high school hockey. Central winning the title.
Both grade and high school hockey was played at Duluth. It is
ssible that hockey will be played in the grade schools in Minneapolis
on. The game is declared to be a trifle strenuous for the young
ys, but efl"orts are being made to overcome these objections.^
Eleven teams played in the Park League in Minneapolis. The
mden team won the championship of one division and the Harriets
the other. The Harriets won the final game.
Hockey in the smaller towns of the State was weH developed. A
urnament was staged at St. Paul in connection with the Winter
jorts Carnival in which more than twenty teams were entered. Thief
ver Falls won.
Coached by Hugh ("Dad") Gawley, the St. Paul senior team made
. enviable record in its first year in fast company. The seven was
;d with the American Soo team at the end of the regular playing
ason and a special series was necessary to decide the winner of the
,000 trophy. St. Paul won the first two games, played at the Hip-
•drome there. Both games were won by a 3 to 2 score and both were
ertime, one going over twenty minutes and the other thirty min-
es. The Soo won the first game there, but the Saints came back
d won the second.
After the season the Saints made an Eastern trip. They downed the
ichines of Montreal, 6 to 5, for the Art Ross Trophy, but the cup
ustees threw out the game, declaring player Bert Mohan a pro-
ssional.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
I
72
Nick Kahler was captain of the Saints, He was out of the ga
George Hende";soJ; was then made leader The Minneapohs team spl
even with the Saints in the two games played.
FlanagaD, left wing: wlllingtoi)/.€enter; Eeeves, right wing; WoMl. spare; H
derson, lover point; McBrlde, cover point; Landry, point; Wells, goal.
MINNEAPOLIS TEAM.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 78
Pacific Coast Hockey Association
■he Pacific Coast Hockey Association had another successful season
ing the winter of 1915-16 and hockey now seems to be on a firm
is on the Pacific Coast. Portland won the championship of the
rue and the Stanley Cup, which had been held by Vancouver. Con-
juring that Portland has only seen hockey for two seasons, it is
eiving very strong support from the public and is looked upon as
' leading winter sport. The Portland club won thirteen games and
; five during the season. Seattle and Vancouver tied for second
:e and Victoria was in the cellar. The final standing was as follows:
Won. Lost. For, Against. PC.
land 13 5 70 50 .722
couver (Canada) 9 9 75 69 .500
tie 9 9 68 66 .500
oria (Canada) 5 13 74 102 .222
n winning the championship Portland also annexed the Stanley Cup,
Dlematic of the world's championship. This cup had been won the
vious season by Vancouver from the Ottawas of the National
ckey Association.
'he Portland club then traveled East to Montreal in March and
ended the Stanley Cup against Les Canadiens, but was defeated
2e out of five games. Considering the long trip East and climatic
ditions, the Portland team made a splendid showing in Montreal.
; goals scored against them numbered 15 and against Les Cana-
ls 13, during the series. The eyes of the hockey world watched
i series with interest, as a great many hockey fans, particularly in
East, thought that the brand of hockey played on the Coast was
^rior to that in the East. Portland won the first and fourth games
Les Canadiens the second, third and fifth.
'he Portland team was made up of the following players : Goal,
rray; point, Irvine; cover, Johnson; rover, Oatman (captain) ; right
g, Tobin; center, Dunderdale; left wing, Harris; substitutes, Uksila
Barbour. This was the first season in professional ranks of Murray,
ine, Uksila and Barbour. Murray was formerly in goal for the
narchs of Winnipeg and proved himself a good man for the position,
ine was also from the Monarchs and proved a star defense man.
fortunately, he caught cold on the trip East, developed pneumonia
died in Chicago. His loss will be seriously felt by the team,
tmateur hockey in Portland had a fairly successful year, four teams
ticipating in the City League, made up of the Multnomah Club,
V.R.R. & N. Club, Rowing Club and Police Club. Multnomah won
championship after a hard race with the O.W.R.R.& N. Club,
'he following record of the Portland Rosebuds has been copied from
Montreal Star:
he Rosebuds, tinder the management of E. H. Savage and the captaincy of
ie Oatman, were made over from last year's team, which finished second la
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 75
the race, by one trade and the addition of two other regulars, both of them kids,
playing their first year in professional hockey, have triumphed over the best
veteran aggregation in the country.
Credit is due these men for the team's great showing. They held the lead prac-
tically from the start of the season, played consistent hockey, never had any pro-
tracted slumps, and only once did they lose two games in a row.
Eddie Oatman, captain of the team, is twenty-six years of age and was born at
Halleysburg, Ontario, He is known as one of the steadiest, brainiest and best
all-around players in the game to-day. Eddie is not spectacular, but never has an
off night. He is always striving for team play rather than individual work which
is more flashy, but often doesn't get results.
Tommy Murray, goal tender, is the youngest man on the team. He is twenty-
one and was born in Michigan. It was his first year in professional hockey, he
having learned the game at Winnipeg, where he played amateur hockey before
joining the Monarchs, who won the amateur world's championship the previous
season. He is now rated as the second best goal tender in the league.
Del Irvine, left defense, came from the Monarchs also, playing his first year in
professional hockey. On the trip East last winter he was attacked by pneumonia
and died in Chicago. Irvine was twenty-four years of age and a native of Mani-
toba. He had been with the Monarchs for two years. Irvine had a wonderful
poke check and the longest reach of any defense player in the league.
Ernie ("Moose") Johnson, favorite with the fans, is the largest man on the
team. Ernie plays right defense. He is thirty-one years of age and was born at
Montreal, where he played with the Wanderers, which won the Stanley Cup two
years in succession. He went to the Coast in 1911 and was with Westminster
until the team was transferred to Portland last season. Johnson is one of the
greatest defense players in the country. He is always picked on every Coast
all-star team. Johnson is a wonder at carrying the puck down the ice, and while
handicapped in his stick handling by the loss of two fingers, he is regarded as
better than the average shot.
Fred ("Smoky") Harris is looked on as one of the best left wings in major
league hockey, Fred is twenty-six years of age and was born at Kenora, Ontario.
He broke in with the Kenora Thistles, who played and won the Stanley Cup
before it was put up for competition between East and West. In 1912 Harris
went to Vancouver and remained there until the season of 1914-15, when he was
traded to Portland for Mallen. He is aggressive, a hard checker, and is always
in the game to win.
Charles Tobin, right wing on the team, is twenty-six years of age, and was born
at Winnipeg, where he played with the Monarchs for two years. He was with
Westminster team for two years before coming here when the team was trans-
ferred. Although he broke in as a forward, lack of a good defense man forced
him to play this position for three years, and it was only when Irvine was secured
that he could go back to the forward line. Speedy as a streak of lightning, Tobin
proved one of the sensations of the season. lie is one of the leading scorers of
the league and is looked on as one of the mainstays of the team.
Tommy Dunderdale was born in Australia twenty-seven years ago. He moved
to Winnipeg when only a child and learned to play hockey there. After one year
in the National Association, Dunderdale went to Victoria four years ago. The
first two years he was there he led the Coast players in scoring. Last fall he was
traded to Portland for Ran McDonald. Dunderdale is a fast skater, a fine stick
handler, and is a veritable eel, wriggling and dodging past opponents and know-
ing where to shoot when he is close in on the ice of the opponents.
Charlie Uksila, one of the spares, is twenty-four years old and was born in
Calumet, Mich. He played with the Copper League there until he went to Port-
land, and was with the Multnomah Amateur Athletic Club the previous season,
when it won the championship. Uksila, although small, is fast and a hard worker,
Alf Barbour, the other spare, is twenty-three years old and has lived all his life
in the Alberta country, last year being his first in professional hockey. He is tall
and rangy and looks as if he would make an ideal defense man with a little more
experience.
The Westminster team, now the Portland Rosebuds, made an excellent record
during its three years under Manager Savage. The first year, 1911-12, it finished
first; the second year, 1912-13, it was second; the third year, 1913-14, third, and
in 1914-15, as the Portland team, it finished second again, while last season it was
once more the champion.
1, Morris
Mgr.
Carpenter; 3, Walter; 4, Wilson; 5, Holmes; 6, Pete Muldoon
Foystou; 8, Row!
Jacobs, Pbotos.
SEATTLE PROFESSIONAL HOCKEY TEAM.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. ^
Ice Hockey in the Pacific Northwest
By Earl R. Goodwin, Portland, Oregon.
^hile the 1915-16 season was but the second year of ice hockey in
rtland and the first in Seattle, the game progressed to such an extent
it record crowds are predicted for this season. In amateur cir-
in the Portland Ice Palace, the Multnomah Amateur Athletic Club
)tet ran away with the honors for the second consecutive time.
The Harriman Club, Waverley Country Club and the Portland Row-
r Club each had teams represented in the Portland Amateur Hockey
sociation and some mighty good games were presented to the fol-
vers of the circuit. Efforts were made to have several intercity bat-
s, but it was impossible for fi.nal arrangements to be made between
attle, Portland or Vancouver, B. C.
However, plans have been made that this season shall not pass into
tory without having several of the out-of-town amateur teams seen
action in each other's arenas. Seattle took hold of the new sport
d made friends with it immediately.
The Portland team of the Pacific Coast Hockey Association gained
i highest honors of the year in the circuit by winning the league
ampionship and, as a result, the "Uncle Sams," or the "Rosebuds,"
some are wont to call them, went to Montreal to battle Les Canadiens
r the championship of the world.
The best that Manager E. H. Savage of the Portlanders could do
IS to bring back three wins out of the seven games played. The
^le of play exhibited by the Westerners was such as to open the eyes
the National Hockey Association fans, and the coming season will
d the Eastern champs playing in Western territory in the title tilts.
1 the coast the Vancouver "Millionaires" were second in the profes-
Mial circuit, while the Harriman Oub carried off next place to the
inged "M" contingent n amateur circles around Portland.
Victoria, B. C, Vancouver, B. C, Seattle and Portland were repre-
nted in the Pacific Coast Hockey Association during the 1915-16
hedule, although Victoria was forced to abandon its ice arena because
e government needed the huge building to house troops. As a result,
[switch was made to start the 1916-17 season.
Spokane was admitted to the league and Lester Patrick, who man-
red the Victoria club, was given charge of the Inland Empire aggre-
ition. He took several of his athletes with him, but during the sum-
er he scoured Canada for promising amateurs who desire to break
to professional ranks.
The Portland Hockey Club was dealt a hard blow in the untimely
2ath of Del Irvine, said to have been one of the greatest prospects
rtr to play the professional game. He was playing defense with the
78 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
famous ''Moose" Johnson on the tour of the Oregonians after havi
met Les Canadiens for the world's championship. He caught cold a:
died before the team arrived in Portland. His place has been giv
over to Clem Loughlin, who hails from Winnipeg. Dick Irvin and St
Marples are Winnipeg amateurs who have been signed up with t
Portland "Uncle Sams."
Pete Muldoon is managing the Seattle Metropolitans, while Frai
Patrick, president of the Pacific Coast Hockey Association, is lookii
after the affairs of the Vancouver "Millionaires." Eddie Oatman, wl
captained the Portland champions, jumped to the 228th Battalion aggr
gation and it is almost certain that he will be suspended for the comii
season unless a goodly sum of money is forthcoming to Manager Sa
age from the National Hockey Association.
A peace agreement only recently was signed between the Nation
Hockey Association officials and the Pacific Coast Hockey Associatic
directors whereby it was agreed that teams from each association wou
not be allowed to grab players from the other circuit. A hockey w;
had been going on for some time and with the signing of the "papen
it was thought that all troubles between the leagues had been patched u
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 79
Ice Hockey in San Francisco
By Charles Robert Percival.
lockey in California's good old summertime. Here is a situation
(ch is without parallel in the game's history in this country. A rink
wded to the rafters on the night of the Fourth of July and a
ng-up" match that in quality of play and intense rivalry of the
y^ers and the clubs' respective partisans suggested very markedly
Boston A. A. vs. St. Nicholas league games in the East during the
jter. The first artificial ice rink in San Francisco was opened up
ler the name of the Techau Tavern Ice Palace on May 1, 1916, and
town went over to the novelty with its accustomed gusto. The
ole city went skating. Right through the midsummer months, night
1 day, the throngs kept pouring into the arena. Then came hockey.
The Coast metropolis is one of the premier sporting cities of the
rid. San Francisco paid a $68,000 gate to see Jeffries and Corbett
and frequently a Sunday base ball game at Recreation Park, if
local club is well up in the Pacific Coast League race, draws
XX) persons. Little wonder then that 2,455 paid admissions were
orded on the night of July Fourth, when the Polo club and the San
incisco club played a sensational game, the Polo men winning the
iding game in the last eleven seconds of play, Wendell Kuhn, the
mer Princeton player, netting the puck. Hockey came into Cali-
'nia under the auspices one might expect to find clothed about the
ernational polo week at Meadowbrook. Around the ice field at the
chau Tavern Ice Palace is a row of boxes and loges. They are
:upied by the socially elect on the night of a hockey match, while
; Cafe de Luxe, overlooking the ice, is always the scene of a merry,
lliant assemblage. Altogether, a hockey night in San Francisco
ggests the festive and colorful first night at the opera or the judging
ht at the horse show.
San Francisco witnessed a score of fairly good hockey games last
mmer and has taken to the game very much indeed. In fact, it is
fe to say that the introduction of professional hockey, which is only
matter of a short time, will see the largest crowds in the country
tending the championship games. Hockey was put on an organized
sis in California when A. C. Morrisson brought the representatives
the different clubs playing exhibition games at the Ice Palace
gether at a dinner at the Techau Tavern on July 10, 1916. The Bay
aunties Amateur Hockey Association was formed with the following
ficers duly elected :
Honorary presidents— William Greer Harrison, Olympic Club, and
Iward H. Sinclair, Canadian Club; president— Dr. Arthur Beardslee,
[ympic Club; first vice-president, James A. McDonald^ Caledonian
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. gj
Dub; second vice-president— Corbett Moody, Polo Hockey Club; third
vice-president— J. H. O'Keefe, Canadian Club; secretary-treasurer- A.
C Mornsson, Polo Hockey Club; executive committee— J. H. Thom-
linson, Caledonian Club; Harold Hoeber, Indoor Yacht Club; C. H.
Minto, Canadian Club; J, S. A. Macdonald, San Francisco Hockey
Club; Sven Philip, Olympic Club; A. C. Morrisson, Polo Hockey Club.
The pioneer season was set to run on each Tuesday evening from
July 18 to October 24. The games were all well attended and pretty
fast hockey was played. Most of the players are former college players
from the East and Canadians who are settled on the Coast. The clubs
engaged in the championship series were the Polo Club, the Olympic
Club, the Caledonian Club, the Indoor Yacht Club, the San Francisco
Hockey Club and the Canadian Club. The Polo Club had a fine
team, made up of the younger generation of polo, golf and outdoor
sport votaries living down the peninsula at Menlo Park and Burlin-
game. On the roster were Wendell Kuhn, J. Kilner, Harry Crocker, R.
Devereaux, George Young, Ed Clark, L. McCormick, J. Kuhn, L.
Lomax and other stars of former years at St. Paul's School and
Princeton University. The Canadian Club had a lot of fine players,
including Harry Thompson of Belleville, Ont. ; R. Demers, Ed M.
O'Brien and J. M. O'Malley of Montreal, A. R. Clarke of Garberry,
Man.; L. L. Wells of Berlin, Ont,, and J. J. Wood of Charlottetown,
P. E. I. The San Francisco Hockey Club was captained by J. J. C.
Downey, formerly a star player at Brockville, and P. R. Knott of
Canmore, J. H. George, formerly of Yale, and W. R. O'Connor, of
Princeton foot ball and tennis renown, were also on this team. Kenneth
McCusker and Bruce Mackenzie, from the fast amateur hockey coun-
try at Calgary, Alberta, were on the local team, too. The Indoor Yacht
Club, the most unique sporting and goodfellowship organization in
the country, had a splendid team, with Rupert Dufort, Reuben Carey,
Ted Clark, R. C. Percival and other good ones under the colors.
Carey is from St. Paul, Minn., and "Bob" Percival is an old-time
Canadian player of luminary degree. The Caledonian Club is the
oldest and richest athletic-fraternal organization on the Pacific Coast
and has gone in for hockey head over heels. John H. Thomlinson
brought this club into the game and it is to Mr. Thomlinson that
most of the credit for the introduction of the game of hockey in San
Francisco is due. He and A. C. Morrisson organized and shaped out
the Bay Counties Amateur Hockey Association and secured the sport's
recognition from the Pacific Association of the Amateur ^ Athletic
Union. Ice hockey has already gripped the public and the introduc-
tion of the professional game will serve to intensify the interest. The
Pacific Coast International Hockey Association, a professional organi-
zation, has made money for the clubs at Portland, Seattle, Vancouver
and Victoria. The crowds were enormous and the enthusiasm intense.
Spokane, Wash., comes into the profesional league this winter, and
San Francisco will no doubt be included, especially as a large rink with
a seating capacity of 5,000 is now in operation in that city.
1, John H. Thomlinson, Caledonian Club, San Francisco, 2, Joe Moody, Polo
Hockey Club, San Francisco. 3, A. W. Vincent, San Francisco. 4 F A.
Knott San Francisco Hockey Club. 5, L. L. Fuller, Caledonian Club, San
Francisco.
GROUP OF BAY COUNTIES HOCKEY PLAYERS.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
The final standing of the teams on October 24 was as follows:
BAY COUNTIES AMATEUR HOCKEY ASSOCIATION.
CHAMPIONSHIP STANDING.
Club. Games, Won.
Canadian Club 5
Polo, Hockey and Skating Club S
■ "^Olympic Club 5
*Indoor Yacht Club 5
tCaledonian Club 5
San Francisco Hockey Club 5
*Game of September 12 disallowed. In table both teams credited with a win.
tDraw game on October 3.
GOAL SCORING STANDING,
Name and Club, Gls, Ast, Pts. Name and Club. Gls, Ast. Pts.
Wendell Kuhn, Polo 12 8 32 L, Flesher, Olympic 5 1 11
Hugh O'Connor, Polo 10 7 27 W, D, Dunning, Indoor... 4 2 10
L, McCormick, Polo 10 6 26 A. B. Mackenzie, San Fr.. 4 2 10
K. A. McCusker, Canadian 8 6 22 L, L. Fuller, Caledonian,. 4 2 10
A. H. Thompson, Canadian 8 5 21 J. S, Peters, Indoor 3 4 10
J, C. Downey, Indoor,. 8 5 21 R. D. Robertson, Caledon. 3 4 10
on.
Lost.
PC.
5
0
1.000
4
1
.800
3
2
.600
3
2
.600
1
4
.200
1
4
.200
^
E. Carey, Indoor 6 4 16 W. H. Clark, Caledonian.. 3 3 9
J. A. Wood, Canadian 5 6 16 F. W. Burden, Olympic... 3 1 7
Jerome Kuhn, Polo 5 4 14 E. M. Borden, Olympic... 2 3 7
J. M. O'Malley, Canadian. 5 4 14 R. E. Lagerstrom, Olympic 3 1 7
W. Nightingale. Caledonian 4 6 14 Joseph Moody, Polo 2 3 7
J. L. Boivin, San Fran,,. 5 4 14 H. V. Fawcett, Caledonian 2 2 6
L. L. Wells, Canadian 5 3 13 R. E. White, Olympic 2 1 5
C. R. Percival, Indoor 4 5 13 W. J. Curtis, Caledonian.. 1 3 5
Corbett Moody, Polo 4 4 12 Ed. M. O'Brien, Canadian 1 2 4
C. S. Maltbie, Olympic... 5 2 12 O. Demers, Canadian 1 2 4
A. F, Duford, Indoor 3 5 11 J, J. Parks, Indoor 1 2 4
With the opening of the new rink, the Winter Garden, which has a
surface of 210 by 90 feet, a new league has been formed, known as
the California Hockey Association. Four teams, the Olympic Club,
Indoor Yacht Club, Pacific Club and Canadian Club, started play in
the season which began November 14 and is to continue for a period
of eighteen weeks, with games every Tuesday evening. Stanford Uni-
versity and the Caledonian Club are also members of the association,
but when this book went to press had not placed a team on the ice.
The president is Robert W, Dodd ; vice-president, Merrill E. Andrews,
and Wendell Kuhn, the former Princeton player, is secretary-treasurer.
The new association is a member of the Pacific Association of the
A.A.U.
San Francisco likes hockey and with a big, first class ice arena the
Queen City of the Pacific Coast is sure to turn out monster throngs
as it did to the high class boxing bouts, thoroughbred races, foot ball
and base ball games of a few years back.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 85
Ice Hockey in San Diedo
By Rose M. Bennett.
San Diego at present boasts one ice rink— the ice rink at the Panama-
California International Exposition. Considering the subtropical cli-
mate and the all-year-round flowers and verdure, this one ice rink is
an accomplishment of which the city is justly proud.
San Diego, however, has one distinction, and that is on the thirteenth
of May, 1916, just fourteen miles from the Mexican border, at a
latitude of 32 degrees north and the temperature at 66 degrees, the
first ice hockey game was played in Southern California.
Considering all circumstances the game was a surprise. Like all
other California towns, San Diego's population is made up of people
who came from "back home," with a sprinkling of native sons and
daughters whose parents may have been "Forty-niners," but in general
came but recently from east of the Mississippi River. And these
people in most part had forgotten snow and ice and talked climate,
flowers and tourists. On rare occasions one saw a pair of rusty skates
stored away at some friend's home, but it was seldom.
Then, like a whisper of scandal, spread the news, 'They're skating
at the cafes in Los Angeles; we're going to have an ice rink at the
Expo." Forthwith everybody went to the Exposition to look at the
rink-to-be, commended or condemned, and went home to hunt up their
skates. Then we learned surprising things about our friends. This
man held a world's championship for something, another had played
professional hockey, and still another held ice skating honors. And all
had their names in the "blue book" of sport.
Five weeks after the opening of the rink the first hockey game was
played. The group of men who lined up for that game was composed
of a local sportsman, an aviator from the Government aviation school,
two men from the United States Marine Corps, a concessionaire from
the Isthmus, a map maker, a physician, an army officer and several
prominent business men. They were men from Canada, from Europe
and from our Eastern and Northern States, and they had played ice
hockey from Nova Scotia to China. They called themselves the Expo-
sition and San Diego teams. ^ , ,. . r
The newspapers gave this new sport plenty of publicity : one facetious
evening daily ran the following headline: "Sure, San Diego sun can
grow anything, even ice skaters; hockey league formed." And a
crowd of oldtime fans and curious Westerners, entirely green to the
game, filled the rink. The game went off with a zip and a bang; it
was fast but lacked finessee and was characterized by hard work and
brilliant individual playing. The Exposition team displayed somethmg
of team work at times and came off with the long end of the score.
1, T. Emmett Quinn, President, and, 2, Frank Calder, Secretary-Treasurer
National Hockey Association of Canaaa, Limited.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 37
National Hockey Association's Season
By Frederick B. Edwards, Montreal
O^c^rj— President, T. Emmett Quinn; secretary-treasurer, Frank
Calder. Directors — M. Rosenthal, Ottawa Hockey Club; W. J. Quinn,
Quebec Hockey Club ; S. E. Lichtenhein, Wanderer Hockey Club ; G, W.
Kendall, Canadian Hockey Club; E. J. Livingston, Toronto Hockey
Club.
Two unusual occurrences stand out from the record of the 1915-1916
season of the National Hockey Association of Canada, viz., the renewal
of the warfare with the Pacific Coast Hockey League and the capture
of the Stanley Cup by Les Canadiens of Montreal, National Hockey
Association champions. The former, coming as it did at the start of the
season, brought the senior professional hockey organization very close
to disaster, although the final accounting shows it rather as a blessing
in disguise, while the latter happening established a precedent. The
result of the Stanley Cup series of March last marks the first occasion
in the history of the game that the historic Stanley Cup has been
captured by a French-Canadian club.
The outbreak of hostilities between the two leading professional
organizations was the result of a combination of circumstances and a
real grievance on the part of the Patrick brothers, who are the prime
movers in the far Western organization. The grievance was by way
of being a hangover from the previous season, when Les Canadiens
purchased the services of "Newsy" Lalonde from the Coast League,
and then delayed payment on the player because he was not in good
physical condition when he was sold ; there was also outstanding the
matter of the draft for Tommy Smith, which dispute had never been
satisfactorily settled.
With these two grievances to put forward as a causus belli, the
Patricks had a good case. Also they needed players to put a team into
Seattle, Wash., which city they had admitted to their circuit for the
first time during the reorganization period between seasons. Conse-
quently, it was from the Pacific Coast that the ultimatum carne, and it
was the Pacific Coast league that provided most of the action. The
Patrick organization made a very successful raid on the Toronto
club, securing the bulk of the players who had played for that team
during the 1914-1915 season, including Holmes, Foyston and Wilson,
three stars of undeniable class. With these men and one or two others,
the Patricks were enabled to put a very fair team^ into Seattle, and one
which was well up in the running during the entire race
In the meanwhile, the Ottawa club secured Frank Nighbor from the
Coast and Les Canadiens landed "Skinner" Poulin. Bert Lmdsay and
♦NEWSY" LALONDE,
Professional Les Canadien Hockey Club of Montreal.
Leading scorer of the National Hockey Association, 1915-16.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 89
Walter Smaill joined the Wanderers of Montreal, but they were free
agents, and this deal was no part of the warfare.
The raid on the Toronto club left the National Association in a very-
difficult position. It had been found no easy task to successfully
operate two clubs in Toronto, and it was finally decided to suspend
the Toronto franchise and operate only the one club in the Ontario
capital. Consequently the league operated with five clubs on a triple
schedule.
The actual league race was exciting, although it started out like
a runaway affair. Wanderers, strengthened by the addition of Lindsay
in goal, were apparently sure winners and cut a wide swath through
all opposition during the first few weeks of the season. Only the
very hardest kind of luck kept them from being champions. Disaster
hit the Montreal club in the middle of January when in a game with
Toronto, Randall of the latter club collided with Sprague Cleghorn,
the Wanderer captain, and undoubtedly the best all around hockey
player in the game to-day. The two rnen tumbled in a heap against
the boards, and when Cleghorn was carried off the ice it was discovered
that he had a broken a bone in his ankle. This injury put an end to
his work for the season and it also put an end to the Wanderers' dash
to the championship. Although the team had a big lead in the race at
the time when Cleghorn was injured, it was unable to hold up with the
keystone of its entire playing system and after fighting a desperately
losing battle for the greater part of the year, the Wanderer players
finally crumpled on the last lap and finished a poor fourth.
From the time of the Wanderer collapse, Les Canadiens and Ottawa
ran neck and neck. For a while the Quebec team was a contender,
but the Ancient Capital players failed to stand up under the strain and
the final issue found Les Canadiens and Ottawa fighting it out. The
Flying Frenchmen finally cinched the title, in the last game but one of
the season, when they defeated Ottawa on its own Ice.
Financially the season was not a success. Les Canadiens made a
small profit, and the same is true of Ottawa. Quebec had a small
deficit, but both Toronto and Wanderers lost heavily. The elimination
of the expense attendant on the double trip to Toronto helped to
offset the losses to some extent, so that the war was not all bad for
the N.H.A.
President Emmett Quinn, who has headed the league smce its
inauguration, announced his retirement at the end of the season.
FINAL STANDING. ^ ,
,. — Goals — ^
Teams Can. Ott. Que. Wan. Tor. Won. For. Agst. Pts.
Les Canadiens 5 M 2 5 16 104 76 33
Ottawa 1 .. 5 4 3 13 78 72 ^6
Quebec:*::::: * i .. 5 '3 10 92 98 22
Wanderers 4 2 1 .. 3 10 90 116 20
Toronto .::::::::::::::: } j_ 2 1 - 9 97 99 19
Lost 7 11 12 14 14
•Drawn games.
90
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
SCORES OF GAMES.
Dec. 18 — Canadien 2
Dec. 18— Quebec 5
Dec. 22 — Toronto 1
Dec. 22— Wanderer 3
Dec, 25— Ottawa 2
Dec. 25 — Wanderer 6
Dec. 29 — Ottawa 0
Dec. 29— Canadien 2
Jan. 1 — Quebec 4
Jan, 1 — Canadien 4
Jan, 5 — Toronto 1
Jan. 5 — Wanderer 1
Jan. 8— Quebec 2
Jan. 8 — Canadien 3
Jan. 12 — Ottawa 0
Jan. 12— Quebec 3
Jan. 15— Ottawa 5
Jan. 15 — Toronto 3
Jan. 17 — Wanderer 7
Jan. 19 — Toronto ... 4
Jan. 19 — Canadien 2
Jan. 22 — Canadien 1
Jan. 22 — Quebec 2
Jan. 24 — Ottawa 6
Jan. 26 — Toronto 1
Jan. 26 — Wanderer 4
Jan. 29 — Ottawa 5
Jan. 29- — Toronto . 5
Jan. 31 — Wanderer 2
Feb. 2— Quebec 0
Feb. 2— Canadien 5
Feb. 5 — Toronto 5
Feb. 5 — Wanderer 5
7 — Quebec 5
7 — Wanderer 1
9 — Ottawa 2
Feb. 9 — Toronto 3
Feb. 12— Toronto 1
Feb. 12— Canadien 3
Feb. 16— Ottawa 1
Feb. 16 — Quebec 3
Feb. 19 — Wanderer 3
Feb. 19— Toronto 2
Feb. 23— Ottawa 4
Feb. 23 — Canadien 3
Feb. 26— Ottawa 2
Feb. 26— Quebec 3
Feb. 28— Wanderer 2
Mar. 1 — Wanderer 2
Mar. 1 — Toronto 3
Mar. 4 — Canadien IS
Mar. 4 — Quebec S
Mar. 8— Quebec 5
Mar. 8— Toronto 3
Mar. 11 — Ottawa 1
Mar. 1 1 — Wanderer 1
Mar. 13 — Ottawa 4
Mar. 1 5 — Canadien 5
Mar. 1 5 — Quebec 6 •
Mar. 18 — Canadien 6
All matches played on rink of last
Feb.
Feb.
Feb.
Toronto 1 At Toronto-
Wanderer 8 At Montreal .
Ottawa 7 At Ottawa
Canadien 2 At Montreah
Quebec 5 At Quebec
Toronto 5 At Toronto
Wanderer 4 At Montreal i
Quebec 5 At Quebec
Toronto 3 At Toronto
Ottawa 2 At Ottawa
Canadien 6 At Montreal i
Quebec 6 At Quebec
Ottawa 4 At Ottawa
Wanderer 5 At Montreali
Toronto 1 At Toronto
Canadien 5 At Montreali
Canadien 2 At Montreali
Quebec 5 At Quebec
Ottawa 3 At Ottawa
Wanderer 7 At Montreali
Quebec 2 At Quebec
Toronto 3 At Toronto
Wanderer 1 At Montreali
Quebec 3 At Quebec
Ottawa 2 At Ottawa
Canadien 5 At Montreali
Wanderer 4 At Montreali
Quebec 6 At Quebec
Toronto 8 At Toronta
Ottawa 4 At Ottawa
Wanderer 9 At Montreali
Canadien 10 At Montreali
Quebec 8 At Quebec
Toronto 11 At Toronta
Ottawa 3 At Ottawa
Canadien 3 At Montreali
Quebec 3 At Quebec
Wanderer 3 At Montreali
Ottawa 1 At Ottawa
Toronto 3 At Toronto
Canadien 4 At Montreal
Canadien 1 At Montreal
Ottawa 5 At Ottawa
Wanderer 3 At Montreal
Quebec 2 At Quebec
Toronto 9 At Toronto
Canadien 4 At Montreal
Ottawa 6 At Ottawa
Quebec 6 At Quebec
Canadien 7 At Montreal
Wanderer 5 At Montreal
Toronto 7 At Toronto
Ottawa 8 At Ottawa
Wanderer 2 At Montreal
Canadien 4 At Montreal
Toronto 10 At Toronto
Quebec 0 At Quebec
Ottawa 1 At Ottawa
Wanderer 1 At Montreal
Toronto 4 At Torontol •
named club.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. gj
SCORES AND PENALTIES, SEASON 1915-1916.
" A. Mth.Maj.Min.
7 0 2 6
1 0 3 11
1 0 1 IS
Gls.
A.
Mth
Maj
Min.
Gls.
Lalonde, Can. . . .
28
6
1
6
19
Ronan, Tor.-Can.
6
Malone, Que
25
10
0
0
6
Smaill, Wan
6
Pitre, Can
24
15
0
5
16
Duford, Ott
5
Cy Denneny, Tor.
24
4
0
5
25
Poulin, Can
S
Keats, Tor
22
7
0
12
26
Bawlf, Wan
2
C. Denneny, Tor.
20-
3
0
5
25
Arbour, Can
5
Nighbor, Ott
19
5
0
0
13
McNamara, Tor..
5
Roberts, Wan
18
7
1
4
17
S. Cleghorn, Wan.
4
Crawford, Que.. .
18
5
0
4
17
Merrill, Ott
4
C.Cleghorn, Wan.
16
7
0
3
18
Baker, Wan
3
Darragh, Ott
16
5
0
5
8
H. Meeking, Tor.
3
T. Smith, Que...
16
3
1
2
5
Stevens, Wan....
2
D. Smith, Wan..
14
2
0
2
23
Shore, Ott
2
Hyland. Wan....
14
0
1
3
22
Berlinquet, Can..
2
Gerard, Ott
13
5
0
S
16
H. Mummery, Q.
2
Marks, Que
12
0
0
0
20
Ulrich, Wan.-Tor.
2
McNamara, Can.
10
7
1
9
Z2
Marshall, Wan...
Boucher, Ott
9
1
1
4
6
Stavenau, Ott.,.
McDonald, Que..
9
5
0
2
0
Gilmour, Ott
Ritchie, Que
9
4
0
2
14
Fournier, Can.. . .
Bell, Wan
8
2
2
4
19
Hall, Que
Ross, Ott
8
8
1
3
22
Murphy, Wan. . . .
0
Prodgers, Can.. .
8
3
0
10
18
O'Grady, Wan...
0
Laviolette, Can..
8
3
1
6
11
Westwick, Ott...
0
Cameron, Tor.. .
8.
3
0
4
25
Meeking, Ott
0
Corbeau, Can.. . .
7
0
0
12
37
Benedict, Ott....
0
Skinner, Tor....
7
4
0
4
23
W. Mummery, Q.
0
Randall, Tor
7
5
1
11
23
Brown, Tor
0
1 0 3 14
110 0
0 0 0 3
2 0 6 22
9 0 2 6
10 3 5'
10 0 4
10 0 4
2 0 3 4
1 0 9 19
2 0 17
1 0 6 27
10 0 3
0 0 0 1
0 0 0 11
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 2
2 0 7 27
0 0 0 2
10 0 4
10 0 0
10 0 0
0 0 0 3
10 13
10 0 1
THE STANLEY CUP SERIES.
In spite of the war existing between the Pacific Coast League and
the Northern Hockey Association arrangements were made to play-off
a series of games for the Stanley Cup and the world's championship
between the Portland club and Les Canadiens. The games were played
in Montreal, under the rules which have governed this competition
since its inauguration, which provide for alternate visits between
Eastern and Western clubs, and a five-game series, the first game to be
played under the rules of the league controlling the home club, and
alternating thereafter.
The Westerners surprised the Montreal fans with their display in the
first game. Del Irvine, Oatman, Johnson and Tobin skated rings
around the Eastern champions, and the visiting team won handily. The
second game, played under Western rules, saw the situation reversed,
and although the Canadiens never at any time during the series dis-
played so wide a margin over their opponents as had the Portland team
in the first game, they managed to even up the count. The third game
also went to the home club, but the fourth saw the Portland team come
from behind in the final period to again even the count.
The final contest of the series was one of the hardest games seen
in Montreal for years. The teams were evenly matched, and the
result was as spectacular a game of hockey as has ever been_ played.
'Canadiens scored in the first minute and it was not until well into the
third and final period that there was any further scoring. Then the
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Portland team evened up the count. With only five minutes to play,
Prodgers went through the Portland team alone, and scored what turned
out to be the goal which won the game and the championship for the
Montreal team.
The record of the series is as follows:
First game (Eastern rules) — Won by Portland, score 2 to 0.
Second game (Western rules)^-Won by Canadiens, score 2 to 1.
Third game (Eastern rules) — Won by Canadiens, score 6 to 3.
Fourth game (Western rules) — Won by Portland, score 6 to 5.
Fifth game (Eastern rules) — Won by Canadiens, score 2 to 1.
The composite score of world series games is appended:
Canadiens. Portland.
Goals. Penalties.* Goals. Penalties.*
Vezina, goal 0 0 Murray 0 0
Corbeau, point 0 35 Irvine, point 0 24
McNamara, cover-point. 0 24 Johnson, cover-point. . . 1 28
Prodgers, rover 3 13 Oatman, rover 3 16
Laviolette, forward ... 0 6 Dunderdale, forward... 1 12
Pitre, forward 4 18 Tobin, forward 2 • 1.2
Lalonde, forward 3 41 Harris, forward 4 29
Arbour 3 11 Uksila 2 12
Berlanquette 0 0 Barbour 0 0
Ronan 1 0
Poulin 1 9
Totals 15 157 Totals 13 133
*In minutes.
Penalty time for Johnson and Lalonde includes time of match foul under N.H.A.\
rules.
The following are brief paragraphs concerning the men who helpec
win the Stanley Cup:
Edward Lalonde, better known as "Newsy," is twenty-eight years old, and i
Cornwall lad of the deepest dye. Started playing hockey in the O.H.A,, ther
moved to the Soo; from there went to Portage La Prairie, and from Portage tc
the Toronto pro team. Remained with Toronto until he joined Canadiens in 1910f
His first stay with the Flying Frenchmen was short and he finished the seasor
with the Renfrew Club. In 1912 "Newsy" hopped to the Coast League along witl
a bunch of other Eastern stars and stayed on the Coast until 1915, when Georgi:
Kennedjj purchased him from the Patricks. Is also a lacrosse player of class
Has brains, and uses them. Led the N.H.A. scores last season, and is genera"
credited with being the man who planned most of the Canadien campaigns oi
the ice.
Howard McNamara was born in Penotang, Ont.; defense player; twenty-fiv
years old; played hockey in Sault Ste. Marie, then turned professional in 1909
Elayed with Berlin and Cobalt, then with Waterloo; had a season in the Maritim
,eague, then went to the old Ontarios, later the Shamrocks; joined the Canadien
last season.
Didier Pitre: Speedy winger; thirty-six years of age; played with Nationals i
the old Federal League, then joined the American Soo team. First played wit
the Canadiens in 1910, and jumped to the Coast in 1912, returning in 1914. Th
speediest skater in the game and a cannon-ball shot artist.
John Laviolette: Forty-one years old and an all-around sportsman, being
lacrosse and automobile expert as well as a hockeyist. He fluctuated betwcei
Canadiens and the West ever since 1906.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 93
Bertram Corbeau: Defense player; twenty-otie years of age. Comes of a famous
ckey family, and is a brother of Con Corbeau, who was also famous as a
fense player in the Cobalt-Haileybury days. Second year with the Canadiens
d one of the sensations of the league. Fast and aggressive, never quits, and a
ry close checker.
George Vezina: Goal-keeper; twenty-eight years old; from Chicoutimi. Joined
nadiens in 1910 and made good immediately. The most consistent goal-keeper
the N.H.A. and as clean a player as the game knows. Attends strictly to
siness all the time.
"Goldie" Prodgers: Defense; twenty-three years old; born in London, Ont.
ayed with Quebec in 1911, jumped to the Coast, came back for the 1914 season,
d in 1915 was with the Wanderers.
Erskine Ronan: Forward; twenty-six years old, Ottawa boy; played in the
itario pro league, then jumped to Haileybury. Played for a while in Pittsburgh,
turned to Ottawa, and was sold to Toronto. Joined Canadiens in mid-season
d has just begun to show his real form.
George Poulin: Forward; twenty-seven years old. Born at Smith's Falls and
st played hockey in the O.H.A. Later joined Portage La Prairie, and also
lyed for a while with the Winnipeg Maple Leafs. Joined Canadiens in 1911
d went West in 1912. Jumped the Coast League to come to Canadiens last
ison.
Amos Arbour: Forward; twenty-one years old; the find of the season. Was
th Victoria Harbor in the Junior O.H.A. in 1915; joined Canadiens last season.
a pretty stick handler and a clean, conscientious hockey player. Gives promise
developing into one of the best forwards in the league.
Louis Bcrlanquette : Forward; twenty-five years old; born in Mattawan, Ont.
94 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Canadian Cup Competitions
STANLEY CUP WINNERS.
Today the Stanley Cup is emblematic of the highest honors in pi'
fessional hockey. Previous to 1906 there was no recognized prof;
sional hockey and the contests for the cup were between amatt
teams only.
1893— Montreal Hockey Club.
1894 — No match.
1895 — Victorias of Montreal.
1896 — Victorias of Winnipeg defeated Victorias of Montreal'.
Victorias of Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
1897 — Victorias of Montreal defeated Capitals of Ottawa.
1898 — No match.
1899 — Victorias of Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
1900 — Shamrocks of Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
Shamrocks of Montreal defeated Crescents of Halifax.
1901 — Victorias of Wmnipeg defeated Shamrocks of Montreal.
1902 — Victorias of Winnipeg defeated Wellingtons of Toronto.
Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
1903 — Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
Ottawa defeated Rat Portage.
1904 — Ottawa defeated Winnipeg Rowing Club, Marlboros of Torori
Wanderers of Montreal, and Brandon.
1905 — Ottawa defeated Yukon and Rat Portage.
1906 — Ottawa defeated Queen's and Smith's Falls.
Wanderers defeated Ottawa and New Glasgow.
1907 — Kenora defeated Wanderers.
Wanderers defeated Kenora.
1908 — Wanderers defeated Victorias of Ottawa.
Wanderers defeated Maple Leafs and Toronto.
1909 — Wanderers defeated Edmonton.
Ottawa defeated Wanderers.
1910 — Ottawa defeated Edmonton.
Wanderers defeated Ottawa and Berlin.
1911 — Ottawa defeated Wanderers.
1912 — Ottawa defeated Wanderers.
1913 — Quebec defeated Sydney.
1914 — Toronto defeated Victoria.
1915 — Ottawa defeated Wanderers.
Vancouver defeated Ottawa.
1916 — Canadiens defeated Portland (Ore.).
ALLAN CUP WINNERS.
The Allan Cup is emblematic of the highest honors in amai
hockey and was donated in 1909 by Sir H. Montagu Allan of Ml
real. As yet it has never been competed for by a team represen
a club in the United States.
1909 — Queen's University.
1910— St. Michael's, O.H.A. champions, defeated Queen's, Intercollegiate c
pions, and defended cup against Sherbrooke, Interprovincial winner;
1911 — St. Michael's, winners of O.H.A., defaulted in defense of cup against
nipeg Vies, winners of the Winnipeg A.H.L., who took the cupi
defeated Kenora.
1912 — Winnipeg Vies, again champions of their league, defended the cup agi
Calgary, Regina and Eaton's of Toronto.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 96
.3 — Winnipegs of Winnipeg, won league and defended cup against Moose Jaw
and Edmonton Eskimos.
A — Monarchs won Winnipeg league and lost cup in sudden death game, Friday,
March 13, to Regina Vies.
S — 61st Battalion team of Winnipeg defeated Monarchs and defended cup
against Fort William and the Saskatchewan League champions.
ONTARIO HOCKEY ASSOCIATION CHAMPIONS.
The record of final games for premier honors in the Ontario Hockey
isociation, Canada, are as follows : *
SENIOR SERIES.
1 Ottawa — Queen's University 4 — 1
2 Ottawa— Osgoode Hall 10— 4
3 Ottawa — Queen's University 6 — 4
4 Osgoode Hall — Queen's University 3 — 2
5 Queen's University — Trinity University 17 — 3
6 Queen's University — Stratford 12 — 3
7 Queen's University — Toronto University 12 — 7
8 Osgoode Hall — Queen's University 7 — 3
9 Queen's University — Toronto University 19 — 11
0 Toronto Wellingtons — Queen's University 6 — 4
1 Toronto Wellingtons — Queen's University 7 — 2
2 Toronto Wellingtons — Cornwall 12 — 6
3 -Toronto Wellingtons — Cornwall 6 — 5
4 Toronto Marlboros— Perth 28— 9
5 Toronto Marlboros — Smith's Falls 9 — 2
Berlin — Toronto Argonauts S — 4
Stratford — 14th Regiment, Kingston 8 — 6
8 14th Regiment, Kingston — Stratford 13— 9
St. Michael's College — 14th Regiment, Kingston 22 — 17
St. Michael's College, Toronto — Parkdale Canoe Club, Toronto 6 — 5
Eatons, Toronto — Argonauts, Toronto 10 — 7
Eatons, Toronto — Frontenacs, Kingston 19 — 9
Toronto R. & A.A.— St. Michael's 10— 8
Toronto R. & A. A.— St. Michael's 9—7
Victorias — St. Michael's 4 — 3
Toronto Riversides — Berlin 12 — 4
INTERMEDIATE SERIES.
Berlin — Frontenac 3 — 0
J Listowel — Waterloo 14 — 10
Frontenac — National 5 — 2
London — Belleville 3 — 1
St. George's, Toronto— Port Hope 10— 8
. Peterboro — Gait 7 — 6
\ Paris — Marlboros, Toronto 12 7
Stratford— Midland ^o~ i
Victoria Harbor — Berlin 9 6
Peterboro — Goderich 14 8
' Berlin — Collingwood 12 7
I Midland— Collingwood He
) Lindsay — Stratford 12 — 5
) Collingwood — London 9 7
I Preston— Midland i. iV
I Preston— Midland TnZ o
\ Collingwood — London 10 >
\ Berlin- Orillia 5— 3
5 Orillia— Wiarton ,o — *
S Sarnia— Belleville 19—18
96 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
JUNIOR SERIES.
1893 Kingston — Limestones, Gait 12 —
1894 Peterboro — Toronto Granites 14 —
1895 Peterboro — Toronto Granites 7 —
1896 Toronto Granites — Peterboro 7 —
1897 Wellingtons — Guelph Victorias 10 —
1898 U.C.C— Stratford Juniors 8—
1899 St. George's— U.C.C 7—
1900 Stratford— Peterboro 12—
1901 Peterboro— Stratford 12—
1902 Upper Canada College — Stratford 11 —
1903 Marlboros — Frontenacs — Beechgroves 1 1 —
1904 Frontenacs — Beechgroves — Listowel 9 —
1905 Stratford — St. Andrew's College 12 —
1906 Port Hope— Woodstock 7—
1907 Stratford— Lindsay 15 —
1908 Stratford— St. Michael's College 27—
1909 Stratford— Eurekas, Toronto 13—
1910 Kingston Frontenacs — Preston 8 —
191 1 Kingston Frontenacs — Orillia 21 —
1912 Toronto Canoe Club— Orillia 10—
1913 Orillia— Woodstock 14—
1914 Orillia — University of Toronto 13 —
1915 Varsity III.— Berlin 16—
1916 Toronto Aura Lee — Berlin Union Jacks 6 —
Numerous large scores shown are accounted for by the fact th
the finals as a rule consist of a series of games, total number of goa;
to decide. — Editor,
CHAMPLAIN PROVENCHER,
Montreal.
Presiaent of all Spaldins Hoctey Leagues,
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Ice Hockey in Montreal
By Clarence MacKerrow,
Vice-President All Spalding Leagues.
SPALDING HOCKEY LEAGUES.
Montreal is the home of hockey and naturally the publishers of the
jUiDE point with pleasure to the strong representation they have in this
jrand game in the largest Canadian city.
Mr. Champlain Provencher, who has been organizing leagues under
he Spalding banner in all kinds of sport for many years, feels justly
)roud of the great success that has attended his efforts during the
eason 1915-1916.
Mr. Provencher numbered in his ranks during the past hockey
;eason the following leagues : Senior League, 4 clubs ; Junior League,
i clubs ; Juvenile League, 3 clubs ; Boys' League, 3 clubs ; Boys' Trolley
eague, 3 clubs ; Knickerbocker League, 4 clubs ; Midget League, 4
:lubs.
Mr. Provencher is especially proud of the fact that no clubs defaulted
luring the entire season, even the hopeless tailenders finishing out
heir entire schedule to the last game, which is a wonderful showing,
ispecially when the ages of some of the players is considered and that
I good many of the games had necessarily to be played on open rinks
Canadian weather. Of the twenty- four clubs represented in the
Spalding ranks twenty have an age limit of from eighteen to fourteen
rears and nearly all the Spalding players who continue in the garne
Anally graduate into the best senior clubs, which is not only a splendid
^hing for the game but a high complement to the ability of the Spaldings.
SPALDING SENIOR LEAGUE.
Last season was the first time that Mr. Provencher put a senior
eague into the field, as previously he had devoted his entire attention
;o the younger players and their development into the senior ranks,
md this experiment was undertaken principally to retain under the
Spalding banner a number of clubs which had grown up with him as
iuniors and desired to still retain the popular name.
The league had a wonderfully successful season and all their games
were attended by large crowds, who greatly appreciated the fine brand
3f hockey furnished by the players. The winners, the crack Hochelagas,
who are all very young for seniors, had a wonderful season, which
ended with 11 wins, no losses and one draw. They will bear comparison
with any strictly amateur team playing the game.
While the record shows they were too strong for their opponents,
the games were all keenly contested and many of the Hochelagas
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
101
victories were only obtained by the hardest kind of work. The future
of this fast league looks very bright, and it will probably be necessary
to enlarge its membership this season.
Final standing of the Spalding Senior Hockey League:'
Club. Won. Lost. Drawn. PC.
Hochelaga 11 0 1 1.000
Silver Star 5 6 1 .455
Brave A.A.A 5 6 0 .455
City Hall 1 10 0 .091
SPALDING JUNIOR HOCKEY LEAGUE.
This league, together with the Spalding Juvenile Hockey League,
enjoys the unique distinction of being open only to Hebrew players
and its age limit is eighteen years.
Montreal possesses a Hebrew population of over 60,000 and many of
the boys are keen hockey and base ball players and very skillful
exponents of these popular games.
Some years ago Mr. Provencher observing the keen interest taken
by the young Hebrews in base ball, organized leagues for them which
are still a great success, so much so, in fact, that two years ago he
organized hockey leagues for them on similar lines and the result has
been an even greater success than was anticipated. The age limit for
the Spalding Junior Hockey League is eighteen years and the past
season has brought out some particularly exciting games, which have
all been witnessed by large enthusiastic crowds. It is wonderful to see
the keen interest displayed both by the players and their friends.
Final standing of the Spalding Junior Hockey League:
Club. Won. Lost. PC.
Young Canadian 5 1 .833
Maccabaean 4 2 .667
Nomad 0 6 .000
SPALDING JUVENILE HOCKEY LEAGUE.
This is also a league open only to Hebrew players, the age limit
being sixteen years, and has likewise just completed its second season.
The competition, especially between the two leading clubs, was ex-
tremely keen, and the championship was not finally decided until the
very last game.
Final standing of the Spalding Juvenile Hockey League:
Club Won. Lost. Drawn. PC.
Maccabaean 5 0 1 1.000
Young Canadian 3 2 1 .600
Star 0 6 0 .000
SPALDING BOYS' LEAGUE.
This league, confined to boys eighteen years and under, has closed
its seventh successful year, the two leaders fightmg out to the last tor
^e final victory.
' , W. Kane. M.r.. 2, Brown; 3 Trimble; 4, W.HWm,s..lr.; 5, J- Brennan.
^^-Z^T^rhJ\tT''Al\\Sru^.\ P-; n. W/Ga.u.e; J2,_^GaUa^f -I
"•' nItIOnIl'^UG AND CHEMICAL CO., LTD.. MONTKEAL, CAN.
Evans Kerry Branch.
Sampsoi; i2, Staples^^^^^ ^^ ^^ ^^ MONTREAL. CAN.
Janlor members of the Spalding Boys' Hockey League.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 103
The class of hockey furnished by these boys indicates that most of
the players will go up if they continue in the game, as they are only
lacking in size and strength, their stick handling being all that could
be desired.
Final standing of the Spalding Boys' Hockey League:
Club. Won. Lost. PC.
St, Lawrence 6 2 .875
Brave A.A.A 5 3 .625
International 1 7 ^125
I
SPALDING BOYS' TROLLEY HOCKEY LEAGUE.
As the name suggests, the clubs in the Spalding Boys' Trolley
Hockey League all live outside the city of Montreal, and the age limit
is eighteen years and under. This was another great race, ending in
a tie, the play-off being won by the Pointe Claire club.
The class of hockey shown by these boys was surprisingly high and
the attendance at all the games was excellent, especially when it is
remembered that all the games were played on open rinks.
The indications are that this season the Trolley League will be larger
than ever, as the league is becoming a great factor in providing first
class hockey for the people who are outside the city proper, something
that has been heretofore lacking.
Final standing of the Spalding Boys' Trolley Hockey League :
Club. Won. Lost. PC.
Pointe Claire 6 2 .750
St. Lawrence, Lachine 6 2 .750
St. Lambert 0 8 .000
SPALDING KNICKERBOCKER HOCKEY LEAGUE.
This swift little league, ages confined to sixteen years and under,
closed its fifth and most active season with a tie between the Lachine
Junior and Argos of Pointe St. Charles.
This tie was played off at the famous Montreal Arena and resulted
in a victory for the Argos after a desperate struggle by a score of 1 to 0.
This will give some idea of the class of hockey played by these
youngsters, and it is therefore not surprising that the sides of the
Arena at the play-off were lined with scouts looking them over.
Depend upon it, these lads will be heard from in the near future, as they
have "the goods."
Standing of the Spalding Knickerbocker Hockey League:
Club. Won. Lost. PC.
Argos . 5 1 .833
Lachine Jr 5 1 -aii
Canadian Rubber 1 5 .167
St. Mary 1 5 .167
Play-off won by Argos.
;
rSwTl^S; 3 mre; 4 PeBsom^5. BrowB. Capt.; ^^^KtogJ^^H.
« Parker- 8. Murphy; 9, GiUelan; 10, Wilson.
' WESTMOUNT HIGH SCHOOL, MONTREAL, CAN.
INTREPIDB HOCKEY CLUB, SOREL, CAN.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 105
SPALDING MIDGET HOCKEY LEAGUE.
This wonderful little league for boys fourteen years and under
mpleted its second successful season and is as big a favorite of the
own-ups as ever.
It would do those good who live in latitudes where the ice is inter-
ittent, to see the way these wee lads manipulate the puck. One has
come to Montreal, or some Canadian city, to see the youngsters
veloping into stars, as these lads take to the ice at an early age, and
obably not any one of them has any distinct recollection of how or
len he learned the game.
Final standing of the Spalding Midget Hockey League:
Club. Won. Lost. Drawn. PC.
G.T.B.C 5 0 1 .833
Outremount 2 2 2 .500
Westmount 1 3 2 .250
Argonaut 1 4 1 .200
FINAL STANDINGS OF THE SCHOOL LEAGUES OF
MONTREAL.
The Interschool Hockey League championships were awarded at a
:eting of the executive committee held at the Westmount High School
follows :
Senior — Cup presented by Lord Strathcona, Lower Canada College,
[ntermediate — "Witness" Shield, Lower Canada College,
funior A Cup — Presented by Birks & Son, Westmount High School.
Junior B Cup — Presented by M. Rubenstein, Roslyn Avenue School.
From every point of view the season was a success, a particularly
couraging fact when it is recalled that it marked the entry of the
immercial and Technical High School in the senior series, of Strath-
na Academy in the intermediate and Junior A series, and the re-entry
Wykeham House School in the intermediate series.
Following are the final standings of all series:
SENIOR SECTION. JUNIOR SECTION "A."
Club. W. L. D. For.Agst. Club. W. L. D. For.Agst.
Canada 5 0 1 40 6 Westmount .... 8 0 0 35 7
estmount ... 4 1 1 16 10 L. Canada 5 3 0 20 20
gh 1 4 1 8 14 High 4 4 0 33 20
m. and Tech. 0 5 1 3 37 Com. and Tech. 1 5 2 3 26
Strathcona .... 0 6 2 4 22
INTERMEDIATE SECTION. ^ ^^^^,^,, „„ „
Canada 5 0 0 34 4 JUNIOR SECTION ''B.'
ykeham 4 1 0 37 7 Roslyn 6 0 0 17 1
estmount ... 3 2 0 19 11 King's 2 3 1 7 8
im. and Tech .1 3 1 5 28 Queen's 1 3 2 3 10
rathcona 1 4 0 5 28 Argyle 1 4 1 I ^
gh 0 4 1 5 27
©■g .^
^ a oj
lis-:
m5,-i O
a*
*:! 05 .^r '-<
O tj 4) 2< o
« a « a*
s^i ••§
S|l|l
'-'J^ ;;"''-*
o
6
O
H-
;2;S
rl M » a • Hi
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 107
CITY HOCKEY LEAGUE OF MONTREAL.
Club. W. L. D. Club. W. L. D.
Montreal A.A.A 8 2 0 Shamrock A. A. A 2 4* 9
Laval 8 2 0 McGill '...'.!! 1 5 2
Victoria 5 4 0 National 1 8 0
Montreal A.A.A. won play-oflf, defeating Laval by 3 — 1.
MONTREAL CITY HOCKEY LEAGUE.
Club. W. L. D. Club. W.
Lachine 7 2 1 All-Montreal 4
La Casquette 6 4 0 Ste. Anne 3
Stars 6 4 0 St. Thomas d'Aquin.. 2
NOTRE DAME COLLEGE, MONTREAL.
Club. Won. Lost. Club. Won. Lost.
Montreal 11 1 National 4 g
Canadien 7 S Laval 2 10
QUEBEC CITY HOCKEY LEAGUE.
L.
D.
5
1
6
1
7
1
Club.
Sons of Ireland. .
Montagnais
Crescents
W. L. For.Agst. Club.
. . 4 0 32 9 Emmets
. . 4 0 25 9 St. Patrick
..2 2 14 14 Laurentides
QUEBEC CITY LEAGUE SCORERS.
W.
.. 2
.. 1
.. 0
L.
3
3
5
For.Agst.
19 17
8 22
13 40
Name and Club.
Points. Name and Club.
Points.
McNaughton, Sons of Ireland.... 12 P. Drouin, Laurentides 4
Carey, Sons of Ireland 10 P. Dinan, St. Patrick 3
Doyle, Emmets 7 Dempsey, Emmets 3
Angers, Montagnais 5 G. Lonergan, Sons of Ireland.... 3
Rose, Crescents 4 G. Moore, Crescents 3
Simard, Montagnais 4 G. Fitzgerald, Emmets 3
H. Laroche, Sons of Ireland 4 A, Morency, Montagnais 3
Lachance, Montagnais 4 Bois, Laurentides 3
W. Derouin, Montagnais 4
« a'
o,,- '\
5 (llO ".S
o .M<'> a
&«i So* S
03 m eafe a<^
a) o a^*^ 0
iJfeiJ -Ops
4j 50 fl' ••<S CO
.« -"^ ...
2 . W.2 •'»
•a g|^'cw
60 <p'C
ft «i a «e P3 <S
<5^: -
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. '' \\\
Ice Hockey for Women
By Mrs. Thomas A. Howard.
Although ice hockey is commonly recognized as a man's game— and
a rather strenuous one — and undoubtedly mere man, in the majority,
will say that it is not a game, what he deigns to call, the weaker sex
should attempt to play. There really appears to be no good reason,
however, why the fascinating Canadian ice sport should not be adopted,
perhaps with limitations, by women ; in fact, in Canada women have
been playing ice hockey with considerable success for some years.
There are many women in the Dominion who play the game with
really remarkable skill, and they have regular organized teams con-
ducted along the same lines as the men's teams.
The Eastern Ladies' Hockey League conducted a successful tourna-
ment last season, which was won by the Western Ladies' Hockey
Team of Montreal, the final result being as follows:
W. L. D. W. L. D.
Western Ladies 11 0 1 Telegraph 3 5 4
Maisoneuve 5 4 3 North End 0 9 2
With ice skating enjoying so much popularity in the vicinity of New
York, as elsewhere, and not to be behind their Canadian cousins,
hockey teams composed pf women have recently been organized in
New York, and the idea has been so well thought of that they have
been allotted regular practice periods by Mr. Cornelius Fellowes,
Director of the St. Nicholas Skating Rink. It is not unHkely, there-
fore, that in the near future the women hockey players in New York
will be pitting their skill against the women players from across the
border, and perhaps ere long we shall see the girls' schools and col-
leges, in localities where the weather conditions insure a period of
continuous ice, taking up the game.
While the writer does not even pretend to have ever done more than
make a mild attempt at playing the game of ice hockey herself, long
association with those who have played it with acknowledged success,
and always having been a keen follower and lover of the sport, per-
haps permits her to feel that she has gathered at least a wee bit of
knowledge as to the game, and would say with all due modesty to
those, among her sisters who have a desire to go in for ice hockey,
that they should, first of all, realize that it is a strenuous sport and
that no one not in sound health should attempt it. Also to hope to
have any success at playing the game, it requires that one be a very
good skater, as the game is most exacting so far as sure-footed, quick
turning and speedy skating is concerned. Possessing these first qualifi-
cations, it is quite possible for the average woman, with practice and
mt*
y'"^#
ymmmm 2
mm,Zmi,
H
>^
^ f. H
.^
o
!^IK
tiS
^Sr
«
vflr^
O
^
>H
>^ 1..--^
^
HBl---
a
z
^^5^^
_-^^p
w
HM^HI(
z
^^^»
«
j£2lS^H' 02
■■■I
BHHH 1^
Z — miif---. o
li^ 1 (13
^■W
PIJ^^K'-
«
^mMHPw
^^^^^^lt'
H
^^L^BL
OS
HBMR
H
-J"
Q
^^■n^si
W
^Bjii
rt
tr^m
73
m ^^^'
'^
mm^
o
iiiiiiL tjy
a
P^ Ig!
u
■h
z
^M
H
Wm W'
la
&^
Q
Z
IPH,
<^
^ rjl
f a
^„ p
i^^Sl^ ^
«
SPAIiDINQ'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY, lit
under correct instruction, to acquire the knack of handling: the stick
and manipulating the puck with at least a considerable degree of skill.
First, learn to hold the stick correctly; grasp it with both hands, and
bear in mind that you must not knock or hit the puck along, but rather
shove and push it. Hockey is not shinny. Wear a skate suitable for
hockey, Spalding's Intercollegiate Hockey Skate, for instance. Pro-
tect the knees against falls on the ice by wearing pads such as are
worn for basket ball — nothing should be worn that restricts the move-
ments. No one can skate properly, much less play hockey, who is
tightly laced, and the habit is harmful to health and the cause of many
bad falls. If you are really in earnest about playing ice hockey, go to
the rink when the men are practising and watch them closely — you can
learn a great deal that way,
Zer,«t l,r,c ^uif^.-t* ^'o/d o//->^y)
Cr^^l ^
Zone lirte ^f'nt/de -f^/d o^ f>l*j)
^
.0 X
2b/7» /.Jnt ^'i./V. ^tM *>* A^'j)
&^c,/ ^
Z./o^
Zone Aj'ne 0>»*n''^* ^'*y '^/^'x)
i_
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 116
Laws of Hockey and Championship
Rules of the American Amateur
Hockey League
Copyrighted, 1915, by American Amateur Hockey League.
Section i. The game of Hockey shall be played on ice by two
teams, the players of which shall all be on skates. Its object
shall be the lawful scoring of goals. The team scoring the
greater number of goals during the playing period shall be
declared the winner.
RINK.
Sec. 2. A. A Hockey rink shall be at least 112 by 58 feet and
not more than 250 by 116 feet. The imaginary lines at the two
ends of the rink shall be termed the goal lines. The two sides
of the rink shall be known as the side lines. The ice surface
bounded by the two side lines and the two goal lines shall be
known as the field of play.
B. There shall be an imaginary line twenty feet from each
goal line and drawn inside of the field of play. There shall
also be an imaginary line at least ten and not more than twenty-
five feet from each goal line and drawn outside of the field of
play. These lines shall run parallel with the goal lines. They
shall be known as zone lines and the ice surface between the
two zone lines at each end of the rink shall be known as the
goal zone. The intersection of the zone lines and the side lines,
or the side lines extended, must be plainly marked in a manner
that will last throughout a game. If possible, the zone lines
shall also be marked on the ice.
C. The side lines, the side lines extended, and the zone lines
outside the field of play shall be made of stationary material at
least one foot in height.
GOALS.
Sec. 3. A goal shall be placed midway on each goal line, and
shall consist of a goal net supported by two upright posts 4 feet
116 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
in height, placed 6 feet apart. The goal posts must be firmly
fixed to the ice.
Note. — In the event of a goal post or net being broken or
displaced, the referee shall at once stop the game and not allow
play to be resumed until after the damage is repaired.
POSITIONS.
Sec. 4. There shall not be more than seven players on a
Hockey team. These players shall fill the position of goal,
point, cover point, and forwards, respectively. The goal position
shall be the one that is directly in front of the goal. At no
period during the play shall any player who fills this position,
lie, kneel, or sit upon the ice. He must also always maintain
a standing position. He cannot stop the puck by placing his
stick horizontally on the ice. The point position is the one thatj
is directly in front of the goal position. The cover point posi-
tion is the one directly in front of the point position. The four
forward positions shall be known as the left wing, the right
wing, the center, and the rover, respectively. The wing positions^
shall be at the two ends of the forward line. The center position
is the one midway on the forward line, and it shall be the duty
of the player who fills this position to face the puck. The rover
position is between the cover point and the center positions.
Note. — It is to be understood that the positions herein named
are the ones that the players are supposed to fill when the teams
face off in the center of the ice.
STICKS.
Sec, S. a Hockey stick shall not be more than three inches
wide at any part and not more than thirteen inches long at the
blade. It shall be made entirely of wood. Tape binding is per-
missible, however. Each player shall carry a Hockey stick
in his hand, and shall be considered out of the play the moment
he violates this rule.
skates.
Sec. 6. No player shall wear skates that are pointed or sharp-
ened in such a manner as to be unnecessarily dangerous to other
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRART. 117
players. The referee shall be the judge, and shall refuse to
allow a player to use such skates.
PUCK.
Sec. 7. A puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber one inch
thick throughout. It shall be three inches in diameter, and shall
weigh at least 7 6/16 and not more than 7 9/16 ounces.
OFFICIALS.
Sec. 8. There shall be a referee, an assistant referee, two
goal umpires, two game timekeepers, and two penalty timekeepers
for each match.
Should a referee be unable to continue to officiate, his assistant
shall become the referee. The referee shall fill all vacancies in
other official positions that may occur during a match; or when
the competing teams have been unable to agree; or when the
selected officials are absent at the advertised starting hour. In
the event of a dispute over the decision .of an umpire, the referee
may remove and replace the official.
DUTIES OF THE REFEREE.
Sec. 9. The referee, before starting a match, shall see that
the other officials are in their proper places. He shall see that
the ice is in condition for play and that the goals comply with
the rules. He shall order the puck faced at the commencement
of the game and at such other times as may be necessary. He
shall have full control over the puck during the match. He shall'
call offside plays. He shall have the power to rule off for any
period of the actual playing time that he may see fit any player
who violates the rules. The referee shall, furthermore, perform
all other duties that may be compulsory.
DUTIES OF THE ASSISTANT REFEREE.
Sec. 10. The assistant referee shall see that no player violates
Sections 20, 21 and 22 of the Laws. He shall have the power
to rule off for any period of the actual playing time that he may
see fit any player who violates the said sections. The assistant
118 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
referee shall become the referee should the latter be unable to
continue to officiate.
Note. — In the refereeing of games, it is advised that the
referee and his assistant divide the field of play in half and
each take one end thereof. When the puck is in the territory
of the referee, he alone shall call offside plays, his assistant
helping him according to the laws of hockey. When the puck
passes the center of the ice into the territory of the assistant
referee, that official shall assume the duties of the referee and
he alone shall call offside piays, the referee helping as inc'
assistant referee. In this manner, neither official shall be re-
quired to skate more than one-half of the playing surface.
Changing in this manner does not affect the proper standing of
either official. The referee shall remain the referee throughout
the entire game and shall at all times assume all duties imposed
upon him by Section 9 v^^ith the exception of calling offside
plays and the facing of the puck when the play is in the ter-
ritory of the assistant referee.
DUTIES OF THE UMPIRES.
Sec. II. An umpire shall be stationed behind each goal. He
shall inform the referee whenever the puck has passed between
the goal posts from the front. He shall have no jurisdiction
over the awarding of a goal. He shall stand upon the ice, and
shall retain the same goal throughout the entire game.
DUTIES OF THE GAME TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 12. The game timekeepers shall keep an accurate account
of the time of the match, deducting time for stoppages in actual
play.
They shall immediately report to the referee any variance in
time, and the referee shall decide the matter.
The game timekeepers shall be notified by the referee when a
goal is scored, and shall keep an accurate record of the tallies.
The final score shall be given by them to the referee at the close
of the match. They shall, at half time, notify the contesting
teams when nine and when twelve minutes have expired. They
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 119
shall at half time notify the referee when fifteen minutes have
expired. They shall only tell the expired and unexpired time
to the referee.
DUTIES OF THE PENALTY TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 13. The penalty timekeepers shall keep an accurate
account of penalties imposed, and no penalized player shall
return to the ice without the permission of the penalty time-
keepers. They shall also keep an accurate account of the time
of any player who has been compelled to withdraw from the
game and inform the referee when the said player is due again
to report. They shall sit midway between the two goals, and
shall be on the opposite side of the rink from the game time-
keepers. They shall give an accurate report of all penalties im-
posed to the referee at the close of the match. All players
penalized must sit with the penalty timekeepers.
LENGTH OF GAME.
Sec. 14. There shall be two halves of twenty minutes each,
with an intermission of fifteen minutes between the two periods
of play. At the end of the forty minutes play, should the score
be tied, the teams shall change goals, and play shall be resumed
at once, and continued until a goal has been scored. Should the
tie remain unbroken at the expiration of twenty minutes of
extra play, the referee shall declare the game a draw. The
referee must start each period on schedule time. Should either
team be off the ice at the proper starting time of the second
period, that team shall play with one man short for as many
minutes as it has been late. The captain of the offending team
shall decide which member of his team shall be dropped. This
penalty shall be imposed in addition to any other that may be,
or may have been, inflicted. The referee may inflict the same
punishment upon any team that fails to appear at the scheduled
starting hour of a game.
TIME TAKEN OUT,
Sec. 15. Time shall be taken out whenever the game is sus-
120 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
pended by either referee, and shall begin again when the puck
is put in play.
SECTION l6 — SUBSTITUTES.
Clause A— Substitutes shall be allowed only in the case of an
injury. The injured player's ability to continue shall at once be
decided by the referee. Should the referee decide that the in-
jured player cannot finish the game, the opposing side may
either allow a substitute or drop a man to equalize the teams.
Should the opposing side decide to allow a substitute and no
substitute is ready, the opposing side must play its full team.
Once the opposing side has allowed a substitute he may appear
at any time during the balance of the game.
Clause B — Should the referee decide that the injured player
would be able to continue within seven minutes of actual and
not playing time, the opposing team must drop a man until that
time has expired, or until the injured player returns to the
game. Should the injured player be unable to continue at the
expiration of seven minutes of actual and not playing time, the
opposing side may either continue to drop a man or may allow
a substitute. If no substitute is ready, the opposing side must
play its full team. Once the opposing side has resumed its full
strength, the other aggregation at any time thereafter may either
play a substitute or the player who has been injured.
Clause C — Should a player be compelled to leave the game
for any reason other than injury, the opposing side must drop
a man to equalize the teams. Should the player who has first
left the ice be unable to continue at the expiration of seven
minutes of actual and not playing time, the opposing side may
either continue to drop a man or may allow a substitution. If
no substitute is ready, the opposing side must play its full
team. Once the opposing team has resumed its full strength, the
other aggregation at any time thereafter may either play a sub-
stitute or the player who has first withdrawn from the game.
Clause D — All substitutes or other players entering or return-
ing to the gam.e must first report to the penalty timekeepers and
then to the referee. They must obtain the permission of the
referee before they resume play. This clause does not refer to
olayers who have been penalized.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 121
Clause E — Should it be necessary for the goalkeeper to retire
from the game, play shall stop until the player is once more able
to return to the contest. If at the end of seven minutes the goal-
keeper is not able to resume play the match must go on with
a substitute being allowed in the position. At any time during
the seven minutes the team that has called for time may elect
to play a substitute until the original goalkeeper is able to resume
the contest.
Clause F — A player other than the goalkeeper who has been
replaced by a substitute cannot return to further participation in
the game.
Clause G — In exhibition or practice games this rule may be
altered by the two captains.
WHAT CONSTITUTES A GOAL.
Sec. 17. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have law-
fully passed between the goal posts. No goal shall be allowed
that is the direct and immediate result of loafing offside, an
offside play, a kick or a throw by the hand. The referee shall
decide upon these points, and may render his decision even after
the puck has passed between the goal posts.
FACE.
Sec. 18. A face shall consist of the referee dropping the puck
to the ice between the sticks of two players, one from each
team. The puck shall not be considered in play until it has
touched the ice. Should a player repeatedly refuse to lawfully
face the puck he shall be penalized by the referee. A face shall
take place in the center of the ice at tne beginning of each period
and after the scoring of each goal. The referee may also order
a face at any time and place he deems necessary. A face shall
be in order whenever play is resumed.
offside play.
Sec. 19. Any player nearer to his opponent's goal line than
is an imaginary line running through the center of the puck
and parallel with the two goal lines is offside. A player offside
122 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
shall be considered out of the play, and may not touch the puck
himself or in any manner prevent any other player from doing
so, until the puck has been touched by an opponent in any way
whatsoever, or until it has been carried nearer than he is him-
self to his opponent's goal line. If a player violates this rule, the
puck shall be faced where it was last played before the offside
play occurred. In the event of the puck rebounding off the body
of the player in the goalkeeper's position, the other players of
his team shall be considered onside.
LOAFING OFFSIDE.
Sec. 20. No player shall loaf offside. A player is loafing
offside when, in the opinion of the referee or his assistant, he
is not making a bona fide attempt to get or remain onside.
FOUL PLAYING.
Sec. 21. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall violently
check another against the boards. No player shall throw his
stick. No player shall trip, hold with his hand or stick, kick,
push or cross-check an opponent. No player shall interfere in
any way with an opponent who is not playing the puck. A
player is playing the puck within the meaning of these laws
when he has the puck within the control of his stick. No
player shall raise his stick above his shoulder, except in lifting
the puck. No player shall use profane or abusive language or
conduct himself in an unsportsmanlike manner. A player being
out of the play shall not interfere with an opponent.
PLAYING IN the GOAL ZONE.
Sec. 22. A player on the defending side who is within his
own goal zone shall not be considered as loafing offside. A
player on the defending side may cover up an opponent while
in the goal zone. However, he may not check the stick or
interfere with the movements of an opponent until the latter
attempts to play the puck. A player on the defending side while
within his own goal zone may play any puck passed or shot by
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 123
an opponent without being considered offside. Should it be
necessary to face the puck in a goal zone, all players must be
onside. A player shall be considered on the defending side
when the puck is in the goal zone of the goal that he is
defending.
Note i.— A player on the defending side, who is skating out-
side of his own goal zone, when the puck is within that zone,
shall be considered as loafing offside and shall at once make
every effort to enter his own goal zone.
Note 2. — A player on the defending side, while in his own
goal zone when a puck is shot or passed by an opponent who is
within that goal zone, may legally take possession of the puck
either in the goal zone or in the field of play.
PUCK FOULS.
Sec. 23. A player may stop the puck with any part of his
stick or body. He may not, however, hold, bat, throw, kick or
carry the puck with his skate or any part of his body. He may
not close his hand upon the puck. The player in the goal position
may catch the puck, but if he does he must at once drop the
puck to the ice at his own feet.
WHEN THE puck LEAVES THE ICE.
Sec. 24. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs
behind the goal line, it shall be brought out by the referee to
a point five yards in front of the goal line, on a line at right
angles thereto, from the point at which it left the ice or where
the foul occurred, and there faced. In the aforementioned cases
the puck shall always be faced at least five yards to the left or
the right of the nearer goal post. When the puck goes off the
ice at the side lines it shall be taken by the referee to a point
five yards out at right angles with the nearer side line and there
faced.
PENALTIES.
Sec. 25. In awarding a penalty the referee or his assistant
shall use discretion in order that his ruling does not work against
the better interests of the non-offending team.
124 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAHT.
CHAMPIONSHIP RULES.
Section i. All games shall be played under the rules adopted
by the American Amateur Hockey League.
Sec. 2. The playing season shall be from December i to March
31 both days inclusive.
Sec. 3. The championship shall be decided by a series of
games, a schedule of which shall be drawn by one delegate from
each club to the annual convention. The club winning the
greatest number of matches shall be declared the champion. In
case of a tie at the end of the regular series, an extra series
of at least one game shall be played at such time or times and
place or places as the Executive Committee shall direct.
Sec. 4. All championship matches shall be played on rinks
arranged for by the Executive Committee of the American Ama^
teur Hockey League.
Sec. 5. The League shall offer a championship trophy, the
winning club to hold same and to be recognized as the champion
of the American Amateur Hockey League. The trophy shall be
delivered to the winning club within seven days after the close(
of the season. Any club winning the championship for three*
years, not necessarily in succession, shall become the permanent
owner of the trophy.
Sec. 6. Any team making default shall forfeit its right to
compete for the championship and be liable to a fine of $1001
unless good reasons can be shown to the Executive Committee I
for defaulting. In case of default by any team all matches whicl"
have been scheduled for this team shall be credited as victorie
to its opponents. This rule shall also be applied in case o
expulsion.
Sec. 7. In all matches the Governing Committee shall appoin
the referee, assistant referee, two game timekeepers, two penalt;
timekeepers and two goal umpires.
Sec. 8. It shall be the duty of the captains of the contestin;
teams to hand to the referee previous to the start of each mate
the names of his players written on forms supplied by the Sec
retary of the League. The referee shall fill in the date of th
match and the names of contesting clubs, substitutes used, i
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 125
any, the score at the end of the match, with names of other offi-
cials, the whole to be duly signed by himself and forwarded
immediately to the Secretary of the League.
Sec. 9. "A." A player must have been an actual resident within
fifty miles of the place in which his club is located for at least
three months previous to being eligible to appear in any Amateur
Hockey League Championship match and also must have been a
bona fide member of the club he represents for at least thirty
days before he is eligible to compete in any championship game,
with the exception that players, who during the preceding season
represented any recognized school or college in the United States
of America or any recognized college in the Dominion of Canada
need be an actual resident within fifty miles of the place in
which his club is located for only sixty days previous to being
eligible to appear in any League championship match.
"B." No player shall compete in any Amateur Hockey League
championship match, who, during the then current season has
played with another club, school or college in a recognized hockey
association championship series without the special permission of
the Executive Committee of the Amateur Hockey League.
"C." Any player who represents a club in a championship game
of the Amateur Hockey League cannot represent another club in
a championship game of the Amateur Hockey League for one
full calendar year from his last championship game unless the
said club that he formerly represented has withdrawn or has been
expelled from the championship series of the Amateur Hockey
League or unless he has been released by the said club that he
formerly represented. A statement signed by the president and
the secretary of the club that the player has left, and filed with
the secretary of the Amateur Hockey League, shall be considered
an official release. A player who believes that his release is being
unjustly withheld may appeal to the Executive Committee of the
Amateur Hockey League. The Committee may grant such
release after giving due notice to all parties interested.
Sec. 10. Any new player who desires to take part in a cham-
pionship game of the Amateur Hockey League must first fill out
a certificate supplied by the Secretary of the organization. The
126 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
certificate must state the full name and address of the player.
The club he desires to represent; where he is employed. His
legal residence for three months prior to the filing of the cer-
tificate and the names of the team or teams with whom he has
played during the three years prior to the filing of the document.
The certificate must be signed by the president and the secretary
of the club with whom the candidate desires to play who also must
attest to its accuracy. The filing of the signed certificate shall
bind the player and the club named in the document for the
period of one year, unless he is regularly released ly the organi-
zation. A player can file only one such certificate with the
Secretary of the League.
Sec. II. The Secretary of each club shall file with the Secre-
tary of the American Amateur Hockey League at least thirty
days prior to opening of the championship season a list of the
players of his club. The Secretary of each club shall also file
with the Secretary of the American Amateur Hockey League
the names of any additional players immediately upon their being
elected to membership.
Sec. 12. All matches must be started at 8.30 p. m., and if for
any reason there be any delay in the commencement of a match
the club at fault shall pay to the League as a penalty the sum of
$10, unless good reason be given for such delay. The referee is
to see that this rule is observed and to notify the League within
two days should any breach of it occur.
Sec. 13. The puck used in all championship matches must be
the official puck of the League.
Sec. 14. Goal nets must be approved by the Executive Com-
mittee of the League.
Sec. 15. The players of each club shall be numbered, shall
wear their numbers on the back of their jerseys or sweaters, and,
as far as possible, shall retain the same numbers throughout a
championship series.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBEARY. 127
Laws of Hockey of the Intercollegiate
Hockey League
(Adopted October 30, 1909.)
Section i. The game of Intercollegiate Hockey shall be
played on ice by two teams, the players of which shall all be on
skates. Its object shall be the lawful scoring of goals. The
team scoring the greater number of goals during the playing
period shall be declared the winner.
RINK.
Sec. 2. The Hockey rink shall be at least 112 by 58 feet. The
imaginary lines at the two ends of the rink shall be termed the
goal lines. The two sides of the rink shall be known as the side
lines.
GOALS.
Sec. 3. A goal shall be placed midway on each goal line, and
shall consist of a goal net supported by two upright posts 4 feet
in height, placed 6 feet apart, and at least 10 and not more than
15 feet from the edge of the ice. The goal posts must be firmly
fixed to the ice.
Note. — In the event of a goal post or net being broken or dis-
placed, the referee shall at once stop the game and not allow play
to be resumed until after the damage is repaired.
POSITIONS.
Sec. 4. There shall not be more than seven players on a
Hockey team. These players shall fill the position of goal,
point, cover point and forwards, respectively. The goal position
shall be the one that is directly in front of the goal. At no period
during the play shall any player who fills this position He, kneel,
or sit upon the ice. He must also always maintain a standing
position. The point position is the one that is directly in front
of the goal position. The cover point position is the one directly
128 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
in front of the point position. The four forward positions shall
be known as the left wing, the right wing, the centre and the
rover, respectively. The wing positions shall be at the two ends
of the forward line. The center position is the one midway on i
the forward line, and it shall be the duty of the player who fills ^
this position to face the puck. The rover position is between
the cover point and the center positions.
Note. — It is to be understood that the positions herein named
are the ones that the players are intended to fill when the teams
face off in the center of the ice.
STICKS.
Sec. S. a Hockey stick shall not be more than threa inches
wide at any part and not more than thirteen inches long at the
blade. It shall be made entirely of wood. Tape binding is per-
missible, however. Each player shall carry a Hockey stick in his
hand, and shall be considered out of the play the moment he
violates this rule.
SKATES.
Sec. 6. No player shall wear skates that are pointed or sharp-
ened in such a manner as to be unnecessarily dangerous to other
players. The referee shall be the judge, and shall refuse to allow I
a player to use such skates.
PUCK.
Sec. 7. A puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber one inch
thick throughout. It shall be three inches in diameter, and shall
weigh at least 7 6/16 and not more than 7 9/16 ounces.
OFFICIALS.
Sec. 8. There shall be a referee, an assistant referee, two
goal umpires and two timekeepers for each match. Should a
referee be unable to continue to officiate, his assistant shall
become the referee. The referee shall fill all vacancies in other
official positions that may occur during a match; or when the
competing teams have been unable to agree ; or when the selected
SPALDING'S ATflLETIC LlBRARt. 12§
officials are absent at the agreed starting hour. In the event
of a dispute over the decision of an umpire, the referee may
remove and replace the official.
DUTIES OF THE REFEREE.
Sec. 9. The referee, before starting a match, shall see that
the other officials are in their proper places. He shall see that
the ice is in condition for play and that the goals comply with
the rules. He shall order the puck faced at the commencement
of the game and at such other times as may be necessary. He
shall have full control over the puck during the match. He
shall call offside plays. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing time that he may see fit
any player who violates the rules. The referee shall, furthermore,
perform all other duties that may be compulsory. He shall begin
and suspend play by nueans of a whistle.
DUTIES OF THE ASSISTANT REFEREE.
Sec. id. The assistant referee shall see that no player violates
Section 19 of the Laws. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing timie that he may see fit any
player who violates the said section. The assistant referee shall
become the referee should the latter be unable to continue to
officiate.
DUTIES OF THE UMPIRES.
Sec. II. An umpire shall be stationed behind each goal. He
shall inform the referee whenever the puck has passed between
the goal posts from the front. He shall have no jurisdiction over
the awarding of a goal. He shall stand upon the ice, and shall
.retain the same goal throughout the entire game.
DUTIES OF THE TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 12. The timekeepers shall keep an accurate account of
the time of the match, deducting time for stoppages in actual
play. They shall immediately report to the referee any variance
130 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
in time, and the referee shall decide the matter. The timekeepers
shall keep an accurate account of penalties imposed, and no pen-
alized player shall return to the ice without the permission of
the timekeepers. The tinuekeepers shall be notified by the
referee when a goal is scored, and shall keep an accurate record
of the tallies. The final score shall be given by them to the
referee at the close of the match. They shall, at half time,
notify the contesting teams when five and when eight minutes ^
have expired. They shall, at half time notify. the referee wheni
ten minutes have expired.
LENGTH OF GAME.
Sec. 13. There shall be two halves of twenty minutes each,
with an intermission of ten minues between the two periods ofi
play. At the end of the forty minutes' play, should the scores;
be tied, the teams shall change goals, and after an intermission ofi
five minutes play shall be resumed for a period of ten minutes.;
Should the score be tied at the end of this period, play shall bed
resumed after an intermission of five minutes and continued
until a goal has been scored. The captains of the contesting'
teams with the consent of the referee, after the regular periods]
and the first extra period have been played, may agree on another
method of playing off a tie score, but in the absence of such
agreement and consent, the tie must be played off in accordance
with the provisions of this Law.
TIME TAKEN OUT.
Sec. 14. Time shall be taken out whenever the game is susj
pended by the referees, and shall begin again when the puck i;
put in play. No delay of more than five minutes shall be allowed!
SUBSTITUTES.
Sec. 15. Substitutes shall be allowed at any time during
game, but a player who has been replaced by a substitute shalj
not be allowed to re-enter the game.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 131
WHAT CONSTITUTES A GOAL.
Sec. i6. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have law-
fully passed between the goal posts. No goal shall be allowed
that is the direct and immediate result of loafing off side, an
offside play, a kick or a throw by the hand. The referee shall
decide upon these points, and may render his decision even after
the puck has passed between the goal posts. A line not more
than one-half an inch wide shall be drawn on the ice from the
center of one goal post to the center of the other. To effect a
score the puck must have completely passed this line.
FACE.
Sec. 17. A face is the placing by the referee of the puck upon
the ice on its largest surface between the sticks of two players,
one from each team. The referee shall then order the play to
begin. Should a player repeatedly refuse to lawfully face the
puck he shall be penalized by the referee. A face shall take place
in the center of the ice at the beginning of each period and after
the scoring of each goal. The referee may also order a face at
any time and place he deems necessary. A face shall be in order
whenever play is resumed.
OFFSIDE PLAY.
. Sec 18. Any player nearer to his opponent's goal line than
is an imaginary line running through the center of the puck and
parallel with the two goal lines is offside. A player offside shall
be considered out of the play, and may not touch the puck him-
self or in any manner prevent any other player from doing so,
until the puck has been touched by an opponent in any way
whatsoever, or until it has been carried nearer than he is himself
to his opponent's goal line. If a player violates this rule, the
puck shall be faced where it was last played before the offside
play occurred. In the event of the puck rebounding off the
body of the player in the goalkeeper's position, the other players
of his team shall be considered on side.
182 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
FOUL PLAYING.
Sec. 19. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall throw his
stick. No player shall trip, hold with his hand, body or stick,
kick, push or cross-check an opponent. No player shall inter-
fere in any way with an opponent who is not playing the puck.
No player shall raise his stick above his shoulder, except in lift-
ing the puck. A player being out of the play shall not interfere
with an opponent. ^^^^ ^^^^^
Sec. 20. A player may stop the puck with any part of his
stick or body. He may not, however, hold, bat, throw, kick or
carry the puck with his skate or any part of his body. He may
not close his hand upon the puck. The player in the goal
position may catch the puck, but if he does he must at once drop
the puck to the ice at his own feet.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
Sec. 21. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs behind
the goal line, it shall be brought out by the referee to a point
five yards in front of the goal line, on a line at right angles
thereto, from the point at which it left the ice or where the foul
occurred, and there faced. In the aforementioned cases the puck
shall always be faced at least five yards to the left or the right
of the nearer goal post. When the puck goes off the ice at the
side lines it shall be taken by the referee to a point five yards out
at right angles with the nearer side line and there faced.
PENALTIES.
Sec. 22. In awarding a penalty the referee or his assistant
shall use discretion in order that his ruling does not work against
the better interests of the non-offending team.
POWERS OF CAPTAINS.
Sec. 23. The captains of the opposing teams shall have the
power to agree upon any matter not covered in the aforesaid
laws.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 133
Laws of Hockey
Adopted by the National Hockey Association of Canada, Limited,
November 3, 1915.
RULE I.
composition of team.
A team shall be composed of six players, who shall be bona-fide
members of the club they represent, each player shall wear a number
on the back of his sweater, numbers must be at least ten inches, which
number he shall retain while he is under contract with respective clubs.
(a) At the beginning of each match club shall have at least nine
players in uniform.
(b) Should minor, major or match fouls or accidents occur after
all the above number of players have participated in a match and are
not available for play, either through injury or banishment, the oppos-
ing club must drop one of their players to equalize.
RULE n.
commencement of game and definition of a face.
The game shall be commenced and renewed by a face in the centre of
the rink.
(a) Visiting clubs shall have the choice of goals to defend at the
start of the game.
(b) The puck shall be faced by the referee dropping the puck on the
ice between the sticks of the players facing, no interference whatever
allowed, before the puck has reached the ice. No player shall be
allowed to come within five feet of players facing the puck.
RULE in.
time of match and how won.
Three 20 minute periods of actual play, with 10 minutes intermission
between, will be the time allowed for matches.
Goals shall be changed after each period.
In case of a tie after playing the specified 60 minutes the teams shall
immediately change goals, and play 10 minutes each way, providing no
score made in first 10 minutes of overtime play. If at the end of 20
minutes the score is still tied, the match shall be called a draw. It is
understood that any extra period played shall be considered part of the
match and all unexpired penalties shall remain in force.
RULE IV.
change of players.
Players may be changed at any time by the captain of the club, and
said substitute shall be placed on the ice, and original player removed
without interruption.
284 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
RULE V.
INJURY TO PLAYERS.
In the event of a player being injured or compelled to leave the ice
during a match, he may retire from the game and be replaced by a sub-
stitute, but play must continue without the teams leaving the ice.
In the event of a goal keeper sustaining an injury he will be allowed
ten minutes to recuperate. In the event of him not being able to con-
tinue at the expiration of ten minutes his captain must put on a
substitute.
RULE VI.
FACE OF PUCK AFTER FOUL HAS BEEN COMMITTED.
Should the game be temporarily stopped by the infringement of any\
of the rules the puck must be taken back and faced where it was lasti
played from before the infringement occurred. If, however, a foul
occur within ten feet of the goal, the puck shall not be faced at thcc
point where the foul occurred, but shall be taken to a point ten feet out
from the goals and there faced.
RULE VII.
FACE OF PUCK AFTER BEING OUT OF BOUNDS,
When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs behind the goals,,
the puck shall be taken midway between the goal posts and the outsidet
edge of the rink, on the side that it went out of bounds, and faced five*
yards at right angles from the goal line.
RULE VIII.
OFF-SIDE PLAY AND KICKING PUCK.
When a player hits the puck, any one of the same side who at such'^
moment of hitting is nearer the opponents' goal line, is out of play,
and may not touch the puck himself or in any way whatever prevent
another player from doing so, until the puck has been played. In the
event of the puck rebounding off the goal keeper's body, skate or stick,
players of his team touching puck will be considered on side.
No player shall kick the puck or hold the puck in his hands or carry
it with any part of the body or raise his stick above his shoulder.
RULE IX.
MINOR FOUL.
A minor foul shall consist of holding an opponent or his stick, or
tripping, when a goal is not in danger, loafing off side, off side inter-
ference, stopping of a goal by lying or kneeling on the ice.
For violation of the above a player shall be ruled off three minutesj
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY, I35
Should a goal keeper stop, a goal by deliberately falling or kneeling
I the ice, he shall be warned for the first offence, and for each
ibsequent offence shall be ruled off for two minutes.
Loafing off side — third offence shall constitute a major foul, and the
;nalty provided therefor shall apply.
RULE X.
MAJOR FOULS.
A major foul shall consist of throwing a stick to prevent a score,
ipping or holding an opponent or his stick to prevent a score, cross
lecking, charging from behind, forcibly body checking an opponent into
e boards, hooking, fighting, cross checking, bodying or charging goal
;eper, intereference by a substituting player before the player he is
placing is entirely out of play, loafing off side, after being penalized
/ice for the same offence as a minor foul, using foul or abusive
nguage to any official or an attempt to injure an opposing player.
For the first offence the player shall be ruled off for five minutes,
>r the second offence, ten minutes; and for the third offence shall be
lied off for the remainder of the match.
If any of the above fouls occur within the last ten minutes of playing
me, the referee shall have the right to impose as an additional penalty,
fine not exceeding fifteen dollars.
RULE XL
MATCH FOUL.
A match foul shall consist of deliberately injuring or disabling an
)ponent.
For this offence a player shall be fined not less than fifteen dollars,
id ruled off for such length of time as in the opinion of the referee
lall constitute an adequate penalty, but in no case shall the player
; allowed to return to the ice, without serving a penalty of at least
n minutes.
Any player incurring a second match foul in any one season shall
itomatically become suspended and shall not be permitted to play in
ly games until his case has been dealt with and his suspension lifted
^ the President of the Association.
In all cases where a player is ruled off, whether for a minor, major
r a match foul, he shall be replaced by a substitute, and said substitute
lall be placed on the ice without delay to the game.
COLLECTION OF FINES.
Clubs to be immediately notified after each match by the President
I amount of fines levied.
Fines to be deducted from the players on first following payment.
Any clubs paying fines directly or indirectly for any players penalized
Jail be fined the sum of $200.00.
136 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY^
RULE XII.
GOAL HOW SCORED.
A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have passed between th(
goal posts from in front and below the line drawn across the top of tht
posts, and across a dark line drawn from post to post, in or on th(
ice.
(a) Should the puck be accidentally put through a goal by one of tht
players defending it, it shall be game for the team attacking that goal
Should it be put through a goal by any one not actually a player it shal
not count.
RULE XIII.
GOAL KEEPER.
The goal keeper must not, during play, lie, kneel or sit upon the ice
but must maintain a standing position.
RULE XIV.
DIMENSIONS OF STICK.
Hockey sticks shall not be more than three inches wide at any par
with the exception of goal keeper's stick, which shall not exceed three
and-a-half inches,
RULE XV.
DIMENSIONS OF PUCK.
The puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber, one inch thick a
through and three inches in diameter.
The referee shall see that the official puck of this Association is use
in all matches.
RULE XVI.
COACHING.
Coaching from the side of the rink through megaphones is abs<
lutely prohibited.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 137
ONTARIO H. A. RULES
1. The game is played on ice by teams of seven on each side,
with a puck made of vulcanized rubber, one inch thick all .through
and three inches in diameter.
STICKS.
2. Hockey sticks shall not be more than three inches wide at
any part, and not more than thirteen inches long at the blade.
They shall consist entirely of wood, with tape binding per-
missible.
GOAL.
3. A goal is placed in the middle of each goal line, composed
of official goal nets supported by two upright posts, four feet in
height, placed six feet apart, and at least five feet from the end
of the ice. The goal posts shall be firmly fixed. In the event of
a goal post or net being displaced or broken, the referee shall
blow his whistle, and the game shall not proceed until the post
or net is replaced. It shall be the duty of the referee before each
match to measure the goals.
MATCH.
4. Each side shall have a captain (a member of his team), who,
before the match, shall toss for choice of goals.
5. Each side shall play an equal time from each end, a ten
minutes' rest being allowed at half time. The duration of cham-
pionship matches shall be one hour, exclusive of stoppages. The
team scoring the greater number of goals in that time shall be de-
clared the winner of the match, subject to the qualifications con-
tained in Rules of Competition, No. 15. If at the end of that
time the game is a draw, ends shall be changed and the match
continued for ten minutes, each side playing five minutes from
each end with a rest of five minutes between such five minute
ends, and if neither side has then scored a majority of goals,
similar periods of ten minutes shall be played in the same way
until one side shall have scored a majority of goals.
138 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC IJBRART.
TIME-KEEPERS.
6. Two time-keepers shall be appointed, one by each captain.
before the commencement of the match, whose duty it shall be
to keep an accurate account of the time of each game, deducting
time for stoppages in the actual play. They shall immediately
report to the referee any variance in their time, and the matter
shall be at once decided by him. The referee also shall appoint
a time-keeper, who shall keep the time of penalized players, and
shall direct them to enter the game. The time-keepers shall be
under the control of the referee. A gong shall be kept for their
use.
REFEREE.
7. There shall be only one referee for a match, and in no case
shall he belong to either of the competing clubs, and he may be
an amateur or a professional. He is to enforce the rules ; ad-
judicate upon disputes or cases unprovided for by rule; appoint
or remove goal umpires; control the time-keepers; keep the
score, announcing each goal as scored; and at the conclusion of
the match declare the result. The puck shall be considered in
play until the referee stops the game, which he may do at any
time, and which he must do at once when any irregularity of
play occurs, by sounding a whistle. His decision shall be final.
SCORE.
8. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have passed be-
tween the goal posts from in front and below the tops of the
posts.
GOAL UMPIRES.
9. There shall be one umpire at each goal; they shall Inform
the referee when ihe puck has been put into the goal from the
front.
FACE.
10. The game shall be started and renewed by the referee
blowing his whistle or calling "Play" after dropping the puck in
the centre of the ice between the sticks of two players, one from
I
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. I39
ch team, who are to face it. After a goal has been scored th«
ick shall be faced in like manner in the centre of the ice.
OFF-SIDE.
11. A player shall always be on his side of the puck. A player
off-side when he is in ifont of the puck, or when the puck
s been hit, touched or is being run with, by any of his own
Je behind him (i. e., between himself and the end of the rink
:ar which his goal is placed).
A player being off-side is put on-side when the puck has been
t by, or has touched the dress or person of any player of the
posite side, or when one of his own side has run in front of
m, either with the puck or having played it when behind him.
If a player when off-side plays the puck, or annoys or obstructs
opponent, the puck shall be faced where it was last played
fore the off-side play occurred. A player on the defending side
all not be off-side when he takes a pass from or plays the
ck as it bounds off his goal-keeper within a space of three
et out from goal and extending to the side of the rink.
KNOCKING-ON.
12. The puck may be stopped with the hand but not carried or
Id or knocked on by any part of the body.
CHARGING, TRIPPING, ETC.
13. No player shall raise his stick above his shoulder. Charging
Dm behind, tripping, collaring, kicking, cross-checking, or push-
g shall not be allowed. And the referee must rule off the ice,
any time in his discretion, a player who^ in the opinion of
e referee, has deliberately offended against the above rule. If
player makes any unfair or rough play, or dicputes any de-
sion of the. referee or uses any foul or abusive language, the
feree may rule him off for the remainder of the game or for
ch time as he may deem expedient, ind no suDstitute shall be
lowed.
I
140 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
14. When the puck goes off the ice behind the goal line it shall
be brought out by the referee to a point five yards in front of
the goal line, on a line at right angles thereto, from the point
at which it left the ice, and there faced.
When the puck goes off the ice at' the side, it shall be simi-
larly faced three yards from the side.
GOAL-KEEPER.
15. The goal-keeper must not during play, lie, sit or kneel upon
the ice; he may stop the puck with his hands, but shall not
throw or hold it. He may wear pads, but must not wear a
garment such as would give him undue assistance in keeping goal.
The referee must rule off the ice, for any time in his discretion,
a player, who, in the opinion of the referee, has offended agains
this rule.
CHANGE OF PLAYERS.
16. No change of players shall be made after a match ha
commenced. Should any player be injured during a match, br€
his skate, or from any other accident be compelled to leave the '
ice, the opposite side shall immediately drop a man to equalize
the teams and the match proceed, without such players until
such time as the player so compelled to leave the ice is ready to
return. In event of any dispute, the matter shall at once be
decided by the referee.
STOPPAGES.
17. Should any match be stopped by the referee by reason of
any infringement of any of the rules or because of an accident
or change of players, the puck shall be faced again at the spot
where it was last played before such infringement, accident ot
change of players shall have occurred.
ion,
in^
J
TE THE SPALDING
TRADE-MARK "^Kl^v^^
QUALITY
SPALDING OFFICIAL HOCKEY PU^
fee the Spalding Trade-Mark on Puck itself before putting into play^
No7l3. The ^Spalding " Official'^Trade-lVIark Puck has
^been adopted as official puck of The Canadia-n'
JAmateur Hockey League, composed of these world-famed
'teams: Montreal, Shamrock, Quebec, Victoria and
yWestmount _;''•*• • • • • Each, 50c.
No. 15. The Spalding " Practice" Puck is regulation size,
and really better than the so-called official pucks turned
out by other makers Each, 25c.
Extract from Official Rules of the Canadian Amateur Hockey League
Sec. 1 3. The Spalding Hockey Puck, the Official Puck of the League,
), musi be used in all match games.
SPALDLNO '*"TOM
HOWARD" MODEL HOCKEY-STICKS
The "Tom Howard" Model ice hockey sticks have a "flat
lying" blade, properly trimm'^d to give correct balance and
for shooting the puck, and are adopted for general all around
style of play. Fairly light in weight and with the proper
degree of stiffness, the
elm being specially
selected^y Mr.'
Mr. Howard, who was for many
years a hockey player of inter-
national reputation, and now gen-
erally considered the mosf success-
ful ice hockey coach in either the
United States or Canada, has dur-
ing the past 'twenty years fu
nished his special model sticks
to many of the most famou
players the game has ever
produced. Hereafter all
"Tom Howard" ic
hockey sticks will be
supplied by A G.
Spaldmg&Bros
•Tom Howard " Mod.eJ A".
Supplied for either right
or left handed players.'
Mention which model
required and whether right
or left handed when ordering.'
" Tom Howard " Model A. Long'
handle and long blade. The blade'
is wider than on Model B. For players
who like a big stick. . f >A Each, $ 1 .00
-' *^^ ...>.< >flj
Tom Howard " Model B. Same gen-
eral lines as Model A, but shorter in
, handle and blade and smaller- model
Jthroughout Each, $1.0Q
PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO I
JiNY COMMBNICATIONS s|
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING &, BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
I FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES.,
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER '"
' OFTHlSflOOt,
7^c» la tffeci/ulj/ 5, 19 16» Sujjea^jhangt xfU/mt mBsSf faf Caudm priest tu ipttiaiJignadiait Q^i^tSS^
§5^KeTHE SPALDING
SPALDING
CHAMPIONSHIP HOCKEY STICKS
Made of the finest selected Canadian rock elm. Exclu-
sively used and endorsed by the Qyebec Hockey Club,
Champions of the World, holders of the Stanley Cup
by the Victorias, Winnipeg, Champions (Amateurs)
Allen Cup, and the Canadian Hockey Club of
Montreal, and many other well known teaAs.*
These sticks will not fray at the bottom wher^
they come in contact with the ice and will
retain their shape under all conditions. The
very important^^matter of weight and bal-
ance has been carefully considered and
the Spalding Sticks are much lighter.>
yet stronger, than any others on they
market.
No. 0. Championship Stick, Rega
I, lar Forward Model. Elach, 50c.
No. 0. Championship Stick,
LongBlade, Forward Model,
f^ch, 50c.
No. 0.^ Championship
Sticjc, defence Model.
Each, 60c.'
PROMPT AnENTION GIVEN TO
m COMMUNICiiTIONS
UDDBESSEDTOUS ..
A. G.SPALDING & BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
I FDR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
TflcH in (fftflJulgSr /9/6. Sul>j(x[i<> (hans^ wlhwt m&ft- Fof Qinadian mo 3s«sp«ial ftna-iOT C«(flfcii«.
^S^bKe THE SPALDING
TRADE-MARK '^r.T/v^^
QUALITY
SPALDING
PLAYERS' AUTOGRAPH HOCKEY STICKS
Specially selected rock elm. Elxact duplicates in
shape, weight, balance and every other particular
of the actual sticks we supply to the famous
players whose autographs they bear cuid who
Use them exclusively in all their games.
No. O/. , C£ui^^^ Model. Autogra
J^ ^y^A.^--^ ^C^.-*U^*v (Defence) Stick.
Medium weight defence stick, blade of stick
sits flat on ice, is very light and stiff in the
handle. Cleghorn is considered by many
of the experts as the most valuable and
effective player in the game to day.
Each, 75c
No.AHG. This is a Built Up goal stick, and is
rvy ^^^ , made after sugsestions of the great
'^^='*'^^'*^i3Kt^'«-a«-^ Canadian c-^l ^^l^v-r P^r
Model. Autograph (Goal)
Built Up Stick. Ea., $1.00
fROMPTmENTIONGIVENTOl
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A. G.SPALDING &. BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FORCOMPIETEIISTOFSTOK
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVU
OF THIS Boot .
'?ti(x» in sSkI Mif 5, 1 9I.'6. Suhjitt to ihgnst uiuHquI noliet. Far Canadm prii» ac spfaal Canadian dlotoum.
THE SPALDING
7^;52?i^
TRADEMARK "^Slf
SPALDING ICE HOCKEY GLOVES
CORRECT STYLES. COMPLETE ASSORTMENT
No.LG
This is the model of the glove
by the most successful Goal
:r playing in Canada, and in-
all the special Spalding features
have put our gloves, the same
skates, shoes and sticks, in a
y themselves wherever the game
;key is placed. Notice especially
atented * centre break" finger
) protect the back bone of the
also the "broken in "leather
palm of special treated leather,
s the special designed wrist ex-
1 palm, triple thumb padding;
r lined, well padded 7-inch cuff;
knuckles. Gloves of special
I brown glove leather. Pr.,$6.00
No. G No. HIG
No. G. This glove was made by us on
a special call from one of the greatest
F'orwards who ever played the game.
Perfectly flexible except for the cuff,
w^hich is 5 inches long and reed pad-
ded. No extra weight in this glove but
thorough protection where really
needed. Tufted padding. Durable
brown glove leather. . Pair, $5.00
No. HIG. A really wonderful all around
glove. Has patented " center-break "
finger pad, ' broken-in" leather ven-
tilated palm, and special design wrist
extension palm with special cross-pads
to protect wrist. Cuff reed padded 5 \4.
inch, leather lined, white knuckles.
Glove of special tanned brown glove
No. HI leather Pair, $4.50
>.HG
No. HL Including patented " center-break " finger pad,
triple thumb padding and white knuckles as in our higher
priced gloves, and in every respect a first class all around
Hockey glove. Ventilated leather palm, 5^ -inch reed
padded leather lined cuff. Glove of brown glove leather.
Pair, $4.00
No. HG. Gives ample protectior?to all bones and joints in
the player's hand. Brown leather, with white buckskin
palm, and gauntlet padded with rattan reeds. Pair, $3.50
No. H2. Correct model well made Hockey glove. Properly
{>added, 5K-inch reed padded cuff, leather lined. Venti-
ated leather palm. Glove of brown glove leather.
Pair, $2.50
HOW TO PLAY ICE HOCKEY
By S. Trafford Hicks
No. 20R. Spalding's Athletic Library. Price 25 cents.
No.H2
inENTIONGIVENTOl
OMMUNICATIONS
IRESSEDTO US
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
IFOR COMPliTE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS Boot :
frisa In sSkI JulifS,l9lj^ SuljtU (o thangt Uilhaul naUc*. far Canaditn ent» kc fffwi Camdim QatolegUSt
™!BS«I
wmm
No. 7G
Ice Hockey Goal Keeper's
Leg Guards
Patented May 30, 1916
Note Special " Wing " Padding
Leg Guards for Goal Keepers
No. 7G. Exclusive Spalding design. (Patented
30, 1916.) Special tanned brown leather cov(
Very heavy roll knee pads. Wing pads to
extra protection to the calf and shin. Ankle
give complete protection and thigh pads
especially well padded Pair, $
No. CG. Similar design and make up to No. 7G
white canvas instead of leather covered. Pair, $
Shin Guards for Forward Playert
No. 16X. Fiber Molded Shin Guard, with felt:
pad. Steel band reinforcements to kee]
firm and webbing
shin wards. To
be worn under
stockings. (Pat.
Feb. 22, 1916.)
Pair. $2.50
No. KH. Canvas
Reed Padded Shin
Guard, with felt
knee pad. Very light, but gives complete pro-
tection. To be worn under stockings. Pair, $2.00
No. K. All-Felt Shin Guard, with elastic bands to
hold in place. Worn under stockings. Pair, 75c. No. 16X No. KH
Spalding Ice Hockey Knee and Elbow Pads, with
Elastic Bandage Supports
No. EF. Combined Elbow
Pad and w^oven Elastic
Bandage. Padded with felt
strips. Elastic bandage
furnishes support to elbow
vrhile special arrangement
of the felt strips provides
protection against bruises.
No. KF. Same as No.EF.but for knee instead of elbow. Pair, $2.00-^-^^/. OC'lJC
No. KE. Combined leather covered roll style Knee Pad, with elastic reinforcer
either end which holds pad in place Pair, $2.50 */:?7^<^/^^
No. KG. Combined canvas covered Knee Pad lined with JFelt and with elasti
forcement at either end Pair, $ 1.00*^7^. c5i^ Z)t?i
The prices printed in italics opposite items marked with -k will be quoted only on orders]
half dozen or viore at one time. Quantity prices NOT allowed on items NOT marked w
fROMPTAHENTION GIVEN TO
ANT COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING &. BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE IIST
SEE INSIDE FR0N1
Of THIS BO
Vri^ (atfftttju^ S, I9li6t Suljtfl (e fhangt uUhoul notitt. For CanaJian pne» tee ipfdgl Canadian Cglatoff/Sf
ACCEPT NO
SUBSTITUTE
THE SPALDING
TRADEMARK
Body Protectors for Hockey Goal Keepers
No. 4H. Heavy felt, with elastic belt to go around
body, and specially padded leather protection over
stomach Each, $3.50
Also following regular base ball catchers' body pro-
tectors, equally suitable for ice hockey goal keepers.
No. 5P. Leather padded style, not inflated. Patented
June 22, 1909; August 24, 1909. . . Each, $10.00
No. 4-0. Inflated style. Patented November 24, 1903.
Each. $10.00
No. 2-0. Inflated. Full size " 7.50
No. 0. Inflated. Slightly narrower than No. 2-0. 5.00
No. M. Inflated Each, 3.50
No. 2. Inflated. Youths*. Good size. " 3.00
Spalding
Eyeglass Protector
for Hockey
Made of strong annealed wire,
nicely padded, and a thorough
No 4H'~~~~~" protection for eyeglasses or
SoalKeepers'BodyProtector spectacles. . . Each, $2.00
Spalding Ice Hockey Pants
PADDED
Mo. 5B. Heavy brown or white canvas, hips padded
lightly. Very loose fitting. Pair, $1.00 i^ S^O. 80 Doz,
UNPADDED-FLY FRONT. LACED
White or black sateen. Pair, $1.25 -^ S^SJO Doz,
White or black sateen. " 1.00 -jit 10.80 Doz,
White or black sateen. " .75* 8.10 Doz.
White, black or gray jean. .50 ^ 5.40 Doz,
Stripes down sides of any of these pants.
Pair, extra, 25c. i^$2.70 Doz.
Spalding Full Length Tights
'No. lA. Best worsted, full fashioned. . Pair, $5.00
No. 605. Cut worsted. . . Pair, $3.00 * /JJ.^<^Z^^^.
No. 3A. Cotton, full quality. White, black or flesh.
Pair, $1.00 * $10.80Doz.
Spalding Score Cards for Ice Hockey
Designed by S. Trafford Hicks, former Captain Harvard Hockey Team. Dozen. 24c.
The prices printed in italics opposite items marked with * will be quoted only on orders for one-
half dozen or more at one time. Quantity prices NOT allowed on items NOT ^narked with •*
Eyeglass Protector
No.l.
No. 2.
No. 3.
No. 4.
No.5B
fROMPT ATTENTION Given TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDBESSED TO US
A.G.SPALDING &. BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOO! :
ftb^i lntgc(iJulj)J,J9li6. SdjtU (9 (hang* v)UhBu» Kiitii ftrCwdm priw w 9ml Cawliim Q(9lms»
ACCEPT NO
r THE SPALDING
SPALDING ..^iCi^U^cl^^^^^^ HOCKEY SKATES
Two styles, No. XXS with splayed blades and No. XXW with wide blades 5-32
mch. Both are of special treated Synthloy steel, hardened and tempered, verji
special polished, nickel-plated and buffed. Plates and other parts all extra
finely polished, nickel-plated and buffed. Sizes 91/2, 10, 10 1^, 11, 11%, 12 inches,
SPALDING
No. XXS. Spalding "Autograph*
Hockey Skates. (Extra Expert
Quality Hockey.) Splayed
blades Pair, $7.5<
No. XXW. Spalding "Autograph"
Hockey Skates. Wide blades,
5-32 inch Pair, $7.5C
Price for No. XXS or No. XXW
Skates, including Spalding No,
339 Shoes. Complete, attached
Pair, $12.5(
HOCKEY SKATES
Blades are of Synthloy steel, hardened and tempered,
very special polished, plated and buffed. Plates extra
fine polished, plated and buffed. Sizes 9 to 12 inches.
No. XXS or No. XXW "Autograph" Hockey
Skates fastened to Spalding Shoes No. 339.
Complete, Pair, $12.50
No. XHN. Spalding "Intercollegiate"
Expert Hockey Skate.
Spalding "Intercollegiate'
Expert Hockey Skates. NarroTH
blades, 3-32 inch Pair, $5.0(
"Intercollegiate** Hockey Skates No. XHW
fastened to Spalding Shoes No. 370, for
Women or Girls. Complete, Pair, $10.50
No. XHW. Same as No. XHN, excepi
wide blade, 5-32 inch Pair, $5.0C
We recommend following Skate Shoe Outfits:
Men's "IntercoUeg-iate" Hockey Outfit. Women's "IntercoUeg-iate" E o c k e 3
Including either No. XHN or No. Outfit. Including No. XHW SkateJ
XHW Skates, and No. 339 Shoes. and No. 370 Shoes. Complete, at-
Complete, attached Pair, $10.00 tached Pair, $10.5(
SPECIAL NOTICE. Ahove skates are huilt to be used on Men's Shoes No. 339, or Women's
Shoes No. 370, or some other style made similarly. They cannot be used to good advantage
on ordinary street shoes, nor with heavy skating shoes made with full heels*
PROMPT ATTENTION GIVEN TO I
ANY COMMUNICATIONS ,
ADDIIESSE0T0US.J1
A. G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVEB
OF THIS BOOK
^r<C0 <b tfftetJifySui^Jit^Suii^ to (hangc wilhoul w/im. For Canadian prieo fde iBeUtdSgnfdiW Cig'il&Xyfe
TTF THE SPALDING
TRADE-MARK "^Kll^^
QUALITY
COMBINATION SKATES
Blades of Synthite steel, hardened and tempered, extra finely pol-
I nickel-plated and buffed. Plates and other parts polished, plated and
Equally suitable for either hockey, rink or general skating. Sizes
gVa, 10, 101/2, 11, 111/2 inches Pair, $4.00
3 Outfit, Including "Challenge" Combina-
Skates No. XE, fastened to Spalding
i No. 332. Complete, Pair, $8.00
Challenge" Combination Skate.
We recommend following skate
shoe outfits:
Men's Outfit. Including No. XE
Skates and No. 332 Shoes. Com-
plete, attached Pair, $8.00
Women's Outfit. Including No. XE
Skates and No. 330 Shoes. Com-
plete, attached Pair, $8.00
vLDING ,,,/^^:c^...^^ HOCKEY SKATES
:. Blades of Synthite steel, hardened and tempered, extra finely pol-
, nickel-plated and buffed. Plates and other parts polished, plated and
'' Sizes 81/2, 9, 9%, 10, lOVa, 11, 111/2 inches Pair, $4.00
No. XK. Spalding "Hockey Club" Skate.
We recommend following skate shoe
outfits:
Men's Outfit. Including No. XK
Skates and No. 332 Shoes. Com-
plete, attached Pair, $8.00
Women's Outfit. Including No. XK
Skates and No. 330 Shoes. Com-
es Outfit. Including "Hockey Club" ^f^--^^ +To i^iV- -Soir- « q aa
tt^^o. XK, fastened to Spalding Shoes No. Pl^te, attached Pair, $8.00
Women or Girls. Complete, Pair, $8.00
iHENTION GIVEN TO
|!OMMyNiGATIONS>kJ
BRESSEli TO US *^1
A. G.SPALDING & BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
H INSIDE FRC^JT COVER
JETHIS BOOr - I
'Prica (it tSccl July 5,1916. Subject to change without notice. For Canadian pricet tec iptcid Cana^aa Cato/QfiKr
ACCEPT NO
SUBSTITUTE
ii!iKiyini]kMeii«
SPALDING o^a^/^^^i'^^^ SKATEsf
No. XS. Blades of special treated Synthloy ste
ened and tempered, specially polished, nick«
and buffed. Plates extra fine polislied, plat
buffed. Sizes 81/2 to 1 1 % inches Pair.
Men's "League'' Outfit, including "League
Hockey" Skates No. XS fastened to Spalding
Shoes No, 336. Complete, Pair. $11.00
No. XS. Spalding "League Hoc
We recommend followii
Shoe Outfits:
Men's "Leagrue" Outfit.
No. XS Skates and No.
Complete, attached. .Pai|
Women's "Leag-ue" Outfit.
inff No. XS Skates and^
Shoes, Complete, attached. .
SPALDING COMBINATION SKATES
Equally suitable for either hockey, rink or general skating. Sizes sup
in either Nos. XD or XC listed below: 8V2, 9, 91/2, 10, 101/2, 11, llVa in
Spalding* Arena Comliination Skate
No. XD. Blades of Laminal Steel,
hardened and tempered, very finely
polished, nickel-plated and buffed.
Plates and all parts nickel-plated
and buffed, tops finely polished.
Pair, $3.00
Spalding- Expert Combination S'^
No. XC. Similar in design to No^
but blades of Hykarbon steel, I3
ened and tempered, extra poll
nickel-plated and buffed. F»
nickel-plated and buffed. .Pair,
aiding No. XD Skale fastened to Spalding No.
2 Shoe, for Men. Complete Outfit, Skates and
Pair, $7.00
Style of lii'os. XD and XC Spalding Coiuliiiictuou Sk;
Outfits for Men or Boy«j
No. XD Skate attached to No,'
Shoes. Outfit complete, Pair, j
No. XC Skates instead attach]
No. 332 Shoes, outfit com)
Pair, 1
Outfits for Women or Girj
No. XD Skate attached to NoJ
Women's Shoe. This outfit
plete Pair, ,
No. XC Skates instead attach
No. 330 Women's Shoes, i-
complete Pair,
I PROMPT AnENTION GIVEN TO
I ANY COMMUNICATIONS -
H iJDDRESSEO TO US -
A. G.SPALDING &, BROS,
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES ,
FOR COMPUTE LIST OF
SE£ INSIDE FRONT C
OF THIS 6001
'pTioa (n <r/ec/ /u/y 5,1916. Subject to change without notice. For Canadian prices tee tpecial Canadian Ca(alogit(,
I1?r THE SPALDING
TRADE-MARK '"nlS^
QUALITY
?ALDING TUBULAR STEEL RACING SKATES
nade of special Swedish steel, hardened and tempered, tapered from
I at the toe to 1-32 inch at the heel. Toe and heel plates made of best
ardened steel, left full size, so they can be cut to fit shoe. Furnished
engths of blades, 14 ^^ and 15% inches. Foot plates arranged to fit
edium or large size shoe. Specify size of shoe worn, also length of
luired. Built for use with light racing shoes. No. 337 preferably. Our
!e will not cover if heavy hockey or skating shoes are used,
ial Orders we will supply the 14 1/2 -inch Tubular Racing Skates with
Toe and Heel Plates arranged to fit Women's or Boy's Shoes.
Used by the Champion Speed Skaters in All Their Races.
|g Tubular Racing Skate, No. TRN or
.A attached to Spalding No. 337 Shoe.
No. TBN. Spalding Tubular
Steel Racing Skates, polished,
Nickel-plated and buffed.
Pair, $9.00
No. TBN Skates, including No.
337 Shoes, attached.
Pair, $14.50
No. TBA. Spalding Tubular
Steel Racing Skates, alum-
inum finish Pair, $8.00
No. TBA Skates, including No.
337 Shoes, attached.
Pair, $13.50
LDING TUBULAR STEEL HOCKEY SKATES
We have been manufacturing
Tubular Hockey Skates now for
eleven years, each year putting in
some new improvement for the
benefit of the hockey player. Run-
ners of special treated Synthloy
steel, hardened and tempered, very
tough and absolutely the best ob-
tainable for the purpose. Sizes
No. TH Spalding Tubular Hockey Skate SVa, 10, 10%, 11, liy2, 12 inch foot
iched to Spalding No. 339 Shoe. length.
I. Spalding Tubular Steel No. TH Skates, including Spalding No.
;y Skates. Aluminum finish. 339 Shoes, complete, attached.
Pair, $7.00 Pair, $12.00
pENTIONeiVENTO
.'lOJlTIQNS
ESSED TO US ^
A.G.SPALDING &. BROS.
STORES IN^ALL LARGE CITIES
FDR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVEB
OF THIS BOOK
.^rtw in €^ec//u4> 5, /9/ei. Subj(x^ h chw^e without noUec Fof Canadian pricu lec tptcial Cai^aJian Oil<ilosuc
SI
3
subKe THE SPALDING
SPALDING
"SALCHOW MODEL" EXPERT FIGURE SKATE
Ulrich Salchow, world's champion figure skater, v
model skate that is recognized universally as the b
every particular for figure skating. This skate,
A. G. Spalding & Bros, have the exclusive right to
ket in the United States and Canada, is made in S^
under Mr. Salchow's personal direction. Every pai
itively passes under his own inspection.
No. SR Figure Skate. Men's. Salchow Moi
No. SB. Two-stanchion s
special welded constructioi
Ing the absolute rigidit
quired in a figure skate f
pert use. Best quality S^
steel, specially tempered 1
Round toes, with special
Sizes QVz, 10, lOVa, 11, 11
inches Pair,
No. SR Figure Skate, Salchow Model, attached
to Spalding No. 300 Shoe for Men. Complete
Outfit, Skates and Shoes. Pair, $25.00
The Salchow mark will be
upon every pair of Spaldini
SR and SRL. figure skates.
No. SBL. Similar style to I«
but made slightly lighter
women's sizes. Two stan<
round toes, special teeth.
Yz, 9, QVz, 10, 101/2 inch(
Pair,
A. G. Spalding & Bros, ha
exclusive right to market th
uine "Salchow Model"
Skates in the United Stat<
Canada.
PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO I
INY COMMUNICATIONS
4D0RESSE0 TO US '
A. G.SPALDING &, BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST
I «H INSIDE FR0N1
'^ OFTHISBQi
'Pr1ct*(ntfffclfu(jfS,l9l6, Subjtcl to chfingetelihout notice. For Canadian prito aee tptcial Cmadian CalalogiK,
gKTHESPALDING(«
•J^c?^?^*
TRAOEMARK'^=f
ALDING
SKATE AND SHOE OUTFITS
included in these special outfits are Spalding Combination model, equally suitable for
;r hockey nnk or general skating with blades of Hykarbon steel, hardened and tempered,
j:a polished, nickel-plated and buffed. As it is a specia' offer, skates and shoes in outfits listed
below, cannot be furnished separately.
SS4. Supplied in all sizes up to
ill%-inch skates. Shoes in this out-
fit are with heels, good quality
black calf, substantially made.
Pair, $5.00
No. SS3. Supplied in all sizes up to
11^4 -inch skate. Shoes in this out-
fit are without heels, good quality
black calf, well made. . . .Pair, $5.00
For Women
and Girls
o. SS2. Supplied in sizes larger than
size six shoes, and including size
11% -inch skate, attached. Shoes in
this outfit are without heels; black
calf Pair, $4.50
o. SSI. Supplied in sizes up to size
six shoes only, with skates to fit,
attached. Skates and shoes in $4.00
outfit are same as in Outfit No. SS2
except in the matter of sizes sup-
plied Pair, $4.00
No. SS5. Shoes in this outfit have
full heels and are of good quality
calf, in either tan or black. (Men-
tion which is desired when order-
ing.) Skates are combination model
equally suitable for either hockey,
rink or general skating. .Pair, $7.50
fROMPTtnENTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADOBESSEDTOUS j
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
i FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
■ OF THIS BOO!
'Prlsa(nx^e(tJt^Srl9l!6. SubjtU lo shangt teidmt ooUt*. For Canadian i>ri(Knce tfifciil Canadian Calaloguu
^S^Ke THE SPALDING
TRADE-MARK "^rAurf
SPALDING HOCKEY AND SKATING SHOES
No. 339
"Expert" Bacing* and Hockey Shoes
No. 337. Gotten up especially for
racing and is also just the thing
; for expert and particularly fast
hockey players. Fine quality kan-
garoo leather, very soft and pliable,
extremely light weight; reinforced
inside over ankle, laces low.
Blucher style. Special counter sup-
ports foot without tiring wearer.
Very light soles Pair, $5.50
We recommend these shoes for use with
Spalding Tubular Racing Skates, also with
any style racing skates made to he riveted
to shoes.
Spalding-
'Championsliip'
Shoes
Hockey
No. 339. This is a heavier weight
shoe than No. 337. Fine quality
calf. Reinforced inside over ankle.
Padded tongue. Special counter
supports ankle, instep and arch of
foot. Hard box toe special protec-
tion. Laces low. Blucher cut.
Large brass eyelets Pair, $5.0<]
Recommended particularly for use witl
Spalding Hockey Skates, regular and Tubu'
lar styles. Suitable also for use with anj
Canadian Pattern Hockey Skates.
No.
Spalding- Hockey Shoes
333. Made after the design of
our No. 337 Shoes, but differing in
quality of material and construc-
tion. Light weight and substan-
tially made Pair, $3.50
Can he used with any Canadian Pattern
Hockey or Racing Skates to be riveted on.
Spalding* Men's Skating- Shoes
No. 332. Made of good quality
leather, machine sewed. Padded
tongue. Full heels. Laces low,
Blucher cut; lined. Well con-
structed shoes Pair, .$4.0C
Recommended also for use with any regulai
Clamp Fastening Ice Skates.
PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS ^
ADDRESSED TO US ^\
A.G.SPALDING &, BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
m INSIDE FRONT COVEJt
OF THIS BOOK
'Pii(ttfntSf(lMlt5,l9l6, Sukltctlo change wllhoulnolict. Ftf Qmtdian pnca Kt ipedal ConaJim CttabgiK,
i
^S^E^^^^BBESB
SPALDING
" McNiece
Patent
Hand Made
Goal Stick
The best -
Goal Stick
on the
Market
The best Goal stick on the market. Hand made throughout,
from the best selected wood, built to the extreme height
of blade, as the laws of hockey allow, and by putting the
splices on both sides of the handle, it allows us to build on the
handle higher and still keep a perfect balance. The splices
are riveted on, and glued with the best waterproof glue.
Each $2.00
fT ATTENTION GIVEN TO
IT COMMUNICATIONS
ADORESSEDTOOS
A. G. SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS 0001
ES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE, For
tpecial CuiBaUn CatAlofue
ATHLETIC LrlBRARY
A separate book covers every Athletic Spo
/ and is Official and Standard
' Price 10 c^nts each
PARIS
ST.OUS ,0. SPALDING PAU^
ATHLETIC GOODS
ARE THE 5iTANDARD OF THE WORI
AG. Spalding ^ Bros
MAINTAIN WHOLESALE end RETAIL STORES .n th. FOLLOWING CH
NEW YORK CHICAGO ST.LOULS
BOSTON MILWAUKEE KANSAS CITY
PHILADELPHIA DETROIT SAN FRANCISCO
NEWARK CINCINNATI LOS ANGELES
ALBANY CLEVELAND SEATTLE
BUFFALO COLUMBUS SALTLAKECl
SYRACUSE ROCHESTER INDIANAPOLIS PORTLAND
BlLTmORE^'wASHlNOTON ^^^^SB^^^^ "^sT'pAu"
LONDON, ENGLAND T mn^vil T F DENVE
LIVERPOOL. ENGLAND . p^^w n rVe A N S DALL
BIRMINGHAM. ENGLAND ^^"^^^IrEAL CANAD
MANCHESTER, ENGLAND TORONTO CAN
BRISTOL. ENGLAND > PArTs FRAN
EDINBURGH. SCOTLAND ^^^^^^ Ius/ra
GLASGOW, SCOTLAND SYDNEY. AUSTRAl
G Spalding i Bros and^^er,
^ made or» located m the toll
YORK CHICAGO SAN F»ANClSCO ^^^^1^%^^
BROOKLYN BOSTON
PHILADELPHIA
I. No.6
R r i cell ul t c n
athlet;:
1 ^ /
/
\
CKET
UIDE
17-18
v/.
/
/
EDITED BY I
TOM HOWARD
COMPLETE LlNfc OF
ATHLETIC GOODS
IN THE FOLLOWING CITIES.
NEW YORK
1 1
CHICAGO
SAN FRANCISCO
D.»i.lo..n
21 land 217 So. Slate St
124-128 Nassau St
i>i.-. 523 Fifth Avenue
INDIANAPOLIS. IND.
OAKLAND. CAL.
NEWARK N. J
SEATTLE. WASH.
589 Broad Street
CINCINNATI. O.
1204 Second Avenue
LOS ANGELES. CAL.
PHILADELPHIA. PA.
CLEVELAND. O.
435 South Spring St.
1210 Chestnut Street
PORTLAND. ORE.
COLUMBUS. O.
SALT LAKE CITY. UTAH
197 South HIeh Street
27 E. 2l.d Soulh St.
PITTSBURGH. PA.
DETROIT. MICH.
ST. LOUIS. MO.
tiOS Wood Street
121 Woodward Ave.
415 North Seventh St.
BUFFALO. N. Y.
WASHINGTON, D. C.
KANSAS CITY. MO.
eil Main Street
613 14th Street, N.W.
1120 Grand Avenue
SYRACUSE. N. Y.
LOUISVILLE. KY.
MILWAUKEE. WIS.
357 So. Warren Street
328 West JelTerson St.
370 EasI Water Street
ROCHESTER. N. Y.
ATLANTA, GA.
DENVER. COL.
i 40 Clinton Ave., North
74 \. Broa. Street
622 Sixteenth Street
ALBANY, N. Y.
NEW ORLEANS. LA.
MINNEAPOLIS. MINN.
52 Slate Street
140 Caron„elet Street
52 Seventh St.. South
BALTIMORE, MD.
DALLAS. TEX.
ST. PAUL. MINN.
110 E. Baltimore SI
1503 Commerce Street
:;hB Minnesota Street
LONDON. ENGLAND
MANCHESTER. EVG.
MONTREAL. CANADA
317-31^.
4. Oxford Sk. and
369-71 Si. Clhtrlnt St.. W
Hich Holborn. W. C.
1. Lower Mosley St.
TORONTO. CANADA
BRISTOL. ENG.
29.Haymarket,S.W
42. Hieh Street
SYDNEY. AUSTRALIA
LIVERPOOL
EDINBURGH. SCOT.
204 Clarence Street
72, Lord Street
SSo.CharlotteSt. ..r r „ „v
PARIS. FRANCE
BIRMINGHAM. ENG.
GLASGOW. SCOTLAND
35 Boul>.;.rddnC.pi>CMa
New Street Bouse
68 Buchanan Street
27 Rue Tronchet
s dirccled 10 A. b. iPtLOINC * BROS.. a\ ant ul llic aliuvi
~ =1
i''i'
THE SPALDIM#
'JlillJIiJTriiiciE MARK',QlMlTy AND' SELLING POLICY ^COhlM^p
'"'"""the ,SOLlD.'F60^NDATiqN,„Gt THE SP^piNG;;BUSl'N
lllliiiiiiiiiiiii^iiiiiiiniiiiiiiii;;iii;iiiiii
lllllllliUji,'
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
SPALDING OFFICIAL ANNUALS
No. i. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE Price 10c
No. US. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE. (!§&) [ p^j.^ iq^
No. 2. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL FOOT BALL GUIDE Price 10c.
No. 6. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ICE HOCKEY GUIDE Price 10c.
No. 7. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASKET BALL GUIDE. . . . Price lOc.
No. 7A. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL WOMEN'S BASKET BALL GUIDE. Price lOc
No. 9. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL INDOOR BASE BALL GUIDE. . Price 10c.
No. 12A. SPALDING'S OlflCIAL ATHLETIC RULES Price lOr.
No. IR. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL ATHLETIC ALMANAC. . . Price 25c.
No. 3R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL GOLF GUIDE. . . . Price 25c.
No. 55R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL SOCCER FOOT BALL GUIDE. . Price 25c.
No. 57R. SPALDING'S LAWN TENNIS ANNUAL Price 25c.
No. 59R. SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL RECORD. . . . Price 25c.
Specially Bound Series ot Athletic Handbooks
Flexible binding. Mailed postpaid on receipt of 50 cents each
number.
STROKES AND SCIENCE OF I^AWST TENNIS
HOW TO TLAY GOI^F
HOW TO PLAY FOOT BALL
ART OF SKATING
(iKT WELL— KEEP WELL
HOW TO LIVE 100 YEARS
HOW TO WRESTLE
HOW TO PLAY LAWN TENNIS; HOW TO PLAY
TENNIS FOR BEGINNERS
BOXING
DUMB BELL EXERCISES
JIU JITSU
SPEED SWIMMING
W INTER SPORTS
HOW TO BOWL
HOW TO SWIM AND COMPETITIVE DIVING.
SCHOOL TACTICS A>TD MAZE RUNNING; CHIL-
DREN'S GAMES.
TEN AND TWENTY MINUTE EXERCISES
INDOOR AND OUTDOOR GYMNASTIC GAMES
SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASE BALL GUIDE
SPALDING'S OFFICIAL FOOT BALL GUIDE
SPALDING'S OFFICIAL BASKET BALL GUIDE
(iOLF FOR GIRLS
HOW TO PLAY BASE BALL; HOW TO UMPIRE;
HOW TO MANAGE A TEA3I, ETC.
SPALDING'S LAWN TENNIS ANNUAL
HOW TO PITCH; READY RECKONER OF BASE
BALL PERCENTAGES
HOW TO CATCH; HOW^ TO BAT
In addition to above, any 25 cent "Red Co\^r" book listed in
Spalding's Athletic Library will be bound m flexible binding for
50 cents each; or any two 10 cent " Green Cover or Blue Lover
books in one volume for 50 cents.
No
SOIL.
No
502L.
No
503L.
No
504 L.
No
.'jOoL.
No
506L.
No
507 L.
No
508L.
No.
509L.
No
51 OL.
No.
511L.
No.
512L.
No.
513L.
No.
.51 4L.
No.
515L.
No.
516L.
No.
51 :l.
No.
518L.
No
51 9L.
No.
520L.
No.
,52 IL.
No.
522L.
No.
523L.
No.
524L.
No.
525L.
No.
526L.
(Continued on the next page.)
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
No. 202
No. 219
No. 223
No. 224
No. 225
No. 226
No. 227
No. 228
No. 229
No. 230
No.
No. 232
No. 350
No. 355
No. 356
Groop 1. Base Ball
"Bltie Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 1 Spalding's Official Base Ball
Guide
No. IS Spalding's Official Base Ball
Guide. Spanish Edition.
How to Play Base Ball
Ready Reckoner of Base Ball
How to Bat [Percentages
How to Play the Outfield
How to Play First Base
How to Play Second Base
How to Play Third Base
How to Play Shortstop
How to Catch
How to Pitch
"How to Organize a Base Ball
League [Club
How to Organize a Base Ball
How to Manage a Base Ball
Club
How toTrain a Base BallTeam
How to Captain a Base Ball
How to Umpire [Team
, Technical Base Ball Terms
How to Run Bases
How to Score
Minor League Base Ball Guide
Official Book National League
of Prof. Base Ball Clubs
No. 9 Spalding's Official Indoor
Base Ball Guide
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. 59R. Official Base Ball Record
(including College records)
Group II. Foot Ball
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 2 Spalding's Official Foot Ball
Guide
No. 358 Official College Soccer Guide
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 39R. How to Play Soccer
No. 47R. How to Play Foot Ball
No. 55R. Spalding's Official Soccer
Foot Ball Guide
Group IIL Tennis
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 157 How to Play Lawn Tennis
No. 363 Tennis Errors and Remedies
"Green Cover" Series, eachnumber 10c.
No. IP. How to Play Tennis— For Be-
ginmers. By P. A. Vaile
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 2R. Strokes and Science of Lawn
Tennis [tralasia
Davis Cup Contests in Aus-
Spalding's Lawn Tennis
Annual
No. 42R.
No. B7R.
Group IV. Golf
"Green Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 2P. How to Learn Golf
"Red Cover" Series, each numher 25c.
No. 3R. Spalding's Official Golf
No. 4R. How to Play Golf [Guide
No. 63R. Golf for Girls
Group V. Basket Ball
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 7 Spalding's Official Basket Ball
Guide
No. 7a Spalding's Official Women's
Basket Ball Guide
No. 193 How to Play Basket Ball
Group VI. Skating and Winter Sports
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 6 Spalding's Official Ice Hockey
No. 14 Curling [Guide
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 8R. The Art of Skating
No. 20R. How to Play Ice Hockey
No. 28R. Winter Sports
No. 72R. Figure Skating for Women
Group VII. Field and Track Athletics
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 12a Spalding's Official Athletic
Rules
No. 27 College Athletics
No. 55 Official Sporting Rules
No. 87 Athletic Primer
No. 156 Athletes' Guide
No. 178 How to Train for Bicycling
No. 182 All Around Athletics
No. 255 How to Run 100 Yards
No. 302 Y. M. C. A. Official Handbook
No. 317 Marathon Running
No. 342 Walking for Health and Com-
petition
No. 362 Track, Relay and Cross Coun-
try Rules of the National
Collegiate Athletic Ass'n.
"Green Cover" Series, each numher 10c.
No. 3P. How to Become an Athlete
By James E. Sullivan
No. 4P. How to Sprint
"Red Cover " Series, each number 25c.
No. IR. Spalding's Official Athletic
Almanac
No. 17R. Olympic Games. Stockholm.
1912 [book
No. 45R. Intercollegiate Official Hand-
No. 48R. Distance and Cross Country
Running
No. 70R. How to Become a Weight
Thrower
(Continued on the next page.)
4NY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS MAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
SPALDING ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group VIII. School Athletics
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 246 Athletic Training for School-
No. 331 Schoolyard Athletics [boys
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 61R. School Tactics and Maze Run-
ning ; Children's Games
No. 66R. Calisthenic Drills and Fancy
Marching and Physical
Training for the School
and Class Room
No. 71R. Public Schools Athletic
League Official Handbook
Group IX. Water Sports
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 128 How to Row
No. 129 Water Polo [Guide
No. 361 Intercollegiate Swimming
"Red Cover ' ' Series, each num,ber 25c.
No. 36R. Speed Swimming
No. 37R. How to Swim and Competi-
tive Diving
No. 60R. Canoeing and Camping
Pf Ann Y Athletic Games for
uroup A. ^^j^g^ ^^ jj.j.j^
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 7a Spalding's Official Women's
Basket Ball Guide
No. 314 Girls' Athletics
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 38R. Field Hockey
No. 41R. Newcomb
No. 63R. Golf for Girls
No. 69R. Girls and Athletics
Group XI. Lawn and Field Games
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 167 Quoits
No. 170 Push Ball
No. 180 Ring Hockey
No. 199 Equestrian Polo
No. 201 How to Play Lacrosse
No. 207 Lawn Bowls
"Red Cover " Series, each number, 25c.
No. 6R. Cricket, and How to Play It
Group XII. Miscellaneous Games
"Blue Cover" Series, each number 10c.
No. 13 American Game of Hand Ball
No. 364 Volley Ball
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 43R. Archery, R o q u e , Croquet,
English Croquet, Lawn Hockey.
Tether Ball. Clock Golf, Golf-Croquet.
Hand Tennis, Hand Polo, Wicket
Polo, Badminton, Drawing Room
Hockey. Garden Hockey. Basket
Goal, Volley Ball Rules and Pin Ball
No. 49R. How to Bowl
No. 50R. Court Games
Group XIII. Manly Sports
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 191 How to Punch the Bag
No. 282 Roller Skating Guide
Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. IIR. Fencing Foil Work lUustrat-
No. 19R. Professional Wrestling [ed
No. 21R. Jiu Jitsu
No. 25R. Boxing
No. 30R. The Art of Fencing
No. 65R. How to Wrestle
Group XIV. Calisthenics
' 'Red Cover" Series, each number 25e.
No. lOR. Single Stick Drill
No. 16R. Team Wand Drill
No. 22R. Indian Clubs and Dumb
Bells and Pulley Weights
No. 24R. Dumb Bell Exercises
No. 73R. Graded Calisthenics and
Dumb Bell Drills
Group XV. Gymnastics
"Blue Cover" Series, ecu;h number lOc.
No. 124 How to Become a Gymnast '
No, 254 Barnjum Bar Belt Drill
No. 287 Fancy Dumb Bell and March-
ing Drills
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 14R. Trapeze, Long Horse and
Rope Exercises
No. 34R. Grading of Gym. Exercises
No. 40R. Indoor and Outdoor Gym-
nastic Games
No. 52R. Pyramid Building
No. 56R. Tumbling for Amateurs and
Ground Tumbling
No. 67R. Exercises on the Side Horse:
Exercises on the Flying
Rings.
No. 68R. Horizontal Bar Exercises ;
Exercises on Parallel Bars
Group XVI. Home Exercising
"Blue Cover " Series, each number 10c.
No. 161 Ten Minutes' Exercise for
No. 185 Hints on Health [Busy Men
No. 325 Twenty-Minute Exercises
"Red Cover" Series, each number 25c.
No. 7R. Physical Training Simplified
No. 9R. How to Live 100 Years
No. 23R. Get Well ; Keep Well
No. 33R. Tensing Exercises
No. 51R. 285 Health Answers
No. 54R. Medicine Ball Exercises,
Indigestion Treated by Gymnastics,
Physical Education and Hygiene
No. 62R. The Care of the Body
No. 64R. Muscle Building ; Health by
Muscular Gymnastics
ANY OF THE ABOVE BOOKS HAILED POSTPAID UPON RECEIPT OF PRICE
u*ao>M
1, Morris; 2, Carpenter; 3, Walter; 4, Wilson; 5, Holmes; 6, Pete Muldoon,
Mgr. ; 7, Foyston; 8, Rowe,
SEATTLE (WASH.) METROPOLITANS,
Champions Pacific Coast Hoi-koy Association and HoWors of Stauhiy Cup,
Emblematic Professional Cbampiouship of tbe World.
zzn
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY
Group VI. No. 6
Official
V
Ice Hockey Guide
1918
EDITED BY
THOMAS A. HOWARD
PUBLISHED BY
AMERICAN SPORTS PUBLISHING CO.
45 Rose Street, New York
Copyright, 1917, by American Sports Publishing Company.
• •
'b
THOMAS A. HOWARD,
Editor Spalding's Official Ice Hockey Guide.
lU>' {
Contents
PAGE
•American Amateur Hockey League 5
All- Amateur League Selection 10
New York and Boston Inter-City Ladies' Matches 13
Schoolboy Hockey in Greater New York 15
Long Island Interscholastic League 16
Intercollegiate Hockey 19
Ice Hockey in Boston ■. 25
Ice Hockey in New York State 29
Ice Hockey Around Newark, N. J 31
Ice Hockey in Pittsburgh 33
Ice Hockey in Detroit 35
Ice Hockey in the Chicago District 37
Chicago Hockey Association 39
High School Hockey in the Central West 40
Ice Hockey in Philadelphia 41
Ice Hockey in Milwaukee 43
Ice Hockey at University of Wisconsin 44
Ice Hockey in the Twin Cities 45
Girls' Hockey at University of Minnesota 47
Ice Hockey in San Francisco 49
Ice Hockey in Los Angeles 52
Ice Hockey in Seattle « S3
Stanley Cup Series 55
Stanley Cup Winners 57
Allan Cup Winners '. 57
Dental Hockey Club, Toronto 57
National Hockey Association of Canada 59
Ice Hockey in Montreal 63
Ontario Hockey Association Champions 68
..Ladies' Hockey in Canada 69
^^aws of Hockey, American Amateur Hockey League 71
United States Intercollegiate Hockey Laws 80
Laws of Hockey, National Hockey Association of Canada (Professional) 84
Articles of Alliance Amateur Athletic Union-International Skating
Union ^^
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
A. A. H. L. Plans for 1917*18
At a meeting of the Amateui- Hockey League at the Crescent A.C.
of Brooklyn on November 15 the Boston A. A. representative made the
announcement that his organization surely would put a team on the ice
this season, and that in all probability the Boston Hockey Club also
would have a team in action.
The Boston delegate's encouraging news promptly decided the local
hockey authorities to "pool" Brooklyn and New York interests as far
as inter-city matches were concerned. Whenever Boston goes to New
York they will have to face aii "All New I'ork" team made ui) of the
pick of the NeV York and Brooklyn teams.
As the Crescent A.C. team, which will represent Brooklyn, is com-
posed chiefly of veterans well above the draft age, the league voted
to allow substitutions and resubstitutious of players. This will enable
Bill Dobby, Art Lifliton and other famous old New Moon stars to leave
the ice to get their wind back just as often as they wish. It will
speed up the play and put more dash into it.
Free substitution of players further was made necessary by the
decision to play six men teams. Shortage of players forced the cut.
Six-man hockey is fine for professionally trained teams but is too
strenuous for amateurs. By permitting players to leave and re-enter
the game at will the league hopes to make six-man hockey less
strenuous
George Hallock, Jr., of the Crescent A.C. resigned from the presi-
'dency of the Amateur Hockey League, and Dr. Robert J. Bell, chairman
of the athletic committee of the Crescent A.C, was elected his
successor.
The principal business transacted at the convention was to change
the constitution of the Amateur Hockey League so as to meet war
conditions. The following amendment was passed :
Resolved, That the constitution be amended by adding the following
section to Article XI :
Section 2. During the pendency of any war in which the United
States of America may be engaged, the annual convention or any
special convention or meeting of the league shall have power to sus-
pend during pendency of such war the operation of the whole or any
part of this constitution, and shall have power to do any and all acts
necessary for the conduct of the affairs of the league.
According to the statements made by the delegates, the following is
a pai-tial list of prominent hockey players now with the colors :
Lioutenant Hobey Baker, who is flying in France with the American
Aviation Corps ; Russell Ellis, sub-lieutenant in the English Aviation
Corps, now undergoing instruction abroad ; Ensign Charles Dickey,
U.S.N. ; Lieutenant William P. Willetts. First Aviation Corps, Mineola,
and Lieutenants Eric Killner, Marshall Peabody, Charles .Jewett, Carl
Oreene and Walton Cox of the United States Reserves.
The Hockey Club has lost Ernie Garon, who is abroad with the
American Ambulance Coitds ; Rege Young, who is with Squadron A,
and Tom and Jack Howard, both of whom are in the Naval Reserves.
Joe Brooks, the Irish-American A.C. coach, is with the American expe-
ditionary forces in France, Baton and MacDonnell with the Canadian
army in France. ^ . . ^ t, . tt t
It is said that practically all of the Boston A.A. and Boston Hockey
Club players are also in service.
i
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBBABY.
American Amateur Hockey League
Bt Louis db Casanova, Bbooklyn.
It has been contended in some quarters that the American Amateur
Hockey League is not a national governing body. Such is not the
fault of the organization. In a small way it has done what it could
to promote and foster the pastime in the United States. Throughout
the country the rules of the Amateur Hockey League are followed,
and time and again its secretary has been called upon to settle ques-
tions that have cropped up in various sections of the United States.
The organization has been perfectly willing to expand. Unfortu-
nately, expansion has been rather diflacult. Still the first steps were
taken last winter. Instead of having a double round robin for the
championship that took in the New York and Boston teams, the league
established two sections, and the leaders of each division played
championship series at the end of 'the regular playing season.
Boston principally was responsible for the innovation. The manage-
ment of fhe Boston Arena stated that it did not have enough cham-
pionship hockey games during the winter. Still it was impossible to
give the Arena more games, as the New York teams found considerable
difficulty in making trips from one to the other city.
The Boston Arena Hockey Club never had been in the league, not-
withstanding the fact that the organization had one of the best hockey
teams in the country. It was suggested that the team be admitted
and that the Boston clubs play one round robin and the New York
teams another for the championship of their respective districts. The
idea met with favor and at first it was thought that there would be
four teams in each section.
The New York sevens represented the Crescent Athletic Club oi
Brooklyn, the St. Nicholas Hockey Club, the Irish-American Athletic
Club and the Hockey Club of New York. The Boston teams suggested
were the Boston Athletic Association, the Harvard Club of Boston,
the Arena Hockey Club and the Boston Hockey Club. The last named
club had not played during the winter of 1915-16. At the last
moment, the Harvard Club withdrew, leaving only three teams in the
Boston championship series.
The opening of the Brooklyn Ice Palace permitted the Crescent
Athletic Club to organize a team of remarkable strength. It had no
great difficulty in running away with the metropolitan title. The
Irish-American Athletic Club finished second. The Boston series ended
in a tie between the Arena Hockey Club and the Boston Athletic Asso-
ciation, the former winning the district championship in the play-off.
In the post-season games among the two leading teams of each
district the Boston Athletic Association turned the tables on the Arena
Club, winning the inter-city league championship. The Crescent
Athletic Club finished second. Then came the Boston Arena Club.
The championship was only decided after considerable bickering, par-
ticularly in New York. There were two players in the Irish-American
Athletic Club whose amateur standing was questioned. Neither could
prove to the satisfaction of the governing committee that they were
entitled to represent the organization.
The disqualification started a tempest in a teapot. The Irish-
American Athletic Club at once protested practically every other player.
Matters reached such a stage that the Crescent Athletic Club refused
to take to the ice in its game against the Irish-American Athletic Club.
It was the first time in the history of the league that a team had
refused to play a game. Later the contest was ordered replayed and
the New Mooners had no great difficulty in winning.
I
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LlBEARlT.
SCORES OF NEW YORK PRELIMINARY ROUND.
Jan. 9 Irish-American A.C 3
12 Crescent A.C 6
17 Hockey Club 4
19 Crescent A.C 9
24 Irish-American A.C 3
26 Crescent A.C 5
30 Irish-American A.C 4
Feb. 1 St. Nicholas S.C 2
8 Hockey Club 3
20 Crescent A.C 7
21 St. Nicholas S.C 4
24 Crescent A.C 5
•Extra period games.
Hockey Club 2*
St. Nicholas 1
St. Nicholas 3*
Irish-American A.C.... 2
St. Nicholas 2*
Hockey Club 1
Hockey Club 3
Crescent A.C 1*
St. Nicholas S.C 0
Hockey Club 4
Irish-American A.C... 3*
Irish-American A.C 1
At New York
At New York
At New York
At Brooklyn
At New York
At New York
At New York
At Brooklyn
At New York
At Brooklyn
At New York
At New York
FINAL STANDING OF NEW YORK TEAMS IN PRELIMINARY ROUND.
Club. Won. Lost.
Crescent Athletic Club 5 1
Irish-American Athletic Club... 3 3
Hockey Club 2 4
St. Nicholas S.C 2 4
PC.
SCORES OF BOSTON PRELIMINARY ROUND.
Jan. 6 Boston A. A 3
10 Boston A. A 4*
17 Arena H.C 5
20 Arena H.C 4
24 Boston A.A 5
31 Boston H.C 8
Feb. 7 Boston A.A 4
14 Arena H.C 3
17 Arena H.C 5*
22 Arena H.C 2
•Extra period games.
FINAL STANDING OF BOSTON TEAMS IN PRELIMINARY ROUND.
f Goals X
Club. Won.- Lost. PC. For. Against.
Arena Hockey Club 5 2 .714 24 21
Boston Athletic Association 4 3 .571 23 20
Boston Hockey Club 1 5 .167 20 26
Arena H.C 0
Boston H.C 3
Boston H.C 2
Boston H.C 2
Boston H.C 3
Arena H.C 5
Boston H.C 3
Boston H.C 1
Boston A.A 4
Boston A.A 1
FINAL ROUND.
The two preliminary series having been played in New York and
Boston, respectively, the teams entitled to contest for the league cham-
pionship were the Arena Hockey Club and the Boston Athletic Asso-
ciation, representing the Hub, and the Crescent Athletic Club and the
Irish-American Athletic Club, representing the metropolis. Twelve
games were scheduled, extending from February 27 to March 24.
The first game in the final series took place at
St. Nicholas Rink, New York, on February 27.
Action was the keynote of the contest, a large and
enthusiastic crowd cheering their favorites.
The first game of the series at Boston took place
on February 28. In the preliminary round the
Arenas seemed to be the ''jinx" of the B.A.A.,
defeating them three times, but this time the spell
did not work.
Brooklyn was the scene of the next contest, the
Ice Palace, on March 3, being packed with a crowd
that showed its appreciation of one of the fastest
games of the season.
Crescent A.C.
5
Irish-Am. A.C.
2
Boston A.A.
1
Arena H.C.
0
Crescent A.C.
3
Boston A.A.
1
CORNELIUS FELLOWES,
Director St. Nicholas Rink, New York City
Rembrandt, Photo.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
9
Boston A. A.
10
Irish-Am. A.O.
2
Arena H.C.
2
Crescent A.C.
0
Boston A. A.
5
Arena H.C.
1
Crescent A.C.
10
Irish-Am. A.C.
4
Arena H.C.
2
Irish-Am. A.C.
1
Boston A. A.
3
Crescent A.C.
2
Boston A. A.
8
Irish-Am. A.C.
Crescent A.C.
2
Arena H.C.
1
The Irish-American A.C. were the first to visit
Boston in the inter-city series, the game taking
place on March 10. The New Yorkers seemed lost
on the big ice surface of the Arena.
Brooklyn Ice Palace was also the scene of an
inter-city clash on the same day, March 10, the
Crescents meeting the Arena Hockey Club. Both
on attack and defense the playing of the Boston
team was unfathomable.
The two Boston teams met at home on March
14. While the B.A.A. offense was up to a high
mark, nevertheless Donohue's work at goal kept
numerous attempts at scoring on the part of the
Arena team from being successful.
This was a one-sided affair, played at the Ice
Palace. March 14, The Crescents were never in
danger and practically scored at will.
In honor of the day, March 17, the Irish-Amer-
icans put up their best exhibition of the season, at
St. Nicholas Rink, the game being full of excite-
ment from start to finish and going into an extra
period.
The largest crowd of the season turned out at
the Boston Arena on March 17 to see the B.A.A.
team and the Crescents, and were not disappointed
in their expectations of a good game. The second
period ended, 2 — 2, and it required 17 minutes and
47 seconds for the exti'a session.
By defeating the Irish-American team at St.
Nicholas Rink, on March 24, the Boston Athletic
Association representatives again annexed the cham-
pionship of the American Amateur Hockey League
for the second successive time.
While the B.A.A. team was clinching its claim
to the championship title in New York, the Crescent
A.C. representatives were defeating the Arena
Hockey Club at Boston, on March 24.
The results of games played in the final round of the American
Amateur Hockey League championship series were as follows :
Mar
27
28
3
3
10
10
14
14
17
17
24
24
♦Game postponed,
poriod games.
Crescent A.C
Boston A. A
5
1
3
Boston A. A
Arena H.C
10
2
Boston A. A
... 5
Crescent A.C
Arena H.C
Boston A. A
Crescent A.C
Boston A. A
10
2
3
2
8
SCORES OF FINAL ROUND.
Irish-American A.C.
Arena H.C
Boston A. A
Irish-American A.C...
Irish-American A.C,
Crescent A.C
Arena H.C
Irish-American A.C,
Irish-American A.C,
Crescent A.C
Arena H.C
Irish-American A.C,
At New York
At Boston
■At Brooklyn
At Boston
At Boston
At Brooklyn
At Boston
At Brooklyn
At New York
At Boston
At Boston
At New York
and, not affecting the result, finally cancelled. tExtra
FINAL STANDING. ^
Club. Won. Lost. PC.
Boston Athletic Association 5 1 .833
Crescent Athletic Club 4 2 .667
Arena Hockey Club 2 3 .400
Irish-American Athletic Club... 0 5 .000
10
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
ALL-AMATEUR LEAGUE TEAM, 1916-17.
By Tom Howard.
Goal Smart St. Nicholas
Point Skilton Boston A.A.
Cover point Heff erman Crescent
Rover Roach Crescent
Center Osgood Boston A.A.
Left wing Conley Boston Arena
Right wing McCarthy Crescent
Name and Club.
Hutchinson, Boston A.A 6
Conway, Crescents 6
McCarthy, Crescents 6
Osgood, Boston A.A 7
Roach, Crescents 6
Desjardins, Crescents 6
Sequin, Irish-American A.C 6
Smith, Irish-American A.C 6
O'Sullivan, Arena H.C 7
Nowell, Arena H.C 6
Synnott, Arena H.C 7
Conley, Arena H.C 6
Britton, Hockey Club* 6
Jewett, St. Nichols* 5
Peabody, St. Nicholas* 6
Huntington, Boston A.A 6
Skilton, Boston A.A 4
Downing, Boston A.A 4
I. Small, Arena H.C 5
Smart, Boston H.C* 5
Clififord, Boston H.C* 6
Hicks, Boston H.C* 6
Young, Hockey Club* 6
T. Howard, Jr., Hockey Club* 4
J. Howard, Hockey Club* 4
Heffernan, Crescents 2
Prendergast, Boston H.C* 4
Tuck, Boston A.A 4
Ridout, Irish-American A.C 4
Harmon, Irish-American A.C 1
O'Keefe, Hockey Club* 3
Doty, Boston H.C* 6
Jones, Boston A.A 7
Garon, Irish- American A.C 2
Brady, Irish-American A.C 0
Kilner, St. Nicholas* 5
Morgan, St. Nicholas* 2
Browne, Crescents 6
Powers, Irish-American A.C 4
Abrahams, Irish-American A.C... 5
Dufresne, Irish- American A.C 5
Claflin, Boston H.C* 5
Healy, Arena H.C 2
Sands, Boston A.A 3
•Team not in final round.
INDIVIDUAL RECORDS.
Prelim. Round. Final
Games. Goals.
Games
Round.
. Goals.
11
8
5
6
4
2
3
4
0
1
1
1
Total.
Games. Groals.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRABY.
Name and Club.
INDIVIDUAL RECORDS— (Continued).
Prelim. Round. Final Round.
Games. Goals. Games. Goals.
Stearns, Boston A. A 10 0
P. Wanamaker, Arena H.0 10 0
Myra, Arena H.O '. 2 0 3
Harlow, Arena H.O 10 0
Storey, Arena H.O 10 0
Shaughnessy, Arena H.O 3 0 2
Lombard, Boston H.O.* 2 0 —
Hagen, Boston H.O,* 2 0 —
Phillips, Boston H.O.* 10 —
Livermore, Irish-American A.G.... 10 0
Cleary, Hockey Club* 4 0 —
King, Hockey Club* 3 0 —
White, Crescents 4 0 0
Von Bernuth, St. Nicholas* 6 0 —
Greene, St. Nicholas* 10 —
ConkUn, St. Nicholas* 5 0 —
Fredricks, Hockey Club* 2 0 —
Hewitt, Irish-American A.C 2 0 0
Dickey, St. Nicholas* 4 0 —
Amy, Hockey Club* 10 —
Noonan, Hockey Club* 2 0 —
ElUs, St. Nicholas* 10 —
McGrath, Irish-American A.C 10 0
Gordon, Hockey Club* 10 —
GOALKEEPERS.
Donohue, Boston A.A 6 0 6
Mitchell, Crescents 6 0 6
N. Small, Arena H.O 7 0 5
Woods, Irish- American A.C 5 0 5
Lewis, Hockey Club* 6 0 —
Mackay, Boston H.C.* 6 0 —
Smart, St. Nicholas* 4 0 —
Cole, St. Nicholas* 2 0 —
*Team not in final round.
CHAMPIONSHIP WINNERS.
Total.
Games. Goals.
1 0
1907-08— Crescent Athletic Club.
1908-09— New York Athletic Club.
1909-10— New York Athletic Club.
1910-11— Crescent Athletic Club.
1911-12— Crescent Athletic Club.
1912-13— Hockey Club of New York.
1913-14— St. Nicholas Skating Club.
1914-15— St. Nicholas Skating Club.
1915-16— Boston A.A.
1916-17— Boston A.A.
1896-97— New York Athletic Club.
1897-98— New York Athletic Club.
1898-99— Brooklyn Skating Club.
1899-1900— Crescent Athletic Club.
1900-01— Crescent Athletic Club.
1901-02— Crescent Athletic Club.
1902-03— Crescent Athletic Club.
1903-04— Wanderers Hockey Club.
1904-05— Crescent Athletic Club.
1905-06— Orescent Athletic Club.
1906-07— St. Nicholas Skating Club.
SCORES OP SPECIAL EVENTS IN NEW YORK, BROOKLYN AND
BOSTON, 1916-17.
Dec. 16, 1916— Boston A.A. 6, Harvard 0 At Boston Arena
Dec. 19— Princeton 6, St. Paul's School 1 At St. Nicholas Rink
Dec. 20— Harvard 7, Boston H.O 2 At Boston Arena
Dec. 22— Yale 4, St. Nicholas S.O. 2 At St. Nicholas Rink
Dec. 30 — Crescent A.C. 5, Queen's Univ., 1 At St. Nicholas Rink
Jan. 2, 1917— Boston A.A. 5, Princeton 2 At Boston Arena
Jan. 4— Irish-American A.C. 6, Loyola Coll., Montreal, 3.. At St. Nicholas Rink
Jan. 27— Harvard 5, Queen's University 1 At Boston Arena
Feb. 9— Crescent A.C. 6, Quaker City 1 At St. Nicholas Rink
Feb. 10— Harvard 4, McGill University 0 At Boston Arena
Mar. 10— Aura Lee, Toronto, 2; St. Nicholas S.O. 1 At St. Nicholas Rink
Mar. 12— Crescent A.C, 6, Aura Lee 0 At St. Nicholas Rink
Mar. 30— Crescent A.C. 7, Montreal Stars 2 At Brooklyn Ice Palace
Mar, 31— Montreal Stars 10, Crescent A.C, 7 , At Brooklyn Ice Palac©
=1
faSk[:fd i-^\^' ^
1 i lf■i'-^*^. '^
M^s£
e
■&
»
^ ^ :^l^^!-3Mfcl
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 13
Ladies' Hockey
NEW YORK AND BOSTON INTERCITY MATCHES.
Since last year's issue of the Guide was published ice hockey for
women has come to the fore very rapidly. There is hardly a rink of
importance in the country in which hockey games for women have not
been staged, and in several instances inter-city matches have been
played. New York had its representatives, with headquarters at St.
Nicholas Rink, and the Boston players hailed from the Arena. These
teams played several home-and-home games, while the Boston women
journeyed to Pittsburgh to meet the women of the latter city on the
Duquesne Gardens ice. Of course, Canada had its usual play — women
have been playing hockey in the Dominion for some years — the Eastern
Ladies' Hockey Association being the principal organization, the results
of the tournament of 1917 being listed in the chapter on "Ladies'
Hockey in Canada."
While probably many spectators were attracted to the games with
the expectation of seeing a burlesque or travesty of the game, they
were agreeably — or otherwise — disappointed, as the contests were
played earnestly and by girls who could skate, and although neces-
sarily they did not approach the scientific game that we are led to
expect from men, nevertheless it proves that ice hockey is a game that
women can play. At schools where ice is available it should prove an
acquisition to the list of outdoor pastimes.
The results of inter-citv matches between the St. Nicholas Girls'
Hockey Club and the Boston Girls' Hockey Club were as follows :
The first game was played at the Arena, Boston, on March 22, and
although the New York girls were the better skaters, they nevertheless
lost, 3 — 2. Three ten-minute periods were played.
The second contest took place at St. Nicholas Rink, New York, on
March 24, and was the first public hockey game in which women were
the contestants ever played in New York. As before, the New York
girls showed better skating ability while the Boston players were per-
haps more expert in the technique of the game. Neither side scored
in the first half, the periods being of twelve minutes' duration, but
shortiv after the beginning of the second period Miss Elsie Muller, the
fast skating rover of the New York team, managed to score a goal,
which proved to be the only one of the evening. ^,, , , „, ,
The third and deciding contest took place at St. Nicholas Rink on
March 31, and the game resulted in a 3 — 2 victory for the New York
"•iris Goals were scored by Misses Madeline McNamara, Elsie Muller
and ' Ruth Loos for New York. The Boston scorers were Misses
Gertrude Hawkes and Agnes Seamons. Miss Mildred Springer and
Violet Freese, the New York point and cover point, were especially
vigilant in frustrating attempts at goal.
As a matter of record we append herewith the names of the players
who participated in the three games :
New York— Miss Mann. Miss Loos. Miss Westervelt, Miss Springer,
Miss Sargent, Miss Freese, Miss Muller, Miss G. McNamara and Miss
M. McNamara. Coach, Mrs. Tom Howard.
Boston— Miss O'Donohue, Miss Doucette, Miss Campbell, Miss Gold-
berg Miss Denesha, Mrs. Conley, Miss Hawkes, Miss Shooban and Miss
Seaiuons. Coach, Mr. Harry Denesha.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBBABY. 15
Schoolboy Hockey in Greater New York
By Louis de Casanova, Beooklyn.
People who have the Interest of hockey at heart realize that the
future of the game depends upon the rising generation. For the first
time In many seasons, the Greater City had a real schoolboy hockey
league.
The building of the Brooklyn Ice Palace was responsible for the
novelty. Long before the rink was finished, William Dobby, the
veteran player of the Crescent Athletic Club, was hard at work
organizing a schoolboy hockey league. Unfortunately, New York Is
such a large city that it was absolutely impossible to take all the
metropolitan schools Into the organization. Therefore It was limited to
schools of Brooklyn and Long Island.
Originally eight schools entered teams In the championship series.
They were Manual Training High School, Erasmus Hall High School,
Commercial High School, Boys' High, Poly Prep and St. John's Prep,
all Brooklyn organizations, and Flusliing High and Jamaica High
Schools, institutions on Long Island. With the exception of Poly Prep,
that withdrew before the season started, the teams all played an
exceptionally close series for the title.
Through Dr. R. J. Bell, chairman of the Athletic Committee of the
Crescent Athletic Club, the organization offered two sets of medals for
the championship series. The championship was decided on a point
system. A win gave a team two points and a tie game counted as a
point for each seven. At the beginning of the playing season It
looked as though Flushing was going to win the first medals. As the
year advanced. Manual Training High School did better and better
and finally won. Erasmus also beat out flushing for second position.
Not only did Manual Training win the first set of medals offered by
the Crescent Athletic Club, but it also captured a dozen sticks put up
as prizes by Mr. T. A. Howard, editor of the Spalding Hockey Guide.
The Howard sticks were given to the team that scored the greatest
number of goals during the championship series. Manual Training had
no great difficulty In annexing the prize.
It cannot be said that the youngsters knew very much about the
game at the beginning of the season. It was astonishing how they
picked It up. Each institution was coached by a player of the Ama-
teur Hockey League and there was considerable rivalry among the
older men over the developing of the teams. Although the New York
sevens would have been badly defeated by St. Paul's School of Concord,
N. H., or the other institutions that have had squads for years, they
Were playing fairly satisfactory schoolboy hockey by the first of March.
Several of the lads developed In a remarkable manner. Among the
goals, Awad of Commercial and L. Hughes of St. John's Prep did the
best work. Alford of Flushing and Bastress of Jamaica were the best
of the point players. Captain Demonet of Manual and Loth of Com-
mercial were considered the pick of the cover points, the former playing
great hockey throughout.
Phillips of Manual was the star rover of the schoolboy world. If he
sticks to the game he should be numbered among the best In the coun-
try. Another good rover was MoJle of Erasmus. Vincent Betting of
Erasmus captured the center honor.s. Another good center was Murtha
of Flushing. At the left end of tlie line, Walter MacPhee, considered
one of the best schoolboy athletes in Brooklyn, was the best of the lot.
He went to Erasmus. McMurrer of St. John's Prep also played well
on the end of the line.
3oals ,
Lost.
Tied.
For.
Against. Points.
0
1
20
3 11
1
1
19
6 9
1
2
17
10 8
1
3
10
7 7
2
2
6
11 6
5
0
8
17 2
6
0
1
27 0
16 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
The best right wing among the schoolboys was Belyea of Manual.
Pickelles of Flushing also did well on the right end of the line. Belyea
and MacPhee were the star goal shooters of the league. The former
made nine and the latter eight goals during the championship series.
Phillips also did well In the scoring way. A record of the season
follows :
School. Won.
Manual 5
Erasmus 4
Flushing 3
Commercial 2
Jamaica 2
St. John's Prep 1
Boys' High 0
LONG ISLAND INTERSCHOLASTIC HOCKEY LEAGUE.
Walter MacPhee of Erasmus Hall High School was elected presi-
dent of the Long Island Interscholastic Hockey League at the annual
meeting of the organization held at the Brooklyn Ice Palace, Novem-
ber 1, 1917. Fred B. Mohle, also of Erasmus, is the new secretary-
treasurer of the league.
The league is made up of eight public and private schools on Long
Island. They are Erasmus Hall High School, Boys' High School,
Commercial High School, New Utrecht High School, all iu Brooklyn,
.Jamaica (L. I.) High School, Flushing (L. I.) High School, and
Poly Prep, a private school in Brooklyn.
Last year the Crescent Athletic Club offered two sets of medals for
the schoolboy series. This winter the Amateur Hockey League will
give the prizes. It is possible that the Crescent Athletic Club may
give a banner or a cup to the winning school and Tom Howard, the
hockey authority and Editor of the Guide^ will give one dozen hand-
made hockey sticks as one of the prizes for the championship series.
Last year Mr. Howard gave a similar prize, the sticks going to the
team scoring the greatest number of goals during the season.
It has been decided to award the sticks differently this season.
Prom the total number of goals scored will be subtracted the total
number of goals registered against a team, the prizes going to the
school that has the best total at the end of the year. This method
takes into consideration the defense as well as the offense of the teams.
The Public Schools Athletic League will take the records of the high
school teams in the Long Island Interscholastic League in awarding
its hockey championship for the coming season.
The official schedule of the Long Island Interscholastic Hockey
League for the season of 1917-18 is as follows : December 21 — Flush-
ing vs. Manual, Jamaica vs. Erasmus. December 28 — Poly vs. Com-
mercial, New Utrecht vs. Boys' High. January 4 — Flushing vs.
Jamaica, Manual vs. Erasmus. January 11 — Poly vs. New Utrecht,
Commercial vs. Boys' High. January 18 — Flushing vs. Erasmus,
Manual vs. Jamaica. January 25 — ^Poly vs. Boys' High, Commercial
vs. New Utrecht. February 1 — Flushing vs. Poly, Manual vs. Boys'
High. February 8 — Jamaica vs. New Utrecht, Erasmus vs. Commercial.
February 15 — Flushing vs. Boys' High, Manual vs. Poly. February 21
— Jamaica vs. Commercial, Erasmus vs. New Utrecht. March 1 — Flush-
ing vs. New Utrecht, Manual vs. Commercial. March 8 — Jamaica vs.
Poly, Erasmus vs. Boys' High. March 15 — Flushing vs. Commercial,
Manual vs. New Utrecht. March 22 — Jamaica vs. Boys' High, Eras-
mus vs. Poly. The games will aU be played at the Brooklyn Ice Palace,
VVhere the teams also will practice throughout the winter.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBBAET. 19
Intercollegiate Hockey
ALL-INTERCOLLEGIATE HOCKEY TEAM.
By Tom Howard.
Position. Player. College.
Goal York Yale
Point Morgan Harvard
Cover point J. Humphreys Princeton
Rover Percy Harvard
Center Tyler Dartmouth
Left wing Murphy Dartmouth
Right wing Paisley Dartmouth
By defeating Harvard in the last game of the series, on March 10,
Yale thereby established a triple tie for the championship and rendered
it impossible for a title winner to be named, as there was no play-off.
Yale won two of the three games played with Harvard; Harvard
defeated Princeton twice, the latter team, in turn, vanquishing Yale.
Dartmouth, which played only one game with each of the other three,
defeated Princeton and Yale and lost to Harvard in their respective
encounters.
YALE-HARVARD SERIES.
Date. Won by. Played at. Score.
Feb. 17 Yale New Haven 2—0
March 3 Harvard Boston 5—0
March 10 Yale New Haven 2—0
The first contest was a hard fought affair, but despite Harvard's
capable teamwork, the Yale defense proved impregnable on their
own ice.
The next meeting took place at Boston and Harvard had the best
of it at all times. At this period of the intercollegiate race Harvard
had now defeated Princeton twice and, with the victory over Yale, the
Cambridge team felt they were in line for the championship.
By identically the same score, 2 — 0, that Yale had defeated Harvard
in their first meeting of 'the series, the New Haven team repeated,
much to the despair of the Harvard followers, and thus established
a triple tie, Princeton being the third member of the triumvirate.
York especially shone at goal, his phenomenal defense undoubtedly
saving tiie game for the Elis.
PRINCETON- YALE SERIES.
Date. Won by. Played at. Score.
Jan. 13 Yale New York 2—1
Jan. 17 Princeton New Haven 4 — 3
Feb. 28 Princeton New York 3—2
The first game, played at St. Nicholas Rink, New York, was extremely
close, the first half ending in a tie, 1 — 1. Thirty seconds after the
second half started. Van Nostrand, by clever work, shot the second goal
for the Yale team, which proved to be the last of the scoring for the
evening. York, the Yale goal, shone in his position, the New York
Times stating that his goal tending was the best that had been shown
by a college player in the rink in a long time.
The second contest, scheduled at New Haven, although generally
slow, with only occasional flashes of skill, nevertheless went to a
third overtime period before the victory was scored by the Tigers.
After eighteen seconds of the third extra period, a dash by W.
Humphreys from the middle of the ice was successful and the match
ended.
Princeton and Yale's third and deciding game of the series took
place at St. Nicholas Rink, New York, and was once more stubbornly
^^^H^^^ Tj^VjMk A..-J^^B
^v
1 i ^ '^B^^^^^^B^^P^^^^^M
^^fl
■■P^^PI fl
B
^'^
Bl^r.^^^l
Hw ^ ¥' 11
«^-' 4i|p|<i
•^M-^
v^
»j.,.^ .
'^
^'W
a
s a
>>9
IS g'"
o Q, C
• • . H t;
t- CO '> S
a _ a
« a M -g
P Ci
o a
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 21
(Contested, three extra periods, as at the preceding contest, being
necessary.
Partisans of both colleges were out in strong force to encourage
their favorites and with each team having a game in its favor, the
final one was sure to furnish excitement.
Yale started strong and at the end of the first period appeared to
he the ultimate winner, liaving two goals, while Princeton had not
scored. The second period had a different aspect. Hills, who had not
played in the first half, shot a goal, followed by W. Humphreys, and
the end of the second period found the score 2-all, with the Tigers
at the top of their game. •
Yale fought desperately, and the first and second periods ended with
IK) result, although a dextrous stop of 'Ford, the Princeton goal, while
sprawled on the ice, once averted disaster for his team. The final
period proved too much for the Yale men — not, however, until seven
minutes and thirty-seven seconds of the "sudden death" period had
elapsed — and the series ended with two victories for Princeton to one
for Yale.
HARVARD-PRINCETON SERIES.
Date. Won by. Played at. Score.
Jan. 20 Princeton New York 2—1
Feb. 2 Harvard Boston 4—3
Feb. 24 Harvard Boston 2-K)
Captain Schoen was responsible for the Princeton victory in the
first game, played at St. Nicholas Rink, New York. With the score
1-all at the end of the first half and the close of the second approach-
ing without either side being able to better the result, Schoen, with
only fifteen seconds to go, caught the rebound of a shot in a scrimmage
on his stick and put the puck in for a goal, and victory.
Harvard won the next contest, held at the Arena, Boston. Prince-
ton held the lead in the first half, but Harvard tied the score and
eventually scored another point, in the second, the Princetonians going
down to defeat, 4 — 3.
Princeton had a chance to win in the third and deciding match of
the Harvard series almost to the last minute. Up to this time
Harvard had one goal, which had been made during the first period.
The Princeton team was speedy, but the Harvard defense was good,
Wylde at goal for Harvard, playing excellently. Ford, at the same
position for Princeton, also shone. The series thus ended with two
victories for Harvard and one for Princeton.
DARTMOUTH SERIES.
Date. Opponents. Won by. Played at. Score,
.Tan. 10 Princeton Dartmouth New York 6—3
.Tan. 13 Harvard Harvard Boston 3—0
Feb. 5 Yale Dartmouth New Haven 2—1
Unlike the Yale, Princeton and Harvard series, Dartmouth played
only one game against each of those three colleges ; defeating Yale
and Princeton and suffering defeat by Harvard.
Teamwork and passing on the part of the Hanover sextet was
responsible for the victory over Princeton, the game being played at
St. Nicholas Rink, New York. Three goals were scored in the first
b.alf bv Dartmouth against one for Princeton and. although the latter
showed better form in the second half, they could not hold the New
Hampshire team.
Although more speedy than Harvard in the contest with the latter
college, at Boston, the Hanover men were unable to get near their
opponents' cage, most of their shots being long ones, which rendered
it comparatively easy for the Harvard goaltender. The Cambridge
team had the game well in hand at all times.
Dartmouth's game against Yale resulted in a victory for Dartmouth.
A readjustment of the Yale line-up was not as effective as had been
hoped. Dartmouth's clever dodging and shooting was too effective and
the Yale team was unable to overcome the attack.
.. M
Kjk
-pTrnHpi
fc
^
I
-Jlliri«n
■n
^m^^
f.
%
1
(0
Ii4
-#' '
4
im
%
..**^*fe„ '"*fc
m^
il
c^
iflP^i.
i
wm
^§
mH
MK.
^tf
Br^^
^■'A^l
h^fl
^
«':'■&■ ''4
':^x:^':mmm'
iiiiipj
'iiillii
itiiiiillilwiil
ililiilBlli
liP(
■■■illM
1
II
ii
■
ii^B
^^,,..4^..«^
WiilL^K
li|Mg«iiiy''l
1
s. ■:''!
^^5i
#1
P'^-'-^^'^jMP1M
|m|.
?M
F'"
"^ ^ ^^HI^i^Bii^^^WB
^m^^
;r^p|^
.:fBiaiJi^.-
1.
^ ,.^H^^ ^^^
Pif^i^«i
Li9«^:
W' '"irtr^ -Sb '' '"™'"^fiff
^ '*!
WI"^i^»irt'^tM ^
' 'A
**''"5^w ^^^
^@^0^
gal
Im§4 .^
1, "Watt; 2, Johansen; 3, Brunei-; 4, Swain; 5, Parker; 6, Banks; 7, DuffiU, Asst.
Mgr.; 8, Roper, Mgr. ; 9, Ross; 10, Clark; 11, Cochran, Capt.; 12, Tutein; 13,
Young, Asst. Mgr.; 14, Cashin; 15, Lowengard.
MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, BOSTON, MASS.
* i J/I.l t I
fi%
NEW YORK MILITARY ACADEMY, CORNWALL, N. Y.
White, Photo. 1
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAKT. 25
Ice Hockey in Boston
By Albert J. Woodlock.
Although the Boston A. A. has been identified with the American
Hockey League for only three years, it has the nnique distinction of
having- twice captured the coveted title. In its first year the Unicorn
club made a great fight for the championship but had to rest content
with the runner-up position, standing second to the St. Nicholas Club
of New York. When the 1915-16 season opened the New York and
the Arena and Harvard Hockey Club teams found the Boston A. A.
much more formidable than the previous year, with the final result
being that the Unicorn walked off with the championship. Then, in
1916 and 1917, the Boston A. A., captained by Freddie Huntington,
ex-Harvard star, easily disposed of the Arena Hockey League series.
Not satisfied with that record, it proved its superiority over the Ores-
cent A.C. and the Irish-American A.C. clubs of New York in the round
robin series for the American Hockey League championship.
It is interesting to note that the series in the American Hockey
League since its advent now stands a tie between the Boston A. A. and
the St. Nicholas Club, each having won two legs apiece, while the
New York Hockey Club has won one. Owing to the war, it has been
decided not to organize the American Hockey League series the coming
winter, but that does not mean that the Boston and New York teams
will not be seen in action against each other.
Advices from the metropolis are to the effect that every effort to
produce formidable teams was made and that, unless the draft raises
havoc, some strong sevens will be organized before the indoor season
officially ends. New I'ork, like Boston, has lost numerous star players,
who haVe voluntarily entered some foi-m of the war service, but it is
possible that some of these athletes will be available to play for their
old organizations until sent abroad.
Captain Freddie Huntington, the ex-Harvard star, who captained
the Boston A. A. team last winter, and Arthur Donahue, the crack
goal tender of the same club, are "somewhere in France," and unless
the war ends in the near future they will not be available. Forrest
Osgood, who played wing and center ice. is in the Naval aviation, and
Frankie Downing, the ex-Somerville High School and Mercersburg
Academy athlete, is a yeoman at the Charlestown Navy Yard. Unless
ordered South or to France, it is possible that Downing and Osgood
might be available to represent the Boston A. A. team in early matches
scheduled for December.
With most of its stars in the war service, the B.A.A., according to
Manager George V. Brown, nevertheless has hopes of having equally
as formidable a team as in past years. Brown has recruited his seven
from the amateur and scholastic mnks, and the fact that Harvard
will not have a regular 'varsity team will aid him in obtaining players
who ordinarily would not be available until the close of the college
The Arena Hockey Club will be under the management of Charles
Lombard, who has succeeded Lougec, and. with the able assistance
of publicity man Fred J. Hoey, should mould together a seven that
can liold its own with the best in New England. Hoey is one of the
best known hockey advocates in New England and has done more for
the sport than any other writer or manager in the East. Long before
the Arena was built he played the game on leading independent teams
and was always instrumental in having other clubs and school teams
foster the sport. There was no Harvard -Club team in 1916 or 1917,
but the Boston Hockey Club, made up mostly of ex-Harvard Club and
Harvard 'varsity players, was in the field and figured iu some good
1 Small: 2, Young; 3, Richardson; 4, Carter; 5, 0. Hagan; 6, Maybery ; 7,
Blair; 8, Landy; 9, W. Hagan; 10, Corcoran. Horner. Photo.
STONE SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS.
1, Quinn; 2, Tetlow; 3, McGrath; 4, Maguire; 5, Hurwitz; 6, Duff; 7, Cronin;
8, Stuart, Mgr.; 9, Crowley, Capt.: 10, Mr. Campbell, Coach; 11, ^^ J°- pj^^^^^^
BOSTON LATIN SCHOOL, BOSTON, MASS. ' 'i
1 H. 0. Cox, Mgr.; 2, Van Siclen; 3, Whitelaw; 4, Uren, Capt.; 5, Day; 6,
Tichenor; 7, Kleberg; 8, Wieber; 9, Sanchez; 10, Waterman; 11, BUss.
STONE SCHOOL. CORNWALL, N. Y.
SPALDING'S ATHLBTIO LIBBABT.
games- Whether the Boston Hockey Club will be reorganized is a.^o
an uncertainty, but every effort is being made to have it become the
third team in this city.
Preparations for hockey commenced hereabouts as early as Novem-
ber 1, although the Boston Arena was not opened until early in
December. It was the intention of Managers Lombard and Brown of
the Arena and the B.A.A. teams to call the candidates out for prac-
tice about December 15, or four days after the surface was frozen
over. In fact, all early predictions promised a successful hockey
season. All the leading regiments at Camp Devens, Ayer, Mass., and
at the various naval barracks in Greater Boston have decided to place
teams in the field. There is a strong possibility that two special
leagues, composed of Naval and Army hockey teams, will be organized
by January 1, 1918, if the plans are satisfactorily perfected by the
directors in charge of athletics.
The Intercollegiate Hockey League title in 1917 was fought out
between Yale and Harvard in a three-game series. Harvard took the
first game at Boston, but dropped the second at New Haven. Then
came the third and rubber game of the series at New Haven, which
Yale captured.
There will be no Intercollegiate League series during 1918, as Har-
vard, Yale and Princeton have decided not to organize 'varsity teams.
It is possible that Dartmouth may have a team, provided it can find
satisfactory opponents to face it the coming season. Captain-elect
George Percy of the Harvard 'varsity seven is now "somewhere in
France," and many other boys who would usually be available are in
some form of war service. Class teams will be the rule at Harvard,
Yale and Princeton, and these games are bound to attract interest
among the undergraduates. The usual, freshman teams will be organ-
ized at Harvard, Dartmouth and Yale, and these games will replace in
Importance the 'varsity games of previous years.
Hobart Baker, the most phenomenal hockey player that Americans
have ever seen, will not be placarded this winter for the St. Nicholas
Club, as the old Princeton Tiger is now an aviator "somewhere In
France." In fact, this star has always been regarded as nine-tenths
of the drawing card in American hockey circles, and his absence
undoubtedly will be noticed. It will probably be many years before
another player his equal will develop in collegiate or amateur hockey
circles.
The record of the Boston A.A. hockey team for 1917 is as follows :
1916-17
6 — Harvard 0 1 — Arena Hockey Club 2
0 — Arena Hockey Club 6 1 — Arena Hockey Club 0
S — Princeton 2 1 — Crescent A.C. 3
3 — Arena Hockey Club 0 6 — Garnets, Montreal 2
4 — Boston Hockey Club 3 5 — Arena Hockey Club 1
2— Arena Hockey Club 4 3— Crescent A.C. 2
S_Boston Hockey Club 3 S— All-Stars 3
4 — Boston Hockey Club 3 8 — Irish-American A. C. 2
4 — Arena Hockey Club 5 3 — Sons of Ireland, Quebec 1
I
»f*^^t
1 Liebreich Asst. Mgr.; 2, Kraelin; 3, Moliun; 4, Johnson, Mgr.; 5, Livingston;
g' Omerly; '?, Albiston, Asst. Mgr.; S, McQuide; 9, Johnson; 10. Keefer; 11,
Patterson; 12, Byrne, Capt. ; 13, Bower. Lloyd, Photo.
RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, TROY, N. Y.
lit: 4, GoGAvcy; 5, Walker; 6,
9, Zoilraan; 10, H. Lobdell
I, Nead; 2, C. H. Hubbard, Coach; 3, Mere!
Cassavant, Capt.; 7, MacArevey; 8, Jones;
II, V. Lobdell.
NEW YORK STATE COLLEGE FOR TEACHERS, ALBANY, N. Y
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAHY.
29
Ice Hockey in New York State
HOCKEY IN ALBANY.
Hockey in Albany last season brought to memory the prowess of the
old Louden Field Club when the Country Club team finished the season
withoiit a defeat ; in fact, for two seasons the team has not been van-
quished once, and curiously enough, the record for both seasons is
identical, 'S\) points for the Country Club, with but 3 for their
opponents.
"Yed" Lawyer's good shooting featured. "Yed" was the big scorer
with a total of 12 of the team's 39 points. As in the previous season,
McNamee played his usual steady game at goal. Captain Mayer was
strong on the defense, breaking up the opponents' plays at times when
the score seemed sure, while the good work of Hand and Thatcher at
the two wings was responsible for many of the goals scored by the
Country Club. Peabody, Easton and Wheeler proved to be of great
value to the team. The record for 1916-17 is as follows :
7— Mohawk Golf Club 1 7— Albany Academy 0
3 — Rovers 0 7 — All-Schenectady 1 ,
6— Albany Hockey Club 1 9— State College 0
ALBANY ACADEMY.
High class hockey on the part of the Academy team sustained the
reputation which that institution has had for years on the ice. Five
victories and one defeat, the latter at the hands of the strong Country
Club septet, with a total of 45 points to opponents' 20, was the
encouraging record. The Mohawk Golf Club contest was a hard fought
one, 7 — 5 ; Hoosac School, old rivals of the Academy, next fell, 7 — 1 ;
Cambridge High School was outplayed, 19 — 4, and then Albany High
School went down twice by scores of 9 — ^3 and 3 — 1. The Country
Club team comprised on its lineup several former Academy stars, and
the older players prpved too strong for the Academy boys, the final
score being G — 0. Team work was the secret of the success of last
season, the new men l)eing steadied by the experience of the veterans,
Adams. Birdsall and Woodward. L. N. Wight coached the team and
.T. N. Huyck was manager.
. f <^ %/
1, Porter; 2, Smith; 3, Wight, Coach; 4, Traver; 5, Adams; 6, Birdsall; 7,
Woodward, Capt. ; S, Huyck, Mgr. ; 9, Hatch; 10, Davis; 11, Orth.
ALBANY (N. Y.) ACADEMY.
1, Parsons, Coach; 2, Mason; 3, Kohn; 4, Barry; 5, Gardner, Capt.; 6, Seaman;
7, Schwartz; 8, Lewis.
SOUTH SIDE HIGH SCHOOL, NEWARK, N. J.
1, Brennan; 2, Rosenstlehl, Mgr.; 3, Hatfield; 4, Throckmorton; 5, Bowers; 6,
McKriet; 7, Church; 8, Richart, Capt.; 9, Barnard; 10, McCarthy.
BATTIN HIGH SCHOOL, ELIZABETH, N. J.
1, Baker; 2, Wiser; 3, Turner; 4, Armstrong; 5, Stuart, Capt.; 6, Simmons;
7, Mr. Cannon, Referee; 8, F. Wiser.
M.R.Y.O. HOCKEY TEAM, TOLEDO, OHIO.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 31
NEW YORK STATE COLLEGE FOR TEACHERS, ALBANY, N. Y.
The hockey season of 1916-17 closed with great success. Although
the team has just completed its second year, the student body is duly
proud of its record. Considering the small number of men from which
to pick a team, and the fact that basket ball interferes with the best
choice, speaks well for the future of the sport in the growth of the
college.
The team won four out of eight games with college and other sevens
in this section. The schedule for the coming year, it is hoped, will be
limited to college teams, as a $10 athletic tax will be levied on each
student this fall, which will insure an ample financial backing for all
athletic contests, so that it will be possible to bring some of the
fastest college hockey teams to Albany. The games with their results
were :
0— R. P. 1 4 0— Albany Hockey Club 4
1— West Point 7 2— R. P. 1 4
4— Crescent A.C 2 8— Crescent A.C 1
2— National A.C 1 5— Albany High School 4
RENSSELAER POLYTECHNIC INSTITUTE, TROY, N. Y.
The Institute hockeyists had a strong schedule and although losing
more games than they won, nevertheless gave a good account of them-
selves. The season opened on January 13, against New York State
College for Teachers, Rensselaer winning, 4 — 0. The same team closed
the season, in a contest at Troy, and was once more defeated, 4 — 2.
The Albany Hockey Club was played to a 0 — 0 tie, the Army was held
to 2 — 0 and Springfield College to 4 — 0, Williams and Colgate rolling
up the large scores, 8 — 1 and 6 — 1, respectively.
ICE HOCKEY AROUND NEWARK, N. J.
At the very beginning of the season an ice hockey team was formed
at South Side High School under the tutelage of "Dean" Parsons of
the faculty, formerly coach of the New Rochelle High School team.
This examnle was quickly followed by the formation of teams at
Pingry School and Battin High of Elizabeth, Barringer of Newark,
East Orange, Montclair, Cranford and Plainfield. South Side, the
pioneer school in this sport in this section and the only one having
the advantage of the services of a regular coach, played seven school
games and three outside games, as follows :
2— Battin 1 2— Plainfield .* 0
3— Barringer 2 0— New Rochelle 2
2— East OrangA 1 3— Short Hills Club 4
1— East Orange 2 0— Tri-Mu Club 1
4— East Orange 2 3— South Orange Field Club 7
BATTIN HIGH SCHOOL, ELIZABETH, N. J.
The season of 1916-17 was the first that Battin had been repre-
sented on the ice and, although the team lost three out of four games,
the boys made a fine showing against South Side High of Newark, and
in the last game of the season defeated their old rivals, Pingry, by
3 goals to 1. Altogether the season was very good, considering the
fact that the team had no coach and very little practice, and this year
should see a better septet representingg Battin. The scores : Baffin
1, South Side 2 ; 0, Pingry 3 ; O. Barringer 5 ; 3, Pingry 1.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
33
Hockey in Pittsburgh
Hockey iii J'ittsbiirgh last season was presented in both quantity
aud quality, and to ttie Pittsburgli Attiletic Association team sliould
be given credit for the splendid exhibitions to which the patrons of
Duquesne Gardens were treated. It was a remarkably fast aggrega-
tion and their record of thirty-seven victories out of forty games
played, in a long schedule, extending from November 24 to April 7,
will be one that will stand for a long time.
Thirteen straight victories were tallied before the Pittsburgh A.A.
team met a defeat, the famous Aberdeen team being the first to lower
the team's colors, by the close score of o to 2. The second defeat
was at the hands of Dartmouth, the collegians winning, 2 — 1, after a
previous defeat of 5 — 4. The succeeding twenty games registered only
one loss, the third and last of the season, when Aberdeen again
triumphed, 3 — 2. In their various clashes during the winter, how-
ever, the Aberdeens were defeated four times, so that the edge is with
the Pittsburgh aggregation.
During the season the team scored 153 goals to opponents' 63.
The season's record was as follows :
4— Royal Canadians 1
4— Aberdeen 2
2— Aberdeen 3
3— Sons of Ireland 1
3— Sons of Ireland 1
2-St. Paul 1
4— St. Paul 0
3— Boston Arena 2
2— Boston Arena 1
3— Munitions 2
1— Munitions 0
4— Aberdeen 0
a— Aberdeen 2
1— Ottawa 0
6— Ottawa 0
8— Nationals 2
6— Nationals 2
5— Russell Vies 1
6— Russell Vies 3
3— Casquette 1
5— Casquette 1
r,— Montreal Stars 1
3— Montreal Stars 1
4— McGill Univ. 2
4— McGiU Univ. 1
4— Shamrock 1
4— Shamrock 1
2— Aberdeen 3
3— Aberdeen 1
8— Laval 5
4— Laval 2
5 — Dartmouth 4
1— Dartmouth 2
4 — Boston Arena 3
2 — Boston Arena 1
8— Britannia I
3— Britannia 2
4— Renfrew 3
3— Renfrew 1
3— Royal Canadians 2
Joe McCormick led in goal shooting, with 43 ; Larry McCormick was
next with 34 ; Eddie Nagle had 26, and Frank Madden 16.
Some of the contests that were especially interesting were the series
with the Boston Arena team, in which the Easterners were the losers
four times. They were handicapped, however, by being obliged to play
under National Hockey Association rules, and put up extremely good
resistance. The two Renfrew games were fine exhibitions, a "sudden
death" period being necessary in the first contest before the Pitts-
burgh team won. Aberdeen was another team of mettle, while the
Sons of Ireland, which had won the Quebec City League four years in
succession and twice defended the Art Ross Cup, the Eastern Cana-
dian amateur trophy, succumbed after two of the fastest games ever
seen on local ice. Another strong aggregation that had to bow to the
home team was the St. Paul Northwestern League champions, both
games being action from beginning to end. One of the most remark-
able contests of the whole season was the first game of two with the
Munitions team of Ottawa, a comparatively unknown aggregation. It
was probablv the feature game of the season. The team tied the
score in the' first half, 2 — 2 ; neither was able to better the score at
the end of the second pei'iod. and the "sudden death" cycle was
almost as long as the regulation contest, no less than thirty-seven
minutes being consumed in the struggle. The Canadians put up a
strong defense, the game at times was rough, and, considering the
speed of the regular halves, the play in the deadly struggle was very
fast. The second game of the series was also extremely close, the
final score being 1 — 0.
3^ SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBBASt.
PITTSBTIRGH HIGH SCHOOL LEAGUE.
The impetus given to hockey by the fine ^^^'^^ "^..f ^„Ahe S^*
Athletic Association t/„a" "''l.if'lfijf in'°,ears gave Ihe city Inter-
lTf.sS'^^i^Tof a^r^d ?£1 'ri i-'ucl a.ofe that to which .t
°"fhlTea'|n*e'°wS^||ea through th^^eforts "f «uper^t°F^f?J t-
ne^.^s?°coSSTerrugtfl"aglSrshfSd'thlugs cinched several games
1. W. J.
^^^"' ' piTtH AVENUE HIGH SCHOOL, PITTSBURGH. PA.
Champions High School Hockey League.
S"afa f ^|'|Srl°L'o°r\ra%S^A oraer to hHng.ahout
.le?SJ| « S £|Lf CrwIlJ"reZ:^i;S'hS^ ?h^n|
these boys into tjeir future me. xaeyw ^.^^ ^^^^^ p^^y ^^^
taught to play the game clean ana la^r a ^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^
Se-vie"?s o^vsil Cfer£or^'?uccr ^^^^^^^^
5:inLllttrnrnVr?feSu:rs as follows: ^^_
W. L. T. PC. **• „ ,
Q 1 0 .900 Westinghouse 2 4 * .^»
Fifth Avenue | 1 » ^^^ Allegheny J 4 5 .200
Peabody J ^^ .| 57^ gouth 0 ^ 2 .uuu
girts lrSphy,7o*r Competition In the league.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 35
The following first, second and third teams were selected by the
Gazette-Times:
ALL-SCHOLASTIO HOCKEY TEAMS.
First Team. Second Team. Third Team.
Goal Weir, Fifth Bailey, Peabody Adler, Allegheny
Point Esquere, Peabody Ehrhardt, Fifth Mellon, West'house
Cover point :.... Austin, Schenley Swope, Schenley Grove, Fifth
Rover Laurie, Fifth Snyder, West'house Doming, South
Center Morton, Allegheny Weaverling, Fifth Lyons, Schenley
Left wing Schmertz.Schenley Groomes, Fifth McLain, Fifth
Right wing Wright, Peabody Hoyland, Allegheny Straub, Schenley
Honorable mention : George, Westinghouse, goal ; Carrel, Allegheny,
cover point ; Bums, Peabody, rover ; Mertz, Peabody, and Cappe, West-
inghouse, center ; Caywood, Westinghouse, and Breitweiser, Schenley,
right wing ; Hope, Westinghouse, Barker, South, and McClure, Peabody,
left wing.
PITTSBURGH AMATEUK HOCKEY LEAGUE.
This organization was composed of six teams, the Young Men's Club,
Pennsylvania Lines, Westinghouse Club, Greenfield Hockey Club,
Duquesne Light Company and Independent Hockey Club. The Young
Men's Business Club won the title.
Hockey in Detroit
The Detroit Hockey Club put up an excellent brand of hockey last
season, playing thirty games, of which seventeen were victories, while
three were tied. The team as a whole was a formidable combination
and the quality of the opposition was of a class that furnished com-
petition every minute of play.
In the thirty games played, the Detroit Hockey Club scored 102
goals to T8 for their opponents. The individual goals were scored as
follo\^^s: Shaw 27, Black 17, Roberts 13, Holman 10, Reid 8, Johnson
6, S. Johnson 5, Pletsch 5, Trigloon 4, Kennedy 3, Irving 2, Kelly 2.
The Allan Cup winners, the Toronto Dentals, took the Detroit teana
into camp by close scores in two games, 2 — 1 and 1 — ^0 ; the Ontario
Hockey Association champions, Hamilton, were defeated, 5 — 1, and
tied, 2 — 2. Of the four games with the Aura Lee team of Toronto,
winners of the junior championship of the Ontario Hockey Association,
two were won. The complete record for the season is appended :
Jan. 1 2— Riversides, Toronto 2 Feb. 19 1— Riversides, Toronto 4
2 1— Riversides, Toronto 0 20 3— Riversides, Toronto 4
8 5— 118th Battalion, London.. 1 26 5— Toronto R. & A. Assn... 2
9 1— 118th Battalion, London.. 4 27 3— Toronto R. & A. Assn... 2
15 1— Aura Lee, Toronto 4 Mar. 5 2— Monarchs, Winnipeg .... 1
16 3— Aura Lee, Toronto 2 6 0— Monarchs, Winnipeg .... 2
22 7— 118th Battalion, Tendon.. 4 7 3— Monarchs, Winnipeg .... 2
23 6— 118th Battalion, London.. 4 12 7— Preston 1
25 4— Sarnia 3 13 3— Preston 4
29 4— Sarnia 4 19 3— Toronto All-Stars 2
30 9— Sarnia 0 20 3— Toronto All-Stars 4
Feb. 5 2— Hamilton 2 26 1— Toronto Dentals 2
6 5— Hamilton 1 27 0— Toronto Dentals 1
12 7— Aura Lee, Toronto 5 30 3— Toronto All-Stars 4
13 3— Aura Lee, Toronto 6 31 5— Toronto All-Stars 1
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 37
Hockey in the Chicago District
Bi: PAur. K. Leach.
Ice hockey, to be popular in the Chicago districl, requires diligently
applied efforts along three lines : missionary, the teaching and organiz-
ing of the game ; publicity, not of the sporadic or "going-to-happen"
kind, and real encouragement by the men interested in the ice game.
The missionary work was started last year and kept up stronger than
ever l)efore in the city by the lake, the newspapers thought well of it,
niid, althougli, as in other sections, there was bickering between dif-
Icicnt factions of amateur ruling bodies, it was encouraged.
Chicago is situated ideally for material. Hundreds of Canadians
who played the game at home, many of them crackerjack players, are
living there and their letters and personal calls to the writer last fall
and winter, asking if it was really true that the game was coming
to Chicago, proved their interest. There are hundreds, nay, thousands,
of college men who played the game or learaed to enjoy it, now
working in Chicago. They, too, want the game. With its two rinks
and prospects for two more, enough closed winter to provide a season
of league play, and a host of players and enthusiasts, Chicago has
everything needed for successful hockey, bigger success than in any
other section of the United States, for that matter, with the exception
of united effort on the part of the promoters and organizers.
The ganje has been considered in Chicago from two angles — profes-
sional and amateur. It was proposed last fall and still has not been
dropped as a live subject, that a national league of hockey teams be
organized and conducted along the lines of a professional base Itall
league or the professional basket ball organizations in the Eastern
section of the country. This plan must come after the successful sea-
sou of amateur play, for it takes money to make such a league go
and there are not many philanthropists interested in hockey.
The amateur game, however, can and will be organized in a l)ig
way, for there were any number of players last winter who wanted
to put through a mercantile league, others, particularly boys of the
Hyde Park High School, were ready to put in a league of prep players
of at least eight teams, while Northwestern University and the Uni-
versity of Chicago were ready to place teams in a collegiate association.
While all of the schools in the Western Intercollegiate Conference,
because of home conditions, could not enter a league, Chicago, North-
western, Wisconsin, Minnesota and Iowa, of the Big Nine, and many
other universities and colleges could and would play.
There is no question about the physical possibilities of high school
play in Chicago even not considering the indoor rinks, while the
amateurs of the mercantile leagues also could use the outdoor pools
and park ponds. Lake Michigan, as most people know", is never avail-
able even for skating, let alone hockey.
It is the belief of the writer that there is a real demand for
hockey in Chicago. The city has not much of a winter sport menu
for sport fans who live on base ball in the summer months and foot
>a]l in the fall. Wrestling is unpopular, boxing out of the State, and
jasket ball remains the only real sport attractiion from a grand stand
mgle. and that purely as an amateur game. Basket ball is popular.
It made money for the associations and schools fostering it. When
)ig Eastern collegiate teams played in the old Chicago Ice Palace four
'ears ago the building was crowded every night, but somehow hockey
"ans did not take the hint. They had to wait three years more before
ho idea took hold.
m. If
(0^B(*
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. S9
CHICAGO HOCKEY ASSOCIATION.
Bt Charles J. Donnelly, Secretary.
Won. Lost. PC.
Calumets 2 0 1.000
White Sox 1 l .500
Shamrocks 0 2 .000
After an absence of over five years ice hockey again resumed its
place among the popular winter sports of Chicago and, if encouraged,
it will no doubt reach its proper standing as the cleanest, fastest and
most e::citing winter sport in the world.
The White City Amusement Company built an artificial ice rink
which, while all boarded in and an ideal size for hockey, lacked any
accommodations for spectators, and this, of course, was a great draw-
back.
Three exciting contests for the city championship, however, were
played, resulting as follows : January 30 — White Sox 4, Calumets o ;
February 6 — White Sox 5, Shamrocks 2 ; February 13 — Calumets 4,
Shamrocks 0'.
The Northwestern University Dental School, while members of the
Chicago Hockey Association, did not play any league games, as Man-
ager Layng realized that their team was not strong enough to make
a good showing and, instead, played exhibition games with Hyde Park
High School, Culver Military Academy and the University of Wisconsin,
all of whom had very little trouble in registering victories over the
Toothpullers.
After the league fixture of February 13, the rink management, with-
out any notice whatever, ordered hockey to be discontinued and the
other ice rinks in this city not being as yet in position to put on this
sport, it was decided to consider the season at an end and the cham-
pion Calumets, who won the title back in the old days of Dreamland,
on the West Side, still retained their honors.
During the latter part of March the opportunity presented itself for
the locals to play a couple of games with the Dental Hockey Club of
Toronto, champions of the Ontario Hockey Association and subsequent
winners of the Allan Cup, emblematic of the amateur championship of
the world. It was unfortunate that two of the fastest players in the
association, West of the Calumets and Dandeno of the White Sox, were
unable to play, but the team chosen by the Chicago Hockey Associa-
tion gave a very good account of itself in the first game, which
resulted 5 — 4 in favor of the visitors.
The second game was a walkaway for the Canucks, which was largely
attributed to the fact that the local boys had only three or four
opportunities for practice and could not stand the two hard games in
succession. The score was 16 — 1.
The bringing of this fast team from Canada, to demonstrate the pos-
sibilities of Canada's great national winter sport, speaks volumes for
the aggressiveness and enthusiasm of the Chicago Hockey Association
and the games were greatly appreciated by the crowds that packed the
rink. Even though the last game with the Toronto Dentals was marred
by the unsportsmanlike conduct of one of the visiting players, who
tried to burlesque the game, it is believed that the exhibitions have
aroused the sport loving fans of this city, and with other rinks making
arrangements to take up the game, that it will reach the height of
popularity it has already attained in Canada and through the East.
The officers of the Chicago Hockey Association are : President, J. M.
Sadler; vice-president, D. H. Barry; secretary, C. J. Donnelly; treas-
urer, C. H. Anthony.
40 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Hi^h School Hockey in the Central West
By Gordon Reed.
With the big boom sltatiug has enjoyed in all parts of the country
the last few years, it is only natural that all sports associated with
skating should come into prominence. In fact, hockey has really come
into its own in this country and it is only a question, of time before
our teams will compare favorably with the experts from Canada.
The brand of hockey that was displayed by the preparatory school
teams in the vicinity of Chicago last season is in itself sufficient
reason to believe that hockey has found a firm foundation on which
to build the teams of future years. The fact that three players of
the White Sox, champions of Chicago, were only the year before mem-
bers of a team in the Chicago High School League is sufficient to show
the possibilities and value of a high school hockey education.
Hundreds of high schools throughout the country have adopted the
Canadian pastime as a regular sport and have made it a part of the
curriculum. As a result of this, hockey players are being developed
in the high schools of the country.
There were quite a number of good high school hockey teams in the
vicinity of Chicago last year, the best among them being Hyde Park.
The two teams ranking next were Culver Military Academy and St.
John's Military Academy. Culver had walked off with the champion-
ship the year previous and was expected to repeat. The fast, aggres-
sive set of Canadian boys representing Culver, however, met their only
defeat at the hands of Hyde Park in a well played and hard fought
3 — 0 battle. In this game, which decided the high school championship
of the Middle West, close application of team work, combined with
fast skating and good hockey intelligence, triumphed over a style of
play which tended strongly toward the individual. By virtue of a
victory over Northwestern University later in the season, Hyde Park
demonstrated that she had a team of no small merit.
The hockey season proved a far greater success than any previous
season because of the White City Rink, which made for a certain
schedule and eliminated the necessity of depending on Chicago's variable
weather for ice.
As for 1917-18, with new artificial rinks being erected and interest
in hockey growing universal, success is inevitable.
1, Barndt; 2, O'Connell; 3, McGuire; 4, Murphy; 5, Leterer; 6, Gil Read; 7,
Gordon Reed; 8, Kerr, Capt. Waters, Photo.
HYDE PARK HIGH SCHOOL, CHICAGO, ILL.
I
SPALDING'S ATHLBTIO LIBRART. 41
Hockey in Philadelphia
Br George W. Orton.
Philadelphia got into hockey again ]ast winter after an absence of
over ten years. The opening of the Winter Palace gave an impetus
to the sport and as long as this company lasted there was an. ever-
increasing interest in hockey in the city. Unfortunately, the surface
of the ice was covered only by an. immense tent. A severe winter
storm tore this down. It was found impractical to have artificial ice
without some covering and the season was abandoned. The experiment
showed two things most clearly : first, that an ice palace or rink in
Philadelphia, if well equipped, would be immensely popular, and.
second, that there are in Philadelphia many fine hockey players, so
that this sport could be counted on to help any future skating project
in Philadelphia.
The Philadelphia Hockey Association was formed on the opening
of the Winter Palace with Harry Lawrence, an old Cornell hockey
player, as the first president and George W. Orton as manager. The
first and second teams of the Merlon Cricket and the Philadelphia
Cricket Clubs and the Wanderers were the teams in this league. Later
in the season, the Cynwyd Hockey Club, Moorestown Hockey Club,
Haverford College, SwartJimore College and the University of Penn-
sylvania all applied, as did the Pickering Hockey Club. The latter was
given a place on the schedule, but the others played merely club games.
The Wanderers easily carried off the league honors, as they had in
their ranks Hobey Baker, undoubtedly the greatest hockey player in
America ; Joseph Hill, well known, in metropolitan circles ; Barrett of
Cornell and others. This team was strictly first class. Pickering had
two well known players in William J. Clothier and Morton Newhall.
Both of these men were former Harvard captains and they played very
good hockey. The foregoing teams aroused great and increasing
interest in the sport and, with a proper enclosure, they would have
played to big crowds.
In addition to the club teams, an interscholastic league was formed
with Chestnut Hill, Episcopal, Haverford, St. Luke's, Central High
and West Philadelphia High as the scheduled teams. Episcopal proved
to be the best team, with Haverford, Chestnut Hill and St. Luke's
close up. The preparatory schools outclassed the high schools.
Looking back to the days of the old Ice Palace here, it must be
admitted that' the brand of scholastic hockey displayed was very poor.
This was due, of course, to the many years in which hockey has been
kept alive only by the occasional games played on the ponds during
the few occasions when ice is to be found around Philadelphia. The
boys, had the keenest interest in the sport and a few of them showed
much promise. Taylor of Chestnut Hill, Passavant and Hunt of
Episcopal were three that were far above the average in the league.
The prospects for the coming season are poor. The Winter Palace
will not be opened and Philadelphia ice hockey enthusiasts will have to
depend on whatever ice old Mother Nature gives. This is but little
at best and will, no doubt, set back Philadelphia in hockey to a very
rear position. The University of Pennsylvania is arranging for a
team, but the club sevens will play only an occasional game. The
Wanderers are broken up by the war, as four of the seven, including
the famous Hobey Baker, are in the service. In fact, the war did
more than break up the teams in the league. It put the quietus on a
very promising project to put a real fine ice palace in Philadelphia.
This project has been postponed until after the war, when it will be
taken up again. The last season merely served to show that skating
and hockey are both very popular in Philadelphia and that after the
war there is sure to be seen a real skating and hockey rink in Phila-
delphia that will revive the days of the old Quaker City hockey team.
1;.
1. A. Stolz; 2, H. Bergman; 3, Wrobleske; 4. O'Connel; 5. N. Stolz; 6, R.
Stolz; 7, H. Haupt, Capt.
NOEQUA HOCKEY TEAM, MILWAUKEE. WIS.
1 A. E. Bergman. Mgr.; 2. Zwaska; 3, Thompson; 4. Dean; 5. Vorrel. Capt.;
6 Carlson; 1, H. Zottman; 8. I. Zottman.
VICTORIA HOCKEY TEAM, MILWAUKEE, WIS.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
43
Hockey in Milwaukee
By a. E. Bergman,
President Milwaukee Hockey League.
Hockey as played in Milwaukee dur-
ing the season 1916-17 no doubt
brought out the best exhibition of the
winter sport on record here. With a
well organized league, a good rink,
plenty of support and excellent weather,
conditions were ideal. The weather, an
all important factor in play here, was
remarkable in many respects, for, unlike
previous seasons, the play was never
hindered by soft ice and with only two
exceptions, this being blizzards, the
schedule was not interrupted. Con-
tinued good ice gave the puck chasers
more opportunity to practice, and, con-
sequently, better team work than in
previous years was the result.
The league comprised four teams,
Noequa I, Victoria, Gordon, Noequa II.
Noequa, or the first team, took the lead
at the start of the season and was
never headed thereafter. This team
proved a little too strong for the other
contenders and won the Munch trophy
for permanent possession.
The Victoria seven inflicted the sole defeat* sustained by the Noequa
team, near the close of the race, and the battles between these sevens
were beyond doubt the most interesting throughout the season.
While the Victorias and Noequa I were considered the best teams In
the league, they were at all times in a position to receive a good
battle from either the Gordon or Noequa II, who were, comparatively,
the weaker septets. These teams were gradually becoming stronger
toward the end of the season and should come to the front in 1918.
A few outside games were played. * The most notable of these were
Noequa I against St, John's Military^ Academy, in which the Noequa
team was victoTious, the count being 6 — 5, and an all-star team,
composed of Milwaukee League players versus University of Wisconsin,
the latter winning, 1 — 0.
While last season was by far the best we have ever had, hockeyists
of Milwaukee are looking forward to a bigger and better season during
1918.
Following is the All-Milwaukee selection, as picked by A. J.
Schlnners of the Milwaukee Sentinel:
^M
Bergman.
ALL-MILWAUKEE HOCKEY SEVENS,
Position. Second Team.
Victorias Goal O'Connell, Noequas
First Team.
George Vorell,
Fred Zwaska, Victorias Point Norm Stolz, Noequas
Pat Dean, Victorias Cover point William Otto, Gordons
Harold Carlson, Victorias (Capt.) . ..Rover, . ..Howard Haupt, Noequas (Capt.)
Arthur Bergman, Victorias Center Hirschboeck, Noequa II
Arthur Stolz, Noequas Left wing Thompson, Victorias
Robert Robleski, Noequas Right wing Ray Stolz, Noequas
44
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Hockey at University of Wisconsin
During the 1917 hockey season Wisconsin played four games, three
with Northwestern University and one witli an all-star team from the
Milwaukee leagues. All the games were very close, especially those
with Northwestern, at Chicago. Both these games were won in over-
time periods, testing the endurance of the men to the utmost. Fol-
lowing are the games and scores :
-Northwestern*
-Milwaukee All-Stars.
3 — Northwestern* 4
3 — Northwestern 2
*Ten minutes over.
The lineup of the team (substitutes iu parentheses) was as follows:
Center, G. G. Grieve ; rover, E. !>. Moran ; right wing. R. Stanbury
(D. Kidder) ; left wing, H. Pribnow (D. Dohr, C. Maed.ie) ; cover
point. W. Evans: point, II. Fee (H. Van Evera) ; goal, H. C. .Johnson,
captain.
\-^\*Jm
1, Moran; 2, Evans; 3, Steinhaiier, Coach
Fee; 7, Grieve; S, Stanbury.
4, Johnson, Capt. ; 5, Pribnow;
UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, MADISON, WIS.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 45
Hockey in the Twin Cities
By Matthew T. Caine.
The winter of 1916-17 saw more interest in hockey in. the Twin
Cities than ever before.
Hockey in the Minneapolis high schools was particularly interesting
and the race was a hot one from start to finish. Several of the schools
turned out high class aggregations and, until close to the end of the
race, it was difficult to pick the winner.
East and North started out strong and at the end of the first half
of the schedule the two schools were tied, each with three victories
and one defeat. The midwinter graduations, however, took a number
of the high school stars and some of the sevens were weakened in
the latter half of the season as a result. Following is the final standing :
Won. Lost. Tied. PC.
North 7 1 0 .875
West 5 2 1 .714
East 4 4 0 .500
' Central 2 5 1 .286
South 0 8 0 .000
The Minneapolis Park League was composed of ten of the fastest
amateur teams in the city and both classes, A and B, enjoyed suc-
cessful seasons. In Class A the Vertex seven met with little opposition
and won with a straight run of five victories. In Class B, however,
the race was more exciting and it was not until the final game that
the winner of the trophy was decided, the Camdens capturing the title.
In the Class B race the Lake Shores started out with a dash and
won the first three games. They were then tied by the Glenn A.C.,
;and lost the final game to the Glenwood C.C. septet.
The Camdens, who won the Struck challenge cup and the cham-
pionship, dropped the first game to the Lake Shores, but won all the
remaining games on the schedule.
In the Minneapolis Junior Park League, the first ever organized in
the city, the youngsters enjoyed a most successful season, with tlie
Bryants winning the championship with a run of four straight vic-
tories, with the Buffaloes and Raccoons tied for second.
One of the most interesting features of the hockey season was the
fact that the two major teams were brought together in two hotly
contested contests. The St. Paul Athletic Club septet, holders of the
McNaughton trophy, had shown great strength, but Nick Kahler's Min-
neapolis club 'felt that they had a chance to win over their rivals.
Two games were arranged, one at the big Hippodrome Rink at the
State Fair grounds and the other at the Casion Rink in Minneapolis,
with the Twin City title at stake.
Because of the natural rivalry between the two cities the games were
roughly played. The crack St. Paul team swept Kahler's crew off Its
feet in the opening game, winning, S to 2, and came back two nights
later in Minneapolis and won, 9 to 0.
ST. PAUL HOCKEY.
Two days of hockey filled with thrilling play decided the St. Paul
high school title for 1917. The tournament was held during the big
St. Paul Outdoor Sports Carnival, and Mechanic Arts High School
was awarded the championship on a forfeiture in the final game, after
1, Hard; 2, Goheen; 3, Henkel; 4, Olewett, Coach; 5, Finn; 6, Burrows;
Lemon; 8, Wiltzbacher, Capt.
WHITE BEAR (MINN.) HOCKEY TEAM.
1, Rice; 2, Durham; 3, G. H. Smith, Mgr. and Coach; 4, Hagen; 5, Flozdahl;
6, Backus; 7, Bennett; 8, Devenny, Capt. Borry, Photo.
THIEF RIYER PALLS (MINN.) HOCKEY TEAM.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 47
the Manual Trainers had battled Luther Seminary for fifty-seven
minutes, the score being deadlocked at 3 and 3. The final standing :
W. L. PC.
Mechanic Arts 3 0 1000
St. Paul Academy 1 1 .500
Luther Semlaary 1 1 .500
St. Paul Central 1 1 .500
W.
L.
PC.
Humboldt High
.... 0
1
.000
Johnson High
.... 0
1
.000
St. Thomas High....
.... 0
1
.000
HOCKEY AT THIEF RIVER FALLS, MINN.
By G. Howard Smith.
In the fall of 1915 a number of old hockey players organized the
Thief River Falls Hockey Association. Funds were successfully
solicited from business men who had never seen a game and of whom
many did not know what the word meant, and on December 16, 1915,
the first game of hockey that was ever played in Thief River Falls
was won by the new team from the fast Crookston team, which had
not been defeated in three years.
Next Roseau visited Thief River Falls for two games. Each team
won a game and, with this much achieved, the business men decided
to send the team to the Mid-Winter Sports Carnival at St. Paul, to
enter the tournament with Wisconsin, Michigan and Dakota amateur
teams for the championship of the Northwest and a $300 silver cup.
The tournament was an elimination contest, a team losing one game
being out of the running. The Builders Exchange team of St. Paul,
Harriets of Minneapolis, the fast Two Harbors team and the Olympias
of St. Paul were met in the order named in four days' play and
the Thief River Falls team won the series and the cup with a total
score of 22 to 2.
GIRLS' HOCKEY AT UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA.
By Winifred Bailey.
In former years at the University of Minnesota the winter season
has always been one during which the girls' athletic activities have
been confined to such as could be enjoyed indoors, but last season ice
hockey was such a success that it has now been officially entered by
the Woman's Athletic Association on the list of women's athletics.
The tournament was held the last week of February with great class
spirit, and the height of enthusiasm was reached when the Sophomores
met the Freshmen in the final game. In point of team work, the
Freshmen were clearly superior, but were so evenly matched by the
individual speed and stronger defense of the Sophomores that no goal
was scored until five minutes before the close of the game, when the
Sophomore center got the puck from a close Freshman offensive and
carried it down for the one goal of the game.
The games were played on a regulation sized rink and the rules
followed were those of the Intercollegiate Hockey League, with the
exception of the length of the games, which were played in eight-
minute quarters instead of twenty-minute halves.
The Intra-Mural Sports Committee of the University presented the
winning team with a beautiful bronze trophy cup.
In view of the interest that was shown throughout the school in ice
hockey as a girls' sport as well as a boys', and of the great enthusiasm
of the skaters themselves, the Woman's Athletic Association anticipates
a vigorous growth of this healthful and enjoyable sport.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 49
Ice Hockey in San Francisco
On March 20 San Francisco had its first taste of professional hockey.
That she liked it was shown by the large box office receipts. The
Metropolitans of Seattle and Les Canadiens of Montreal, after having
finished the world's championship series at Seattle, were induced to
play a series of three games in San Francisco. Owing to the large ice
surface, the games were the fastest imaginable and the spectators were
treated to thrill after thrill.
CALIFORNIA AMATEUR HOCKEY ASSOCIATION.
The Pacifies took the lead from the start and were never headed
during the series. They played throughout the season with a firm
determination to win. This, coupled with superior team work, kept
them well up in the race. In their first encounter with the Canadians
they were beaten, but this was their only defeat, for they trimmed
the Canadians the next two times that they met. The Indoor Yachts
and the Olympic Club did not figure in the final standing.
INTERCOLLEGIATE HOCKEY.
In the intercollegiate series the University of California won handily
in all three contests. Their men were more experienced and they had
had more time to practice than the Stanford men. Fawcett, playing
for U. of C, had just finished in the club series with the Olympics,
while Captain Young had been playing with the Pacifies.
California won the first game, 8 — 0 ; the second, 4 — 1, and the third,
2 — 1, thereby winning a silver cup presented by the Winter Garden
management. The lineup :
Stanford. Position. - U. of 0.
Sayre Goal Stebbins
Bateman Point Taylor
Saunders Cover point McKim
Upp (Capt.) Rover Young (Capt.)
Purdy Center Fawcett
Collins .Left wing Maddox
Jones Right wing Holm
PROFESSIONAL HOCKEY.
The results of the professional hockey games between Les Canadiens
and the Metropolitans came as a surprise to the local fans, for the
Seattle team, who had just won the world's series from Les Canadiens,
in Seattle, were defeated two games out of three. The lads from the
Dominion, on a neutral field, put up a brand of hockey that was unbeat-
able. The first game was a whirlwind affair, and the final score, 5 — 4,
in favor of Les Canadiens, was not made until a fifteen-minute extra
period was played. Captain Lalonde and Laviolette were mere flashes
on the ice, producing thrill after thrill, and it was due to their light-
ning-like speed and wonderful stick handling that Les Canadiens came
out on top.
The second game was a reversal of the first, Seattle winning, 5 — 2,
Jack Walker's now famous "hook check" was a great factor In keep-
ing down the opponents' score and at the same time a means of put-
ting the Metropolitans in a position to register a tally for themselves.
This victory gave the Canadians the big end of a $5,000 purse and
salved the string of defeats suffered a week previous in Seattle.
Those taking part in the series were as follows :
1, Dunning;" 2, Flesher; 3, Mawson; 4, Lewis; 5, McKusker; 6, Robertson; 7,
Bovine; 8, Ogilvie; 9, Knott; 10, Rilance; 11, Curtis.
INDOOR YACHT CLUB, SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.
International Film Service, Photo.
1, Maltby; 2, Burden; 3, Judge; 4, Moxon; 5, White; 6, Fawcett; 7, Knott;
8, McKenzie. International Film Service, Photo.
OLYMPIC CLUB. SAN FRANCISCO, CAL.
fi^ALDlNQ'S ATHLBTIO LIBBART.
61
Les Ganadlens. Position.
Yezena Goal ,
Laviolette Point
Corbeau Cover point
Petrie Rover
Smitii Center..... ,
Lalonde (Capt.) Right wing
Bellonquette Left Wing
Coutre Spare
Noble Spare
Referee — James Rilance. Judge of play— Ran McDonald.
Duford, Carroll.
WOMEN'S HOCKEY.
April 16, 1917, marked the iaitial appearance of feminine hockey
in San Francisco. It has been a long time since greater enthusiasm
has been shown over amateur hockey. It was a continual uproar from
start to finish, while spill after spill brought the crowd to its feet.
Despite the constant tripping and falling, a good quality of hockey was
sandwiched in between the acts. After forty minutes of play, the
Wanderers came out on top with a 2 — 0 score.
Metropolitans.
Holmes
Bowe
Carpenter
, Walker
Morris
Wilson
Foyston (Capt.)
Rickey
Riley
Goal judges-
Winged Wanderers. Position.
Miss R. Phillips Goal
Miss Wells Point....
Miss Fryer Cover point.
Miss Schak Rover....
Miss S. Phillips (Capt.) Center....
Miss Sudden Left wing. .
Miss Salsbury Right wing.
Miss Evans Spare....
Miss Dover Spare....,
Miss Hill Spare....,
Referee — Kenny Mallen.
Mrs.
Princess Pats.
Mrs. Brady
Tr ehearne ( Capt. )
Mrs. Mason
Miss McLean
Mrs. Davis
Miss Adler
Mrs. Wall
, Miss Corbett
.... Miss Meyman
, ... Miss Chapman
1, Parks; 2, Wells; 3, Clark; 4, Robertson; 5, Thompson; 6, Gary; 7, Morris;
8, Woods; 9, Knott; 10, Demers. International Film Service, Photo.
CANADIAN CLUB, SAN FRANCISCO. OAL.
52 SPiLLDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Ice Hockey in Los Angeles
The new Ice Palace, under the management of Barney Goss, was the
means of introducing the great Canadian winter sport to the inhabi-
tants of Los Angeles in February.
Warde Fowler, in the Los Angeles Times, thus describes his impres-
sions of the locally new sport : "Compared to ice hockey, the old-
time sport of feeding people into a lion's den looks like a drab and
uninteresting commonplace. Foot ball, wrestling, prize fighting, etc.,
are only incidents in a man's early training when he expects to be a
demon on the ice.
"The Los Angeles Athletic Club and the University Club met last
night in the first ice hockey game that Los Angeles has seen. At the
end of three fifteen-minute halves the score was 7 to 0 in favor of the
L.A.A.C.
"That hockey is a great game — to watch — was the opinion of every
one of the 80O or 1,000 fans who jammed into the Ice Palace.
"From start to finish the Mercury men were on top. There wasn't
a time when the University team looked really dangerous. One man
was responsible for this decided superiority of the L.A.A.C. team —
Manson. This young gent, playing the position of rover, stood out
above the rest of the talent like a Pierce-Arrow at a Ford picnic. He
would take the puck or pill and calmly coast down the line, knocking
players to right and left and seemingly unconscious that anyone else
was on the rink. Arriving at the goal he would turn a couple of
circles and figure eights around the goalkeeper and then he would
shoot the bean into the pocket.
"They finally had to order Manson to quit making so many high-
class dashes and let someone else have a chance. During the third
half Manson simply kidded around and wielded the mallet for exercise
rather than goals.
"As a speed affair ice hockey has it on every sport on the calendar.
The play will be in one comer of tlie rink and before you can twist
your neck someone will shoot a goal down at the other end. As for
the players themselves, they appear to spend most of the time trying
to get killed. Dashing up to a wall at top speed they will miss a
shot, trip over another player and spill onto the ice hard enough to
shake the building. This is only part of the game, however, and does
not interfere with it. Taking a header onto the floor going at the rate
of forty per is not even noticed by an expert.
"In spite of the fact that the L.A.A.C. men were decidedly to the
good, the University players put up a tough fight and managed to
kick up all the excitement in the world. Some of the spills that were
taken were well worth the price of admission in themselves."
As a matter of record, we append the lineup :
Los Angeles A.C. Position. "University Club.
.Point Miller
Audet „ , , .
Owens Cover point Baldwin
Rinkle Center De Con
Manson Rover Breese, .Tr.
Kavanagh Right wing. ^^^^?.
Stone Left wing Beach
Corrigan «oal ;... Warren
Referee— Ernie Roland.
A league was organized, composed of teams representing the Los
Angeles Athletic Club, Bankers Club, University Club, Athletic Asso-
ciation and Canadian Club. The players comprised men who had
Eastern experience and gave a very good account of themselves.
SPALDING'S AT&LETIO LIBRARY.
glcelHockey inSSeattle"'
By Royal Biiougham.
t The Seattle MvtroiKilitaiis, Pete Mukloou's sqiuid of lioekey atava,
I' closed a brilliant s(>asoii last February by winning the championship of
' the Pacific Coast liocliey Association and then defeating the Montreal
Les Canadiens for the Stanley Cup, emblematic of the championship of
the world.
- The Seattle club won sixteen and lost but eijjfht games during the
} entire season. The Mets looked like winners from the start. Bernie
' Morris, the flashy forward, was in the best form of his career, and his
goal-getting was a big feature of the Seattle victories, .lack Walker,
the hook check star, was also a big help to the winners. Captain
Foyston, A'oted the most valuable man in the league, was a tower of
strength on both offense and defense. He proved himself an ai)le
leader. Cully Wilson and Jim Riley held the other wing position down
without difficulty, while Bobby Rowe and .Jack Carpenter were strong
on the defense. "Happy" Holmes, goal minder, had but one or two
ott" nights, his work being first class nearly all the way.
Portland showed in good advantage for a while, but the Oregon
team could not keep in the first division. The injury to Manager
Savage of the Portland club seriously handicapped the players, as
Savage had guided the team to a championship the season before.
Manager Lester Patrick and his Spokane Canaries did not fare very
well. Hockey made its debut in Spokane and, with the team not
figuring in the race, the game did not draw as well as in other cities.
Patrick's club finished fourth, but showed spurts which prove that the
Canaries, with a little strengthening, will be hard to down.
Bernie Morris led the goal scorers for the season with a mark of 54
points. Dr. Roberts of Vancouver was second, with 53, and Foyston
third, with 48.
After stowing away the Coast championship, the Seattle team won a
great victory for Western hockey by overwhelming Les Canadiens
of ]Montreal, three games to one, for the world's championship.
The "Flying Frenchmen" upset the dope by taking the opening con-
test by a big score. The final tally was 8 to 4.
But"^ the Metropolitans overcame their stage fright in the second
match and won in a great battle. The score was 6 to 1. The Seattle
men were in front all the way and the Frenchmen could not get
started. .Tack Walker was a factor in the victory. The third game
was a hard fought, lightning contest, with Seattle again winning,
four goals to one.
The Western champions cinched the big honors in the fourth and
last affair of the series, sending the Frenchmen away with but one
win to Seattle's three. The score was 9 to 1. Montreal was outclassed.
Final standing of teams for 1916-17 season :
Seattle
Won.
16
14
Lost.
8
9
PC.
.667
.608
Portland . . .
Won.
9
Lost.
15
15
PC.
.375
,348
Vancouver
Spokane
8
PACIFIC COAST HOCKEY ASSOCIATION (PROFESSIONAL).
Four clubs, Vancouver, Seattle, Portland and Spokane, will aga: n
compete for the ice hockey chami^ionship of the Pacific Coast th,
winter, beginning December 7 when the opening games will be playec
Ever on the outlook for improvements which would tend to speet
up the game the association decided on two changes in the playing
rules. The first one makes permissible the kicking of the puck in the
center ice section. This rule will hold whether the puck is kicked
intentionally or not. It was also decided to enlarge the center ice
64
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBEABT.
space by ten feet. These changes should eliminate a great deal of
whistle blowing and consequent delays.
Frank A. Patrick was re-elected president of the Pacific Coast
Hockey Association for the ensuing year, with the following officers :
Vice-president, Edgar J. Bryan, Portland; secretary-treasurer, Arthur
J. Smaill, Vancouver. Board of directors, T. S. Lane and W. H.
Wraight, Spokane; J. F. Douglas and C. W. Lester, Seattle; Lester
Patrick, Victoria, and Hamilton Corbett, Portland. The schedule follows :
FIRST HALF.
Dec. 7— Portland at Spokane.
Dec. 7— Vancouver at Seattle.
Dec. 11 — Spokane at Vancouver.
Dec. 11— Seattle at Portland.
Dec. 14— Portland at Seattle.
Dec. 14— Vancouver at Spokane.
Dec. 18 — Portland at Vancouver.
Dec. IS— Spokane at Seattle.
Dec. 21— Seattle at Spokane.
Dec. 21— Vancouver at Portland.
Dec. 28— Spokane at Portland.
Dec. 28 — Seattle at Vancouver.
Jan. 1 — Portland at Spokane.
Jan. 1— Vancouver at Seattle.
Jan. 4— Spokane at Vancouver.
Jan. 4— Seattle at Portland.
Jan, 8— Spokane at Seattle.
Jan. 8 — Portland at Vancouver.
Jan. 11— Seattle at Spokane.
Jan. 11— Vancouver at Portland.
Jan. 15— Spokane at Portland.
Jan. 15— Seattle at Vancouver,
Jan. 18 — Vancouver at Spokane.
Jan. 19— Portland at Seattle.
SECOND HALF.
Jan. 22— Portland at Spokane.
Jan. 22 — Vancouver at Seattle.
Jan. 25 — Spokane at Vancouver.
Jan. 25— Seattle at Portland.
Jan. 29— Sjwkane at Seattle.
Jan. 29 — Vancouver at Portland,
Feb, 1— Portland at Vancouver.
Feb. 1— Seattle at Spokane.
Feb. 5— Portland at Seattle.
Feb. 8— Seattle at Vancouver.
Feb. 8— Spokane at Portland,
Feb. 12— Vancouver at Spokane,
Feb. 15 — Vancouver at Portland.
Feb. 15— Spokane at Seattle.
Feb. 19 — Portland at Vancouver.
Feb. 19— Seattle at Spokane.
Feb. 22— Spokane at Portland.
Feb. 22— Vancouver at Seattle.
Feb. 26— Portland at Spokane.
Feb. 26— Seattle at Vancouver.
Mar. 1 — Spokane at Vancouver.
Mar. 1— Portland at Seattle,
Mar. 5— Seattle at Portland.
Mar. 5— Vancouver at Spokane.
^"13f^,4'
Mi: 3
'^^A
I, Irvin; 2, W. F. Scott, Mgr.; 3, Mielke, Trainer; 4, B. J. Bryan, Pres.; 5,
Barbour; 6, Murray; 7, Harris; 8, Loughlin; 9, Johnson, Capt.; 10, Marples:
II, Dunderdale; 12, Tobin; 13, Ted Barton, Mascot.
PORTLAND (ORB.) "ROSEBUDS."
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAUy. S5
Stanley Cup Series
By defeating Les Canadiens, champions of the National Hockey Asso-
ciation, for the possession of the Stanley Cup, the Seattle Metro-
politans, champions of the Pacific Coast League, in 1917, were the
first team from the United States to gain the honor of holding the
trophy which is emblematic of the professional hockey championship*
of the world. The Pacific Coast Hockey League plays seven men on a
side, while the National Hockey Associatioa competes with six men.
Seattle won three out of four games from Les Canadiens. The first and
third were played under the seven-man rule and the second and fourth
games with six men each. As a matter of record we give herewith the
joumeyings of the Stanley Cup for the past few years, since its travels
has embraced the Pacific Coast.
In 1915 Vancouver won the championship of the Pacific Coast Hockey
Association and challenged Ottawa, champions of the National Hockey
Association and holders of the Stanley Cup. Vancouver won, the cup
automatically going a year later to the Portland (Oregon) team, iu
1916, when that organization won the championship of the Pacific
Coast Hockey Association for that year. The champions of the
National Hockey Association, Les Canadiens of Montreal, challenged
Portland and won the trophy, only to lose possession of it the follow-
ing year to Seattle, winners of the Pacific Coast Hockey League cham-
pionship of 1917. Today the Stanley Cup represents the highest honors
in professional hockey. Previous to 1906 there was no recognized
professional hockey and the contests for the trophy were between
amateur teams only.
STANLEY CUP SERIES, 1917.
First game, March 17— Canadiens 8, Seattle 4.
Second game, March 20 — Seattle 6, Canadiens 1.
Third game, March 23— Seattle 4, Canadiens 1.
Fourth game, March 26 — Seattle 9, Canadiens 1.
POINT SUMMARY. PENALTIES.
Name and Club. Goals. Ass'ts.Pts. Name and Club. Times. Min.
Morris, Seattle 13 2 15 Coutere, Canadiens 4 38
Foyston, Seattle 8 2 10 Mummery, Canadiens 4 35
Pitre, Montreal 5 0 5 Rickey, Seattle 3 25
Corbeau, Montreal 2 1 3 Lalonde, Canadiens 8 24
Wilson, Seattle 12 3 Pitre, Canadiens 2 6
Laviolette, Montreal... 12 3 Wilson, Seattle 2 6
Howe, Seattle 0 3 3 Laviolette, Canadiens 2 6
Smith, Montreal 2 0 2 Smith, Canadiens 1 3
Walker, Seattle 112 Foyston, Seattle 1 3
Lalonde, Montreal 10 1 Riley, Seattle 1 3
Rickey, Seattle 0 1 1 Carpenter, Seattle 1 3
Players that took part in the Stanley Cup games of 1917 were as
follows :
SEATTLE.
Captain Frank Foyston, the capable left wing of the Coast cham-
pions, is, by vote of the scorers, the most valuable player in the Pacific
Coast Hockey Association. Twenty-six years old, he has played major
league hockey four years. Foyston began his hockey career back in
Menesing, where he was born. From there he went to Barrie and
then to the Toronto professional club, where he made good from the
start. Foyston weighs 165 pounds and has a fast left-handed shot.
Jack Walker— "Hook Check Jack" — has been in the professional
hockey business four years, getting his start in Port Arthur. . From
there Walker was picked up by the Toronto club, on which team he
played until coming West to Seattle. Walker weighs 162 pounds, Is
27 years old and is a left-handed shot. He plays rover.
Bernie Morris, center, the best scorer in the Coast league, Is 25 years
old, a right-handed shot, and has been, playing major hockey for three
56 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRAR*.
years. Morris started his liockey career in Brandon. He was later
captain of the Moose Jaw club, and went from there to Victoria in
1913. He weighs 145 pounds, being the lightest man on the squad.
"Cully" Wilson, the aggressive right wing of the Western champs,
was another Toronto star before coming West. Wilson is 25 years old
and weighs 15J> pounds. He began playing hockey in Winnipeg and
was signed by Toronto in 1913. He is a right-handed shot.
Bobby Rowe, the daddy of the team, is 30i years old and has been
playing the fast winter sport for fourteen years. Rowe weighs 156
pounds, is a left-handed shot and has been playing on the Coast seven
years. He began the game in Barrie, where Foyston got his start, and
later played with Houghton, Mich. He came to the Coast in 1911,
playing with Victoria for three years, and then joined Seattle.
Ed Carpenter, the other defensive star, is the heaviest regular on the
team, weighing 170 pounds. He got his start with the Port Arthur
team, later playing in the Marentine League and then in Toronto.
lie came to the Coast with the other four Toronto stars.
"Happy" Holmes, who guards the nets for the Seattle club, is a
veteran at major hockey. He is 28 years old and has seen five years'
service in the big show. Holmes started in Toronto, playing with a
semi-pro team until picked up by the Toronto professionals.
Roy Rickey, utility defense man, is a husky 173-pounder, 24 years
old, «and a left-handed shot. He is from Ottawa and came to Seattle
from Vancouver two years ago.
Jim Riley is the biggest man on the squad, weighing 180; pounds.
He is also the baby of the team, being 21 years old. He shoots left-
lianded and got his start in New Brunswick. He came to Seattle from
Spokane last season, and formerly played in Victoria.
LES CANADIENS OF MONTREAL.
George Vezina, goal tender of Canadiens, is regarded as the most
brilliant performer in the game. Unable to speak a word of English,
he drifted into Montreal seven years ago from the little French village
of Chicoutimi, asked for a trial, and made good from the start.
Harry Mummery, defense for Canadiens, is the heaviest man playing
the professional "game, tipping the beam at 2'.3'5 pounds. Mummery
naturally uses his weight to best advantage.
Bert Corbeau, cover point, is also a heavyweight, scaling 200 pounds.
He made the professional game last season after many reverses, and
has proved a star.
"Newsy" Lalonde, Canada's most famous athlete, a wonderful hockey
and lacrosse player, is edging toward the forties, but last season was
probably his best. Lalonde is a great ice general.
Didier Pitre, right wing, is one of hockey's grand old men. He is
over 40, but is going as well as he did fifteen years ago. He is a
terrific skater in flashes, and is credited with packing the hardest shot
in the game, a cannon-ball drive that is the terror of the goal tenders.
Pitre drew professional hockey record salary in 1910, when he got
.$3,000 for the season.
"Jack" Laviolette is another veteran. He is a lacrosse player, motor-
cyclist and driver of racing cars. He has figured in many thrilling
races on the track, and is a spectacular hockey player.
Still another veteran is Tommie Smith. He is a member of the
famous Ottawa family of Smiths, half a dozen brothers having starred
at one time or other in the professional game. Three years ago he
was the leading goal getter of.^the league, and helped Quebec to win
the two championships.
Louis Berlanquette, substitute forward, is a consistent player.
Couture, a Western recruit, played in but a few games.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 57
Canadian Cup Competitions
STANLEY CUP WINNERS.
The Stanley Cup now represents the highest honors in the professional hockey
arena. Until 1906 the contests for the trophy were between amateur teams
only, as up to that period there was no recognized professional hockey.
1893— Montreal Hockey Club.
1S94— No match.
1895— Victorias of Montreal.
1896 — Victorias of Winnipeg defeated Victorias of Montreal.
Victorias of Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
1897— Victorias of Montreal defeated Capitals of Ottawa.
1898— No match,
1899- Victorias of Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
1900— Shamrocks of Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
Shamrocks of Montreal defeated Crescents of Halifax.
1901 — Victorias of Winnipeg defeated Shamrocks of Montreal.
1902 — Victorias of Winnipeg defeated Wellingtons of Toronto.
Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg.
1903 — Montreal defeated Victorias of Winnipeg. Ottawa defeated Rat Portage.
1904 — Ottawa defeated Winnipeg Rowing Club, Malboros of Toronto, Wanderers
of Montreal, and Brandon.
1905— Ottawa defeated Yukon and Rat Portage.
1906— Ottawa defeated Queen's and Smith's Falls.
Wanderers defeated Ottawa and New Glasgow.
1907 — Kenora defeated Wanderers. Wanderers defeated Kenora.
1908— Wanderers defeated Victorias of Ottawa.
Wanderers defeated Maple Leafs and Toronto.
1909 — Wanderers defeated Edmonton. Ottawa defeated Wanderers.
1910 — Ottawa defeated Edmonton. Wanderers defeated Ottawa and Berlin
1911— Ottawa defeated Wanderers.
1912— Quebec defeated Moncton.
1913— Quebec defeated Sydney.
1914— Toronto defeated Victoria.
1915— Ottawa defeated Wanderers. Vancouver defeated Ottawa.
1916— Canadiens defeated Portland (Ore.).
1917— Seattle (Wash.) defeated Canadiens of Montreal.
ALLAN CUP WINNERS.
The Allan Cup is emblematic of the highest honors in amateur hockey and
was donated in 1909 by Sir H. Montagu Allan of Montreal. As yet it has
never been competed for by a team representing a club in the United States.
The winners each year since it has been in competition are as follows:
1909— Queen's University defeated Cliffsides of Ottawa.
1910— St. Michael's of Toronto defeated Queen's and Sherbrooke.
1911— Victorias of Winnipeg won by default from St. Michael's and defeated
Kenora.
1912— Victorias of Winnipeg defeated Batons of Toronto, Calgary and Regina.
1913— Winnipegs defeated Moose Jaw and Edmonton.
1914_Regina defeated Monarchs of Winnipeg and Grand Mere.
1915_Monarchs of Winnipeg defeated Regina, Fort William and Edmonton.
1916_Sixty-first Battalion of Winnipeg defeated Monarchs, Fort William and
Regina. ^., ,
1917_Dentals of Toronto defeated Victorias of Winnipeg and Pilgrims of
Saskatoon.
DENTAL HOCKEY CLUB, TORONTO.
The Dental Hockev Club of Tovouto are tlie senior amateur hockey
champions of the world and hok]ers of the famous Allan Cup for 1917.
Dentals won the world's amateur title by defeating the Pilgrims of
Saskatoon in the first round of two games by 8 to 7. and then defeated
Victorias of Winnipeg, winning the final round, 13 to 12.
The Dentals were a team of young players, with the exception of
Dr W J. ("Jerry") LaFlamme, one of Canada's greatest amateur
hockey players. The other members of the team were : Willard Box,
Norman Milan, Charles Stewart, "Mae" Sheldon and James Stewart.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
National Hockey Association's Season
By Champlain Provencher, Montreal.
President, Major Frank Robinson ; secretary-treasurer, Frank Calder.
Directors, M. Rosenthal, Ottawa Hockey Club; M. J. Quinn, Quebec
Hockey Club ; S. E. Lichtenhein, Wanderer Hockey Club ; G. W. Ken-
dall, Canadian Hockey Club ; E. J. Livingston, Toronto Hockey Club ;
Capt. L. Reed, 228tli Battalion Hockey Club.
The race of the National Hockey Association of Canada for 1916-17
provided ample interest. The introduction of an innovation in the
manner of drawing up the schedule was watched with anxiety. As
the race developed, however, it was found that the new method had
much to recommend it, and it is highly probable that the same plan
may be followed by other hockey organizations. Briefly, this innova-
tion was the introduction of a split schedule. As things stood at the
opening of the season, six teams were prepared to start in the race for
the championship of the world — the post-season series competed in by
the winners in the National Hockey Association and the Pacific Coast
Hockey Association — the major leagues of hockey.
A double schedule was agreed on, but with the proviso that the
winners in the first half of the schedule should play oflE for the cham-
pionship at the close of the season with the winners of the second
half of the schedule. Canadiens of Montreal, the winners of the
world's championship the previous season ; Wanderers of Montreal,
Quebec, Ottawa. Toronto and the 228th (Sportsmen's) Battalion were
the starters. Canadiens and Ottawa at the close of the first half of
the schedule were found to be on an even footing with regard to the
number of games won. The possibility of such a conclusion to the
termination of the first part of the race had been foreseen when the
schedule was drawn and the agreement arrived at that in the event of
a tie for first place on the number of games won the decision should
go to the team which could show the better goal average ; i. e., the
higher percentage of goals scored for, compared with goals scored
against. On this basis it was found that Canadiens had slightly the
edge on the Ottawa club. Before the second half of the schedule had
progressed far it was found necessary to rearrange the circuit. The
228th Battalion were suddenly, and without warning, ordered over-
seas, and the Toronto club did not care to continue on the basis of a
five-club series. The race was therefore readjusted, with Ottawa,
Canadiens, Wanderers and Quebec the contestants. At the outset it
looked as though Quebec, which had lagged behind in the first por-
tion of the schedule, would achieve the honors in the second. Ottawa,
however, showed remarkable staying power as the season drew close
to the end and in the final dash barely nosed Quebec out of first place.
This, then, left Ottawa and Canadiens to play off for the champion-
ship and the right to compete in the world's series. Canadiens were
successful, gaining the championship of the league for the second
season in succession.
According to the agreement between the Pacific Coast Hockey Asso-
ciation and the National Hockey Association, the world's championship
series is played in the East and West in alternate years. The close
of the 1917 season saw the series due to be played in the West.
Seattle had won the championship of the P.C.H.A., and accordingly
Seattle were the opponents the champions of the East set out to meet.
Canadiens, after making a good start, were unable to keep up the
pace set by the Seattle players, practically all of whom, by the way,
came originally from Eastern Canada. A gruelling season at home and
60
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
a train journey across the continent were deterrent factors and Cana«
diens lost tlie honors which they had gained the previous year when
they defeated the Portland (Ore.) team in Montreal.
Frank Nighbor of the Senators and Joe Malone of the "Bull Dogs"
share the National Hockey Association scoring honors for the past
season. The list of scorers is as follows :
Name and Club. Goals. Name and Club.
F. Nighbor, Ottawa 41 B.
J. Malone, Quebec 41 T.
0. Cleghorn, Wanderers 2S G.
E. Lalonde, Canadlens 27 J.
J. Darragh, Ottawa 26 J.
D, Pitre, Canadlens 21 H.
E. Gerard, Ottawa 17 L.
Cor. Denenny, Ottawa 17 A.
D. Ritchie, Quebec 17 P.
J, McDonald, Quebec 15 C.
S. Cleghorn, Wanderers 14 E.
H. Hyland, Wanderers 13 H.
R. Noble, Canadlens 12 Cy,
W. Bell, Wanderers 12 A.
A. Skinner, Wanderers 11 K.
H. Shore, Ottawa 11 G.
R. Crawford, Quebec 11 S.
K. Randall, Wanderers 10 S.
H. Cameron, Wanderers 10 H.
G. Boucher, Ottawa 10
Goals.
Corbeau, Canadlens 8
Smith, Canadiens 8
Cai-ey, Quebec 8
Laviolette, Canadiens 7
Hall, Quebec 7
Mummery, Canadiens C
Berlanquette, Canadiens 6
Ross, Wanderers 6
Stevens, Wanderers 5
Kendall, Ottawa 3
Lowery, Ottawa 3
Coughlin, Ottawa 3
, Denenny, Ottawa 3
Roy, Wanderers 2
Thompson, Wanderers 2
George, Wanderers 1
Malone, Canadiens 1
Johnson, Quebec 1
Merrill, Ottawa 1
NATIONAL HOCKEY ASSOCIATION NOT TO
OPERATE THIS SEASON.
The National Hockey Association of Canada, which has been the pro-
fessional controlling body for many years, at its meeting held in Mont-
real on November 10, 1917, decided not to operate during the coming
season. Conscription has taken away the best players and it was
thought advisable to discontinue league play for the season. The
decision does not mean that there will not be professional hockey in
Canada this winter. A four-club league probably will be organized, in
which Ottawa, Toronto and two Montreal clubs will play. While the
"class" may be missing, there will be plenty of hociey nevertheless in
the Dominion.
CHAMPLAIN PROVENCHER. CLARENCE MACKERROW
Organizer and President. Hon. President.
OFFICERS OF SPALDING HOCKEY LEAGUES, MONTREAL P Q
I, A. Berish, Coach; 2, Taphe; 3. Davis; 4, D. LiYinsori, Pres ; 5, L Miller,
6 S. Wolfe, Dlr.; 7, Geffin; 8, Kert; 9, M. Miller, Mgr. ; 10 Grief, Capt.,
II, Goldberg; 12, Bloom; 13, Miller, Mascot; 14, H. E. Berish. Gordon, Photo.
LIVINSON'S HOCKEY CLUB, MONTEEAL, P. Q.
Champions Spalding Montefiore Senior League.
1, Flood; 2, Emslie; 3, Lariviere; 4, Bennett; 5, Eltion; 6, Donahue, Capt. and
Mgr.; 7, Marson; 8, Moore.
BRAVE A. A. A. OP XACHINE, MONTREAL, P. Q.
Phampions of the Spalding Knickerbocker Hockey League,
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 63
Ice Hockey in Montreal
By Clarence MacKerrow,
Honorary President All Spalding Leagues, Montreal,
Plockey, like everything else in Canada at the present, has to take
second place to the one great all-absorbing issue, the war. Our life as
a nation, our very existence, has been for nearly three years at stake,
and in an emergency like this nothing else really counts.
Our Canadian boys while in England on their way to the front have
been keeping themselves in shape with base ball, rugby and soccer foot
ball, lacrosse and hockey — when they can find the ice. Indeed, before
leaving Canada, although in uniform, many of these soldiers all over
Canada formed hockey clubs and took part in regular scheduled games.
Under the circumstances, I consider it wonderful that the Spalding
Leagues in Montreal during the season 1916-17 contained the following
clubs, which again went through the entire year without a single
default or resignation :
Spalding IMontefiore Senior League 4 clubs
Spalding Boys' League 4 clubs
Spalding Knickerbocker League 4 clubs
Spalding Midget Independent League 4 clubs
Spalding Midget Westmount League 4 clubs
You will note there is no Senior League tliis year, these boys being
all at the front, "doing their bit" for their country.
SPALDING MONTEFIORE LEAGUE.
This league, as the name would indicate, is open only only to
Hebrew players and its age limit is twenty years.
The play was very keen, the final result being decided by the last
game played, which gave the championship to the Livinsons by one
point over the Young Canadians, last year's winners.
Won. Lost. Drawn. Points.
Livinson 5 1 2 12
Young Canadian 4 1 3 11
Harmonia 3 5 0 6
Maccabean 1 6 1 3
SPALDING BOYS' LEAGUE.
This league has an age limit of eighteen years and under, and this
is their eighth and most successful season.
The regular schedule found the Argos and Woodlands tied for first
place, and the play-off, which took place in the Laurier rink, ended in
a victory for the Argos after a wonderful game for boys of this age,
by a score of 5 to 0.
Won. Lost. Drawn. Points.
Argo ;. 4 119
Woodland 3 2 1 7
Beaver 3 3 0 6
St. Alban 1 5 0 2
SPALDING KNICKEPvBOCKER LEAGUE.
The age limit in this fast little league is sixteen years and under,
and this is their sixth and perhaps most interesting year.
The fight between the Beavers of Lachine (a suburb of Montreal)
and the Crescents was very keen from the time the puck was faced in
1, J. B. Shanahan, Sec.-Treas.; 2, Healey; 3, Sullivan; 4 Flanagan; 5, A. C.
Guthrie; 6, H. Guthrie; 7, Burman; 8. Steggles; 9 McElheron; W. J. W.
Des Ormeau. Mgr.; 11, R. Bradshaw, Hon. Vice.-Pres.; 12, Gosselin; 13, Parent;
HrGarneau, Capt.; 15, J. F. Johnson, Pres.; 16, Orme; 17, Barsalou.
PARKHILL MFG. CO. HOCKEY TEAM, MONTREAL, P. Q.
1, Fred Burling, Goalkeeper Lachlne Hockey Club; 2, S. Shapiro, and, 3, B.
Muskovitz, Members Young Canadian Hockey Club.
MEMBERS OF SPALDING LEAGUES, MONTREAL, P. Q.
S^AtDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 65
» the first game until the last gong, the final winners having to go at
top speed all the way.
Won, Lost. Drawn. Points.
Beavers of Lachine 5 1 0 10
Crescent 4 2 0 8
Champetre 2 4 0 4
All-Stars 15 0 2
SPALDING MIDGET LEAGUE.
In this, the third year of this league, confined to boys of fourteen
years and under, it was found necessai-y to form two leagues of four
clubs each, known as the Spalding Midget Independent and the
Spalding Midget Westmount League.
SPALDING MIDGET INDEPENDENT LEAGUE.
"Won. Lost. Drawn. Points.
Kensington 4 1 1 9
Outremont 3 3 0 6
St. Ann 2 3 1 5
E.E.Y.M.C.A 2 4 0 4
SPALDING MIDGET WESTMOUNT LEAGUE.
Opal 5 0 1 11
Amphion 4 1 1 9
Crescent 2 4 0 4
Harmonia 0 6 0 0
In the play-off for the Spalding midget hockey championship of the
world, the Opals, winners of the Spalding Midget Westmount League,
defeated the Kensingtons, champions of the Spalding Midget Inde-
pendent League, at the Montreal Arena, by the close score of 6 to 5.
MONTREAL MUNITION HOCKEY LEAGUE.
This league furnished one of the most exciting races in the amateur
rinks last year, and it is only by the small margin of one point that
the Vickers won the championship over the Lyalls.
W. L. D. P. A. Pts.
Canadian Vickers 7 1 2 31 6 16
Peter Lyalls 7 2 1 40 10 15
Canadian Cement 6 3 1 23 16 13
Dominion Bridge 5 3 2 33 14 12 •
Canada Car 2 8 0 15 43 4
Canada Explosives 0 10 0 7 60 0
JEWELLERS' HOCKEY LEAGUE.
W. L. D. Pts. W. L. D. Pts.
Caron Brothers 7 1 1 15 Smith, Patterson.... 3 5 17
Henry Birks 5 3 1 11 Zenith Watch 17 13
COMMERCIAL HOCKEY LEAGUE.
Canada Bread 7 1 2 15 Regent Mills 4 2 4 9
Parkhill Mfg 5 2 4 14 Canadian Bag 4 4 2 9
Davis Noblemen 3 4 3 9 Canadian Tube 2 6 2 6
MONTREAL HOCKEY LEAGUE.
Goals Goals
W. L. D. F. A. W. L. D. F, A.
Stars 7 1 1 25 15 Sainte-Anne 2 6 1 13 23
La Casquette 6 3 0 18 14 Garnets 2 7 0 17 21
MONTREAL CITY HOCKEY LEAGUE.
W. L. D. F. A. Pts. W. L. D. F. A. Pts.
Loyola 7 2 1 26 15 15 Nationals 4 5 1 19 29 9
McGill 6 3 1 28 19 13 Shamrocks 4 6 0 19 22 8
Laval 4 4 2 26 22 10 244th Battalion.. 2 7 1 28 38 5
r, go "t^.x-
^ a X «5 ^
c K c *
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 67
FINAL STANDINGS OF THE VARIOUS SCHOOL HOCKEY SERIES.
The silverware of the Inter-Scliool Hockey League was divided
between Lower Canada College, Westmouut High School and Montreal
High School.
The Senior Cup was won by the Lower Canada College, after a very
successful season. Out of six games played, they won four and tied
the remaining two, one with Westmount, the other with Montreal
High. The players who were responsible for the championship title are
as follows : Anderson, goal ; T. Lyall, defense ; Notman, defense ;
Nichol, rover ; Ross, center, D. Lyall. left wing ; Williamson substitute.
The Intermediate Trophy was tucked away by the Westmount High
School, who out of eight games played won 6, drew 1 and lost 1. The
following is the way the team lined up : Harte, goal ; Emo, defense ;
Liersch, defense ; Eager, rover ; Barlow, center ; Martin, left wing ;
Wallace, right wing ; Gnaedinger, substitute ; Gardiner, substitute.
The Montreal High School Juniors finished the season with seven
victories to their credit besides di-awing their final game, thereby get-
ting fifteen points out of the possible sixteen. Players : Con'siglio,
goal ; Rosenberg, defense ; Johannson, defense ; Hearle, rover ; Gaur-
mell. center ; Evans, left wing ; Shaffer, right wing ; Cousins, sub-
stitute.
The Junior "B" Trophy was carried off by the Argyles. Members :
Berlind, goal ; Fletcher, defense ; Herrman, defense ; McKee. rover ;
Bell, center ; Waters, left wing ; Pyke, right wing ; Dorkin substitute ;
Williams, substitute ; Rutherford, substitute.
The final standings of the different series of the Interscholastic
Hockey League were as follows :
SECOND SERIES.
W. L. D. Pts. W. L. D. Pts.
Lower Canada 4 0 2 10 Montreal High 14 13
Westmoimt High 2 3 15
INTERMEDIATE SERIES.
Westmount High 6 1 1 13 Montreal High 2 fi 0 4
Lower Canada 5 1 2 12 Strathcona 0 8 0 0
Commercial and Tech.. 4 1 3 11
JUNIOR "A" SERIES.
Montreal High 7 0 1 15 Strathcona 2 6 0 4
Westmoimt High 5 2 1 11 Commercial and Tech.. 0 7 10
Lower Canada 4 3 19
MOUNT ST. BERNARD OF SOREL.
W. L. PC. W. L. PC.
Dollnrd 8 2 .800 Montcalm 3 7 .300
Laval 7 3 .700 Sorel 2 8 .200
68 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Ontario Hockey Association Champions
The record of final games for premier honors in the Ontario Hockey
Association, Canada, are as follows:
SENIOR SERIES.
1891 Ottawa — Queen's University 4 — 1
1892 Ottawa— Osgo ode Hall 10—4
1893 Ottawa — Queen's University 6 — 4
1 894 Osgoode Hall — Queen's University 3 — 2
1895 Queen's University — Trinity University 17 — 3
1896 Queen's University — Stratford ._ 12 — 3
1897 Queen's University — Toronto University 12 — 7
1898 Osgoode Hall— Queen's University 7—3
1899 Queen's University — Toronto University 19 — 11
1900 Toronto Wellingtons — Queen's University 6 — 4
1901 Toronto Wellingtons — Queen's University 7 — 2
1902 Toronto Wellingtons — Cornwall 12 — 6
1903 Toronto Wellingtons— Cornwall 6—5
1904 Toronto Marlboros— Perth 28— 9
1905 Toronto Marlboros— Smith's Falls 9—2
1906 Berlin — Toronto Argonauts 5 — 4
1907 Stratford — 14th Regiment, Kingston 8 — 6
1908 14th Regiment, Kingston — Stratford 13 — 9
1909 St. Michael's College — 14th Regiment, Kingston 22 — 17 ,
1910 St. Michael's College, Toronto— Parkdale Canoe Club, Toronto 6— 5 ■'
1911 Eatons, Toronto — Argonauts, Toronto 10 — 7 i
1912 Eatons, Toronto — Frontenacs, Kingston 19 — 9
1913 Toronto R. & A.A.— St. Michael's 10 — 8
1914 Toronto R. & A.A.— St. Michael's 9—7 ';
1915 Victorias — St. Michael's 4 — 3 •
1916 Toronto Riversides — Berlin 12 — 4 -,
1917 Toronto Dentals — Toronto Riversides 5 — 2 ^;
INTERMEDIATE SERIES. ,j
1897 Berlin— Frontenac 3-0
1898 Listowel — Waterloo l4 — 10
1899 Frontenac — National 5 — 2
1900 London— Belleville .■ 3—1 '
1901 St. George's, Toronto— Port Hope 10— 8
1902 Peterboro— Gait 7—6
1903 Paris- Marlboros, Toronto 12— 7 ^
1904 Stratford— Midland 13—11
1905 Victoria Harbor— Berlin 9— 6
1906 Peterboro — Goderich 14 —
1907 Berlin — Collingwood 12 — 7
1908 Midland— Collingwood 23—20
1909 Lindsay— Stratford 12— 5
1910 Collingwood — London ■ 9— 7
1911 Preston— Midland 12—10
1912 Preston— Midland 24—21
1913 Collingwood— London 10 — 9\
1914 Berlin— Orillia 5—3
1915 Orillia— Wiarton : 6— 4;f
1916 Sarnia— Belleville 19— If
1917 Hamilton — Kitchener »,. , 9 —
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 69
JUNIOR SERIES.
1893 Kingston — Limestones, Gait 12 — 1
1894 Peterboro — ^Toronto Granites 14 — 0
1895 Peterboro— Toronto Granites 7— 6
1896 Toronto Granites — Peterboro 7 — 3
1897 Wellingtons — Guelph Victorias 10 — 8
1898 U.C.C.— Stratford Juniors 8— 2
1899 St. George's— U.C.C 7— 2
1900 Stratford — Peterboro 12 — 9
1901 Peterboro — Stratford 12— 7
1902 Upper Canada College — Stratford 11 — 10
1903 Marlboros — Frontenacs — Beechgroves 11 — 10
1904 Frontenacs — Beechgroves — Listowel 9 — S
1905 Stratford — St. Andrew's College 12 — 10
1906 Port Hope— Woodstock 7 — 1
1907 Stratford— Lindsay 15— 6
1908 Stratford— St. Michael's College 27—11
1909 Stratford— Eurekas, Toronto 13—10
1910 Kingston Frontenacs — Preston 8 — 7
1911 Kingston Frontenacs — Orillia 21 — 11
1912 Toronto Canoe Club— Orillia 10 — 7
1913 Orillia— Woodstock 14— 8
1914 Orillia — University of Toronto 13 — 7
1915 Varsity III. — Berlin 16—11
1916 Toronto Aura Lee — Berlin Union Jacks 6 — 4
1917 Toronto Aura Lee — Kitchener Union Jacks 18 — 5
Numerous large scores shown are accounted for by the fact that
the finals as a rule consist of a series of games, total number of goals
to decide. — Editor.
Ladies' Hockey in Canada
Oae of the most remarkable features of the past two seasons of
hockey has been the development in ladies' hockey.
The inspiration of organized ladies' hockey seems to have originated
with four young gentlemen of the East End In the city of Montreal.
Len Porteous, Ned Guerin, Fred Legare and Jack Thompson. Len
Porteous took the first step towards the organization in the year 1914,
along with .Tack Thompson. They organized two teams, the Crescent
Ladies and Maisonneuve Ladies, and played five games.
The following year two other clubs came into the fray and the first
organized ladies' hockey league was formed and was known as the
Eastern Ladies' Hockey League. The teams which composed the league
were Westerns, Maisonneuve, North End Stanley and Telegraphs, and,
by hard plugging, the promoters got the league well under way, and,
before they knew where they were, ladies' hockey was a craze.
The Western team, under the management of Len Porteous and the
captaincy of Miss Winnie Oram, had the edge on the rest of the out-
fit, and Westerns soon began to clean up everything in great style.
They finished that season easily champions, winning every game, and
only two goals scored against them in 1915-1916.
The following year a new league was formed, which was known as
the Montreal Ladies' Hockey League, and was composed of four teams.
Again Westerns, under Len Porteous and Captain Miss Agnes Vautier,
landed the championship, not losing one league match in two years,
which is a very good record. The standing of the league was as
follows :
W. L. D. Pts. W. L. D. Pts.
Western 8 0 1 17 Telegraph 16 2 4
Stanley 5 3 1 11 Social 0 5 4 4
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
Hockey laws of American Amateur
Hockey League
Copyright, 1915, by American Amateur Hockey League.
Section i. The game of Hockey shall be played on ice by two
teams, the players of which shall all be on skates. Its object
shall be the lawful scoring of goals. The team scoring "the
greater number of goals during the playing period shall be
declared the winner.
RINK.
Sec. 2, A. A Hockey rink shall be at least 112 by 58 feet and
not more than 250 by 116 feet. The imaginary lines at the two
ends of the rink shall be termed the goal lines. The two sides
of the rink shall be known as the side lines. The ice surface
bounded by the two side Hues and the two goal lines shall be
known as the field of play.
B. There shall be an imaginary line twenty feet from each
goal line and drawn inside of the field of play. There shall
also be an imaginary line at least ten and not more than twenty-
five feet from each goal line and drawn outside of the field of
play. These lines shall run parallel with the goal lines. They
shall be known as zone lines and the ice surface between the
two zone lines at each end of the rink shall be known as the
goal zone. The intersection of the zone lines and the side lines,
or the side lines extended, must be plainly marked in a manner
that will last throughout a game. If possible, the zone lines
shall also be marked on the ice.
C. The side lines, the side lines extended, and the zone lines
outside the field of play shall be made of stationary material at
least one foot in height.
GOALS.'
Sec, 3. A goal shall be placed midway on each goal line, and
shall consist of a goal net supported by two upright posts 4 feet
in height, placed 6 feet apart. The goal posts must be firmly
fixed to the ice.
Note. — In the event of a goal post or net being broken or
displaced, the referee shall at once stop the game and not allow
play to be resumed until after the damage is repaired.
POSITIONS.
Sec. 4. There shall not be more than seven players on a
Hockey team. These players shall fiU the position of goal,
point, cover point, and forwards, respectively. The goal position
72 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
shall be the one that is directly in front of the goal. At no
period during the play shall any player who fills this position,
lie, kneel, or sit upon the ice. He must also always maintain
a standing position. He cannot stop the puck by placing his
stick horizontally on the ice. The point position is the one that
is directly in front of the goal position. The cover point posi-
tion is the one directly in front of the point position. The four
forward positions shall be known as the left wing, the right
wing, the center, and the rover, respectively. The wing positions
shall be at the two ends of the forward line. The center position
is the one midway on the forward line, and it shall be the duty
of the player who fills this position to face the puck. The rover
position is between the cover point and the center positions.
Note. — It is to be understood that the positions herein named
are the ones that the players are supposed to fill when the teams
face off in the center of the ice.
Sec. 5. A Hockey stick shall not be more than three inches
wide at any part and not more than thirteen inches long at the
blade. It shall be made entirely of wood. Tape binding is per-
missible, however. Each player shall carry a Hockey stick
in his hand, and shall be considered out of the play the moment
he violates this rule.
SKATES.
Sec. 6. No player shall wear skates that are pointed or sharp-
ened in such a manner as to be unnecessarily dangerous to other
players. The referee shall be the judge, and shall refuse to
allow a player to use such skates.
PUCK.
Sec. 7. A puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber one inch
thick throughout. It shall be three inches in diameter, and shall
weigh at least 7 6/16 and not more than 7 9/16 ounces.
OFFICIALS.
Sec. 8. There shall be a referee, an assistant referee, two
goal umpires, two game timekeepers, and two penalty timekeepers
for each match.
Should a referee be unable to continue to officiate, his assistant'
shall become the referee. The referee shall fill all vacancies in
other official positions that may occur during a match ; or when
the competing teams have been unable to agree; or when the
selected officials are absent at the advertised starting hour. In
the event of a dispute over the decision of an umpire, the referee
may remove and replace the official.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 73
DUTIES OF THE REFEREE.
Sec. 9. The referqe, before starting a match, shall see that
the other officials are in their proper places. He shall see that
the ice is in condition for play and that the goals comply with
the rules. He shall order the puck faced at the commencement
of the game and at such other times as may be necessary. He
shall have full control over the puck during the match. He shall
call offside plays. He shall have the power to rule off for any
periodof the actual playing time that he may see fit any player
who violates the rules. The referee shall, furthermore, perform
all other duties that may be compulsory.
DUTIES OF THE ASSISTANT REFEREE.
Sec. 10. The assistant referee shall see that no player violates
Sections 20, 21 and 22 of the Laws. He shall have the power
to rule off for any period of the actual playing time that he may
see fit any player who violates the said sections. The assistant
referee shall become the referee should the latter be unable to
continue to officiate.
Note. — In the refereeing of games, it is advised that the
referee and his assistant divide the field of play in half and
each take one end thereof. When the puck is in the territory
of the referee, he alone shall call offside plays, his assistant
helping him according to the laws of hockey. When the puck
passes the center of the ice into the territory of the assistant
referee, that official shall assume the duties of the referee and
he alone shall call offside piays, the referee helping as the
assistant referee. In this manner, neither official shall be re-
quired to skate more than one-half of the playing surface.
Changing in this manner does not affect the proper standing of
either official. The referee shall remain the referee throughout
the entire game and shall at all times assume all duties imposed
upon him by Section 9 with the exception of calling offside
plays and the facing of the puck when the play is in the ter-
ritory of the assistant referee.
duties of the umpires.
Sec. II. An umpire shall be stationed behind each goal. He
shall inform the referee whenever the puck has passed between
the goal posts from the front. He shall have no jurisdiction
over the awarding of a goal. He shall stand upon the ice, and
shall retain the same goal throughout the entire game.
duties of the game timekeepers.
vSec. 12. The game timekeepers shall keep an accurate account
of the time of the match, deducting time for stoppages in actual
play.
74 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
_ They shall immediately report to the referee any variance in
time, and the referee shall decide the matter.
The game timekeepers shall be notified by the referee when a
goal is scored, and shall keep an accurate record of the tallies.
TJie final score shall be given by them to the referee at the close
of the match. They shall, at half time, notify the contesting
teams when nine and when twelve minutes have expired. They
shall at half time notify the referee when fifteen minutes have
expired. They shall only tell the expired and unexpired time
to the referee.
DUTIES OF THE PENALTY TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 13. The penalty timekeepers shall keep an accurate
account of penalties imposed, and no penalized player shall
return to the ice without the permission of the penalty time-
keepers. They shall also keep an accurate account of the time
of any player who has been compelled to withdraw from the
game and inform the referee when the said player is due again
to report. They shall sit midway between the two goals, and
shall be on the opposite side of the rink from the game time-
keepers. They shall give an accurate report of all penalties im-
posed to the referee at the close of the match. All players
penalized must sit with the penalty timekeepers.
LENGTH OF GAME.
Sec. 14. There shall be two halves of twenty minutes each,
with an intermission of fifteen minutes between the two periods
of play. At the end of the forty minutes play, should the score
be tied, the teams shall change goals, and play shall be resumed
at once, and continued until a goal has been scored. Should the
tie remain unbroken at the expiration of twenty minutes of
extra play, the referee shall declare the game a draw. The
referee must start each period on schedule time. Should either
team be off the ice at the proper starting time of the second
period, that team shall play with one man short for as many
minutes as it has been late. The captain of the offending team
shall decide which member of his team shall be dropped. This
penalty shall be imposed in addition to any other that may be,
or may have been, inflicted. The referee may inflict the same
punishment upon any team that fails to appear at the scheduled
starting hour of a game.
TIME TAKEN OUT.
Sec. 15. Time shall be taken out whenever the game is sus-
pended by either referee, and shall begin again when the puck
is put in play.
SPALDING'S ATfiLETlC LIBRARY. 75
SECTION l6 — SUBSTITUTES.
Clause A — Substitutes shall be allowed only in the case of dtl
injury. The injured player's ability to continue shall at once be
decided by the referee. Should the referee decide that the in-
jured player cannot finish the game, the opposing side may
either allow a substitute or drop a man to equalize the teams.
Should the opposing side decide to allow a substitute and no
substitute is ready, the opposing side must play its full team.
Once the opposing side has allowed a substitute he may appear
at any time during the balance of the game.
Clause B — Should the referee decide that the injured player
would be able to continue within seven minutes of actual and
not playing time, the opposing teani must drop a man until that
time has expired, or until the injured player returns to the
game. Should the injured player be unable to continue at the
expiration of seven minutes of actual and not playing time, the
opposing side may either continue to drop a man or may allow
a substitute. If no substitute is ready, the opposing side must
play its full team. Once the opposing side has resumed its full
strength, the other aggregation at any time thereafter may either
play a substitute or the player who has been injured.
Clause C — Should a player be compelled to leave the game
for any reason other than injury, the opposing side must drop
a man to equalize the teams. Should the player who has first
left the ice be unable to continue at the expiration of seven
minutes of actual and not playing time, the opposing side may
either continue to drop a man or may allow a substitution. If
no substitute is ready, the opposing side must play its full
team. Once the opposing team has resumed its full strength, the
other aggregation at any time thereafter may either play a sub-
stitute or the player who has first withdrawn from the game.
Clause D — All substitutes or other players entering or return-
ing to the gam.e must first report to the penalty timekeepers and
then to the referee. They must obtain the permission of the
referee before they resume play. This clause does not refer to
players who have been penalized.
Clause E — Should it be necessary for the goalkeeper to retire
from the game, play shall stop until the player is once more able
to return to the contest. If at the end of seven minutes the goal-
keeper is not able to resume play the match must go on with
a substitut' being allowed in the position. At any time during
the seven minutes the team that has called for time may elect
to play a substitute until the original goalkeeper is able to resume
the contest.
Clause F — A player other than the goalkeeper who has been
replaced by a substitute cannot return to further participation in
the game.
Clause G — In exhibition or practice games this rule may be
altered by the two captains.
16 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRABIT.
WHAT CONSTITUTES A GOAL.
Sec. 17. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have law-
fully passed between the goal posts. No goal shall be allowed
that is the direct and immediate result of loafing offside, an
offside play, a kick or a throw by the hand. The referee shall
decide upon these points, and may render his decision even after
the puck has passed between the goal posts.
FACE.
Sec. 18. A face shall consist of the referee dropping the puck
to the ice between the sticks of two players, one from each
team. The puck shall not be considered in play until it has
touched the ice. Should a player repeatedly refuse to lawfully
face the puck he shall be penalized by the referee. A face shall
take place in the center of the ice at tne beginning of each period
and after the scoring of each goal. The referee may also order
a face at any time and place he deems necessary. A face shall
be in order whenever play is resumeS.
OFFSIDE PLAY.
Sec. 19. Any player nearer to his opponent's goal line than
is an imaginary line running through the center of the puck
and parallel with the two goal lines is offside. A player offside
shall be considered out of the play, and may not touch the puck
himself or in any manner prevent any other player from doing
so, until the puck has been touched by an opponent in any way
whatsoever, or until it has been carried nearer than he is him-
self to his opponent's goal line. If a player violates this rule, the
puck shall be faced where it was last played before the offside
play occurred. In the event of the puck rebounding off the body
of the player in the goalkeeper's position, the other players of
his team shall be considered onside.
LOAFING OFFSIDE.
Sec. 20. No player shall loaf offside. A player is loafing
offside when, in the opinion of the referee or his assistant, he
is not making a bona fide attempt to get or remain onside.
FOUL PLAYING.
Sec. 21. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall violently
check another against the boards. No player shall throw his
stick. No player shall trip, hold with his hand or stick, kick,
push or cross-check an opponent. No player shall interfere in
any way with an opponent who is not playing the puck. A
player is playing the puck within the meaning of these laws
when he has the puck within the control of his stick. No
player shall raise his stick above his shoulder, except in lifting
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 77
the puck. No player shall use profane or abusive language or
conduct himself in an unsportsmanlike manner. A player being
out of the play shall not interfere with an opponent.
PLAYING IN THE GOAL ZONE.
Sec. 22. A player on the defending side who is within his
own goal zone shall not be considered as loafing offside. A
player on the defending side may cover up an opponent while
in the goal zone. However, he may not check the stick or
interfere with the movements of an opponent until the latter
atternpts to play the puck. A player on the defending side while
within his own goal zone may play any puck passed or shot by
an opponent without being considered offside. Should it be
necessary to face the puck in a goal zone, all players must be
onside. A player shall be considered on the defending side
when the puck is in the goal zone of the goal that he is
defending.
Note i. — A player on the defending side^ who is skating out-
side of his own goal zone, when the puck is within that zone,
shall be considered as loafing offside and shall at once make
every effort to enter his own goal zone.
Note 2. — A player on the defending side, while in his own
goal zone when a puck is shot or passed by an opponent who is
within that goal zone, may legally take possession of the puck
either in the goal zone or in the field of play.
PUCK FOULS.
Sec. 23. A player may stop the puck with any part of his
stick or body. He may not, however, hold, bat, throw, kick or
carry the puck with hisi skate or any part of his body. He may
not close his hand upon the puck. The player in the goal position
may catch the puck, but if he does he must at once drop the
puck to the ice at his own feet.
when the puck LEAVES THE ICE.
Sec. 24. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs
behind the goal line, it shall be brought out by the referee to
a point five yards in front of the goal line, on a line at right
angles thereto, from the point at which it left the ice or where
the foul occurred, and there faced. In the aforementioned cases
the puck shall always be faced at least five yards to the left or
the right of the nearer goal post. When the puck goes off the
ice at the side lines it shall be taken by the referee to a point
five yards out at right angles with the nearer side line and there
faced.
penalties.
Sec. 25. In awarding a penalty the referee or his assistant
shall use discretion in order that his ruling does not work against
the better interests of the non-offending team.
78 SPALDING'S Al-HLE^iC LlBRAtllr.
United States Intercollegiate Hockey
Laws
(Adopted October 30, 1909.)
Section i. The game of Intercollegiate Hockey shall be
played on ice by two teams, the players of which shall all be on
skates. Its object shall be the lawful scoring of goals. The
team scoring the greater number of goals during the playing
period shall be declared the winner.
RINK.
Sec. 2. The Hockey rink shall be at least 112 by 58 feet. The
imaginary lines at the two ends of the rink shall be termed the
goal lines. The two sides of the rink shall be known as the side
lines.
GOALS.
Sec. 3. A goal shall be placed midway on each goal line, and
shall consist of a goal net supported by two upright posts 4 feet
in height, placed 6 feet apart, and at least 10 and not more than
15 feet from the edge of the ice. The goal posts must be firmly
fixed to the ice.
Note. — In the eveni of a goal post or net being broken or dis-
placed, the referee shall at once stop the game and not allow play
to be resumed until after the damage is repaired.
POSITIONS.
Sec. 4. There shall not be more than seven players on a
Hockey team. These players shall fill the position of goal,
point, cover point and forwards, respectively. The goal position
shall be the one that is directly in front of the goal. At no period
during the play shall any player who fills this position lie, kneel,
or sit upon the ice. He must also always maintain a standing
position. The point position is the one that is directly in front
of the goal position. The cover point -position is the one directly
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 79
in front of the point position. The four forward positions shall
be known as the left wing, the right wing, the centre and the
rover, respectively. The wing positions shall be at the two ends
of the forward line. The center position is the one midway on
the forward line, and it shall be the duty of the player who fills
this position to face the puck. The rover position is between
the cover point and the center positions.
Note. — It is to be understood that the positions herein named
are the ones that the players are intended to fill when the teams
face off in the center of the ice.
STICKS.
Sec. 5. A Hockey stick shall not be more than threg inches
wide at any part and not more than thirteen inches long at the
blade. It shall be made entirely of wood. Tape binding is per-
missible, however. Each player shall carry a Hockey stick in his
hand, and shall be considered out of the play the moment he
violates this rule.
SKATES.
Sec. 6. No player shall wear skates that are pointed or sharp-
ened in such a manner as to be unnecessarily dangerous to other
players. The referee shall be the judge, and shall refuse to allow
a player to use such skates.
PUCK.
Sec. 7. A puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber one inch
thick throughout. It shall be three inches in diameter, and shall
weigh at least 7 6/16 and not more than 7 9/16 ounces.
OFFICIALS.
Sec 8. There shall be a referee, an assistant referee, two
j goal umpires and two timekeepers for each match. Should a
j referee be unable to continue to officiate, his assistant shall
become the referee. The referee shall fill all vacancies in other
official positions that may occur during a match; or when the
competing teams have be*" n unable to agree; or when the selected
80 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
officials are absent at the agreed starting hour. In the event
of a dispute over the decision of an umpire, the referee may
remove and replace the official.
DUTIES OF THE REFEREE.
Sec. 9. The referee, before starting a match, shall see that
the other officials are in their proper places. He shall see that
the ice is in condition for play and that the goals comply with
the rules. He shall order the puck faced at the commencement
of the game and at such other times as may be necessary. He
shall have full control over the puck during the match. He
shall call offside plays. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing time that he may see fit
any player who violates the rules. The referee shall, furthermore,
perform all other duties that may be compulsory. He shall begin
and suspend play by means of a whistle.
DUTIES OF THE ASSISTANT REFEREE.
Sec. 10. The assistant referee shall see that no player violates
Section 19 of the Laws. He shall have the power to rule off
for any period of the actual playing tirrue that he may see fit any
player who violates the said section. The assistant referee shall
become the referee should the latter be unable to continue to
officiate.
DUTIES OF THE UMPIRES.
Sec. II. An umpire shall be stationed behind each goal. He
shall inform the referee whenever the puck has passed between
the goal posts from the front. He shall have no jurisdiction over
the awarding of a goal. He shall stand upon the ice, and shall
retain the same goal throughout the entire game.
DUTIES OF THE TIMEKEEPERS.
Sec. 12. The timekeepers shall keep an accurate account of
the time of the match, deducting time for stoppages in actual
play. They shall immediately report to the referee any variance
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 81
in time, and the referee shall decide the matter. The timekeepers
shall keep an accurate account of penalties imposed, and no pen-
alized player shall return to the ice without the permission of
the timekeepers. The timekeepers shall be notified by the
referee when a goal is scored, and shall keep an accurate record
of the tallies. The final score shall be given by them to the
referee at the close of the match. They shall, at half time,
notify the contesting teams when five and when eight minutes
have expired. They shall, at half time notify the referee when
ten minutes have expired.
LENGTH OF GAME.
Sec. 13. There shall be two halves of twenty minutes each,
with an intermission of ten minues between the two periods of
play. At the end of the forty minutes' play, should the score
be tied, the teams shall change goals, and after an intermission of
five minutes play shall be resumed for a period of ten minutes.
Should the score be tied at the end of this period, play shall be
resumed after an intermission of five minutes and continued
until a goal has been scored. The captains of the contesting
teams with the consent of the referee, after the regular periods
and the first extra period have been played, may agree on another
method of playing off a tie score, but in the absence of such
agreement and consent, the tie must be played off in accordance
with the provisions of this Law.
TIME TAKEN OUT.
Sec. 14. Time shall be taken out whenever the game is sus-
pended by the referees, and shall begin again when the puck is
put in play. No delay of more than five minutes shall be allowed.
SUBSTITUTES.
Sec. 15. Substitutes shall be allowed at any time during a
game, but a player who has been replaced by a substitute shall
not be allowed to re-enter the game.
82 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
WHAT CONSTITUTES A GOAL.
Sec. i6. A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have law-
fully passed between the goal posts. No goal shall be allowed
that is the direct and immediate result of loafing off side, an
offside play, a kick or a throw by the hand. The referee shall
decide upon these points, and may render his decision even after
the puck has passed between the goal posts. A line not more
than one-half an inch wide shall be drawn on the ice from ^he
center of one goal post to the center of the other. To effect a
score the puck must have completely passed this line.
FACE.
Sec. 17, A face is the placing by the referee of the puck upon
the ice on its largest surface between the sticks of two players,
one from each team. The referee shall then order the play to
begin. Should a player repeatedly refuse to lawfully face the
puck he shall be penalized by the referee. A face shall take place
in the center of the ice at the beginning of each period and after
the scoring of each goal. The referee may also order a face at
any time and place he deems necessary. A face shall be in order
whenever play is resumed.
OFFSIDE PLAY.
Sec 18. Any player nearer to his opponent's goal line than
is an imaginary line running through the center of the puck and
parallel with the two goal lines is offside. A player offside shall
be considered out of the play, and may not touch the puck him-
fielf or in any manner prevent any other player from doing so,
until the puck has been touched by an opponent in any way
whatsoever, or until it has been carried nearer than he is himself
to his opponent's goal line. If a player violates this rule, the
puck shall be faced where it was last played before the offside
play occurred. In the event of the puck rebounding off the
body of the player in the goalkeeper's position, the other players
of his team shall be considered on side.
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 83
FOUL PLAYING.
Sec. 19. There shall be no unnecessary roughness. No player
shall check another from behind. No player shall throw his
stick. No player shall trip, hold with his hand, body or stick,
kick, push or cross-check an opponent. No player shall inter-
fere in any way with an opponent who is not playing the puck.
No player shall raise his stick above his shoulder, except in lift-
ing the puck. A player being out of the play shall not interfere
with an opponent. -r^^-r^T^ -,^^TT-r ^
PUCK FOULS.
Sec. 20. A player may stop the puck with any part of his
stick or body. He may not, however, hold, bat, throw, kick or
carry the puck with his skate or any part of his body. He may
not close his hand upon the puck The player in the goal
position may catch the puck, but if he does he must at once drop
the puck to the ice at his own feet.
WHEN THE PUCK LEAVES THE ICE.
Sec. 21. When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs behind
the goal line, it shall be brought out by the referee to a point
five yards in front of the goal line, on a line at right angles
thereto, from the point at which it left the ice or where the foul
occurred, and there faced. In the aforementioned cases the puck
shall always be faced at least five yards to the left or the right
of the nearer goal post. When the puck goes off the ice at the
side lines it shall be taken by the referee to a point five yards out
at right angles with the nearer side line and there faced.
PENALTIES.
Sec. 22. In awarding a penalty the referee or his assistant
shall use discretion in order that his ruling does not work against
the better interests of the non-offending team.
POWERS OF CAPTAINS.
Sec. is. The captains of the opposing teams shall have the
power to agree upon any matter not covered in the aforesaid
laws.
84 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRART.
Laws of Hockey
Adopted by the National Hockey Association of Canada, Limited,
(Professional.)
RULE L
composition of team.
A team shall be composed of six players, who shall be bona-fide
members of the club they represent, each player shall wear a number
on the back of his sweater, numbers must be at least ten inches, which
number he shall retain while he is under contract with respective clubs.
(a) At the beginning of each match club shall have at least nine
players in uniform.
(b) Should minor, major or match fouls or accidents occur after
all the above number of players have participated in a match and are
not available for play, either through injury or banishment, the oppos-
ing club must drop one of their players to equalize.
RULE n.
commencement of game and definition of a face.
The game shall be commenced and renewed by a face in the centre of
the rink.
(a) Visiting clubs shall have the choice of goals to defend at the
start of the game.
(b) The puck shall be faced by the referee droppmg the puck on the
ice between the sticks of the players facing, no interference whatever
allowed, before the puck has reached the ice. No player shall be
allowed to come within five feet of players facing the puck.
RULE in.
TIME OF MATCH AND HOW WON.
Three 20 minute periods of actual play, with 10 minutes intermission
between, will be the time allowed for matches.
Goals shall be changed after each period.
In case of a tie after playing the specified 60 minutes the teams shall
immediately change goals, and play 10 minutes each way, or until one
side shall have scored within the limits of such 20 mmutes overtime. _
If at the end of 20 minutes the score is still tied, the match shall be;
called a draw. It is understood that any extra period played shall bei
considered part of the match and all unexpired penalties shall remain;
in force. j
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 85
RULE IV.
CHANGE OF PLAYERS.
Players may be changed at any tmie by the manager of the club, and
said substitute shall be placed on the ice, and original player removed
without interruption,
(Change of players must only be made during temporary delay in
the game.)
RULE V.
INJURY TO PLAYERS.
In the event of a player being injured or compelled to leave the ice
during a match, he may retire from the game and be replaced by a sub-
stitute, but play must continue without the teams leaving the ice.
In the event of a goal keeper sustaining an injury he will be allowed
ten minutes to recuperate. In the event of him not being able to con-
tinue at the expiration of ten minutes his manager must put on a
substitute.
RULE VI.
FACE OF PUCK AFTER FOUL HAS BEEN COMMITTED.
Should the game be temporarily stopped by the infringement of any
of the rules the puck must be taken back and faced where it was last
played from before the infringement occurred. If, however, a foul
occur within ten feet of the goal, the puck shall not be faced at the
point where the foul occurred, but shall be taken to a point ten feet out
from the goals and there faced.
RULE VII.
FACE OF PUCK AFTER BEING OUT OF BOUNDS.
When the puck goes off the ice or a foul occurs behind the goals,
the puck shall be taken midway between the goal posts and the outside
edge of the rink, on the side that it went out of bounds, and faced five
yards at right angles from the goal line.
RULE VIII.
OFF-SIDE PLAY AND KICKING PUCK.
When a player hits the puck, any one of the same side who at such
moment of hitting is nearer the opponents' goal line, is out of play,
and may not touch the puck himself or in any way whatever prevent
another player from doing so, until the puck has been played. In the
;vent of the puck rebounding off the goal keeper's body, skate or stick,
•layers of his team touching puck will be considered on side.
No player shall kick the puck or hold the puck in his hands or carry
t with any part of his body or raise his stick above his shoulder.
86 SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY.
RULE IX.
MINOR FOULS.
A minor foul shall consist of holding an opponent or his stick, or
tripping, when a goal is not in danger, loafing off side, off side inter-
ference,_stopping of a goal by lying or kneeling on the ice.
For violation of the above a player shall be ruled off three minutes.
Should a goal keeper stop a goal by deliberately falling or kneeling
on the ice, he shall be warned for the first offence, and for each
subsequent offence shall be ruled off for two minutes.
Loafing off side — third offence shall constitute a major foul, and the
penalty provided therefor shall apply.
RULE X.
MAJOR FOULS.
A major foul shall consist of throwing a stick to prevent a score,
tripping or holding an opponent or his stick to prevent a score, cross ;
checking, charging from behind, forcibly body checking an opponent into ;
the boards, hooking, cross checking, bodying or charging goal keeper, \
or interference by a substituting player before the player he is replac-
ing is entirely out of play, loafing off side, after being penalized twice
for the same offence as a minor foul, using foul or abusive language
to any official or an attempt to injure an opposing player.
For the first offence the player shall be ruled off for five minutes,
for the second offence, ten minutes ; and for the third offence shall be
ruled off for the remainder of the match.
When a player deliberately throws his stick to prevent a score, the
referee shall immediately award a goal to the side offended against
and the puck shall be faced and the game re-started as though a goal
had actually been scored.
If any of the above fouls occur within the last ten minutes of playing •.
time, the referee shall have the right to impose as an additional penalty,^
a fine not exceeding fifteen dollars. *
RULE XI. ]
MATCH FOUL.
A match foul shall consist of deliberately injuring or disabling an]
opponent, or fighting.
For this offence a player shall be fined not less than fifteen dollars^
and ruled off for such length of time as in the opinion of the refere^
shall constitute an adequate penalty, but in no case shall the playeij
be allowed to return to the ice, without serving a penalty of at leasj
ten minutes.
Any player incurring a second match foul in any one season shal
.automatically become suspended and shall not be permitted to play il
SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBRARY. 87
any games until his case has been dealt with and his suspension lifted
by the President of the Association.
In all cases where a player is ruled off, whether for a minor, major
or a match foul, h» shall be replaced by a substitute, and said substitute
shall be placed on the ice without delay to the game.
COLLECTION OF FINES.
Clubs to be immediately notified after each match by the Secretary
of amount of fines levied.
Fines to be deducted from the players on first following payment.
Any clubs paying fines directly or indirectly for any players penalized
sliall be fined the sum of $200.00.
RULE XII.
GOAL HOW SCORED.
A goal shall be scored when the puck shall have passed between the
goal posts from in front and below the line drawn across the top of the
posts, and across a dark line drawn from post to post, in or on the
ice.
(a) Should the puck be accidentally put through a goal by one of the
players defending it, it shall be game for the team attacking that goal.
Should it be put through a goal by any one not actually a player it shall
not count.
RULE XIII.
GOAL KEEPER.
The goal keeper must not, during play, lie, kneel or sit upon the ice,
but must maintain a standing position.
RULE XIV.
DIMENSIONS OF STICK.
Hockey sticks shall not be more than three inches wide at any part,
with the exception of goal keeper's stick, which shall not exceed three-
and-a-half inches.
RULE XV.
DIMENSIONS OF PUCK.
The puck shall be made of vulcanized rubber, one inch thick all
:hrough and three inches in diameter.
The referee shall see that the official puck of this Association is used
n all matches.
• RULE XVI.
COACHING.
Coaching from the side of the rink through megaphones is abso-
lutely prohibited. ■. .
8g SPALDING'S ATHLETIC LIBBARY.
Amateur Athletic Union-International
Skating Union Alliance
At the annual convention of tbe International Skating Union of
America, the recognized governing body of ice and roller skating, which
is an allied member of the Amateur Athletic Union of the United States,
the question of the control of amateur ice hockey came up, and a
committee of three members, consisting of President Fellowes, Vice-
President Slayback and Louis Rubenstein of Montreal, were appointed
to confer on this question. As a result of this conference. President
Turner of the A.A.U. submitted for a mail vote the question of
amending the articles of alliance between the A.A.U. and Interna-
tional Skating Union, by adding the words, "and ice hockey through-
out the United States," after the words "over ice and roller skating
thi'oughout America." The amendment was adopted.
Since entering into an alliance with the A.A.U. in 1908 the Interna-
tional Skating Union has shown continued growth.
The articles of alliance between the Amateur Athletic Union of the
United States and the International Skating Union are as follows :
I. The Amateur Athletic Union of the United States of America
and the International Skating Union of America mutually recognize
each other as the sole governing bodies of athletics and skating in
America.
II. It is further agreed that the International Skating Union and
its allied bodies do hereby recognize the Amateur Athletic Union of
the United States as the sole controlling body over athletic sports in
America and further agree to recognize the decisions, rulings, dis-
qualifications and suspensions of the Amateur Athletic Union.
III. The Amateur Athletic Union of the United States and its
allied bodies do hereby recognize the International Skating Union of
America and its allied bodies as having sole control over ice and
roller skating throughout America, and further agree to recognize the
decisions, rulings, suspensions and disqualifications of the International
Skating Union.
IV. It is understood and agreed that all games of basket ball shall
be held under the exclusive jurisdiction of the Amateur Athletic Union
of the United States.
V. These articles of alliance may be terminated by either party
upon thirty days' notice to the other party.
For the Amateur Athletic Union,
J. E. Sullivan, President,
John J. Dixon, Secretary.
For the International Skating Union,
David H, Slayback, President.
Fred H. Tucker, Jr., Secretary.
«
The foregoing was amended March 30, 1917, by adding after the
words, "over ice and roller skating thi-oughout America," in para-
graph 3, the words, "and ice liockey throughout the United States."
!Si?[Tu?E THE SPALDING
QUALITY
SPALDING
.AYERS' AUTOGRAPH HOCKEY STICKS
ecially selected rock elm. Elxact duplicates
ape, weight, balance arid every other particular
the actual sticks we supply to the famous
iyers whose autographs they bear cuid whc
5 them exclusively in all their games.
idium weight defence stick, blade of stick
flat on ice, is very light and stiff in the
idle. , Cleghorn is considered by many
the experts as the most valuable and
player in the game to day.
Each. $1.00
Mlel.lAutograph (Forward)
S k. ... Each. $1.00
'~^ No. AH. This is a light weight forward stick,
-5=— — -,-<:^ same as used by a great many of
ll^^-eM/^^ ^(^/^ij. the most famous players f ~
Model. Autograph
'ward) Stick. Ea., $1.00
y No. AHG.
- el. Autograph (Goal)
B t Up Stick. Each. $1.25
This is a Built Up goal stick, and i<
made after suggestions of the grea
Canadian goal player, Percy Le Sue
OMPT ATTENTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A. G. SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT
OF THIS BOOK
OFSTORESil
' COVER I
^SbKTHE SPALDING
TRADEMARK '^K
QUALITY
SPALDING ...^^^^iA^C:;^^^^ HOCKEY SKATES
Nos. XXS and XXW are of extra quality and are built especially for expert hockey player
Blades are of specially treated Synthloy steel, hardened and tempered.
Nos. XXS or XXW "Autoprraph" Hockey Shates fastened to Spalding
Shoes No. 339. Complete, Pair, $14. OU
No. XXS. "Autograph" Hockey Skate
splayed blades (wider at toe than heel
Entire skate finely polished, extr
heavy nickel-plated and buffed. Sizt
^V2, 10, W/2, 11, 11>8, 12 inches.
Pair $7.5(
No. XXW. Blades not splayed am
slighdy wider than our No, XXS
Otherwise same as No. XXS.
Pair, $7.51
WE RECCOMMEND FOLLOWING SKATE SHOE COMBINATIONS
No. XXS. Skates attached to No. 339 shoes. No. XXW. Skates attached to No. 33
shoes
Complete, attached, $14.00 Complete, attached, $14.0
SPALDING .X^g^&5<^^^^«'^^ HOCKEY SKATES
Blades are of Synthloy steel, hardened and tempered, very special polished and buffed PI
extra fine polished, plated and buffed. Sizes 9 to 12 inches.
"Intercollegiate" Hockey Skates No: XH fastened to Spalding Shoes
No. 33y. Complete, Pair, $11.50.
No.XH."Intercolleg:iate"Hockey Skate?
Blades of Synthloy steel, hardened aii'
tempered. Finely polished, nickel
plated and buffed. Sizes, 9^, 10, lOK
11, 11^, 12 inches. . . . Pair. $5.0<
WE RECOMMEND FOLLOWING
SKATE AND SHOE COMBINATIONS
No.XH. Skates attached to No. 339 shoes
For men. Complete, attached, $11.5(
No.XH. Skate=;attachedtoNo.370shoes
For women. Comp lete, attached, $ 11. 5(
We make no charge for attaching Spalding skates to Spalding shoes
where both are ordered at the same time.
SPECIAL NOTICE— Above skates are built to be used on Men's Shoes No. 339, or Women's
Shoes No. 370, or some other style made similarly. They cannot be used to good advantage
on ordinary street shoes, nor with heavy skating shoes made with full heels.
PROMPT AHENTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
ADDRESSED TO US
A. G. SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
IFORCOMPinEllSTOFSTOKS
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS 8001
jPRICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. F«r Can«diu> price. s«« H>ec>.i CM.dU» cutew
^SiKTHESPALDING
TRADMVIARK
GUARANTEES
No. 7G
Ice Hockey Goal Keeper's
Leg Guards
Patented May 30, 1916
<Jote Special "Wing" Padding
Leg Guards for Goal Keepers
No. 7G. Exclusive Spalding design. (Patented May
30, 1916.) Special tanned brown leather covered.
Very heavy roll knee pads. Wing pads to give
extra protection to the calf and shin. Ankle pads
give complete protection and thigh pads are
especially well padded Pair, $13.00
No. CG. Similar design and make up to No. 7G, but
white canvas instead of leather covered. Pair, $8.50
Shin Guards for Forward Players
No. 16X. Fiber Molded Shin Guard, with felt knee
pad. Steel band reinforcements to keep fiber
firm and webbing
shinwards. To
be worn under
stockings. (Pat.
Feb. 22, 1916.)
Pair, $2.50
No. KH. Canvas
ReedPaddedShin
Guard, with felt
knee pad. Very light, but gives complete pro-
tection. To be worn under stockings. Pair, $2.00
). K. All-Felt Shin Guard, with elastic bands to
hold in place. Worn under stockings. Pair, 75c. No. 16X No. KH No. K
Spalding Ice Hockey Knee and Elbow Pads, with
Elastic Bandage Supports
EF. Combined Elbow „-,^s5a.^^'^r" ^
■'ad and Woven Elastic f^'^-'T^^^"^ , -^^ „,,^ <^
Bandage. Padded with felt '
strips. Elastic bandage jyj^ £p f
urnishes support to elbow
vhile special arrangement ^-
')f the felt strips provides / / i----
)rotection against bruises. , i /
\.,$2-25i^S24.00n2.p7s. ^-- - - .. No. KE Ll-_ _:l/ No.KC
N. KF. As No. EF, but for knee instead of elbow. Pair, $2.25 i^ $24.00 Doz. prs.
II. KE. Combined leather covered roll style Knee Pad, with elastic reinforcement
t either end which holds pad in place. . . . Pair, ^Z.ZS-i^SSS.OO Doz. prs,
KG. Combined canvas covered Knee Pad lined with felt and with elastic
einforcement at either end Pair, $1.50 -^ $16.20 Doz. prs.
1 ^prices printed in italics opposite items marked with "Ar will be quoted only on orders for one^
h^ dozen pairs or more at one time, Qxiantity prices not allowed on items not marked with tAt
IMPTAHENTION GIVEN TO
pNY COMMUNICATIONS
AODBESSEDTOUS
A. G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
fOfi COMPUTE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOK
,:ES subject to change without notice, Fof
C«tel««;ue
§SS?JHE SPALDING
TRADEMARK '^r.rr
QUALITY
SPALDING ICE HOCKEY GLOVES
CORRECT STYLES. COMPLETE ASSORTMENT
No. LG
No. LG. This is the model of the glove
worn by the most successful Goal
Keeper playing in Canada, and in-
cludes all the special Spalding features
which have put our gloves, the same
as our skates, shoes and sticks, in a
class by themselves wherever the game
of Hockey is played . N otice especially
our patented "center break" finger
Ead to protect the back bone of the
and, also the "broken in" leather
closed palm of special treated leather,
besides the special designed wrist ex»
tension palm, triple thumb padding;
leather lined, well padded 7-inch cuff;
white knuckles. Gloves of special
tanned brown glove leather. Pr. , $9.00
Jf!$^
No. G. This glove was made by us '_ .
a special call from one of the greatest
Forwards who ever played the game.
Perfectly flexible except for the cuff,
v/hich is 5 inches long and reed pad-
ded. No extra weighti n this glove but
thorough protection where really
needed. Tufted padded. Durable
brown glove leather. . . Pair, $7.0C
No. HIG. A really wonderful all around
glove. Has patented "center break"
finger pad, "broken in" leather ven<
tilatedpalm, and special designed wrisi
extension palm with special cross pads
to protect wrist. Cuff reed padded bVt
inch, leather lined, white knuckles.
Glove of special tanned brown glove
leather. ..;.... Pair, $7.50
No. HL Including patented "center break" finger pad,
triple thumb padding and white knuckles as in our higher
priced gloves, and in every respect a first-class all around
Hockey glove. Ventilated leather palm, 5 K -inch reed
padded leather lined cuff. Glove of brown glove leather.
Pair, $6.50
No. HG. Gives ample protection to all bones and joints in
the player's hand. Brown leather, w^ith v/hite buckskin
palm, and gauntlet padded with rattan reeds. Pair, $6.50
No. H2. Correct model well made Hockey glove. Properly
padded, 5 J<-inch reed padded cuff, leather lined. Venti-
lated leather palm. Glove of brown glove leather.
Pair, $5.00
HOW TO PLAY ICE HOCKEY
By S. Trafford Hicks
No. 20R. Spalding's Athletic Library. Price 25 cents.
PROMPT ATTENTION GIVEN TO
ANY COMMUNICATIONS
AODRESSEDTOUS
A.G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
:i»RICES SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. F« Q
EPTNO
THESPALDING
atf'^^^Tfac
TRADEMARK ^r/rf
SPALDING
"McNiece
Patent
Hand Madf
Goal Stick
'rhe best
Goal Stick
on the
Market
Hand made throughout, from the best selected wood,
built to the extreme height of blade, as the laws of
hockey allow, and by putting the s})lices on })oth sides
of the handle, it allows us to build on the handle higher
and still keep a perfect balance. The splices are
riveted on, and glued with the best waterproof glue.
No. X.
No. XX.
Special quality.
Good quality.
Each, $2.00
" 1.50
TENTION6IVENT0I
VIMUNICATIONS
llESSED TO US
A. G.SPALDING & BROS.
STORES IN ALL LARGE CITIES
FOR COMPLETE LIST OF STORES
SEE INSIDE FRONT COVER
OF THIS BOOIt
SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE. For CUnAdiaa price* see •pedal CaaAili<u> C«Ul«gu9
A separate book covers every Athletic Spor1
and is Official and Standard
GRAND PR
m^mi
sT.LoT'fr,-9o. Spalding partt-.so,
ATHLETIC GOODS
ARE THE STANDARD OF THE WQRL
A. G. Spalding ^ Bros.
MAINTAIN WHOLESALE and RETAIL STORES /" f/je FOLLOWING CIT|E
NEW YORK CHICAGO SAMFRANCISCO
NEWARK INDIANAPOLIS OAKLAND
PHILADELPHIA ST. LOUIS LOS ANGELES
BOSTON DETROIT SEATTLE
BUFFALO , CINCINNATI PORTLAND
ALBANV CLEVELAND SALTLAKECITY
ROCHESTER COLUMBUS DENVER
SYRACUSE ATLANTA KANSAS CITY
PITTSBURGH LOUISVILLE MILWAUKEE
BALTIMORE DALLAS MTNNEAPOLl
WASHINGTON NEW ORLEANS ST, PAUL
LONDON. ENGLAND MONTREAL. CAN. TORONTO. CA
LIVERPOOL. ENGLAND EDINBURGH. SCOTLAND
BIRMINGHAM. ENGLAND GLASGOW. SCOTLAND
MANCHESTER. ENGLAND PARIS. FRANCE
BRISTOL. ENGLAND SYDNEY. AUSTRAL!
Jiy A G.Spaldlny A Bros. anO
-f '! ore made are located t'n t
NEW YORK
BROOKI.YN
CHICAGO
BOSTON
SAN FRANCISCO
PHIIADEL.PHI A
CHICOPESE. MASS
LONDON. ENG.
-^^^^^^ .'M''""
'^r. ^ ^
^^<<^ -
%^^^'' :,
.^^
V^ ^ ^^ » / ^r
\'s^' :^^\ "^^ ^^^^ ^^ ;^'
> V- .
<.
^^^
^^^ ^ \^5P.- / ^
• / ^ .^^ Q? '"' .^^ s^ \V c^
V
^
^/•.^w<',%^ .:
% t^o^
c;^^o^
.V/^V -^^0^
v^^.-".:%
% .^^^ ^f^fx^: % > .^r^
,^~
-'^^a;^
.^
^V
^^^ "^.
jA'^r/k^: -^ _v ^ -""^(x^^Vk^, '^ -<^
%.^^
0^ .*
v^ ^
^|:A.
'•>^
^ r . <;? c.^
(% -^a- :mA
"' %
,^ ^
'^<5^
c?"
.^^ ^^'""r5^%o^^ ^^'^^'^ ^^;"rr.^4
V^' ^vyvt-^^^^
.^^,'^^;
- ^^d< -"
-^^0^
.4
<.
G^ .
^^5**;,'
'■-V
;^-*-
- ri
h
*v>
6 9173 1-06 900 0
ss3dONoo do AdVdan
-'V:€^
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11